USU General Catalog 1968 Graduate by USU Libraries

TAH STATE UNIVERSITY BULLETIN l

1968-69 GRADUATE CATALOG- LOGAN, UTAH

UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY LOGAN, UTAH 1968-1969 GRADUATE CATALOG

ELDON J. GARDNER, Dean, School of Graduate Studies Graduate Office, Main 132

Catalog Contents Utah S tate Univ er s ity , Board of Trustees, 3 Admin is trative Officers, 4 University Departments of In s truction , G Graduate Counc il, 7 Graduate Facult y, 7 Ca mpus Map, 9 Calendar, 1968-69, 10 Utah S tate Uni versity, l1 I >egT<'C'S 0 f'f' Pr Pd, 12

Tuition and Other Fees, J ·l Finan c ial A ssista nc e, Hi Admi ssio n , 18 R eg is tration , 20 St ud e nt He s ponsibilit y, 23 S ummar y of D ead lin 0s, 2a Co mm e nce m e nt, 24

G1·aduatc N cw.q nnd Comment, 24 Library, 24 Hou s ing, 2(i DegreE' RC'quirements, 2(i

Courses and Research m the Graduate Program Inte rde partmental Curriculum s, 33 Ecology, 33 Econom ics, 3G Food Science and T echnology, 37 Nutrit io n a nd Biochemistry, 38 P lant Nutri t ion a nd Bioch emistry, 40 Toxicology , 41 \Vater Quality, 43 Coll ege of Agriculture, 4G Agncultura l Economi cs, 4G Agri c ultural Education , 47 Animal Science, 48 D airy Scie nc e, 50 ll Jant Scie nce , G1 So il s an d Meteo rology, 54 Veterinary Sc ie nce, :)8 Coii C'ge of Business and Social Sc ien ces, G9 A(' co unting, 59 Bu s iness Administration , G1 Busin ess Education and OfficP Administration, 67 Economics , 70 Hi stor y, 74 Politi ca l Sc ie nc e, 77 Soc iolog y, Social Work a nd Anthropolog y , 81 College o f Education, 8G Educationa l Admini stration , 8G I•; Jemen tar y Education, DO H e alth , Ph ys ical Education a nd Rec r eat ion , 92 In s tructional Media , 9G J> syc h o logy , 99 SPcondary Education , JO G Special Education , 107 Coll ege of Engineering, llG Ag ri c ultural and Irrigation C.: ngi n eeri ng, 117 Civi l Engin ee ring, 120

El ectri ca l Engineering, 127 Industrial a nd T ec hni ca l Education, 131 Manufa cturin g Engi ncering, 134 M echanical and Aeros pac e Engin eering, 18G Co ll ege of Famil y Life, 138 C lothing and T exti les, 13!) Famil y and Child D eve lopment, 141 Food and Nutrition, 143 Hom em aking Education, 14G Hou sehold Economics and Man ageme nt, 146 Co ll ege o[ Hum an itiC's and Arts, 148 Art. 148 Audiolog y-Speech Pathology, 15 3 Englis h , 1G7 Landsca pe Architcct un.! and En v ironm e ntal !'Ianning, 1G2 Mu s ic, 164 Speech , Hi7 Th eatre Arts, 1GD Coll ege of NatLn·al n eso uJ·ces, 17'2 Forest Sc ie n ce, 172 Range Science, 17G Wildlife R esou r ces, 177 Co ll ege o[ Scie nce, J 8 1 Appli ed Stat ist ics, Compute r Science, 181 Bacterio logy and l'uh lie H ea lth, 18!> Botan y, 187 C h emistr y, J !)0 Geo logy, J!J2 Math e n1ati cs, 1 !l-1 l'h ysics, l!JG Zoolog y, 198 S umm er Qu a r te 1· , 20-1 Itese a r ch l'rog r a m s, 20:) Extension Scn·i ces, 20fi Inte rnation a l Prog r ams, 207

Univers it y Bulletins publis hed by U ta h State Un ive rs it y u f Agriculture ~nd Appl ied Sc ience at Logan , Utah issued monthl y. Volume G~. Nu mb e1· G, J une 1968. Entered as second elas::; matter SeptembeJ' 18, 191 8. at the post of fi ce a t Logan, Utah, unde r t he Act uf August 24, 1912. A cceptan ce f o 1· mailing at spec ial rat e 111' pu~tagc JHnv id e>d in S<'cl ion 11 0!~. Act of O ("to he r 2,

1917. Aut h o1·ized August 22 , J9JG . GHH -:.M -D N I'

Utah State University Board of Trustees Chairman Alma Sonne, Logan Vice Chairman Richard J. Maughan, Bountiful Phillip A. Bullen, Salt Lake City N. D. Salisbury, Logan Alva C. Snow, Roosevelt Orpha S. Boyden, Salt Lake City Roger B. Hansen, Mount Pleasant James S. Prestwich, Cedar City Beverly D. Kumpfer, Salt Lake C1:t11

R. J. Potter, Ga1路land Snell Olsen, Spanish Fork W. B. Robins, Salt Lake Cit?/ Ex-Officio Members Clyde L. Miller, Salt Lake City, Secretary of State M. Ted Karren, Logan, President, Alumni Association Secretary to the Board L. Mark Neuberger, Logan

Officers of Administration PRESIDENT (Effective .July 1, 1968): GLEN L . TAGGART, PhD, University of Wisconsin PRESIDENT EMERITUS (Effec tive July 1, 1968): DARYL CHASE, PhD, University of Chicago ASSISTANT TO THE PRESIDENT FOR SPECIAL PROJECTS: GERALD R. SHERRATT, MS, Utah State University VICE PRESIDENT, ACADEMIC AFFAIRS : R. GAURTH HANSEN, PhD, University of Wisconsin VICE PRESIDENT, RESEARCH: D. WYNNE THORNE, PhD, Iowa State Univer sity VICE PRESIDENT, BUSINESS: DEE A. BROADBENT, MS, University of Illinois PRESIDENT, SNOW COLLEGE: Fr.OYD S. HOLM, Ed D. University of Southern Califomia DEAN, SCHOOL OF GRADUATE STUDIES: ELDON J. GARDNER, PhD University of California DEAN, COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE : VF:ARL R. SMITH, PhD, University of Wisconsin DEAN, COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES: ROBERT P . COLLIER, PhD, Stanford University DEAN, COLLEGE OF EDUCATION: ORAL L. BALLAM, EdD, University of California at Los Angeles DEAN, COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING, AND CHAIRMAN, UTAH WATER RE SOURCES CENTER: DEAN F. P F:TF.RSON, .Trc, DCE, Rensselaer Polytechni c Institute DEAN, COLLEGE OF FAMILY LIFE: PIIYLLIS R. SNOW, PhD, Cornell Univer sity DEAN, COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND ARTS: CARLTON F. CULMSEE, PhD, University of I owa DEAN, COLLEGE OF NATURAL HESOURCES: J. WHITNEY FLOYD, MSF, University of Cali fo rnia DEAN, COLLEGE OF SCIEN CE: RALPH M. JOI路INSON, PhD, University of Wisconsin DIRECTOR, AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION: K. W. HILL, PhD, University of Nebraska DIRECTOR, EXTENSION SERVICES: WILLIAM H. BENNETT, P hD, University of Wisconsin

Officers nf Adlllillistratinn

niREC'TOTl, UTAH \\' ATETl TlE S EAlU ' H LABORATORY: .JAY M. RAGLEY , Phll , Sta nford Univl'rsity I>IRE CTOTl , I ~NG INEERING EXPJ.:nTM I·: NT STATION: CLAYTON CLARK, PhD , Slan fon1 U ni versity LIBRARIAN: Mir.TOl\: C . All iL\MS, l'hll, UniH•rsity of Utah I lEAN , ADMI SS IONS A Nl J TlECORD S : L. MARK NEUBERGER. EdD, Brigh am Young- Univ0rsity DEAN OF STUDENTS: CLAPIJI·: J. Rl'I<TI·:KS IIAW, PhD , Univ e r s ity of Utah DEAN OF WOMEN: HELE N

Lr;-.;o s TIW~I,

MRA, Uni\· er s ity of Denver

CONTROL LEn: SYLVAN EIU CKSOK , R S, Utah SlatP Univ er s ity IllRE C'l'OH , S UMMER QUAHTEn: I·:LI.n:In H. HlMI·:s, EctD , U ni versity of Uta h IJJRECT011 , lNTlC: RNATIONAL PJ{()G liAM S (Effccti\·(' September 1068): J. CLAIU< BALLATW, PhD, Corn e ll Univers ity DIRECTOR OF ATHLETICS: FHANK WILLIAMS, !VIS , Utah State University

University Departments of Instruction ( Catalog Page Department 59 Accounting Aerospace Studies 45 Agricultural Economics 47 Agrieultural Education Agricultural and Irrigation 117 Engineering 48 Animal Science Applied Statistics and 181 Computer Science 148 Art Audiology-Speech Pathology 153 185 Bacteriology, Public Health 187 Botany 61 Business Administration Business Education and 67 Office Administration 190 Chemistry 120 Civil Engineering 139 Clothing and Textiles 50 Dairy Science 70 Economics 86 Educational Administration 127 Electri ca l Engineering 90 El ementary Education 157 English and Journalism Fami.\y and Child 141 Development 143 Food and Nutrition 172 Forest Science 192 Geology Health, Physical Education 92 and Recreation 74 History 145 Homemaking Education Household Economics and 146 Management Industrial and Technical 131 Education Instructional Media and 95 Library Science Landscape Architecture and 162 Environmental Planning Languages 134 Manufacturing Engineering 194 Mathe matics Mechanical and Aerospace 136 Engineering Military Science 164 Music 196 Physics 51 Plant Science 78 l'o li lical SciencP 99 Psychology 175 Hange Science 105 Secondary Education Sociology, Social Work 81 and Anthropology 54 Soils and Meteorology 107 Special Education 167 Speech 169 Theatre Arts 58 Veterinary Science 177 Wildlife Resources 198 Zoology

Department Head Norman S. Cannon Roland H. Taylor N. Keith Roberts Von H . Jarrett

Office Location Main 131 MS 107 Ag Science 230 Ag Science 110

A. Alvin Bishop Jam es A. Bennett

Engineering C· Animal Ind. 30i

Rex L. Hurst Harrison T . Groutage Jay R. J ensen Rex S. Spendlove Orson S. Cannon Howard M. Carlisle (acting)

Main2 Main 308 Mech. Arts 202 Plant Ind. 309 · Plant Ind. 204 [ Main 131

Theodore W . Ivarie Melvin C. Cannon Elliot Rich Anne Kernaleguen George E. Stoddard Reed R . Durtschi Homer M. Johnson Larry S. Cole Malcom Allred T. Y . Booth

Main 347 \Vidtsoe 112 Engineering L· Family Life 3m Animal Scienet Main 328 Education 206 Engineering 1Education 205 Library 416

Don C. Carter Ethelwyn B. Wilcox Ross S. Whaley Clyde T. Hardy

Family Li!e2l

H . B . Hunsaker George Ellsworth Virginia H. Harder

Gym 304

Edith Nyman

Family Life314

N eill Slack (acting)

Mech. Arts 102

Lester C. Essig

Library 222

Burton Taylor Austin E. Fife Carl D. Spear Neville C. Hunsaker

Main 1 Main 212 Tech. Services Engineering C

Reynold K. Watkins Owen W. Owens Max F. Dalby W . Farrell Edwards Frank B. Salisbury M. Judd Harmon H eber C. Sharp (acting) L. A. Stoddart K. C. Farrer

Engineering L· MS 102 Fine Arts 101 Engineering L·~ Ag Science 3Z! Main 248 Education 30i For.-Zoo.l61 Education 104

There! Black R. L. Smith (acting) Kaye D. Owens (acting) Rex E. Robinson Twain Tippetts (acting) Merthyr L. Miner William F. Sigler Datus M. Hammond

Main 220 Ag Science US Education 41:\ Main 33 Fine Arts 232 Vet. Science For.-Zoo. IG: For.-Zoo. 11i

Family Life 111 For.-Zoo. 155 Main 258 Main 247 Family Life 31&

Graduate Council CHAIRMAN: ELOo:-r .J. GARONE11, P hD , University of Ca li fornia ....... Dc>an, Sc hool of Graduate Studies, ex -officio .TOSI·:Pll C . STREET, l' hD, Oklahoma Stat<' U ni vc> r sity .College of Agriculture, 1969' TIIERE:L TI. RLAC'K, P hD , Uni·;ersity of Wi sconsin

Collc>ge o f Ru s inc>ss and Social Sc iences, 1971 H oM 1-:11 M . .To 11 :\'SO:\', EdlJ, Colo r ado Statc> College ....... Co ii Pge of Education, 1968 RRl 'CF: 0. WATKINS, P h ]), Unin•r s it y of Minn esota . College of Engineering, 1968 .TOliN M. NElli lOLD , PhD, Utah Statc> Uni,·ersily .... College of Natural R eso urces, 1969 JAY

SC IIVA NEVF: LDT , PhD, Flori da State University Co ll ege of Fami ly Life , 1971

.JAY R. JENSEN, Phll , U ni vers ity of Wisconsin .Coll ege of Hum an iti es an d Arts, 1970 KEITH L. DlXON, PhlJ, Un i,·er s ity of f;a lifornia . MILTO N C. Al11L\MS, P hD , Uni ve rsi ty of Utah

.. Coll ege of Scie nce, 1970 .. Librarian, c>x-officio

1Date indica tes exp iration of cu1-rent appointment to Cl'aduate Cuuncil.

Graduate F acuity A plan for the designation of a Gr aduate Faculty has been proposed by the Gradua te Counci l and approved by the Co un cil for Academ ic Affa irs, F:~cu l ty Senate, and the Board of Trustees. Accord ing to this pla n. the G raduate Facult y wi ll cons ist of two c.:la sses of membe r ship: full and ao;sociale. Tho e who qualify for full membership wi ll in clud e individua ls who posses s an ea rn ed doctorate deg r ee, and who have demonstrated sc holarship through r esearch, publi cation, or expos ition of cr eative effort. The r eq uirement of the ea rn ed doctorate may be wa iv ed in the instanc e of individuals who have demo nst rated except ional creat ive ability. A fu ll member will be qualifi ed to se r ve as a major professor or thes is director on a te rmin a l de-

gree co mmittee. The assoc iate membersh ip wi ll be conferred to t hose who ha ve not earned the t erminal deg r ee and who have demonstrated scho larship through publ ication or expos ition of creative effort. The associate member w ill be qua li fied lo se rve as a major professor or thesis dir ector on intermediate leve l graduate degrees . Facu lty members li sted in thi s 1968-G9 grad uate cata log are tenta-

t ive ly co ns id er ed charter member;; of t he Utah State U ni ve r s ity Gra duate Faculty, eith er as assoc iate or f ull members . Th e class of membership will be cons id er ed on an individual basi s, and f u t ur e graduate cata logs are expected to li st f ull a nd associate members of the Gr a dua te Faculty.

Guide to Campus Map 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11 . 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26 . 27.

Old Main, G-11 Family life Home, 1-10 Amphitheater, H-13 Mechanic Arts, H-13 Technical Services, G-14 Psychology laboratory, G-14 Education, G-13 Family Life, F-14 library, E-13 Plant Industry, E-12 Animal Industry, F-11 Chemistry (Widtsoe Hall), F-10 Information Services, G-10 President's Residence, G-1 0 Smart Gymnasium, G-9 Heating Plant, G-8 University Annex, G-8 Sorority House, G-7 LOS Institute, G-8 Recreation, Intramural Activities, F-8 Sorority Houses, F-7 Fraternity, Sorority Houses, F-6 Catholic Newman Center, F-6 New Fieldhouse Site, E-7 Physical Education, E-9 Nelson Fieldhouse, F-8 Student Union, F-9

28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42 . 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54.

Military and Aerospace Sciences, E-9 Art Barn, E-9 Veterinary Science, E-10 Forestry and Zoology, E-10 Rural Arts, D-12 Photography, E-12 Agricultural Science, E-12 Greenhouses, E-12 Business, E-13 Lund Hall, Girls' Dorm, E-14 Moen Hall, Girls' Dorm, E-14 Greaves Hall, Girl's Dorm, D-14 Reeder Hall, Girls' Dorm, D-14 Merrill Hall, Girls' Dorm, D-14 Engineering, D-13 Automotive, Aeronautics, D-12 USDA Research Lab, D-12 Apiculture Research lab, D-12 Food Science and Tech., D-12 Plant Operations Shops, D-11 Plant Operations Shop, D-1 0 Plant Operations Center, D-10 Plant Operations Shops, D-11 Industrial Education, D-11 Baseball Diamond, D-9 Tennis Courts, D-9 Edith Bowen Elementary lab School, D-1 0

55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66 . 67. 68. 69. 70. 71. 72 . 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79.

New High Rise Dorms, C-9 New High Rise Service Center, C-10 High Rise Dorms, C-10 Dormitory Cafeteria, C-1 0 Richards Hall, Men's Dorm, C-11 Bullen Hall, Men's Dorm, C-11 Radio-TV Center, B-11 Crops Research Center, C-12 Fine Arts Center, C-13 LOS University Stake Center, B-13 Water Research Lab., A-15 by River on Canyon Road Storage-Receiving, B-13 University Temporary Apts., B-11 Forestry Research Lab., B-1 0 LOS University Stake Center, A-9 David 0 . McKay Housing Center, A-8 University Trailer Court, A-7 University Apartments, B-6 New Assembly Center, C-16 Fraternity House, D-5 New Football Stadium, C-4 Car Pool, Garage, C-2 Veterinary Science Buildings, A-5 Metabolism Building, C-5 VanNoy Apartments, D-2

Alphabetical Listing of Key Offices and Buildings Admissions and Records, G-11 (1) Agricultural Science, E-12 (34) Animal Industry, F-11 (11) Art Barn, E-9 (29) Automotive, Aeronautics, D-12 (43) Chemistry, (Widtsoe Hall), F-10 (12) College of Agriculture, E-12 (34) Business and Social Sciences, G-11 (1) Business (New), E-13 (36) Education, G-13 (7) Engineering, D-13 (42) Fam;ly Life, F-14 (8) Humanities and Arts, E-13 (9) Natural Resourcos, E-JO (31)

Fine Arts, C-13 (63) Forestry and Zoology, E-10 (31) Gymnasium (Smart Gym), G-9 (15) Graduate School, G-11 (1) Housing Bullen Hall, C-11 (60) David 0 . McKay Housing Center, A-8 (70) Fraternity, Sorority Houses, F-6 (22) Greaves Hall, D-14 (39) High Rise Dorms, C-9, C-10 (55, 57) Lund Hall, E-14 (37) Merrill Hall, D-14 (41) Moen Hall, E-14 (38) Reeder Hall, D-14 (40) llj<h :;;,"'~ '1'"1! $:J.L.L52L _________ ~

University Trailer Court, A-7 (71) Information â&#x20AC;˘ Services â&#x20AC;˘ Institutional Development - Publicctions, G-1 0 (13) LOS Institute, G-8 ( 19) library, E-13 (9) Main (Old Main), G-11 (1) Manufacturing Engineering, H-13 (4) Mechanic Arts, H-13 (4) Military Science, E-9 (28) Plant Industry, E-12 (10) Radio-TV Center, 8-11 (61) Student Services, G-11 (1) Veterinary Science,

e. . 1 0

(30)

Union Building, F-9 (27) .C.ft-6--~

路~. w

CAMPUS

UTAH

STATE LOGAN,

MAP

UNIVERSITY UTAH

Calendar, 1968-69 Summer Quarter 1968

June 17, Monday June 18, Tuesday July 19, Friday July 21, Monday August 23, Friday

Registration Classwork begins End of first session Registration for second sess ion End of Summer Quarter Fall Quarter 1968

Early in September September 25 , Wednesday September 26, Thursday September 27, Friday September 28, Saturday September 30, Monday November 3-17 (tentative) November 28, 29, Thurs., Fri . December 13, Friday December 16-19, Mon.-Thurs.

Faculty Meeting Testing for entering freshmen Orientation and English placement for a ll entering foreign stud ents Orientation New student registration Former student registration Classwork begins Winter Quarter Pre-Registration Thanksgiving recess Classwork ends Final examinations

Winter Quarter 1969

January 3, Friday January 4, Saturday January 6, Monday March 14, Friday March 17-20, Mon .-Thurs.

Registration Registration Classwork begins Classwork ends Fina l examinations

Spring Quarter 1969

March 24, Monday March 25, Tuesday March 26, Wednesday May 29, Thursday May 30, Friday June 2-5, Mon .-Thurs. June 6, Friday June 7, Saturday

Registration Registration Classwork begins Classwork ends Memorial Day Holiday Final examinations Baccalaureate Commencement Summer Quarter 1969

June 16, Monday June 17, Tuesday July 18, Friday July 21, Monday August 22, Friday

Registration Classwork begins End of first session Registration, second sessiion End of Summer Quarter

~ Utah State University Utah State University was founded in 1888 as a part of the public educational system of Utah. It operates under the constitution and laws of the state. USU belongs to a great family of institutions known as land-grant universit ies, which had their origin in 1862. As a land-grant school, it is a university in the fullest and best sense of that phrase. USU includes eight resident colleges with fifty-four departments, a School of Graduate Stud ies, extension services, research programs, and one branch college: Snow College at Ephraim. It participates in educationa l aid to severa l foreign countries. The University is accredited by the Northwest Association of Second::try <!nd High er Schools. It is on the accepted li st of th e Association of American Universities and of the American Association of Un ivers ity Women. It is a member of the American Council on Education and is li sted by other accred iting agencies. A fourteen-member Board of Trustees is the govern in g body of the University. Twelve are appointed by the Governor and ratified by the State Senate. Two others serve ex-officio: the Secretary of State and the Presid ent of the University Alumn i Association. The Board elects its chairman and vice-chair-

man. All members serve without monetary pay. Dr. Glen L. Taggart is the eleventh president of USU. He takes office July 1, 1968. Previous presidents, and the year of th eir appointment, have been as follows: J. W. Sanborn, 1890; J . H. Paul, 1894; J. M. Tanner, 1896; W. J. Kerr, 1900; John A. Widtsoe, 1907 ; E. G. Peterson, 1916; Franklin S. Harris, 1945 ; Louis L. Madsen, 1950; Henry Aldous Dixon, 1953; Daryl Chase, 1954, president emeritus, effective July 1, 1968.

Graduate Council Graduate study is supervised by the dean of the School of Graduate Studies, assisted by the Graduate Council. This council consistB of one representative from each of the eight resident colleges of the University and one from the Library. Regulations and standards for graduate work are established by the Graduate Council with the approval of the Faculty Senate. Students and staff members should consult with the counci l representatives of their co llege on questionable interpretations or exceptions to the rules. The dean of the School of Graduate Studi es will rule, for and with the advice of the Graduate Counci l, on all exceptions or adjustments.

Degrees Offered Gracluate degrees can be obtained through the fo llowin g departments and interdepartmental curriculums: DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PhD) Agricul tural and Irrigation Engineering An im a l Science Bact eriology a nd Publi c Health Botany Chemistry Civi l Engineering Clot hin g and T exti les Electrica l Engin eering Ecology Economi cs Food Sc ience and T echnology Fores t Science Nutrition and Biochemi stry Mechani cal Engineering P hysics Plant Nutrition and Biochemistry Plant Science Psychology Range Science Socio logy, Socia l Work and Anthropo logy So ils and Meteorology Toxicology Water Quality Wi ldlife Resources Zoology DOCTOR OF EDUCATION (EdD) Educational Administration Indu str ial Education Psychology Supervi s ion and Curri culum Develop!Tien t MASTER OF SCIENCE (MS) Accounting Agri cultural Econom ics Ag r icultu ra l Ed ucation Agriculural and Irri gation Engin eering

Animal Science American Studies Appli ed Statistics and Computer Science Audiology-Speech Pathology Bacteriology and Public Health Botany Business Education Chemistry Civil Engineering Clothing and Texti les Dairy Science Economics Ed ucationa l Administrat ion E lectr ica l Engineering E lementary Education Fami ly and Child Deve lopment Food and N utrition Food Science and Technology Forest Sc ience Geology Hea lth, Physical Education and Recreation History Home Economics Education Household Economics and Management Industrial and Technical Education Industrial Media and Library Science Landscape Architecture and Envi r onmental Planning Manufacturing E ngin ee rin g Mathematics Mechanica l Engineering Nutrition and Biochemistry Physics P la nt Nutrition a nd Biochemistry P la nt Science Political Science Psychology Range Science Secondary Education Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology Soi ls a nd Meteorology Special Ed ucation

Def{rees Offered Speech Toxicolo gy Veterinary Science Water Quality Wildlife Resources Zoology MASTER OF ARTS ( MA ) American Studies Art Economics Elementary Education Eng li sh History Mu s ic Political Science Secondary Education Speech Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology Theater Arts MASTER OF EDUCATION (ME d ) Educational Administration Elementary Education Health , Physical Education and Recreation Instructional Media an d Library Science

P sychology Secondary Education Special Education MASTER OF FINE ARTS (MFA) Art Theatre Arts Additional professional degr ees offered include: MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION ( MBA ) MASTER OF FORESTRY (MF) MASTER OF INDU STRIAL EDUCATION (MIE) MASTER OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE (MLA) MASTER OF MUSIC (MM) CIVIL ENGINEER (CE) IRRIGATION ENGINEER (IE ) MASTER OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE (MES) ' 1U tah State U ni ve rs ity , U niv ersity o f Utah and D ~路i g h 2. m Y0ung Un i v~rr..ity hav"? ea ch initiated an identical program lead in g to the MES degree. Cred its are transferable.

Tuition and Other Fees The U ni ve t·s ity r ese1·ves the ri g h t any of t h ese c ha rges w it h o ut n o tic e.

a\ lp r

S pecial Examination Fee Hou1· <!ua lif ying Examination am in at ion

Fees Per Quarter *Summer, Fall. Winter, a nd Spring Quarter s Re s ident No n-Res id ent Students Students Tui t io n and Reg is t rato n .. .. $ 90 $256 Other Fees .... ..... ..... ..$ 25 $ 25 T o tal F ees ............ .... $11 5 $281 *N on-R es id ent (No n-Utah ) s tudents pay t h e R e~dd ent S chedul e Su mmer Quarte r .

Other Fees, Costs

P e 1· C 1·edit ...... $ 4.0 0

G 1·aduat c Reco rd Ex-

Par t Patts

Excess R eg is tration Fee: F o r eac h excess hour (exce pt two h ou r s of Milita r y Sc ie n ce, A e r ospace Stud ies, o t· o n e h out· o f Phys ical Educat ion) ................................................ ... $10.00 Students may r eg iste r for 19 h o urs pe r ctua t·t e r w ithout pa ying execs~ r e g ist rati on f ees.

6.50

If a s tud e n t f ai ls to tak e the Graduate Q ual if y ing Examin at io n aftet· reg is tering f o r it, w ithout' be in g offic ia ll y excus ed, h e wil l be c hnrged a $5.00 fee f o r r e - reg is trat io n. (; rad uation Fee

1 0.00

S tud e nt T eac hing Fee .

3 6.00

T eac h e r Pla ce m ent He- regi s tration

H ealth and Accident Insurance : S t ud e nts w ill be r equ ired to parti cipate each quarte r in a hea lth a nd acc ide n t in su J·a n ce p rog ram unless a written reques t for exempt ion is s ubmitted to the Univers ity pri01· to regi s trati on . Appro ximate cost o f t he ins uran ce will be $G p e t· s tud ent per quarter.

~-50

Locker Rent a l- F all. \ Vinte r an d Spring

5.00 1.50

Fifty Cents o f t hi s fee is r ef un d ed to s tud e nt s up o n r e turn i ng t h e key a cco mpanied by r ece ip t pr io r to t h e fir s t Frirlay f o ll ow inR Commencem e n t exe rcises. Transc ript o f C r ed its . Eac h st ud e nt i ~ e ntitled to o ne tran sc ri p t fr ee Addit io nal tl·an sc rip t ( Ext r a cop ies

1. 00

2~1

'f1·a n sc r ipts will not be iss ued unl ess t h e m o n ey ac companies th e o rd e r. Progress Report. Adv ise r f urn is hed o n e ... ..... 25c t o 50c co p y fr ee. Additi o n n l co pies

A ut om obi le Parki ng Per mit : $7 .5 0 pe r yea r. Note fe e. on ind ividual lo a n s

2.00

Cap and Gown RentaiMastet·'$ D octo r 's

G.50 7.50

Out-of-State Student Auto Permit : 50c

LATE REGISTRATION FEE : $5 beg inni n g seco nd day afte r s p ec ified R egis tration D ays : add iti o nal $ 1 f o r eac h additi o n n l d ay up to a mn:dmu m o f 8 10 . A s tud e nt whos e check is di s honored by hi s bank will be c h a r ged t he late f ee in e ff ect when t h e c h ec k is t·ed ee med. C h a n ge in Cours e of Study List: N o ch arge fo r t he fit·st week o f t he Q ua r te r: $:~ fo r enc h c hang e ma de t h ereafte r. Final Dead li ne for Co urse C han g e s : Cou rse c ha n ges , ad ds o r cll·o p s, may be m a d e t h rough the t hit·d week u f t h e Quarter. S pecial S tudents- R egis tJ·ati o n f ee .

. $10.00

P lu s $6 pe r credit hou r (max imum

cred its)

Visi t o r Fcc- R egis trat io n a s I.i ste ner o r v is it o r in lecture coUJ-se o nl y in wh ich n o c red i t is des ired, p e r q uarter, p e r

Rubjec t

...... ................... ... ................ .... ....... 810.00

College of Hum a niti es a n d Arts St ude nts u s in g th e language laborato ry equ ipmen t a re r equir ed to pay a f ee of S2 per course pet· Quarter exce pt S umme r Quarte t·, w hi ch is $6.

College of Business and Social SciencesSt udent s us i ng bus in ess ma c hi nes w ili be re(}ltired t o p ay a fee of $2 pe r quart er. Coll ege of Na tural Heso urces Seni or F ie ld prob le m s : Forest r y 146 Hange Management 196 Wildli fe Mnnagement 17 1 A

35 .00 30.00 ~ 5 . 00

maximum fee of $5 pe r quart e r ma y be cha rged in a n y cmn sf' renu irin g u se ()f t h e co mp ute r .

Tuition and Other Fees A minimum excess breakage fee o f $5 may be

r equire d fo 1· Laborato r y c lasses. Music I ndividual In st ructi on w ith m e mbe rs of the Un ive r s ity Staff: N in e l es~o n s pc 1· Qua r ter ( I cred it) 30. 00 Mus ic l L a bo ra tory F ee . l. OO F ees mu st be pa id at beg innin g o f quarte r be fore in st 1·u c ti on begins. Indi v idual in ~t ru ct i o n w it h add iti on a l au t h o ri zed teac h e r s is reg istered f o r at t h e Unive 1·s ity a nd given like c redit, but p a id f o r by p ri vate a rrange m e n t w it h t h e t ea ch e 1· concerned. Prac ti ce Fees: P1·acti ce H oom with Pia n o , 1 h our per day pc1· Quarter Pn1 ctice Hoom wit hout Pian o, 1 h ou r pe 1· day pe1· Quarter Orga n , 1 h ou r per da y pe r q u arter

2.50 1.75 5.00

Speec h - The fee fol' Speech 112 is S20 pel' c redi t hour per qua r te1·, co n s is tin g o f 10 private lesso n s. Auth or ized in s tru ctors are: Bune ll F. H an se n , Fl oyd T. Morgan. Regi s trati on is n ot co mplete until s tu de nts hav e prese nt e d th e f ee ca rd at the Cash ier's \ Vindow . office o f the Co ntroll e r. and hav e p a id f ees. and filed the re g istration cards with th e Regi s trar 's Office. R ef und s . All fees pa id, with t h e exce p t ion of th e $10 rcg i ~ tra t i o n f ee m ay be refunded to an y s t u de nt in 1·es id e nce w h o withcl1·aw~ f'rorn ~ c h ool befo re t h e e nd o f t h e seve nth week, in JHOpo J·tion t ha t t he number of inst r ucti on:d weeks ~ u bsequent. to wit hdrawal bea rs to the numb e 1· o f ins tt·uct io n a l weeks in th e pe ri od covered by t h e fees paid.

Alumni F ees. Af ter a s tudent h a s pa id a total o f $3 0 in Alumn i F ees, h e beco mes a Life Member uf t he USU Alumni Association. Graduate stud e n ts or s tud ents atte ndin g mo re t h a n 12 quarters, a n d w ho h ave bee n a ssessed m o re than the $30 in Alumni fees , may rece ive a refund of t h e excess amount upon se nding a w ri tte n r eq ues t t o t h e USU A lumni Associatio n wit hin 30 d a y ~ fr om th e reg is trat io n day of the quar t e r in w hi ch t h e additional m oney wa s pa id Acco rdi n g to t h e co n s titut io n o f t h e Asso c iate d Stud ents, a l'egu lar ly e nro ll e d stud ent must obta in , at time o f reg is tration, a Student l3 ody ca rd w hi c h wi ll ad mi t him to a ll act iv iti es co nholled by t he Associated Stu<le n ts: ath let ic events footba ll , basket ball, le nni::; and t ra ck d r amat ics and mu s ica l ente rta inm en t s, soc ia ls, lectures, etc.; wi ll g ive him a copy of t he yea rboo k if s tudent bod y fee wa s pa id f o 1· al l qua r ters , and a s ubsc r iptio n to t he Un ive r s ity news p ape r . The s ys te m ha s been fou nd to be a g reat ~av i ng to t h e stu de nts and an excell e nt mean s o f foste rin g prope 1· interest in stud e n t act ivit ies. D epo~it

Required of Foreig-n Students. A t t h e tim e of initial 1·eg ist ra t ion . stud ents f1·o m other count ri es wi ll be required to de pos it w ith the Un ivet·s ity co ntro ll e r an amou nt of m one y equal to t hree qua rte rs ' tu it ion and f ee~ ($801). This m oney ma y be drawn o ut on ly at the beginning of the initial and s ucceedir.g q<Jarten: an :l only fo r =:>ay m ent o f tuiti o u and fees.

Pur a mure d eta iled li s t o f Summer Qu a rte r fees consult Su m me1· Qua1tel' Cata log. U niversi ty Publi c ations: GencHd Cata log, $1 ; Graduate Catalog, fi Oc : C lass Sc h e dule Bulle tin, 25c.

Financial Assistance General. Assistantships, both for teaching and r esearch are generally avai lable in most of the depar tments of the University. Utah State University conforms to the agreement mad e by most of the Graduate Schoo ls of t he United States to an nounce f ellowship and scholarship appointments on April1 and permit t he student a two-week period in whi ch to accept or rej ect. Many stud ents not r eceiv in g assista ntships or f ellowships receive financial ass istance by working for departm ents on an hourly basis.

Assistantships T eaching Assistantships. Students receiving these appointm ents ass ist with teaching in the depar tments . The contracts genera ll y cover t he period October 1 to May 31, or September 15 to May 31. Th e stipend varies from $1,100 to $2,400 . Th e corresponding serv ice load varies from one-third to one-half t im e. Maximum credit load for stu dents on t eaching assi stantships is 12 cr edits. R eseaTch Assistantships. Th ese are subject to the same basic pattern fo r duration, se rvice load, and stipend, but may be var ied to meet the needs of th e particular research program on whi ch the student works. Maximum credit load for students on research assistantships is 12 credits, except that if th e r esearch is t he s tudent's thesis program, he may register for an add itional 4 credits of th es is or r esearch .

Fellowships University R esearch F ellowships. Th ese fe llowships carry a stipend of $3,000 and r emiss ion of nonres-

ide nt t ui tion. The stud ent is r equired to parti ci pa te successf ully in a r esea rch project lea ding to a Ma ster's t hesis or Doctor's di sse r tation. Th ese a r e t enabl e in a ny f ield in whi ch USU g r ants an advanced degree. Application m ust be m ade by F ebruary 1, and awards are made Apri l 1. Tntinees hips. Th e U ni ver si ty h as t rain eeshi p prog rams supported by National In st itutes of Hea lth , Nationa l Science Foundati on, a nd the National Aeronautics and Space Ad mini strati on . The basic stipend is $600 per quarter, with tui ti on a nd fees paid, and with add iti ona l fo r depen dents and progression. Most of the major departm ents part ici pate in these progra ms. NDEA Fellowships. Th ese fellowships are ava ila bl e at Utah State in Bacteriology, Botany, Ch emi stry, Civil Engineering, Education, Electrical Engin eerin g, Industrial and T echnical Education, Mechanical Engin eerin g, Physics, P lant Science, Range Science, Soils and Meteorology, Wildlife Resources, and Zoology. They are fo r stud ents who wish to becom e college and univers ity teachers, an d who will und erta ke a doctoral program. Basic stipend is $600 per quarter with additional for dependents and progress ion and with tuition a nd fees paid . Summe1路 Fellowships j 01路 Gntduate T eaching A ssis tants. Th ese fe llowships provided by the Nat ional Science Found ation are ava ilabl e to graduate teaching ass istants at USU who can qualify . Th e stipend is as much as $85 per week and f ees. Other F ellowships. Th e Univers ity also participates in the Graduate F ellow'ship Progra m of the

Financial Assistance Na ional Science Foundation and in the Fellowship Program of the Na ional In stitutes of Health . Ad,. ditional fellowships are provided by private foundations and grants.

Tuition Waivers Waive1路 of Nonres ident Tuition Fee . Th e nonresident tuition fe e may be waived by the President of the University for students holding g raduate appointments, that is, gra duate fellowship appointments awarded through the School of Graduate Studies or won by students in national competition, contractual arrangements with the University for standard teaching or research ass istantships, and government or other types of contracts with the Univer sity. Students being paid only on University payroll do not ordinarily qualify for nonresident tuition waivers. Employers of grad uate stud ents on payroll may req uest waivers for s ingle quarters if t!1e leve l cf pay is compar::tblt> wi t h th at of sta nd ard assistantships and sta bility through the quarter is guaranteed. A student who hold s a nonresiden t tuition waiver mu st maintain a B average if the waiver

is continued from on e quarter to the next. Major professor or department head should recommend the waiver to the Dean of Graduate Studies, who may forward it to th e President. Requests for waiver must be cleared with the Graduate Office at least two weeks befor e the beginning of the quarter in which the waiver is to become effective. The nonresident tuition fee may also be waived for students of high scholarship ( def ined by th e Graduate Council as a Grade Point average of at least 3.5 for the two most recent school years). This waiver is similarly initiated by a department head with a signed state ment giving evidence of high scholarship, approved by the Dean of Graduate Studies, and r ecommended to the Pres id ent. T~t ition Scholco路ships j01路 R esidents. Tui t ion scholarships are available to graduate stud ents who are residents of Utah and have a 1:路ecord of superior sch olarship (g rad e point average of 3.5 or above for the most r ecent two school years). Applications should be made to th e Dean. School of Graduate Studi es.

Admission Application and Admission i\ rlmi ss ion to t he School of Gr a dua te Stud ies is obtain ed on ly t hrough fi ling of a n app li cation a nrl form a l acceptance by t he Gr aduate Off ice. Two copies of t h e app li cat ion form (o ne for t he School of Graduate Studies an d one fo r the depa r tment) a r e part of this catalog (b u ff-co lored s heets in s ide back cove r ) . Thi s fo rm ca n be detach ed and used to app ly for admi ss io n to t he Utah State U nive rs ity Sc hoo l of Graduate St udi es. Th e app li cat ion fo rm s hould be p r ese n ted to th e Sc hoo l of Graduate Stud ies, prefe rabl y at least 60 days in a dva nce of the day of reg ist r at ion . Th e application for m 11路i ll not be accepted unl ess complet e in all deta il s, and accompani ed by two off ic ia l t r ansc ripts from a ll sch oo ls pr ev ious ly atte nd ed . A Utah State Univers ity graduate s hould re4ues t th e Off ice of Admiss ion s and R eco rd ~ to se nd two transcripts to t he G radu a te Offi ce. Th e s tud e nt s hou ld requ es t lette rs of reco mm e ndation f r om the refer ences named in t he app lication. Wh en t h e letters of r eco mm en da t ion a re r ece ive d a nd t he a ppli cat ion is com pl ete, the s tud ent's f il e is forwa rd ed to the depart ment conce rn ed fo r its r ecomm e ndation. If t h e stude nt is accepted, a permit to r eg iste r is sen t to th e stud ent and a copy to th e depa r t me nt. A graduate with a Bach elor's deg r ee from USU or from any oth er acc r edited co ll ege o r uni ve r s ity ma y be admitted to th e Sc hoo l of Graduate Stu cli es if: (1) he is reco mme nd ed by a depart ment fo r an a dvan ce d deg r ee p ro g ra m and ( 2 ) h e meets t h e scholastic r eq uireme nts

of t he Schoo l of G radu ntc S tudi es. A B ave r age in the mos t r ecent two yea r s of acad emi c work is necessa r y for adm iss ion to t he Sc hoo l of Gr a du nte Stu dies . Tmn sition fnnn Bachelor's Progmm. A se nior at Uta h State U nive r s ity who lacks not more than 6 cr edits for the co mpl et ion of hi s Bachelo r 's deg r ee at the beg innin g of any qua r te t路 may ente r th e School of Grad uate Studi es provid ed th e 6 c r ed its are co mpl ete d t hat quarter . Two cop ies of a fo rm sho wing t h e divi s ion of co urses between t h e und ergra dua te and gra duate program, s ig n ed by t he student's ma jor professor, hi s und e rg r a duate dea n , a nd th e Dean of Ad mi ss ion s a nd Reco rd s, mu st acco mpa ny th e st ud ent's app li cation fo r a dmi ss ion. Thi s tran s ition a l progra m is pe rmitted only for students w ho have a n ave r age of B o r bet te r in t he ir courses in the junior ancl se nior yea r s .

Matriculated Graduate Students

Those admitted w itho u t res trict ion to t he grad uate p ro g ram are class ifi ed as matri cul ated g rad uate st ud en ts. Qualifying E :rnminations. A qualifying exa min ation is r eq uired by t he School of Gr aduate Studi es and ma.v be taken pr ior to r eg is tration. Th e aptitud e test of t h e Graduatr R eco rd Exa min atio n. whi ch is the qua lify in g exa mina t ion r eq uired, is adm ini ste r ed by the Ed uca tional Testi ng Se rvi ce seve ral t imes each .vear on the Logan campus an d in other location!:i t hrou g hout th e wor ld. Ente ring stud e nts in areas for whic h t.h e Grad uate R ecord

'路 '

Adm.ission Exam in ation provides an advan ced tes mu st a lso ta ke thi s t est unl ess excu se d by t he department hea d. If not tak en befor e r eg istr at ion , t he Graduate R ecord Examination and / or a ny oth e r qualifyin g examin at ion r equired b.v the major departm ent mu s t be taken as soon a s poss ible afte r r eg is tration. R esults of th ese exa minat ion s becom e a pa 1·t of th e s tud e nt's fil e in th e G rad uate Offi ce. A II s tud e nts app ly ing for ad mi ss ion to the Ma ste r of Bu s in ess Admini st ration program mu st take th e Admi ss ion s T est fo r Graduate Stu dy in Bu s in ess , ra t her t h an t he Graduate R ecord Exa min a tion. Thi s exa m in at ion is a lso offer ed by th e Educat ional T es ting Servi ce an d is g ive n four tim es annuallv on a na t ion a l ba s is . Students ente ring th e Doctor of Edu cat ion prog r a m mu st take the Advanced T est in Ed ucation of t h e Gr a duate R eco rd Examin at ion. Depa r t m e nts a nd / or major professo rs m<'.:V r e rtuire oth e r exa min atio ns , \Hitten o r oral, to test t he qua lifi ca t ion s of enterin g s tud ents . Applic({/ion fu J" C1 t.nclidacy . As soo n as the s u pe r viso r y co mmittee ha s met and ag1·eed upon t he co urse prog ra m to be fo ll owed by t he stude nt, and u pon a thesis topic, t hree co pi es of t h e appli cat ion fo r cand idac.v fo rm s hould be compl ete d by the st ud ent. H e w ill obt ain t h e s ignatures of hi s departm en t hea d and su pe r viso r y co mmit tee m em be rs a nd f il e t he app li cation for ca nclida c:y in th e Graduate Offi ce, togethe r with a th es is statement. Th e a pp licat ion fo r candidacy ;; houl cl be completed by t he 1\'fast(•J·'s deg ree candidate as ea rl y in the g raduate p r og r am a s possib le a nd mu st be filed before t h e end o f the second quarte r of gradu a te work . A doctora l st ud ent s hould m ee t

w it h hi s com mi ttee as ea rl y a s poss ibl e to dete rmin e r eq uir em ents fo r hi s indi vidual program and s hould fi le an App li cat ion for Ca ndidacy w hen the co mmit tee ha s delin ea t ed these require me nts . A co mmittee for a doctoral candidate ma y wi sh to con s ide r th e State ment fo r Th es is Probl em at a late r m eetin g, and thi s sta t eme nt ma y be fil ed afte r t he ca ndid acy app li cation. In th e Docto r of Edu cat ion prog ram t he appli ca tion for ca ndidacy fo rm is not f iled un t il th e stud ent has s uccessfull y passed the writte n comprehe ns ive exa minat ion and th e defe nse of di sse rtation prob lem .

Non rna tricula ted Graduate Students A stud ent holding a bacca la u reate deg r ee avva rd ed b,v Uta h State Unive rs ity o r a nothe r a cc r ed ited in st itut ion ma~' be cla ss ifi ed as a nonmat ri c ula ted stud e nt and be granted pe rmi ssio!l to r eg ister fo r ei th er undergrad uate o r graduate co urses. Most commonly , the r ea son s fo r this class if ication a r e : 1. Th e stude nt is no t wo rkin g on a g r ad uate deg r ee p r og r am but is laking co urses to meet teac he r ce r t ifi cat ion r eq uireme nt:; o r fo r other reasons. 2. A co mpl et e app li cat ion fo r admi ss ion to the g ra dua te sc hoo l has not been s ubmi tted o t· was s ub m itted too late for ad equ ate cons id er ation. 8. Departm e ntal r ecomm e ndation w hi ch ma.v s tipulate ce rtain prereq ui s ite co urses OJ' addi t ional data before r econ si de ra t io n of t h e application for cla ss ifi ca tion a s a g raduat e s tud e nt. 4 . Di sa ppro val of a departm en ta l reco mm endation by th e Dea n of th e Gra du ate School becau se of low

Graduate Catalo~

grade point average or other deficiency. (A g rad e point average of 3.0 for the most recent two yean:; of academic work is the usual minimal standa rd for ad mif;s ion to a degree program.) 5. Negative recommendation from the depa rtment. (In such cases the applicant may choose to take courses as a nonmatriculated stu dent with no real or implied status in a graduate deg ree program.) Students might become f ully admitted in the Graduate School at a later da te by meeting the requirements stipu lated by the academic department and / or the graduate school. The requirements vary with the individual case, but in many instances they might be met by: 1. Consideration of the credentials by the department and a positive recommendation given (for the late applicant). 2. Compl etion of at least one quarter (12 hours minimum ) of graduate or equivalent work with a 3.0 or high er grade point average in a course of study acceptab le to the department. This basis for r e-

co ns id era t ion is reserved for those stud ents who have received a p sitive recommendation from the department. 3. The course work or quarter hour load stipulation s made by the department have been met satisfactorily. Students r egistering in the nonmatriculated category who desire to enter a degree program should seek informal counseling with departmental represe ntatives for guidance in selecting cou rses which may be sign ificant in meeting the requirements for obtaining graduate status or a graduate degree. A maximum of 15 cred its earned as a nonmatriculated s tudent may be approved by a department or a supervisory committee toward a graduate degree. As long as the student is not matriculated, his adviser will be appo inted by the dean of hi s academic college or the head of hi s department. The School of Graduate Studies will provide assistance and advice.

Registration A registration packet is made up for a g raduate stud ent by the Office of Admissions and Records upon r ece ipt of the green form (A pplication for Admission Part II) found in the back of this catalog. This green sheet is sent to the School of Graduate Studies with the rest of the application form and forwarded by the Graduate Office to the Offi ce of Admissions and Records after the student has been accepted by the department and School of Graduate Studies.

This green part of the application form mu st be r esubmitted if a student drops out of schoo l for a quarter or more.

Advisers and Supervisory Committees

When a student enters the School of Grad uate Studies he should seek the assistance of the head of the department of hi s interest in obtaining an adviser who can assist him with the selection of a course

Registration un t il a s uper visory committee is appo in ted. If t he stud ent's grades a r e sat isfac tory f or a qu art er , a nd he othe r w ise shows promi se of s uccee din g a t hi s pro gram, th e head of th e depa rtment will sugges t to th e Dea n of Graduate Studi es that a supervi s ory committee be appointed for th e s tud ent. Th e committee will be appointed with not less tha n three members f or Mas ter' s candidates and f ive memb ers f or doc toral ca ndidates. Th e des ignated chairma n of t h e commi t t ee th en becom es th e stud ent 's ad viser . A supervi sory committee will not be appointed until a ll entran ce procedures ha ve been satisf actorily completed . Wh en th e student's research is best sup ervi sed by a f ederal collaborator, or oth er per son who is not a member of the r egular t eachin g staff, such co llaborator or oth er per son may be des ig na ted as t hes is director. Thi s th es is director is a member of th e stud ent's commi tt ee. If a commi ttee member should be un a bl e to ser ve on an ora l examin a ti on, a n ew (or s ubstitute) member is reco mmend ed by t he h ead of lh e departme nt a nd a pproved by th e dean of t hE' School of Gradua t e St udies.

Grades Gradu a t e stud ents a r e expect ed to do sup erior work, and in genera l, to ma inta in a n average of B or better. Th e s tud ent's super visory commi ttee may accept the grade of C if it sees fit. Grades below C con stitute f ailure in the course. Staff memb er s are a uthorized to use th e g r a de P ( passed ) for seminar, spec ia l probl ems, and t hesis classes. All in compl ete (! ) g rades for cours e work mu st be 1路emoved from th e stud ent's r ecord before th e final examination can be set. It is th e

student's r espon s ibility to see t ha t I gr ades for thesi s are re moved befo re th e May 15 deadlin e.

Credit Load Recomm end ed maximum load for f ull-tim e graduate students is s ixt ee n cr edits. Max imum for ass ista nts engaged in t eachin g or resear ch is twelve credits, except that s tud ents ass isting in r esea rch which r esults in their th es is or di ssertation may r egister for t he full load, if such r egistration includes a t least four credits of research or th esis.

Continuing Graduate Advisement Any g raduate student at th e Unive rsity us ing th e Libra ry, laboratory or other University facilities and / or under fa culty supervi sion f or th e completion of a degr ee program mu s t r egi st er each quar ter for a minimum of three (3) cr edits. If the stud ent does not e nroll in r egula r courses, semin a r s, ind ependent stud y or t hesis fo r th e mini mum of three cr edits, he must registe r for " Con t inuing Gradu a t e Advisement" (depa r t ment desi g nati on course number 400) to ma ke a minimum enrollm ent of t hree cr edi ts . Stud ents who have received max imum thesis cr edit, but who have not complet ed th e th esis or di sser tation, mu st enroll fo r a minimum of three credits. A stud ent mu st be r egi ster ed durin g th e quart er in which he compl et es hi s degr ee r equirements . If the stud ent does not compiy, his candidacy will be s uspended and his supervi sory committee term inated .

Time Limit Work for a graduate degree must be compl eted within six years from th e date of matriculation as a reg-

Graduate Catalog

ular stud ent in the School of Graduate Studies. Old er work may be revalidated by examination. Statements signed by the student' s committee and departm ent hea d spec ifyin g action taken on particular ou t da t ed courses mu st be submitted to the Gradu at e Office for appro va l befo re such co urses can be used to fulfi ll th e req uirements for a rl egree.

Residence Requirements The r es ident r equirement for the Master's degree permits a maxmium of 18 cr edits of off-ca mpu s credit to be used in t he program, exclu sive of th es is, off-campu s meanin g co urses t ake n in the res id en t in struction centers of th e University. A minimum of 15 cr edi ts must be taken on t he Logan ca mpu s. In Education a minimum of 27 credits inclusive of thesis mu st be taken on the Logan campus. In th e Doctor of Education program, a minimum of four quarters of r es idence on the Logan campu s is required, three of which mu st be in con secutive sequence. In th e Doctor of Philosophy program a minimum of one year of residence beyond th e Master's degr ee is requi red.

Extension Course Credit The amount of extensio n class or other off-campus credit to be allowed wi ll be determin ed in cons idera t ion of the entire course pro-

gra m. As s tated above , the total of a ll off-campu s cr edit may not exceed 18 cr edits exclusive of t hesis. All extension courses for which g radua t e credit is sought mu st be regu larl y r egistere d for through the School of Graduate Studi es, a nd mu st have the sanction of the h ead of th e departm ent in which graduate work is be ing don e. Credit toward a Master's degree is not granted for hom e stud y ( correspon dence) courses.

Transfer Credit Up to nine credits of g raduate work may be transferred from another approved graduate school as part of a Master' s program. An excepti on is made for the inter-unive rsity curri culum in eng ineering science. In the doctorate program, the supervisory committee may require t hat part of the program be taken at a noth er university, in which case th e credit for t hi s part wi ll be t ran sferred f rom the other in stitution to Utah State at the completion of the degr ee program.

Thesis Credit in Absentia Where the student's program calls fo r work on the thesis, away from the campu s, the stud ent mu st regi ster each quart er, as requ ired by the program , for thesis in absentia . The cost for this is the regiistration fee a nd the tuition fee only. a ll other fees not assessed.

Student Responsibility lit

Graduate students are expected to know the requir-ements and standar-ds of their programs and depar-tments, and to assume full responsibility for meeting them. Staff memb er·s may not assume any par-t of this responsibility. It is the student's r·es ponsi bility to see that all necessar·y for·ms aTe properly executed and filed in the Graduate Office. Major pr-ofess ors, supervisory

committee chairmen, and other officer-s of the Univer-sity do not under-take specifically to call r-egulations to the attention of students . It is the student's r-esponsibility to inform himself. In no case will a r·ule be waived or- an exception made simply because a student pleads ignomnce of it or- asserts that he was not informed of it by his adviser· or the Graduate Offic e.

Summary of Deadlines All Graduate Students Important deadlines for all graduate students are the following: End of First Quarter of Study . Completion of all admission procedures. Delay beyond thi s time will seriously hind er the student's program. Tim e Limit . The cr edits presented mu st not be older than s ix years. Older work may be revalidated by examination. Encl of Winter· Quar·teT. Appl ications for cand idacy, including thesi s statement, mu st be filed and approved by thi s time for stud ents who will graduate at the next commencement. Two W eeks before Final ExamincLtion. A typewritten copy of the thesis must be submitted to each member of t he advisory and exam inin g com mi ttee at least two weeks before the date of the final examination. Apr·il 15. Applicat ion for graduation must be on file in Graduate Office for a ll who will graduate at

the following commencement. This application bears the student's name as it will appear on the diploma. It is the basis for ordering the diploma. April 15. Final examination must be completed for all who will graduate at the fo llowin g commencement. May 1. Thesis (in fo ur copies) must be completed and in the Graduate Office. Students are referred to the Th es is Procedure Checklist inside back cover of Handbook joT Pr·epar"ing Disser·tations , R epor·ts and Th eses.

Doctoral Candidates Doctoral candidates have the following additional deadline: Spr-ing Quar-ter befor-e Last Yearof Doctoml Program. Language re-· quirements should be completed. Fall Quar-ter Preceding Graduation in Doctoral Progmm. Comprehensive doctorate examin ation must be successfully completed at least five months before graduation.

Commencement Advanced degrees are awarded at the annual commencement exerc ises, generally the first week of Jun e. Graduates are urged to attend if possible, but attendance is not required. About May 1 all stud ents who have completed their programs a nd others likely to do so will r ece ive an announcement of the commencement dates , together with

r ese rvation blanks for pritted announcements and academic lress. Students who wi sh to paticipate in the baccalaureate se r vces and commencement exerci ses m1st be at the des ignated meeting plae2 in academi c costume, one-ha lf hotr before the process ion is s~hed ul ed 路o begin. Latecomers may be baned 'rom the procession.

Graduate News and Comn1ent Graduate News and Comment is publi shed quarterly by the School of Graduate Studies a t USU. Its purpose i~ to provicte news, infor-

mation, views and opmiOrs of interest to graduate stude1ts and faculty.

Library Int e1路lib ra1路y Loans. The practice of Interlibrary Loans has long been recognized as a necessary adjunct to the more direct service functions of the USU Library to graduate students . Such loan s supplement the library's resources by making ava ilab le for research materials located in other libraries and not owned or available by purchase by the borrowing library. Interlibrary Loan service is a cour tesy and a privilege, not a right; it is dependent upon the cooperation of many librari es . Because of the cost to the library of the service (estimated at five dollars per item ) and the conflict in demands for certain classes of materials, the Interlibrary Loan Service is r estricted to requests that cannot be filled by any other mean s. Before an Interlibrary Loan is r equested, an awareness of the following points is essential :

1. Many of the t itl es r2ques ted involve complex en tries an( foreign languages which mu st be ve rifi ed and complete before a r eq.1est can be forwarded to a ny other library. 2. Librari es are reluctant to loan periodicals and have a rra rge ments for making photocopies whtch must be purchased. As the char&e is ascerta in ed per page, total an d exact pag ination of an article must be known. 3. After a r eq uest is ma .led, sufficient time mu st be a llow d to locate the book if the request is placed t hrough the Bibliographic l Center (this is necessary except in the case of theses, which are borrowed directly from particu lar 3chools). Time is also required for :he lending library to go through a'l the details of handling a book to be charged out to Interlibrary Loans, and additional time in the mails is r equired. Usually the entire pro-

Library cess takes fro m ten days to two weeks. Th er e are times, however , when a month or more is r equired. 4. Th e length of time a patron may keep the borrowed item is det ermin ed by the lending library. 5 . If a n extens ive study is undertaken her e at USU, it is required of the on e doing the study to consult with th e Reference Librarian as to deta ils a nd extent of borrowing priv ileges that will be needed, as t he expense may be excessive. Th e expense of each item is too high to permit a student beginning graduate work to borrow extensively merely to make a survey of what has been done. 6. Masters' theses are usually ava ilab le through loan terms but doctoral dissertations must now be purchased on mi crofi lm, an.d become t he permanent property of the U niversity Library. Desc1路ip tors Aid R esea1路ch. New IBM li sti ngs in the Library will make avai lab le an in depth r ecord of th eses ar.d di r;se rtations by adding

descriptors to the traditional a uthor and title categori es. Graduate Study Can路els. Individua l study carrels with lockers are located throughout the Library. Graduate students interested in bein g ass igned one of these ca rrels may apply to one of th e divi s ional librarian s. V isi ting Scholar Program. A Visiting Scholar Progra m has been arranged between t h e in stitutions of hi gher education in Utah. Under its provisions graduate students may be issued a permi t to do work in the librari es of th e Univers ity of Utah , Brigham Youn g University, and Weber State Coll ege. A recommendation for such use is issued f r om the office of the Librarian permitting t he student fre e use of library materials and limi ted borrowin g privi leges from ot her institutions. Recommendation s are not is sued until loca l r esources have been exha usted and wh en interlibrary services are inadequate to meet tr..e graduate's !leeds.

Housing Prospect ive students are invited to direct their appli cations and inquiri es regarding housing to Coordinator of Student Hou si ng, Utah State University, Logan, Utah . University-owned housing includes apartment-living residence hall s and room-and-board r es idence halls for single women, apartmentliving r es id ence hall and room-andboard residence hall s for men, and University apartments for married students. A University Trailer Court provides accommodations for private trailers . A $25 appli cation fee is required when applyin g for University-owned housing. Priority

li sts are based on date of appl ication. Seven r es idence hall s bui t by The Church of Jesus Christ oJ Latterda y Saints provid e fac iliti e; for 504 USU students. These halls are group-living units where s ix tudents live togeth er in a fully eq uipped apartment. For information and application forns, write to: Manager, LDS Stud ent Living Center, Utah State Un iven ity, Box 220, Logan, Utah. Students desiring of:-campus housing may procure the current hou s in g list upon arriva at the University, Room 103. Ma .n Building.

Degree Requirements Master of Science and Master of Arts MA.JOR AND MINOR

The Master's degree is awarded for work don e in a major fie ld with a s upporting minor in one or more related s ubjects approved by the committee. The supervisory committe e, which is appointed by the head of the major departm ent and approved by the dean of the School of Graduate Studies, will r epr ese nt both the major and minor fields. In exceptional instances, the major and minor may be in t he same department though involving different subjects.

visory committee, as consti路.uting an acceptab le program. At least 10 credits must be in courses r.umbered 200 or above; these 10 credits are included in the total of 45 cred its but do not includ e th esis (redit. In the Departments of Elementary Education, Educational Ad'Tiinistration, Secondary Education and Special Education, 25 credits in courses in the 200 se ri e~ are required. See also pages 21-22 for additional information concerning credit wh ich can be applied toward graduate degrees. Other requirements may be indicated by the specific department.

COURSE REQUIREMENTS

LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT

The minimum requirements for the Maste r's degree is 45 credits in courses numbered 100 or above, approved by the student's super-

Cand id ates for the Master of Arts degree only mu st have two years of foreign language or equ ivalent competency.

Degree R equirements T H E:SIS REQUIRE:MENT A thesis statement should be submitted to the Graduate Office at the sam e t im e appli cation fo r cand idacy I S made. Th is statement should bri efly indicate the origin and nature of the problem, objectives of th e investigation, and methods of procedure. A candidate for a Master's degree usuall y mu st present a thesis on a topic within the fie ld of hi s major subj ect, which represents from 9 to 15 hours of credit. Th e t hesis must be a contribution to t he field of knowledge, based upon th e s tudent's ow n research or a t r eatment an d presentation of known subj ect matter from a new po int of view. A handbook designed to h elp the gra duate student prepare hi s thes is, di ssertation, semin a r paper, or Plan B r epo rt has been publi shed by t h e USU School of Grad uate Studi es and may be purchased at the Bookstore. A "Thesis Procedu re Check L ist" is presented in s id e t he back cover of thi s Hand book for Pr路eparing Dissertntions, Rep01路ts and Theses. Th e major professor or thesis director wi ll supervise the pr eparation of the th es is. When it is written in good fo rm, grammatically and structurally correct, the ma jor professor will s ig n, t hu s certifying t hat it is properly organized and written in good Engli sh. After the maj or professor has approved t he t hes is, cop ies will be submitted to other members of the committee at least two weeks before the fina l oral examination. Th e student is respons ible for revisions followin g t he fi na l committee meeting and obta ining a ll signatures on th e title page. Fo ur cop ies of the signed a nd fully ap proved t h es is must be deposited in th e Graduate Office. Af-

ter binding is compl eted, two of these copies will be depos ited in th e L ibra r y, another se nt to th e department, and t he fourth returned to th e student. Th esis Abstmct. In addition to t he a bstract which is included with each of the fo ur official copies of th e th esis, another copy of the abstract is submitted to the School of Graduate Studies fo r publication. Th esis Alternate. Th e supervisory committee may permit the substi tution of one or two advanced reports, valu ed at 3 t o 10 credits, for the regu la r Master's thesi s. These a re genera lly known as "Plan B" r eports (or as seminar reports in th e MEd program and mas ter's papers for t he MIE degree) . Th e Master's program is otherwise the same under "Plan B." In certain speciali,zed programs, no th es is or "Plan B" papers are required. P la n B r eports should fo llow the same genera l form as set forth for theses in the thesis handbook publi shed by t h e USU School of Graduate Stud ies and available in the bookstore. Four copies of the Plan B r epo r ts (sem ina r r eports or master's papers) are required as with t h e t h eses. However, all B-plan reports, recitals, problems and proj ects will be boun d in a blue color to distin g uish them from t he theses a nd disse rtations reportin g research, wh ich are bound in black. FINAL EXAMINATIO N

Th e f inal examination for candidates r eceivin g degrees at the J路un e Comm encement mu st be given by Apri l 15. A form on w hi ch s upervisory committee members may indicate that they a pprove the thesis (or reports) as presented, a nd are wi llin g to participate in a final examination at t h e time proposed

Graduate Catalog

offer ed . The two-year program is established fo r und er graduate majors in engin ee rin g, psychol ogy, soc iology, forestry, liberal arts, a nd other disciplines outs id e of b siness, and consists of a pproximat ely 90 cr edits. The one-yem路 program is establi shed for st udents wh o majored in business at the undergraduate level, Master of Education an d consists of approxi mately 45 Th e bas ic minimum requirements cr ed its. The one-year program is for thi s degr ee are the same as the sa me as t h e second year of the those for t he Master of Science de- two-year program. gree with these exceptions: The first year (the Ba ic Pro1. In li eu of a thesi , one semi- gram ) of t he two-yea r program nar r eport upon a subject agreed is to provide the stud ent ski lls and upon by the facu lty advi sory com- know ledge in th e a r eas of statistics, mittee. Four copies of each seminar mathematics, economics, accountreport a r e deposited in the Grad- ing, production, f in ance, distri buuate Office as with a thesis. tion an d human relations necessary 2. A minimum of 27 hours course to successfull y h an dl e the Advan ced wo rk taken on the Logan campus. Program or second year curricu lu m. N in e hours in course work taken in Stud ents previously tra ined in a ny des ignated residence center s may b e of these areas will be exempted counted as part of these 27 . f rom takin g course work in t h e Basic Program wh ich duplicates Master of Fine Arts p rior academic training. Candidates mu st compl y with Thi s is a specialized professional degr ee considered as th e t ermin al r egulation s of the School of Graddegree for those en gaged in the uate Studies and meet th e fol lowing fine arts g raduate program. A mini - departmental requirements. 1. Th e one- and two-year promum of fo ur quarters in r es id ence, or a pproxim ately 60 credits is r e- gra ms are includ ed on page 62 of quired of all candidates. However, thi s catalog. Stud ents mu st take all a two-year period is gene ra ll y re- s pec if ied course work unl ess their quired to compl ete the n ecessary s upervisor y com mittee determines work. t he ir und er grad uate preparation is Inasmu ch as the program for t h e s uffi cient to exempt them from MFA is highly indi viduali zed, the course work in the Basic Program. s t udent should consult with th e de- The entire Adva nced Program is partm ent co ncernin g r eq uirements. required of all stud ents. 2. Two options are offered in th e MBA program. ( 1) Th e stud ent Master of Business may eith er complete a thesi ( Plan Administration A) or two Plan B r eports under Th e MBA degree is open to qual- th e direction of the supervisory ified grad uate students r egardless committee, or ( 2) he may take a of th eir undergraduate major. Two- three-course sequ ence which r esults year a nd one-year programs are in the compl etion of two bu siness by the chairma n, mu st be circulated by the stud ent and r etur ned to t he Gradu ate Office at least three days before t h e examin ation. The Dean of Graduate Studi es des ignates a chairman for the exa min at ion a nd approves th e place where it wi ll be held .

Degree R equirements r eports. Th e course sequence is as fo llows: BA 230, Bu:; i ness Research Methods .... 3 credi ts BA 231, Business Problems I . ..... 3 c redi ts BA 232, B us iness Problems II . .. ... 3 cr ed its

Master of Industrial Education Req uirements include : 1. A minimum of 45 quarter hours of cred it beyond t he Bachelor's degr ee. At least 10 of the 45 hours must be in t he 200 seri es. A co re program r eq uired for thi s degree is li sted on page 132. 2. A scholarly piece of work designated as a Master's Paper which ca r r ies no credit. 3. A background of successful teach in g, super viso r y, or administrative experience and a va lid teach ing certifi cate in either Industrial Arts, Trade and Industrial or Technical Education.

Master of Forestry Thi s degr ee p1路ogram is available to st udents possessmg a nonforestry Bachelor's degr ee with acceptable scholarsh ip. The mm1mum requ irements includ e the completion of 45 cr edits in t he ba s ic scie nces of c em istry, physics, mathematics, botany and so ils; 42 credits in specifi ed forest r y courses; and 10 cred its of g rad uate (200 seri es) cou rse work . Part of these req uirements may have been satisfied durin g the stud ent's undergraduate coune wo r k.

Master of Landscape Architecture Requ irements for this degree includE: 1. The MLA Degree is the pr ofess i)na l te rm ina l deg r ee in Landscapt Architecture an d Environmental P lann in g as established by

t he American Society of Land scape Architects. It constitutes a one and a half to two-year pro gr am includin g 60 credits in two hundred series cours es. 2. Ho lder s of Bach elor's degr ees in a ll ied fi elds may becom e ca ndi da t es for the MLA if th ey satisfactorily complete, or have completed, 45 hou rs of credit in Landscape Architecture at the upper division level. 3. A thesis of 10 to 15 hours cred it is r equired, th e preci se hours being determined jointly by th e cand idate and th e fac ulty, depending upon the compl ex ity a nd scope of t he chosen subject. 4. Th e level at which students enter into the gra duate program will be determin ed by an evalua tion of t heir past background and exper ience. 5. Certain upper divi sion and graduate courses will be required in alli ed f ield s, particularly if the ca ndidate chooses to take a Master of Science in Environmental Plannin g, w hi ch encompasses a broader approach to design problems, rather th a n t h e MLA.

Master of Music Thi s degree offers adva nced specia lized trainin g both in musical performance and in t he teachin g of Music. It is attained through completion of a course of stud y which is pla nn ed to in crease th e candi date's und er standin g of th e a rt of performance a nd the a rt of successful mu sic teaching. Candidates fo r t hi s degree mu st show evi dence of bein g e ithe r unu suall y g ifted perfo rmers or competent teacher-performe rs of mu sic. Students may elect a r ecital or a thes is proj ect. If the t hes is proj ect is elected in li eu of t he recital it mu st deal with some aspect of music teaching and

Graduatr Catalo g

make a s ig nif icant contribu t ion to the improvement of th e creat ive teachin g process. Th e stud ent ma y select a course of study leadin g to a major in Mu s ic Education or a major in Applied Mu s ic. Each ca ndidate mu st successfully co mpl ete an exa mination for ad mi ssion to th e program of g radu ate stud y in music. Thi s examin ati on may be taken und er th e s uper vis ion of a proctor at a coll ege or school rl esignated by the Un iversity Departm ent of Musi c and n ear th e ca ndidate's place of resid ence.

Civil Engineer and Irrigation Engineer The program for th ese degrees in cludes: 1. A minimum of s ix quarters of stud y, of whi ch at least three quarte r s mu st be in residence at USU. 2. Compl etion of 90 credi ts of app roved courses. 3. Completion of at least 30 cr edits in 200 seri es courses , exclus ive of th es is. 4. Completion of an adequate thes is based on a r esearch program for which a max imum ~ 0 cr erlits may be a llowed .

Specialist Programs in Education Sp ecialist in EduccLtional AdminiMnLt ion. Requirements include : l. Master' s degree or eq ui valent. 2. A total of 45 credit hours bey ond t he Master's degree. Thi s in clud es specifically required and r ecomm end ed courses and som e profess ion a l a nd interd isc iplinary elective courses. 3. At least one quarter of fu ll tim e res irl ence on the Logan campus. 4. Satisfactory compl etion of a written comprehens ive examination .

5. Meetin g course requirements of th e Utah State Depar tment of Public In stru ct ion fo r Gen eral Admini stration Ce r tifi cate. Stud ents with previ ou s prepa r ation in elementary edu cation w ill be required to present 12 quarter hours of credit in secondary education . Those prev iou sly prepared in secondary education , mu st present 12 q uarter hours in elementary educat ion. Specialist in Education. A prog ram leading to a Spec iali st in Educat ion degr ee is offered. It req uires one f ull yea r of work beyond th e Master's deg ree a nd is plann ed to includ e add itiona l work in Edu cation anct P sychology .

Doctor of Philosophy MAJOR AND MINOR REQUIR EM EN T

Th e PhD degree r epr esents hi gh scholarly achievement demonstrated by ind ependent r esea r ch and competence in a major a nd a minor f ield a pproved by th e supervi sory committee. Approximately two-third s of th e time and cred it should be devoted to th e ma jor f ield. Th e minor may be di vid ed between t wo suita bly r elated areas, or may be a Master's degree in a sui ta bly r elated fi eld . C OURSE R EQUIREMENTS

At least t hree yea r s of f ull-time g radu ate stud y above th e Bachelor's deg ree or two year s past t h e Master's deg ree is necessar y. Requirements includ e a minimum of 135 a pproved gradu ate credits, or 90 cr edits in add ition to the Master' s degree. Approximately half of th ese 90 cr edits may be devoted to r esearch and thesi s. See also pages 21-22 for information concernin g grades , credi t load , continuing graduate advisement, time lim it, a nd thesis credit in absentia. The Doctor of Phi loso-

Degree Requirem-ents phy program requires at least one full year of residence at USU. SUPERVISORY COMM ITTEE

The student's program of study is subject to approva l by a supervisory committee, usually comprised of five members . The committee is appointed by the head of the department and approved by the dean of the School of Graduate Studies. Thi s committee, r ep resenting the major and minor fields, is responsible for the qualifying examinations, approval of the course of study, approval of th e di ssertation , and the final oral exa mination. LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT

A reading knowledge of at least one mod ern language other than Engli sh is required in the PhD program. Normally one of the languages of global scientific or scholarly communication- French, German, Russian, Span ish- will be se lected accord ing to the cand idate's particular need . The requirement of a second modem foreign language is optional with the department in which th e major is to be taken. T esting and certificatio-n of lan guage proficiency wi ll be perfo r med by the faculty of the Department of Languages on the basis of courses compl eted and /or performance in la ng uage proficiency exams offered to eli gible appli cants semian nually ( in November and in Apri l). The r eq ui1路ed language proficiency shou ld be demonstrated befor e the beginning of t he third .vear of graduate work. D ISSERTATIO N REQUIREMENT

When the plan for the dissertation research is determined by the candidate and approved by his supervisory committee, a dissertation statement is filed in the Grad-

.31

uate Office. Th e dissertation shou ld represent a contribution to the field of know ledge based upon the student's research. The doctoral cand idate is referred to th e Handbook for PrepaTing Dissertations, Reports and Theses, availab le in the University bookstore, for information concerning presentation of t he dissertation to meet standards required by Utah State University. Attention is particu larly drawn to the "Thesis Proced ure Check List" in side the back cover of the Handbook. As with Master's thesis, the dissertation must be written in good form, properly organized, and be grammatically and structurally correct before it is approved by the major professor and presented to the other members of the supervisory committee for consideration. Th e committee should receive the dissertation at least two weeks before the final oral examination. The student is responsible for revisions following t.he final committee meetin g and obtaining all signatures on the title page. Four copies of the signed and fully approved thesis must be deposited in th e Graduate Office. After binding is completed, two of these copies will be deposited in the Library, another sent to the department, and the fo urth returned to the student. A disse rtation which is to be presented in partial f ul fillment of an advanced degree may not be publi sh ed prior to acceptance for the School of Grad uate Stuclies . EXAMINATIONS

Admission examinations as dis cussed on page 18 are required for entrance into the doctoral program. Other examinations include: Comprehensive Doctorate Examination. This examination should be

Graduatr Catalog

taken in t he student's six th or seventh quarter of graduate work. It mu st be successfully co mpl eted at least fi ve month s before graduation. The exa mination is prepared by the supervi so ry comm ittee and adm ini stered under the superv is ion of the Dean of Graduate Studies. A ll pa r ts of the exa mination mu st be taken within two co nsecuti ve weeks . Th e exa min ation is graded a nd eva luated by the supervisory committee a nd a written report of the r es ults becomes a part of the student's r ecord. Final Doctontte Examination. Thi s exa mination in defen se of the rli ssertation must be completed by April 15. A form on which supervisory committee members may indicate that they approve the dissertation as presented, and are wi llin g to participate in the final examination at the date proposed by the chairman, must be circu lated by the stud ent at least three days before the exam ination and returned to the Graduate Office with a ll s ignatures. Th e Dea n of Graduate Studies wi ll desig nate a cha irm an and the place of the examination.

Doctor of Ed ucation A summary of the r equirements for the Doctor of Education degree is as follows: 1. A Master's degree or equ ivalent. 2. A p1·ogram of at least 90 credits of approved graduate study beyond the Maste1·'s degree. This includ es specif icall y required and recommenderl courses and some professio·nal and interdisciplinary elective co urses. The program is approved by a supervisory committee usually compriserl of five members. (See page 31.) 3. Possession of a valid teaching or administrator's certificate.

4. Three years of successful experience as a professional educator prior to admission. 5. Development of a hi gh level of competency i n a major area of specializat ion and a broad un de rsta nding of the over-all fie ld of education. 6. A wide-range selection of interdisciplinary course work. 7. Satisfactory ev id ence of ability to write, such as a Master's thesis or other scholarly paper. 8. An acceptable dissertation for which a maximum of 18 credits may be given. The information presented under the "Dissertation Requirement" for the Doctor of Philosophy degree would a lso apply to the Doctor of Education candidate. 9. Four quarters of residence at Utah State University, three of which must be in consecutive sequ ence ( minimum 12 hour:; per quarter). EXAMINATIONS

Comp1·ehensive Doctor of Education E xamination. Th is written exam in ation is given after the student has completed a minimum of 45 credits of work beyond the Master's degree. This examin ation will be prepared by the Department and administered by th e School of Graduate Studies. Defense of Disse1·tation P1·oblem, Docto1' of Education. In t hi s interview the candidate wi ll be called upon to present a review of the literature pertinent to hi s dissertation and a detailed outline of the dissertation plan. It is given after the student has successfu ll y passed the written comprehens ive education exam ination. The final examination in defense of the dissertation is conducted in the same manner as for other doctoral candidates.

Courses and Research In the Graduate Program Courses in the graduate program at Utah State University are printed here under the appropriate college and department. A course listed in the 100 se ries may become part of a student's degree program provided: ( i ) the course has not been taken in the undergraduate curriculum, ( ii) the course does not exceed the number of hours credit allowed in the 100 series, and ( iii) the course is approved by the student's superv isory committee. Courses taught specifically for graduate students are numbered in the 200 series. In the College of Education and some other fields, co urs es generally r eserved for

doctorate students are numbered in the 300 series. Any graduate student pursuing an advanced degree at the University using the Library, laboratory or other University facilities and/ or under faculty supervision for the completion of a degree program must register each quarter for a minimum of three (3) credits. Students who have received maximum credit, but who have not completed the thesis or dissertation must enroll in "Continuing Graduate Advisement" (department designation course number 400), until the degree is completed.

Interdepartmental Curriculun1.s Interdepartmental Curriculum in

Ecology ACTING DIRECTOR, UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY CENTER OF ECOLOLOGY: JonN M. NEUHOLD, PhD, Utah State University OFFICE: Forestry-Zoology 225

Ecology Council KEITH L. DrxoN, Professor of Zoology; PhD, University of California ROBERT H. KRAMER, Leader, Utah Cooperative Fishery Unit; PhD, University of Minnesota FRANK B. SALISBUHY, Professor and Head, Deparmtent of Plant Sciences; PhD, California Institute of Technology FREDERIC H. WAGNER, Professor of Wildlife Resources; PhD, University of Wisconsin NEIL E. WEST, Assistant Professor of Range Science; PhD, Oregon State University

Interdepartmental Curriculums

The Utah State University Center of Ecology was created on July 15, 1966 by the President and Board of Trustees of Utah State University. The objectives of the Center are designed to coordinate research and teaching programs in ecology on the Utah State University campus. Historically ecology developed in several areas on the Utah State University campus. Some form of plant ecology training or research developed in the Departments of Range Science, Botany, and Forest Science. Animal ecology developed in the Departments of Wildlife Resources and Zoology. Courses in environmental influences developed in the Departments of Geology and Soi ls and Meteorology. The creation of the Center of Ecology allowed the developm~nt of an interdepartmental curriculum in ecolo gy pooling the resources of the seven departments. It is now possible to earn graduate degrees in plant ecology in the Departments of Range Science, Botany and Forest Science and animal eco logy in the Departments of Wildlife Resources and Zoology. The development of a degree in paleoecology in the Department of Geology is contemplated in the near future. A competence in ecology requires background in a large number of disciplines. Although ecologists usually have had their primary training in biology, they must also have some understanding of geology, soils, meteorology, chemistry, physics and statist ics. To provide this background, the following courses should be completed in the undergraduate program or early in graduate study: college algebra, trigonometry (and if possible calculus), two quarters of applied statistics, general chemistry and organic chemistry, physics (one year),

general botany, general zoology, plant taxonomy, genetics, plant ecology and animal ecology. Applicants for the MS degree in plant ecology are in addition required to show credit for Soi l Survey and Classification (Soils 114), and Plant Physiology (Bot 120) and a minimum of five courses from those listed below including two from group A . Appli cants for the PhD in plant ecology must meet the requirements for the MS and show credit for an additional three courses from the list below including one course each from groups A and B. Appli cants for the MS in animal ecology are required to show credit for an upper division course in animal physiology and five courses from the list below including two from group B. Applicants for the PhD in animal ecology must show credit for three additional courses beyond the MS including one each from A and B. A research thesis is required for all degrees. For li sting of specific courses refer to the department headings. Group A.

Plant Ecology

RS 210 Plant Autecology RS 211 Plant Synecology RS 215 Plant Geography RS 221 Ecophys iology Bot 121 Plant Water Relations Bot 200 Evolutionary Ecology FS 204 Fores t Ecology RS 212 Vegetation Analysis Group

Animal

Ecology

WLR 148 Animal Behavior WLR 260 Animal Population Ecol mgy WLR 262 Fish Population Theory Zoo 106 Insect Ecology Zoo 233 Zoogeography Zoo 260 Envi ro nmental Vetebrate Physiology! Group C. Supporting Courses Bot 224 Plant Growth and Developnnent Bot 228 Photosynthesis 1 Proposed

Course

Economics Chem 180 o•· 190 Biochemistry FS 220 Forest Autecology FS 221 Forest Synecology FS 222 Forest Ecosystem Analysis Geo logy 11 5 Surficial Geology Geology 212 Paleoecology Met 125 Bioclimatology Soils !55 Chemical Edaphology

Soils 165 Physical Edaphology WLR 161 Limnology WLR !66 Aquatic Ecology WLR 248 Analysis of Animal Behavio•· Zoo 113 Insect Physiology Zoo 123 Endocrinology Zoo 132 Mechanics of Evolution Zoo 151 Comparative Physiology

Interdepartmental Curriculum m

Economics CHAIRMAN OF INTERDEPARTMENTAL PROGRAM: B. DELWOR'I'H GARDNER, Professor of Agricultural Economics; PhD, University of Chicago OFFICE: Agricultural Science 250 ROICE H. ANDERSON, Professor of Agricultural Economics; PhD, Cornell University LF.ONARD J. ARRINGTON, Professor of Economics; PhD, University of North Carolina GEORGE T. BLANCH, Emeritus Professor of Agricultural Economics; PhD, Cornell University RONDO A. CHRISTENSEN, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics; PhD, Cornell University ROBERT P. COLLIER, Professor of Economics and Dean of College of Business and Social Sciences; PhD, Stanford Uni versity LYNN H. DAVIS, Professor of Agricultural Economics; PhD, Oregon State University RF.ED R . DURTSCHI, Associate Professor and Head of Economics; PhD, University of Washington GARY B. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Economics; MS, Utah State University .TACK F. HOOPER, Assistant Professor of Range Science; PhD, University of Californi a VER~ON L. !SRAELSEN, Emeritus Professor of Economics; PhD, University of Wisconsin BARTELL C. JENSEN, Associate Professor of Economics; PhD, Purdue University ELLIS W. LAMBORN, Associate Professor of Agricult ural Economics; PhD, Cornell University ALLEN D. LEBARON, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics; PhD, University of London KENNETH LYON, Assistant Professor of Economics; MS, University of Chicago GLENN F. MARSTON, Associate Professor of Economics; MS, University of Uta h ; doctoral work, University of Washington EAR~ EST M. MORRISON, Professor of Agricultural Economics; MS, University of California

l()

Interdepartmental Curriculums

EVAN B. MuRRAY, Emeritus Professor of Economics; MS, Utah Sate University DARWIN B. NIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economcs; PhD, Oregon State University N. KEITH RoBERTS, Professor and Head o拢 Agricultural Economics a1d Di:rector, Economics Research Institute ; PhD, University of Kentudy ROGER A. SF.DJO, Assistant Professor of Economics; MS, University ,f Il!il!1ois E. BOYD WENNERGREN, Professor of Agricultural Economics; PhD, Penn.sylvania State University Ross S. WHALEY, Associate Professor and Head of Forest Scien:e; PhD, University of Michigan Collaborato?'S: CLYDE E. STEWART, PhD; JAY C. ANDERSON, PhD The Interdepartmental Program is provided by combining the resources of the Departments of Economics and Agricultural Economics. Th e Colleges of Engineering and Natural Resources provide additional s upport. The research program is supported by the Agricultural Experiment Station, the Economics Research In stitute, and the Utah Water Research Laboratory. Strong support is obtained from the Computer Center. Strong areas of course study and thesis r esearch are available in economic theory, agricultural ecoeconomics, nomics, quantitative PConomic history, public finance and mon etary and fiscal analyses. Doctor of Philosophy Deg1路ee Requi?路ements. Th e student must meet the r equirements for admission to eandidacy and pa ss the Final Th esis Examination. A student sha ll be admitted to ean dida cy upon completion of the following four requirements. 1. Successful performance on the preliminary examinations a s follows: a. Successful performance on a written core examination covering basic price theory and basic income and employment theory. b. Successful performance on a written preliminary examination in the area of quantitative eco nomi cs.

c. Successful performanc on any two written preliminary examinations, at least one of whch must be chose n from a li st of : ields of concentration as offered by the Prog ram not including the field of quantitative econo mics. Cne field may be chosen outside tle areas covered by the Interdepartmental Program. 2. Complete the followirg distribution requirements: Demonstration of compttence in at least f ive fields as offer~d in the Program in addition to tle fi eld s covered in the preliminmy examination s. Compet路ence may he shown by graduate credit w ith a grade of C or better in a course d at least three quarter credits. 3. Demonstrate r eadin g knowledge of one foreign langu<ge. 4. Prepare a thesis p ospectus and obtain approval of the same at a se mina r composed of tie Interdepartmental Faculty. After being admitted to candidacy, the st ud ent will prepare a thesis and will be examinEd on the thesis b,v the entire Interdepartmenta l Faculty. For a li sting of course off erings see Agricultural Economi cs under Coll ege of Agriculture an d Economics under Co ll ege of Business.

Pond Sri('//('(' and Terh11 nlogy

1n lc rd c jJarf 1/lCII t al C u r ric u lmn i ll

Food Science and Technology CHAIRMAN OF INTERDEPARTMENTAL l)ROGRAM: D. K. SALUNK II B, Professor of Food Science and Indu stri es; PhD. Mich igan State Un iversity OFF I CE: Agri cultural Science :ll2 RIWCF: H. BYLUND, Assoc iatP. Professor of Sociology; PhD, Pennsylva nia State U ni ver s ity SPEKCER H. DAINES, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering; MS, Kansas Ntate University CARROLL I. DRAPEH, Professor of Animal Sc ience; PhD, Iowa State University C. A . EHKSTROM, Professor of Food Science a nd I ndustries; PhD, University of Wi sco ns in RUSSELL M. HOLDREDGI路:, Associat<' Profl'ssor of Mechanical E ngineering; PhD, P urdue University YuN K IM, Assistant P r ofessor of Sociology; PhD, Australian National Uni versity; postgraduate work at Population Resea rch Center, Princeton University anrl United Nations Demographic Research Center, Bombay, I mlia ELLIS W. LAMBORK, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics; PhD, Cornell University .JESSOP B. Low, Leader, Utah Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit; PhD , Iowa State University DOYLE J. MATTI!EWS, Professor of Animal Science; PhD, Kansas State Unive rsity ELHOY C. McDEI~MOTT, Assistant Professor of Business Administration; PhD, Montana State University ilEE H. MORGAN, l'rof<'sso r of Food Science a nd Indu stri es; Ph !J, University of Wisconsin L. E. OLSON, Assislant Professor of Plant Science; PhD, University of Illinois FnEDERICK J. PosT, Associate Professor of Bacteriology and Pub! ic H ealth; PhD, Michigan State University GARY H. RICHARDSON, Professor of Food Sc ience anrl Industries; PhD, Univer sity of Wi sconsin .JOSF.Pl! C. STREET, Professor of Animal Science; PhD , Ok lahoma State University HARRIS 0. VAK ORDEN, Professo r of Biochemi stry; PhD, Massachu setts Institute of Technology ETIIELWYN B. WILCOX, Professor and Hearl, Depar tment of Food and N utri路 tion; PhD, Iowa State University.

A gTacluatc program in Food Science and Techno logy lea ding to :\Taster of Scie nce or Doctor of Philosophy deg r ee is availab le to outstand inv st udents. Facilities of

the several departments conducting r esea rch in Food Science and Technology have been made avai lab le in thi s curricu lum to afford students maximum opportunity to gain ex-

fllfl'rd ejJarfm f llfal Cllrricul11ms

perience and training. Included in the fac ili t ies are an Anima l Metaboli sm Building, Meats Research Laboratory and eq uipm ent for conducting digestion and metaboli sm st udi es 011 large and sma ll anima ls; severa l r esea rch laboratori es are eq uipped with instruments such as the elect ron microscope, spectr ography, ultracentrifuge, elect rophores is, gas chromatography, r efri ge ration , processing pi I o t plants, r esp iratory meters, and stan dard labo ratory eq uipment. Prerequi s ites fo r a major toward an advant:ed deg r ee should includ e chemistry (qualitative, quantitative, organic, and elementa r y biochemistry), mathematics (college algebra, geo metry, and a year of calculus fo r PhD candidate), 111 addition, appropriate courses in botany, plant pathology, zoology, bacteriology, public physiology, hea lth , Engli sh compos ition , agriculture foods, sociology and economics.

Master of Science Degree Reqtirements Co urse Credits Science, Tec hn o logy and Eco nomic courses ( re lated to research and s pecialintion) ...... 10 Advanced Bioch emi stry and / or Oganic Chemistry (l!JO and any advmced cou rses n umbered 200 or above ... 6 App li ed Statistics 131, 132. 215 ...... . 12 P h ysical C hem ist r y 101 ....... ....... ... 3 Quantitative Chemi s try 115 ... .... 6 Food Mi crob io logy 120, 121 Research and Thesis (maximum) .. 15 Doctor of Philosophy Degree Re1uirements (Beyond MS degree requirenents) Sc ie nce, T echn o logy and E conomi s ( related to resea rch and s pecial i ation) .... 15 Advanced Biochemistry and / or Oganic Chem istry (190 and any advan c d courses numbered 200 and ab ove ...... 12 Applied Statistics 131, 132, 133, 13, 141, 233 .... 12 P hys ical Chem is try 101 or 104, 105, 106 ................... ..... ............................. 3 to Riophys ics (140, l 41) and / or Ratiobiology 143 .................................... .... ....... 3 to 9 lnte 1路mediate Quantitative Chem is t路y 152 and Instrumental Analysis 153 ......... . 7 Food Microbiology 120, 121 or ot!l,rs ............ 4 Research and Thes is (maximum) ............ 45

Cha irm anship for the CttTiculum rotates biennially; D. K. Sa lunkhe is chairman for 1968-69.

lnterdejJartmental Curriculum in

Nutrition and Biochen1isrry CHAIRMAN OF I NTERDEPARTMEN TAL PROGRAM : ET !![LWY N B. WILCOX, Pro(C'ssor and H0ad, ll0partment of' Food and Nutriton; PhD, Io wa State University OFFICE: Fami ly Life 111 .JAY

0. A ' DP.RSON , Professor of Animal Science; PhD, University of Maryland

J Oli N E. BUTCHER, Professor of Animal Sc ience; PhD, Utah State Un iversity C. ANTHON EnNST IWM, Professo r and Head, Food Science and Indu st ies; PhD, Univers ity o( Wi sco nsi n DF;LBP.RT A. GREP.NWOOD, Professor of Biochemistry and Pharmaco lcgy; PhD, University of Chicago LORIN E. HARRIS, Professo r of Animal Science; PhD, University oi Illinois; postdoctoral work, Univers ity of Ade laide, South Au st r a lia ard Rowett Research Institute , Scotland DELOY G. HE NDR ICKS, Assistant Professor of Food and Nutriti on ; PhD, Michigan State Uni ver s it y

Nutrition and Biochf1nistry

GEORGE E. STODDARD, Professor a nd H ead, Department of Dairy Science; P hD Univers ity of Wi sco ns in U . JOSEPH STREET, Professor of Animal Sc ience; PhD, Oklahoma State ni. . . \路ersity HARRIS 0. VAN ORDE N, Professor of Biochemi stry; PhD, Massachu setts Insti tute of Technology; postdoctoral work, Uni ver s ity of Utah

F ac ili ties of the several depa rtments co ndu ct in g nutrition and biochemi ca l r esearch have been mad e avai labl e in thi s curriculum to afford st ud ents maximum opport unity to ga in experi ence and t rain ing in t he biochemistry of human and animal nutrition. Major probl ems currently being studied ar e effects of toxic and nontoxic substances on digestion and metaboli sm of farm animals, atmospheric pollution, cholestrol metaboli sm, amino acid metabolism, and oth er basic phys iological processes r elated to nutrition. Training in the curricu lum is design ed as preparation for resear ch in educa t ional institution s, governm ental a nd industri al la boratories, and for co ll ege teaching. Prerequis ites f or a ma jor in the curri culum inclu de basic training in Engli sh, ch emi stry, mathematics, physics, bacteriology, botany, phys iolo gy, an d zoology. For specific req uirements fo r the MS or PhD degrees, write the curriculm chairma n. Any deficient prer equisite work mu st be compl eted without gra duat e cr edit. Master's Degree Requirements Course Advanced Nutrition

Credits ...... 10

.... 10

Advanced nioc he mist J-y Stat is t ics E lect ives ancl Res earch

8 .. 17-21 . 45-49

T otal Doctorate Degree Requirements Advanced Nutriti on Adva nced Bioc hemistry Sta t istics Physic al Chem istJ路y . l ' hyo iology, Zoology, Pathology Electives and Research

Total

.. 18 20 .. ... 12 ... One Yea r . 20 . 67 .... 137

A student shall spend at least two-thirds of hi s time for th e doctorate degree, includin g thes is, on t he major s ubject. Th e minor mu st be in an area of work which can be logically r elated to that of t~e d epa~路tme nt i!1 which t h e :>tnd ent IS doing hi s maj or work. Appropriate minors are Ma thematics, Statistics, Chemistry, Physics, Physiology, Gen etics a nd ot~er f ield s clo se ly related to the maJor. For more specifi c detail s concern in g admissions, requirements, and ava ilable schola r ships a nd fellowships write the curriculum chairman. Chairman ship for the curri culum ro tates each two years; chairman fo r 1968-69 is Dr. Eth elwyn B. Wilcox .

Interdepartmental Curriculums

_Interdepartmental Curriculum in

Plant Nutrition and Biochemistry CHAIRMAN OF INTERDEPARTMENTAL PROGRAM: R. L. SMITH, Professor and Acting Head, Department of Soils and Meteorology; PhD, University of California at Los Angeles OFFICE: Agricultural Science 148 KEITH R. ALLRED, Professor of Agronomy; PhD, Cornell University ORSON S. CANNON, Professor and Head, Botany and Plant Pathology; PhD, Cornell University GEORGE W. COCHRAN, Professor of Plant Pathology and Virology; PhD, Cornell University GENE W. MILLBR, Professor of Plant Physiology; PhD, North Carolina State College FRANK B. SALISBURY, Professor and Head of Plant Science; PhD, California Institute of Technology D. K. SALUNKHE, Professor of Food Science and Industries; PhD, Michigan State University HARRIS 0. VAN ORDEN, Professor of Biochemistry; PhD, Massachusetts Institute of Technology DAVID R. WALKER, Professor of Pomology; PhD, Cornell University GEORGE W. WELKIE, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology and Virology; PhD, University of Wisconsin HERMAN H. WIEBE, Professor of Plant Physiology; PhD, Duke University

Facilities of the various departments conducting research in Plant Nutrition and Biochemistry have been made avai lable for this program. This includes plant growth chambers, laboratories equipped with eq uipment such as an electron microscope, ultracentrifuge, r efrigerated centrifuges, spectrophotometers for ultra violet, infrared visible, fluorescence and recording studies, chromatography equipment, Warburg apparatus, scaling and counting meters, electrophoresis apparatus and general laboratory equipment. Prerequisites for a ma jor in this curriculum include Botany (general and plant physiology), Chemistry (q ualitative, quantitative, and organic), Mathematics ( includin g one year of geometry and calculus) and Physics. Any deficiency must be

completed before an individual is accepted as a candidate for a graduate degree. Master's Degree Requirements Credits

Course

Botany 1 course (102, 116, 117, 11 8, 125, 130, 150, 212, 230) ······· ..... 3-5 1 course (121, 221, 222, 224, 225, 226, ...................... .... 3-4 227, 228) 0

.......

Chemistry 2 courses (190, 191, 192) 1 COtll·Se (10!)1

.. .. 6 ...... ...... ... 3

Zoology ............. ................ . .. 6 Genetics 112 . Mathematics 99 .................. 5 Graduate Seminar (3 quarters ) ............ 3 Research ........ 9-15

I Students are encouraged to follow the PhD curdculum if they are antic ipa tin g receiving a PhD at th is Univers ity. The reason for this is the difference in the Physical Chemistry reQuirement.

Toxicology Doctorate Degree Requirements (after

Zoology

BS program)

Course Credits Botany 1 course (102, 116, 117, 118, 126, 130, 150, 212. 230 ) ... 3-6 3 courses (121, 221, 222, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228) .. 9-12

Chemistry Physical Chemistry 104, 105, 106 .. 9 Advanced Biochemistry (190, 191, 192, 295) . ... ....... 14

Genetics 112 ························ ············ 6 1 course (Zoology 212, Physiology 130, Chemistry 287 or Chemistry 163) ....... 3-5

Seminar Research

········· ·-·· ······ 8 ...................... .... Maximum 4.5

Chairmanship for the curriculum rotates; R. L. Smith is chairman for 1967-69.

Interdeparfntental Curriculum in

Toxicology CHAIRMAN OF INTERDEPARTMENTAL PROGRAM: MERTHYR L. MINER, Professor and Head, Department of Veterinary Science; DVM, Iowa State University; postdoctoral work, University of Minnesota OFFICE: Veterinary Science 105 THOMAS L. BAHLER, Professor of Physiology; PhD, University of Wisconsin JOSEPH T. BLAKE, Associate Professor of Veterinary Science; PhD and DVM, Iowa State University WILLIAM A. BRINDLEY, Assistant Professor of Entomology; PhD, Iowa State University ORSON S. CANNON, Professor and H ead, Department of Botany; PhD, Cornell University C. ELMER CLARK, Assistant Directo1·, Agricultural Exp10riment Station and Associate Professor of Animal Science; PhD, University of Maryland LEGRANDE C. ELLIS, Associate Professor of Physiology; PhD , Oklahoma State University THOMAS M. FARLF:Y, Assistant Professor of Chemistry; PhD, University of Wisconsin ELDO:-< J. GARDNER, Dean, School of Graduate Studies, Professor of Zoology; PhD, University of California DELBERT A. GREENWOOD, Professor of Biochemistry and Pharmacology; PhD, University of Chicago DATUS M. HAMMOND, Professor and Head, Department of Zoology; PhD, University of California WILLIAM T. HELM, Associate Professor of Wildlife Resources; PhD, University of Wisconsin DAVID W. HENDRICKS, Associate Professor of Sanitary Engineering; PhD, University of Iowa TING H. HSIAO, Assistant Professor of Entomology; PhD, University of Illinois JOHN M. NEUHOLD, Professor of Wildlife Resources; PhD, Utah State University HOWARD B. PETERSON, Professor of Irrigation; PhD, University of Nebraska D. K. SALUNKHE, Professor of Food Science and Industries; PhD, Michigan State University

Interdepartmental Curriculums

JAMES L. SHUPE, Professor of Veterinary Science; DVM, Cornell University; Pathology Residency, Walter Reed Medical Center, A.F.I.P. WILLIAM F. SIGLER, Professor and Head, Department of Wildlife Resources; PhD, Iowa State University DoNALD V. SISSON, Associate Professor of Applied Statistics and Computer Science; PhD, Iowa State University JOSEPH C. STREET, Professor of Animal Science; PhD, Oklahoma State University Collaborators WAYNE BINNS, Research Veterinarian; DVM, Iowa State University LYNN F. JAMES, Research Scientist, Animal Disease and Parasite Research Division Laboratory, PhD, Utah State University RICHARD F. KEELER, Research Chemist; PhD, Ohio State University ROBERT H. KRAMER, Leader, Utah Cooperative Fishery Unit; PhD, University of Minnesota JESSOP B. Low, Leader, Utah Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit; PhD, Iowa State University HARVEY C. MILLAR, Water Research Chemist, Utah Water Research Laboratory; PhD, Iowa State University KENT R. VANKAMPEN, Veterinary Pathologist; DVM, Colorado State University, PhD, University of California, Davis The toxicology curriculum allows for the study of the deleterious effects of chemicals (plant, animal, insect, or man-made toxins) at the system , organ, tissue, or cell levels. It encompasses both biological and physical disciplines. This interdepartmental approach provides unique opportunity for advanced training in the broad field of toxicology with an emphasis in a chosen discipline. Graduates in toxicology are prepared as research scientists in educational institutions, governmental and industrial laboratories, and for university teaching. Extensive investigations of the effect of fluorine compounds on plants and a nimals, of the effect and mechanism of action of pesticides on animals, and of teratologic effects of poisonous plants have been made at this institution in recent years. Recent investigations have been on animal venoms, noxious air and water pollutants, carcinogens, allergens and toxins of plant and bacterial origin. These

toxicoses are studied in wild animals, game birds and fishes as well as in farm and laboratory animals. Facilities for handling and housing all types of animals are available, either aquatic or terresteral; wild or domestic. Modern laboratories are equipped to perform technical procedures in chemical and physical analyses, physiologic interpretations, u I tracen trifugation, fluorescent tracing, radioactive isotopes, photography, tissue culture, histopathology and food technology. Applicants for training in the curriculum may be students with MD and DVM degrees or with BS or MS degrees in Nutrition, Animal Science, Food Technology, Biological Sciences or Physical Sciences. Courses which will be required of candidates will depend upon their previous training and area of interest. Students trained primarily in biological sciences may need to strengthen their knowledge of basic physical sciences and vice versa.

Water Quality Students without med ical degrees may need to stren gth en their knowl edge of pathology, physiopathology, and pharmacology. Th e toxicology curriculum is at

present partially s upported by an NIH Trainin g Grant. Ch airman ship of the curricu lum rotates on a three-year basis. Current chairman is Merthyr L. Miner.

Interdepartmental Curriculum in

Water

Quality

CHAIRMAN OF I NTERDEPARTMENTAL PROGRAM: NORMAN B. JONES, Associate Professor of Civi l Engineering; MS, University of California OFFICE: Engineering L-1 68 JAY M. BAGLEY, Professor of Civi l Engi neering and Director, Utah Water Research Laboratory; PhD , Stanford University A. ALVI N BISIIOP, Professor and Head, Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering; PhD, Colorado State University THOMAS M. FARLEY, Assistant Professor of Chemistry; PhD, Universit y of Wisconsin WILLIAM T. HELM, Associate Professor of Wildlife Resources ; PhD, University of Wisconsin DAVID W. HENDRICKS, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering; PhD, State Univer sit y of Iowa JOH N li'L NEUHOW, Professor of Wi ldlife Resources and Acting Director, Ecology Center; PhD, Utah State University HOWARD B. PETERSON, Professor of Agricu ltural and Irrigation Engineering ; PhD, University of Nebraska FREDERICK J. POST, Associate Professor of Bacteriology and P ublic Health ; PhD, Michigan State University WILLIAM F. SIGLER, Professor and Head, Wildlife Resources ; P hD , Iowa State University The Interdepartmental Program in Water Quality comb ines th e reso urces of the Departments of Agricultural an d Irri gation Engineering, Bact riology and Public H ealth, Ch emistry, Civi l Engineering, and Wild life Resources. Additional s upport, particularly for the r esearch prog~am, is provi ded by the Utah Water Research Laboratory, t h e Center for Water Resources Research, and the Center for Pollution Research. T he curriculum is design ed to in-

volve g r ad uate s tudents fr om al! pertinent discipli nes associated with t h e major beneficial uses of water . The primary objective is to develop profess ion a l and competent people, at both the MS a nd PhD levels, who wi ll be water quality specialists, possess ing a breadth of un derstanding of the general scientific and technological context in w hich they must work. A s trong interdi sciplinary emphas is is mainta ined in each s tudent's academic program and research

Interdepartmental Curriculum

topic through the requirement of a minimum core of course work outside of hi s major department and a multi-di sc ipline grad uate committee. Upon successful completion of t he program , degrees will be awarded by the department in which the student is enrolled. The program is currently sup-

ported , in part, by a United States Department of Interior, Federal Water Pollution Cont rol Administration Trainin g Grant. Interested students may apply for fe llowships covering tuition, fees and a stipend. Director of th e FWPCA TrainingGrant Program is N. B. Jones.

Coll rgr of

Agriculture DEAN : VF.ARL R. S MITII , P hD , Uni ver s it y of Minn esota A SSI S TANT DEA N : DOYLE J. MATTII EWS. PhD, K a nsa s State Uni ver sity OF F J CF. : Ag ricultura l SciP ncC' 2 2~

G ra du a te stud ents may eam ad\路an cecl deg rees in spec ia li ze d f ield s in t he Depa r tmen ts of Ag ri cul t ural Economi cs, Agri cul tura l Edu cat ion , Animal Sc ience, Dai1路y Sc ience, Plan t Sc ience, a nd Soils a nd Meteorology . Severa l USU depa r tments coopera te to offer ad van ced degree pro g r a ms in Nutrition and Biochemi stry, in Food Sci en ce and T echnolo gy, in Pl a nt Nutrition and Bi och emi str y, a nd in Toxicology. Curri cul a a nd r esea rch leadin g to an ad vanced deg ree eith er on t he !\'faste r 's deg ree or Doctor's deg ree leve l a r e super vised by a Gradu ate Commi ttee a ppo in ted by t h e Dean of t h <~ School of Gradu a t e St udi es. Staff membe rs of th e ma j or depa r t ment and of closely rela t ed

D efJartm ent

departm ents serve on th ese commi ttees . All stud y and r esea rch prog ram s mu st be approved by such a commi t t ee before admitta nce to ca ndidacy f or an adva nced de g r ee. Th e stud y a nd resea rch program f or a par t icula r degree mu st al so sa ti sfy th e r equirements li st ed in Part I of thi s catalog . Gm dua te A ssistantships and F ellows hips. A number of excell ent g radu a t e assistantships and schola r shi ps a r e avail a bl e in a ll depa rtments g iving g radu ate work . Ass ista ntships are a vailable bo th f or teachin g and r esearch. P a r t-time employ ment is al so availabl e in r esea rch. Stud ents should a ppl y direc tl~r to the depa r t men t con cern ed .

Agricultural Economics H E AD : N. K E!Tlf R OBERTS, Professor; PhD, Uni ver sity of K ent ucky OF FI CE: Agri cu lt ur a l Sc ien ce 230 ROI CE H. A NDERSON, Professor; Ph D , Cornell Un iver s ity ; postdoc tor a l wo rk , Stanford Un iver s ity GEORGE T. BLA NC H, Emeritus Pro fessor; P hD , Corn ell Univer s ity LY NN H . DAVI S, P r ofessor ; P hlJ , Oregon State Uni ver s ity B. DELWORTII GA RD NER, P r of esso r ; P hD, U n ive rs ity of Chicago Lr.ON C. MICIT AF.LSON, P rofessor a nd Extens ion S pec ialist; EdD, Cornell University EAR NEST M. MORRI SON, Professor; MS , U n ivers ity of California; doctoral work, Uni ver s ity of Ill inois a nd North Carolin a State MORRIS H. T AY LOR, Professor an d E xt en sion S peciali st ; PhD, University of W iscon s in

4(;

Colle~<.r

of Agricllltnrr

E. BOYD \V8N N8RGRE N, Prof essor ; PhD, P enn sylvani a State Un iver sity RONDO A . C IIRISTENSE ' ,Associa te Profes sor; PhD, Co1·nell U ni ver s ity LLOYD A. CLEMENT, Associate Professor and Extension S p ecial ist ; MAP, Harvard PAUL R. GRIMSHAW, A ssociate Professor and Exten s ion S pec ia li st; MS, Utah State University ELLIS W. LAMBORN, A ssociate Professor; PhD, Cornell Uni ver s ity ALLEN LEBARON, Associate Professor; PhD, Univers ity of Lond on DARWIN B. NIELSE N, Assist a nt Professor; PhD, Oregon Stat e Uni ver sity Collabo?·atO?·s: CLYDE E. STEWART, PhD; JAY C. ANDERSO N, Ph D

Mo ste1· of S cience Deg1·ee. Th ere are excell ent faciliti es in th e Department f or graduate study in several divi s ion s of Agricu ltural Economics such as : Agricu ltural Bus iness Mana gement, Farm Management, Re~ource Economics, Agricultural Finance, and Agricu ltura l Marketing. Research in these area s is conducted by the Department Staff and the Federal Collaborators , with th e ass istance of graduate students. Do ctm· of Philo sophy Degree. Requirements for the doctora te degree are shown in the Interdepartmental Curriculum in Economics.

** 121, 122. Agricultural Statistics and Research Tec hniques. A n introdu ction to the 1·esearch process in solvin g pro b lem s in Agri c ultural E co n omics. Emp ha s is w ill be p laced on basic techniQu es u sed in co ll ecting, ana lyz in g and pres en t in~r r esea rc h d ata. ( 4W, 4Sp) Da vis

Agricultural Economics Courses

163. Intermediate Agricultural Marketing. Principles and fun cti on s o f marketing and the ir a ppli c ati o n t o th e m a rk e ting of agr icultural produc ts . (3W) Anderson

GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 102. Intermediate Farm Management. P rincipl es and prac tices a ssociated with the s u ccess ful o peratio n o f farms . T hree lec tures . (3F ) Morrison I 06. Land Economics. E co n o mi c prin c ipl es unde rlyin g ut ilizatio n , val u ati o n and t en ure of land and water. Attention g iv e n prev ailin ~ p o li c ies, method s and tec hniqu es invo lv e d in d ealing w ith economic pro ble m s o f land nnd wate r u se. (!3 F ) Stewa rt

112. Agr i cultur al Cooperatives. Princ iples o f c oo p e r a ti o n; o rgani zati o n, o pe ra t io n a nd m a nag e m e nt of c oo perative sales , purc ha s ing-, a nd s er v ice a ssociati on s . (3Sp ) A nderson 116. Livestock Economics. Application o f farm manag ement and agri c ultural mark e tin g principles to the economic produc ti on o f live s tock and lives tock products . (3F) Lamborn

131. Ag ri cultural Credit. P rin c iples of agricultural credit. Emphas is o n pro blems and m e thod s o f financin g a gricu lture. (3F) Morrison

150. Special Readings. Directed r eadings on selected pro bl e m s f o r u n de r g r a d ua tes . Credit arran ged. (F. W, S p , Su ) Staff 155. Law on the Farm . A n on-technical co n s ide rati o n o f so m e legal r ig hts, resp o nsibilities and liabilities a ssoc iate d with th e o perati on of a farming b us in ess . (3F) Morrison

170. Farm and Ranch Appraisal. An in teg l·ated p 1·esen tat ion o f th e fa cto rs , principles a nd t ec hni q u es used in de t e rminin g t h e money va lu e o f f a rm and r a n c h p ro per ti es . Two lect u1·es, o n e la bo ra to ry eac h week . (3Sp) Davis 18 0. Gover nm e nt and Agricultu r e. A s tudy of gove rnm e nt i n r e latio n t o s el ec ted eco n omi c pro bl ems , pas t and prese n t , in a gricu lt ure. Emp h as is is o n t he p ro blem s , th e o bj ectiv es of ~;ov ernm e nt acti o n, t h e alte rnat ive proposal s fo 1· action , a ctio n tak e n, and the results, so far a s t he y can be in te t·pr e t e d. (3W) Blan ch

186. La nd P roble m s and Appraisal. The a ppli catio n of e con omi c prin c iples and techni q ues t o t he appra is al, co n servatio n and deve lo pme n t o f la nd and water. (3W) Anderson .. Taug ht I D6D-70

Ag ric11 lf11 ral (;RAOUATE C O U RSES 200. Advan ced Production Economics I. Economi c p rin ciples a n cl t h e ir ap plicatio n t o sper ifi r n r ndn r l ion f 11 n ctionr.; in agri cul t ure . (5W) Davis 2 14.

Th e.'ii~.

C r C' dit nrTa n ged. (F, W, S p, S u )

Staff 220. Agri c ultural Production Economics II. Theot路y o f eco n omi c dec is io n makini:' as app lied to p rod uctio n p roble ms . S t a t ic an d s t oc hast ic m ode ls . Ef fecls of differe nt dec is ion (' l' ii Pl' i :t rm op ti m izat ion p rocedu res . (3Sp) Nielsen S tudent and Faculty Seminar. Required o f al l se nior a n d g rad u ate majo rs. N o c r路edit. (F, W, S) Staff

235 , 236, 237.

Res earch Me thodology. P hil osophy of research n n d im por t a n ce o f ap pli ca t io n o f sc ie ntifi c met h od t o soluti o n o f r esearch p r o blem , . (2F ) LeBaron

240.

Research M ethodology. In t r oducti on to t he s imil a riti es be t wee n s tatistical m e th od s a nd th e s yste m b y whi ch sc ie ntists es tablish h ypoth eses a n d tes t h ypoth eses b y mea n s o f expe rim e n ta l d ata . The r e la tio n o f statis tica l t h eory to t h e d esign of ex p e rim e n ts w ill be em phasized. Pre requ is ite A p plied S ta tistics 171, 172, 173 . (2Sp) Niel sen

241.

Department

Fd 11 r atin11

Lr;

Directed study o n 25 0 . S pecial Problems. :-;elected proble m s f01路 g r a d uat es. C redi t arStaff l'ange<l. (F, W, S r . Su) Re source Economics. Applicati on of welfar e a nd all ocation theory t o r esource developm e n t. E valuation of public inves tm e nt decis ion s . E conomi c and philosophica l implications implicit in the development o f federal and sta t e r eso ur ce pol icy. (3Sp) Gardner 2 57.

Advanced Marketing. Economic princ ip les a p p lied t o th e solution of agricultural m a rk eting p roblems . (5 F) Lamborn 263 .

Agricultural Price Ana lysis. Application o f sta tistical t echniques to derivation of agricu l t ura l s up p ly and de mand functi ons. Time se r ies and c r oss sec ti on a l a nal ys is , s ingle and ~ im u l tan eo u s eq u a t ion es timation. ( 3W) Staff

265 .

280. Agri cultural Policies. Application o f econo mi c prin cipl es and methods o f analys is to t h e fo rmulation and appraisal of agricultural po licies nnrl programs . (SSp) Morrison 400. Continuing Graduate Adv isement. Graduate stu de nts wh o have received n1a x imum th esis c r edi t , b ut wh o have n ot co mpl e t ed the t h es is 01 路 d isse r ta ti on , m us t e nroll fo r a minim um o f three c r edi ts . unti l th e d e 2Tee is completed. 1 f t h e stude n t does not co mp ly, his candid acy m ay be suspe nd ed a nd h is su p erv iso r y comm ittee di sso lved . (3 F , 3W , 3Sp , 3Su . ) Staff

Agricultural Education HEA D : VoN H. J ARR ETT, A ssociate P r of essor ; P hD, Uni ver sity of Missouri OF FI CE : Ag ric ultu ral Science 110 S. RI C HARDSON, Emeritus P r ofessor ; MS, Uni versity of Ida ho; doctora l work, Ohi o State Uni ver s ity

S TA NLE Y

Oppor tunity is offer ed for r esea rch a nd g radu a te stud y in Agri cul t ural Edu ca tion . Students pl an nin g t o do gr a duate work s hould se lect a c oordinate d program of s t ud y in th e Coll e ges of Agri culture a nd Education .

Agricultural Education Courses GRADUATE COURSES 22 5. Special Problems in Agricultural Education. A co n s ide r ati on of n eeds and sp ecial t ypes o f se rvi ce in FFA, Young F armer and Adult programs . For upper divisi on and grad uate students. (2-5F, Sp ) Richardson

-IX

Co llcgl' of

28 0.

(F,

Agriutlft11路1路

Hesearch and Thesis. Cred it Arranged. W,

Sp, Su)

Staff

281. Semi nar. Stud ies and reports search and new developments.

on reStaff

290. Special Problems for A~ricu lture Teache rs. For tea c h e r~ o f vocational agr icu l t ure who des ire to develop a more pl'a cticnl program

fo r

future,

young,

and

adult

farmers.

(2Su) 291.

Staff Special

Problems.

For

teachers

w ho

participate in th e Annual Summer Conference fo r Teachers of Vocational Ag ricu ll't ure.

(2-5Su)

Staff

400. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Grad uatc stu den ts who ha ve rece ived maximum thes is credit, but 路w ho have not comp leted the the-s is or disse rtation, mu s t enroll for a mi nimum

th l'ec

crc di tH,

until

t he

deg r ee

completed. If th e s tudent docs not comply. his cand idacy may be suspended and his supe rvisu J路y co mmittee di ssolved . (3F, 3 W, ~Sp , 3Su.)

Staff

De jJar f men t of

Animal Science HEAD: JAMES A. BENNETT, Professor; PhD, University of Minnesota OFFICE: Animal Science 307 JAY 0 . ANDERSON, Professor; PhD, University of Maryland Jon N E. BUTCHER, Professor; PhD, Utah State Uni versity C. I. DRAPER, Professor; PhD, Iowa State Uni versity LORI N E. HARRIS, Professor; PhD, University of Illinoi s DOYLP. J . MATTHEWS, Professor an d Ass istant Dean of Agr icultu r e: PhD , Kansas State Uni ver sity JOSEPH C. STREET, Profess or; PhD , Okla homa State Un ivers ily C. ELMER CLARK, Associate Professor; PhD, Univers ity of Ma r yland WARREN C. FOOTE, Associate Professor; PhD, University of Wisconsin RussELL R. KEETCH, Associale Professor and E xtens ion Specia list ; MA, Colorado State Univer sity MILTON A. MADSEN, Associate Professor; PhD, University of Wi sconsin DARRELL H. MATTHEWS, Associate Professor; MS, Utah State University HYRUM STEFFEN, Associate Professor; MS, University of Illi nois DoN W. THOMAS, Associate Professor and Exlension Spec iali st ; DVM, I owa St a t e University DONALD C. DOBSON, Assistant Professor; PhD, Utah State University Co urse work and r esearch leadin g to the Maste r of Sc ience and t h e Docto r of Philosoph y d eg r ees are offered. Special ized f ie ld s of stud y for t he Mas t er of Scie nce a nd Docto r of Ph il osophy degree in clud e: Anima l Breeding, Nutrition, Physiology , and Management. Faciliti es are a va ila bl e to condu ct research with farm animal s, poultry, and laboratory anima ls. In coope ration

with other d epartments t he Maste r of Sc ience a nd Docto r of Philo sophy d egrees are offered in Nutrition and Biochemistry (See Interdepa rtm en ta l Cunicul um in Nutrition and Biochemistry) . Detai led information on g raduate program s in A nimal Science may be obtain ed fro m the department or from t he Dean of the Sc hool of Gradu ate Stud ies.

Animal Sciwcc Aninul Science Courses GRADUATE AND UN DERGRADUATE COURSES .,,* I 04. Poultr y Phys iology and Incubation. A st ud y cmp has il'. in g gene r a l morphology and

func t ion o f phys iolog ical syste m s characteristic of the avi a n class w it h cons id e ra t ion g ive n to pl'inciplcs of in cubation and e mb ryolog ical df'vclopmC' n l. Two lectures a nd one lab . (3Sp) C lark Proble m s o f ~=·= 1 O:l. Poultry Manage ment. ]o('al ions of poultry farm, fann planning, re newing the fl oc k and managemen t problems o f t he g rowing, laying and breedin g fl ocks. PreI'CCJU i s i te: Poultry 1. {2W) Draper ., I 07. Applied Poultry Nutrition. A st udy of t h e nutritive requirements of poult ry, the compos it ion of poultry feedstuffs, methods of feeding and formulat ion of rations f or spec ial nf'c•ds. Pn' I'Pqui s ilc: A. H. 150. 151. (3S p ) Anderson

qos.

Poultry Products. P •·oblems in process ~ ing-, g rading , packagi n g, transporting, labeling, sto ring and marketi ng poultry products. (IF) Draper Beef Production. Factors involved in economica l productio n of beef cattle, including organ ization of the enterprise, breeds of cattle, selection o f b reeding stock, production of maximum calf crop , handling and feeding animals of differe nt ages on the range an d in t h e feed lot, a nd marKeting ol surp lu s stock. Prer eq uis ite: AH 152. (3F, Sp) Madsen 110.

120 . Swine Produ ction . Systems of production, w it h emphas is on th ose suited to weste rn condition!; . Dreeding, management and feedIn!.{ of the breeding h erd, and of market sw in e. Pret·equ is ite: AH 152. (3W) Steffen 123. Special Readings in Animal Science. Selected readings to m eet stude n t needs . Available to upper division majors and by permiss ion of de pa r tment hea d and instructor. C redit a r ranged . (F, W, Sp, Su ) Staff 125. S heep Production. Range and farm s h eep, with emp has is on range p1·oduction. Methodtj of production of Jambs and woo l, g rading a nd m a rketing practices, feeding a nd ::;tudies of t he breed s and their adaptation to the differe nt hu sbandry pract ices. Prerequisite: AH 152. (3Sp) Madsen 126 . Seminar. C urre n t li te rature s tudies. assigned problems a nd spec ial topics. ( 1 W) Starr 142. Physiology of Reproduction. A s tud y o f t h e P h ysiology of reproduction in mammals. Prerequisites: Zoology 16 o r equivalent, Physiology 4, o r Veterinary Science 20, and a

<"ou rse in org-anic c h em is try; P h ys io logy 141 recommended . Two lec tures , on e lab. (3 W ) Foote I ao. 1;, I . Animal Nutrition. Dns ic princ iples o f t h e TP..etabolism o f nutri e n ts and nutrient requirements of farm animals; nutritional di sea ses : and a co n si deration of inves tigational met ht HIS. Prcre(}uis ite : Chemistry 12 o r concu rrent r egis trati o n . (3 F, 3W) Street

152. Applied Animal Nutrition. Compositions of feed s and adaptability to different s pecies of farm animals; nutrient deficiencies and t h eir cor rect ion t h rough feeding, feeding s ystem s for farm animals a nd feed f ormulation. Pl-el·cqu is ite: AH 151. (3Sp) Butcher

155. Animal Breeding. Application o f gene tics to improvement of farm an imals. Breeding sys tems, inhe ritance problems, f ert ility and s terility in larger farm animals. P rereQu isite: Vet Sc i 20, Zoolog-y 112. Three lectu re s . (3Sp) Bennett Livestock Production Problems. Attention is given various problems in livestock production, especiall y in Utah . Prereq uis ite or co n curre n t registration: AH 152 and 155. (3 Sp ) Staff

160.

16 5. Livestock Judging and Selection. Animal for m and its r elation to fun ction. Emp h asis on evaluation of li ve a nimal s in terms of t h eir probable va lue of production of meat, wool or work. Emphas is o n judging for both commerc ial and show ring purposes. The li vestoc k J udging Tea m is selected from s tudents ta king this course. Prc>l'CQU ISite: AH 2. T hree labs. (3F") Madsen

Wool Technolog y. Marketing and manufacturing of wool and laboratory techniqueR used in studyi n g woo l. Methods of grading, sco uring and measuring length, diameter, c rimp, density, tensile strength a nd other characteristi cs. Prerequisite: AH 125. (3W) Madsen 175.

I RS. 'M eats. Cutt in g, selection, a nd identification of wholesa le and retail c u ts o f beef, po rk and Jamb , w it h references to p ri ces, r e lative econom y, uses. nutritive value, c hemi cal compos it ion , and palatability . Preparation o f m eats for t he h ome fr eeze r is e mphas ized. ( 3W) Matthews

GRADUATE COURSES **2 10. Techniques in Nutrition Research. An origi na l project is completed with the prima r y objective being to o ri ent one o n h ow to plan, co nduct, and su mmarize research in anim al nutrition. P1·erequisite : A H 151. (2 -6F, W. Harris Sp) *Taug ht 1968-69 "*T aug ht 1969-70

College of Agriculture

''' *2 l 'L Advanced Animal Nutrition. T he measures for nutritional value of feed, nutrient requirements of animals, and the cause, detection , treatment and prevention of nutrit ional diseases . Prerequ isite: AH 151. (3W) Harris

*215. Nutritional Laboratory. Review and practice in laboratory techniques used in nutrition research. Two labs. (2F) Street 220. Special Problems in Animal Science. Selected readings, discussions , lectures, literature reviews and research problems dealing with animal breeding, nutrition, phys io logy a nd management. Available to students o f graduate standing and by permission of the ins tructor. Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff 250. Research and Thesis. Research connected w ith problems undertaken in animal science for partial fulfil1ment of requirements for the Master of Science or Doctor of Philoso phy degree. Credit Arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su). Staff

related to animal breeding. May be repeated. (lW) Staff 263. Animal Management Semina r. Svteeial emphasis will be gi ven to discussion of t o pics related to the manage ment of livestock. May be repeated. (lSp) Staff 264. Animal Physiology Seminar. Sp.ecial emphasis will be given to discussion of topics related to reproductive physiology. May be repeated. ( IF, lW, lSp) S taff 270. Nutrition and Biochemis try Sem i nar. Reports and discuss ion o f topics of current interest and importance by students, staff, and guest speakers. Philosophy o f research and technica l informati on are in clu ded. Area of coverage rotates each quarter. Course en rollment may repeat each quarter. ( IF, W, Sp) Staff ~tOO.

261. Animal Nutrition Seminar. Special emphasis w iJI be given to discussions of topics r e lated to animal nutrition. May be repeated . (IF. lW, lSp) Staff

Continuin g Graduate Advisement. Graduate s tudents who h ave received maximum thesis c redit, but who have not co mpleted the t h es is o 1路 di s~e rta t i on, must enroll for a minimum of t hree c1路edits , until the de ~re e is completed. If t he student does not comp ly. his cand idacy may be suspended and his superviso r y commiftf'P dissolvf'd. (3F, 'J,W, 3Sp, 3Su.) Staff

262. Ani mal Breeding Seminar. Special emphasis will be given to discussion of topics

*Taugh t 1968-69 **Taught 1969-70

DcjJartment of

Dairy Science HEAD: GEORGE E. STODDARD, Professor; PhD, University of Wisconsin OFFICE: Animal Science 106 LLOYD R. HUNSAKER, Professor and A ssociate Director of Exte ns ion Services; PhD, University of Minnesota VEARL R. SMITH, Professor and Dean, College of Agriculture; PhD, University of Minnesota JOHN J. BARNARD, Associate Professor and Extension Dairyman; MS, University of Wisconsin CLIVE W. ARAVE, Assistant Professor; PhD, Univers ity of California CHARLES H. MICKELSEN, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State Univers ity Collaborators: MELVIN J. ANDERSON, PhD; ROBERT C. LAMB, PhD.

Th e Dairy Science Departm e nt offers a Master of Science deg ree in Dairy Production and, in coope ration with other departments, offers

both MS and PhD degrees in the Interdepartmental Curricul um in Nutrition anrl Biochemistry.

Plant Science Dairy Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES #.= "' 112 Feeding Dairy Ca ttle. Characteris ti cs o f s tandards and feeding systems. Economy and comparative value of feeds on irrigated farms. Prerequis ite: AH 150, 151. (3W) Stoddard

** 10 2. Dairy Cattle Research and Breeding. Stud ies o f the inherited characteristics of dairy cattle t o be considered in selecting breeding s to ck . Breeding programs and s ystems in U:5e. Breeds o f dairy cattle, breed organizations and their programs, testing plans, pedigree ana lysis. record keeping and study of breeding establishments. Prerequisite: Zoology 112. (5W) Arave

*121. Milk Secretion. Anatomy and function o f the mammary gland, theories of secretion, methods of milking, mastitis control, factors affecting compos ition, quality and quantity of milk. Prerequ is ite: Organic Chemistry. (3W) Smith 122. Dairy Herd Management and Operation. Dairy herd management, land-livestock balance, operational efficiencies, herd improvements, new develop ments and trends, and

c ritical analysis of dairy literature. Student discu ss io ns and reports. (O pen to graduate students in Dairy Science by permission of instructor.) (3Sp) Stoddard

GRADUATE COURSES 215. Seminar. Discussions and reports of c urrent literature and research reports by stu· dents. At least t hree quarters required of all dairy students. (1F, 1W, 1Sp) Staff 220. Research in Dairy Industry. Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff 254. Special Problems in Dairy Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Nutrition and Biochemistry Auimal Husbandry 270.)

Industry. Staff

Seminar.

(See

400. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Grad· u a te students who have rece ived maximum thes is cred it, but who h ave not completed the thesis or d issertation , mus t enroll f o r a mini· mum o f three cred its, until the de~rree is co mpleted. If the student does not comply, his candidacy may be s uspended and his superviso r y committee dissolved. (3 F, 3W, 3Sp, 3Su.) Staff *T aug h t 1968-69 ••Taught 196 9-70

Department of

Plant Science (Agronomy, Crop Science, Food Technology, Ornamental Horticulture, Pomology, Vegetable Crops) HEAD: FRANK B . SALISBURY, Professor; PhD, California Institute of Technology; postdoctoral work, Universities of Tiibingen and lnnsbruck OFFICE: Agricultural Science 322 KEITH R. ALLRED,l Professor; PhD, Cornell University WADE G. DEWEY, Professor; PhD, Cornell University ALVIN R. HAMSON, Professor; PhD, Cornell University DEVERE R. McALLISTER, Professor; PhD, Iowa State University LEONARD H. PoLLARD, 2 Professor; PhD, University of California DELMAR C. TINGEY, Emeritus Professor; MS, Utah State University; doctoral work, University of Minnesota DAVID R. WALKER, Professor; PhD, Cornell University ; postdoctoral work, Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies 1

0n ass ignment in Bolivia. 0n leave in Iran .

College of Agriculturr

J. LAMAR ANDERSON, Associate Professor; PhD, Univers ity of Wisconsin WILLIAM F . CAMPBELL, Associate Professor; PhD, Mi chi gan State University REX F. NIELSON, Associate Professor; MS , Utah State Uni ver s ity JOHN 0 . EVANS, Assi s tant Professor; PhD, University of Minnesota Collaborato1路s: DOUGLAS R. DEWEY, PhD; A. C. H ULL, PhD; ALBERT M. MURPHY, MS; MARION W. PEDERSEN, PhD; MYRON STOUT, MS; J. CLAIR THEURER, PhD

Master of Science Degree. The Department, in cooperation with related departments, offers Master of Science programs in Plant Breeding, Crop Physiology, Crop Production and Management, Weeds and Weed Control, and Plant Nutrition. Doctor

Philosophy

Degree.

The Department, in cooperation with related departments, offers the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Plant Nutrition, Crop Management, Plant Breeding, and Crop Phys iology. Detai led information may be obtained from the Department or fro m the Dean of School of Graduate Studies.

Plant Science Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 100. Propagation, Pruning, and Grafting. A practical co urse f o r a ll students in the University, d ealing with the science and art of prunin g and grafting of horti c ultural plants . Meth ods of asexual p ro pagation wi ll be con~ id e r e d. Spec ial e mphas is is placed o n fruit t r ees, but s mall frui ts and or n a m ental trees and s hn1bs a r e a lso in cl uded. (3 W ) Walker 103. Forage C rops. Alfalfa , clovers, grasses and othe r farm f ora ges, clas sification a nd m eth ods or production, harves ting and sto rage; m eadow an d pasture managem en t . The place of fo r age c rops in rotations and so il co nservation is considered. Three lectures, one Jab. Prerequis ites: Botany 26, Plant Sc. 2 (m ajors) . (4Sp ) McAllister Vegetable Production . Principles and practices underlying produ ction of vegetable c rop!:i, va ri eties, fertilizer!:i, pest co ntrol, harvestin g, stora ge, and process ing of vegetables. Emphas is will be placed upon culture of the major vegetable crops. Three lectures. (3Sp) Hamson

105. Turf Management. Kinds of turf grasses, their f ertili ty a nd managem ent, f o r home lawns, golf courses and athletic f ields . (2Sp) Evans 107. Grain Cro ps. The classification, history, a nd cultural method s invol ved in the product io n of grain crops. T wo lectures , one lab. Prer equ is ite: Plant Science 2 (majors). (3W) Evans

108. Root and Miscellaneous C rops . Cultural methods, market grades and commercial poss ibili t ies of s ugar beets, potatoes, tobacco, and othe r cro ps . Prereq uis ite: Plant Science 2 (ma jo r s) . (3F) McAllister ** 109. Plant Breeding. Principles, techniques, a nd practices in breeding improved varieties of crop plants . Prerequisites : Zoology 112. P lan t Sc ie nc e 2 (majors). ( 4W) Dewey

Ornamental Horticulture. A study of t he aesthetic use of plants, including foliage plants and cut fl owers for indoor u se and landsca pe mate rials for enhancing the home an d co mmunity. Topics are o rganiz ed arou nd t he co ntrolled-e nvironm ent culture o f florists crops (g reenhouse m anagement) and the propagation and nursery practices required to p rodu ce landscape materials (shru bs , trees, evergreen s, and bedding plants). (3Sp) Wesenberg 111.

**11 5. Dry Farming. Prin cipl es of dry farm in g fro m practi ca l a nd s cientific sta ndpoints , a su r vey of ag ri cultur a l work in the Great Pla in s a nd t he m ounta in r egio n s, a n analys is of t h e poss ibilities in typical cli matic areas and on importan t soil types. Prer eq uis ites: Plant Science 2 (majors). 107, and Soils 56. (2 W ) M cAllister 117. Fruit Production. Principles and pract ices underlyin g production of trees and small f1路uits. Varieties, so ils, s ites, fert ilizer s, culture, p est co n tro l, harves ting, sto rage, propagation a nd stocks. Prerequisite: Plant Sc ien ce 2 (majors ). (3F) Anderson

** 104 .

Flower Arranging for the Home. Principl es of design, car e and use of fl o ral materials in a rran ge ments a nd cors ages . House pla nt care. Lab f ee req uired . (3F) Wesenberg

11 8.

**Taught 1969-70

Pla11f Scir 11 rc 11 9. \Veed Science . Id entif ication of weeds, the weed problems in ag-riculture, and method s of (·ontml. T h 1·ee lectu,·e:.;, one lab. Prere(]uis ite: Plant Science 2 (majon;) . (4F) Anderson

Methods. problem s Seed Production. com m e rc ial product ion of fi el d, vegetable and f lower seeds in t h e ln te rm ount.an West. J•,·e r equ is itcs : Plant Sc ience 2, B otany 26, or perm iss io n nf in st 1·uctor. (4 F ) McAllis ter

!!l·owth and development, nutrition, water relation s . fr u it setting, dormancy and use o f g- 1·ow th regulators i n fruit product io n. Pre,·cquisites : llotany 120 (or concur r e n t regi s nation J. o1·ga ni c chemist1·y, Plant Sc ience 1 17. Th ree lectu res, o ne lab . (4Sp) W al ker

~ 120 .

and

131. A,::-ricultural S prays a nd Dusts. Preparation. pro perties , and uses o f agricu ltura l c h em i cal~ use d in disease, in sect, and weed control ; applicat ion o f fruit thinning, growt h n~gulato1., and nutrit io nal sp rays . D es ign, operation. and care of t h e ap pli cation equipment. J ointly admini s tered by the Departments o f Bota ny, P lant Science, and Zoo logy. Prerequ is ites: Dotany 130 , Entomology 108, o1· spec ial J)f'J 'mission . Three lectures, two labs. Anderson, Ca nnon , Davi s ! 5Sp) 197 . Spec ia l Proble m s. oratory investigat io n s. nrrnngcrl.

Co nfere n ces or Jab Subject and credit Staff

GRAD UATE COU RSES H ay a nd Pas tures. Recent advances in cu lTf'nt problems related to the production and use of ha y and pastures. Prerequis ite : Plan t Science J0 3 or equivalent. (3Sp) Evans =: 201.

,. 204. Advanced Vegetable Production. Fundamental IH'in ciplcs re lating to techn ical horti<'U I ~u~· a) practices in v~gP.tabll? cn•p product i0n, seN\ storage, g r owth and development, nutrit io n, wnter 1·elations, temperatu r e, li ght p h o· tope1·iod , weed cont rol an d arowth regul ators. Prf'rf'qu isit e : Plant Sc ie n ce 104 (4W) H a m son ,.._ 208 . Advanced F ield C ro ps . Recent advancer! in t h e imp1·ovemc n t and production of cereal, potato and s ugar beet cro p s. Prerequisites : l'lant Sc ience 107 and 108. (3W) McAlliste r 209 . Advanced Plant Breed ing. A graduate coun:;c empha~ i zing the principles and theo1·y UIH.l c rlying plant b1·eed ing, rat h er than procedures and methodology. Including discuss ion of quantitative inhe 1·itance, heritability, heterotii~. interspec i fic cross ing, mutation breeding, and ot hers . Emphasizes recent developments D ewe y an( l CU lTCn t trends. (3 VV) '" 2 17. Ad va n ced Pomology. Fundamental princ iples relating to horticultural practices:

*2 1!J. B iochemical Basis of H e rbi c idal A c tion . l•:ntrancc, movement and metabo li s m of ch e mica ls of he1·b icidal im po r tance in plants. A c1· itica l s tudy of the phys iolog ical processes whic h appe[tr to be a ff ected by th e se ve r a l classes of compoun d::; used as herb ic id es. Prerequi s ites: Botany 120, Chem ist ry 190. (3Sp)

Evans *:4- 222. Co ntrol of Repro du c ti o n in Plants. A cliscu ss ion of t h e way~ in which fl owe r, f1·uit, and seed production can be controlled in hort icu ltural and agronomic cro ps , includinK t h e top ics of veg-etative propagat io n , ver na lizn.t iun. and p h otope ri od is m . A n em phas is upon principles and their applicat io n in m ode rn ai.{J' icu llure . P1·erequis ite: Bota ny 120. Sa lisbury (3Sp) +.i' 260. .M ethods in Plant Science Research. Hesea r ch meth ods using chromatograph y , radio isotopes , experimental p lot des ign and inst rumental ana lys is . Prerequis ites : Chemistry 122, Botany 120, Applied Statistics 132. One lecture . o ne lab. (2W) Staff 297. Spec ial Problems. Any quarter. Credit arr:1.ngerl. Regi s tration by permiss ion only. Staff

:!98. Re search and Thesis. Any quarter. Outli n in g- and co nd ucting researc h o n farm crops anrl preparation of t h es is. Credit a rranged . Stoff 299. G raduate Seminar. Oral and written rcpol'ts by graduate s tudents . Reg ist rati on requ i1·ed for all departmenta l graduate stuStaff tl e n1 s. ( IF, W. Sp) 400. Co ntinuing Gra du a t e A dvi se m ent. Gradv uatc st udents w h 0 h ave received maximum t hes is c1·edit, but w h o ha ve not co mpleted the thes i ~ or di sse ,·tation, must enroll f o r a minimum of t hree cred its . until the dee-ree is comp leted. If the student does n o t co mply, hi s cand idacy may be Sl!Spended and his s upervi::; uJ·~· t•cqnmit.tPe di sso lv~d. (3F, ~W. :3Sp , 3Su.) Staff

'' Taught 1968 -6D **Taug h t 1969-70

College of Agricu lturt

Deparl1nent of

Soils and Meteorology ACTING HEAD: R. L. SMITH, Professor; PhD, University of California at Los Angeles OFFICE: Agricultural Science 148 PAUL D. CHRISTENSEN, Professor a nd Extension Soil Scientist; PhD, Rutgers Univ ersity JEROME J. JURINAK, Professor; PhD, Utah State University RAYMOND W. MILLER, Professor; PhD, Washin gton State University GF:ORGE 'vV. REYJ\"OLDS, Professor; PhD, T exas A and M University D. WY NNE THORNE, University Vice President and Professor; PhD, Iowa State University GAYLEN L. ASHCROFT, Associate Professor; PhD, Oregon State University REN L. GROYER, Associate Professor; PhD, Iowa State Uni\·ersity ALVIN R. SOUTHARD, A ssociate Professor; PhD, Cornel l University LEMOYNE WILSON, Associate Professor; M S, Utah State University CollabomtoTs: JAY L. HADDOCK, PhD; E. ARLO RICHARDSO N, MS Collabo1·ato1·s stationed at Snake Rive1· Labo1·ato1·y, K imbe1·ly, I claho: DA vm L. CARTER, PhD,; JOH N w. CA RY, PhD, MARVIN E. JE NSF.N, PhD, GLEN E. LEGGETT, PhD; HF: NHY F. MAYLAND. Phl>: J. H . SMITII. PhD: JAMBS L. WIUGHT, PhD .

Master of Science D eg1·ee . Th e Department, in cooperation with related departm ents, offers Master of Sc ience programs in Soil Phys ics, So il Chemi st r y, So il F ertility, Plant Nutr iti on, Soi l Genesis, Soi ls and Irrigat ion, Biometeorology and Cli matology . Docto r of Philosophy D eg1·ee. The Department, in cooperation with r elated departments, offers lhe Docto r of Philoso phy deg ree in : Soil Phys ics, Soil Chemistr y, Soi l F ertility, Plant Nutrition, Soil Genes is, So il s and Irrigation, Bio meteorology and Climato logy. Deta il ed information may be obtain ed from t he Departm ent or from t he Dean of thr. School of Graduate Studies. Acceptance. Student app li cations, s ubmit ted to the School of Graduate Studi es, for advanced study in

Soi ls and Meteo rology are reviewed by a departm ental committee. Th e app li cant may be accepted without re servation, accepted on probation, accepted as a noncandidate, or r ej ected. Stud ents accepted on a probationary bas is w ill no t be assigned a r esea rch problem, g iven research cr edit, be assigned a graduate committee or considered fo r an a ss ista ntship until s uch probation has been r emoved as a r es ult of academic exce ll ence. Thi s probationary stat us cannot be ind ef ini te and ;s limited lo two quarters. A pro·· bationary stud ent who does not maintain 13 grades or better will no t be permitted to continue in the department. Fellowships and Train eeships. Th e Department has National Defense Education Act (NDEA) F ellowships and National Science

Soils and Met eo rolog)' Foundat ion (NSF) Tra in eeshi ps that are awarded on th e basis of nationa l co mp et it ion . ..J. ssistrmls hips rmd Majo1· P1·o(esso rs. Acceptan ce of a stud en t to purs ue graduate stud y does not grant him a n assistantship or t he ri g ht to stud y under a particu la r professo r. Ass istantship s are awa rd ed to accepted stud ents by t·he professor havin g funds to cover specific r esearch . Funds a re not ava il ab le to prov id e a ll st ud e nts with ass istantshi ps. Some students who wi sh t o do g raduate work may be accepted if they do not des ire financial ass istance. P ermi ss ion to stu dy und er a pa r ticular professor may be gra nted by th e professor in qu es tion, afte r consultati on with the student. Progmm DiTection. The grad uatP stud ent's program is di r ected by a graduate committee cons istin g of hi s m a jor professor and at least two other professors. Th e student and major pr ofessor may i ndicate a choice of comm ittee members, but the fina l appo intment is made by th e Dean of the School of Graduate Stud ies.

Soils C ourses GRADUATE AND UN DERGRADUA TE C OURSES 105. So il Sc ie n ce. Nature and compos it io n of so ib; collo id al behav ior, soil reaction, solu bility, ioni c be h av ior and na t ur e an d properties o f th e interfac e. Sug- gested prerequisites : So ils 56 , 58. (3F) Mille r 106 . Soil Science Laboratory. Lab o rato ry met h od s in So il Sr. ien ce . P re requis ites: Prior o r co n cu rrent reg ist rati on in So ils 105 o r approval of in s tructor. ( H ') Miller

107. Irrigated Soils. Course designed to give teac h ers and s tud e nts a k nowledge of plantsoil- water relation s hips, fertilizers and soil fertility , soil sa linity , wate r s upply and w ater quality, so il surveys as related t o fnrm and c ity pla nn ing. (3 W) Smith

110 .

Soi l Microbiology .

See B acteriolog y 11 0.

114 . Soil Survey and Co nservation . A s tudy o f so il morpho logy and of soil classificat ion , su rvey , and co n se r va ti on. Prerequis ite: Agronomy 56 or 58. Two lectures, t hree labs. ( 5Sp) Southard 155. Chemical Edaphology. Plant a nd so il rela ti o n s w it h res pect to e nviron m e nt: nutrie nt ava il a bility, a bso rpti o n. toxic it y , fe rtiliz e r s , and plant nutrition. Sugges t ed prerequisite: Soil s 56. ( 3W ) Miller 156. Chemical Edaphology Laboratory . Method s o f analys is o f so il s and plants. Prerequis ites : Prio r or co n current reg istrati o n in Soils 155 o r approval of t h e instru cto r. (l W) Miller 16 5. Phys ical Edaphology. The phy• ical relation s hi ps o f so il moi st ure , temperature, venet rability, and ae ration to vlant growth . Mine r a log ical compos ition, s tru ctural cond itions, tilla g e, irriga t ion, a nd oth er so il management practices are co n s idered as fa cto r s that affect t h ese r ela ti on ships . Prereq ui s ites: S oils 56, General P h ys ics or Ch emistry. (3F) Staff 166. Physical Edaphology Laboratory. Methods o f ana lysis of the vhys ical prope rti es of So il s . Prereq uis ites : Prio r or concur r e n t registrat ion in Soils 165 or approval of in structor. ( IF) Staff *,.. 167. Physical Analysis of Soils. A la b or a t o r y cours e in So il Physics. P r erequ isi t e : Soils 11)5. ~ 2'N ~ Staff Chemi cal Analysis o f Soils . A labo ra to ry cou r se in c h e m ical an a lysis o f s oils and p lants. Emphasis will be on the theory of a nalyti ca l tec h n iques and the operation o f in!:i truments availab le for the more usual analyses d one in p lant a nd s oil resea rch. Two laboratory veriods . P t·erequis ite: Permission o f the teacher. (2W) Miller

* 177 .

GRADUATE COURSES 212. Se minar. Review of current literature in soil sc ience. Required of nll graduate majo r s. ( I F, W, Sp) Staff *214. So il Physics. A th eo retica l dis cu ss io n o f so il as a physical body. The s tructure o f c lny mi nerals a nd t h eir r e lati on to a bso rpti o n and ot h e r s urface phenome na: soil mois ture a n d air r elations; and soil stab ilization are co n s idered. Prerequis ite : Soils 165. (3Sp ! Staff >t-* 215. Physical Ch e mis try o f Soils. An ad va n ced s tudy co n cerni ng t he physico-c hemi cal, *Taught 1968-69 • •Taught 1969-70

College of Agriculture

colloidal and su rface a s pects of soils and related syst<' m s. Prerequ is ite: Chem istry 106. (~W) Jurinak

eluding man, and the phys ica l and c h em ica l fa ctors of their atm os nh c ri c e nvi1·o nment. (3 W) Ri c hards on

2 18. S pec ia l Prob lems. Studen ts review literalure on t h e proble m and conduct experi m ents. C r edit anangcd. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff

126. Environmental Cli m atology. Headings in cl imatic changes resulting fr om e nvironmental modifications due to eng in ee ring construction, arc hi tectural des ign, agri c ultural p r actices and ot h c1· activ ities of mankind. C re dit a rranged . (F, W, Sp, Su ) Sta ff

219. Saline and Alkali Soils. Survey of li t · ern t.u r e and tec hni cal prob lems in the development, eva luation, class i f ica ti o n , reclamation

and management of saline and (2W)

a lk ali soils. Smith

:!<* 22 1. Ge n es is, Morphology a nd Min e ralogy of Soils. A cr itical review of soil mineralogy, so il fo rming factors and soil chem istry in relation to genetic and morph olog ical patterns of so ils . Prerequisite: Agron 114 or equ ivale nt. (3F) Southard

*224.

Soi l Ch emi s try. An advanced course i n

::w it c he mi s try involvin.t:!' t h e t h eore tical aspects

of t h e c hemi cal nature of t h e s oil system. The objective of th is course is to d evelop an unders tanding of t h e fundam ental principles t hat g-overn the chemical status of soils. Specc ia! topi cs will be selected and dev e loped i n a rig- or ous fa shion. (3Sp) Jurinak 230. R esearch and Thes is. Outl inin g and con du ctin g research in so il s o r meteo r o logy and preparatio n u f thesi s . Credit ananged. (F, W , Sp. Su) Staff

Meteorology Courses GRA D UA T E AND UN DERGRAD UATE C O U RSES I J J. Meteorology Se minar. Review and d isc us s ion o f current meteoro log-y problems and lite r ature. Re<)uired of all se n io rs majoring in m cteo •·o logy. (!W) S taf f 11 7. Weather a nd Clima te. A co urse primarily des ign ed to g ive t eac h e r s a bas ic knowl e dg-e of weat h e r phenomena including their causes and e ffects , and t o expla in topograp hi c and sea so nal chan g-es in weather and c limate. A id ):j in tea c hin g weat her and climate w ill also be an important pa1·t of t h e course. Cre dit w ill n o t be g- iven f o 1· bot h Met 17 and Met 117. i4S u) Ri ch a rdson

129. Physical Oceanography. R ea dings selected to give the student a fundamental under s tanding o.f the physical charac teri s tics o f t h e ocea n s , particularly f1·o m t h e viewpo int of interrelatio n s hip s between the ocean s and t h e atmosphere. The reading s will cover suc h things as: phys ical pro perti es o f sea water; obse rvation s i n phys ical ocean ography; the heat budget of the ocean s : the g e neral dis tr ibutio n of salinity, tempe rature, and density; ocean currents ; wind currents and wi n d waves; water masses : in teraction bet wee n t he atmos phere and the oceans. I'1·e requi s ite: Phys 22 or in s tructor's con se nt. C redit arra n ged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Reynold s

** 130 . Observations and Instruments. Meteorolog ical obse r vation s, techniqu es and equipment. Covers standard m eteorolog ica l observational techniques , those used for upper atm osp h e ri c o bse1·vation s , and those used for s pecial purposes s uc h as mi c ro ot· bio logical wo•·k. Prerequisite: Met 17. (2 W ) As h cro ft * 13 1. Ge n eral Physical Meteorology. Conde n:mtion processes in the atm os p h ere ; visibil it y in m eteo r oiogy; sola r and terrestrial radiati on; rn e teorological acoustics ; meteorological optics; atmosp h e ri c e lect ricity. Prerequis ites : Met 17, Phys 22 or instructo r' s conse n t. (3F) R ey nold s * 132. Ge n e ral Dynamic Meteorology. A brief review of fundament;tl and p h ys ica l co ncepts; def initi o n s of se lec ted hydrodynamic and ther modynamic t e rm s ; the thet·m odynamic s and s tatu s of t h e atm os phere; the ef fects of wate 1· vapo 1· on the thermodynamic c h a ra cte ri stic~ of the atmos p h ere; ho 1·izontal m ot io n s in t he atm os phere; and c h aracle l'ist ics o f fluid fl ow. P 1·e requis ites: Met 17, Phy~ 22 o r inst ructor 's consent. (3Sp) Reyn olds

Phys iographic Climatolo gy of the U nite d States. The ge n eral ca u se and ef fect 1·c latiuns hi ps bet wee n phys iographic features and c lima tes . T h e.;e principles are then applie d t o n di scuss io n o f climates w ithin t h e Un ited States, broken down on a regional bas is . P1·erequ is ites: Physics or in s t1·ucto r' s consent. (3Sp) Reynolds

* 133. Genera l Synopti c Meteorology. General c irculat ion pattern s , vert ical s tructure, development, and life cycle o f cyclo n es and ant icyclo nes. A ir masses and f ronts and t heir s tnlctu r e . l ntcrp1·etat ion and analys is of meteo ro log ical charts and diag ram s includi n g t h ermodynamic c harts , cross section s , and surface and upper ai1· maps . T hree lec tures, t wo lab recitat ions . P rerequ is ites : Met 17, Physic::; 22, or ins tructor's co n se nt. (5W) Ri chard so n

J 25. Bioclim a t ology. Interrelations betwee n l iv in g o rganis m s, both plants and animal s in-

*Taught 196 8-69 **Taught 19G9 -70

"'~ 12 0.

Soils and Meteorology *"'134. Atmospheric Phenomena. Treatment of fog-, c louds, t hu nderstorms, tornadoes, lightning, atm osphe ric electricity, auroras , atmos phe ri c aco ust ics, atmos pheric optics, a nd h urr icanes. P re r equisites : Met 17, Phys ics 22, m· i nst ru cto r's co nse n t. (2 F) Reynolds

141. Tropical Climatology. Se lected readings o n e xpected clima t ic conditions a nd the wide var ia t ion s in t hese con diti ons . R elations hips between t h ese cl ima tes and m eteo rol og ica l patter n s , topograp hi cal co nditions, coas tal and cont in ental locations, industry, transportation, vegetation, agriculture, health and wealth. C •·edit arra nged. (F, W , Sp, Su) Reynolds 145. Paleoclimatology. Readin gs in Paleoclimatology. A review of f actors influencing climatic chan ge a nd evidences of cl imatic variations draw n from many rlisciplines. Credit aiTanged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Richardson 150. Special Problems. Conferences o r labo r ato ry inves tigations. Subject and credit ar.-anged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff

170. Air Pollution Climatology. Readings selected to g ive a broad background of the air pollution problems in the United Stales and the place of m eteorolog ists in t heir solutions. Assignments will include topics s uc h as: the ex tent of air po1lutio n in the United States; meteorological cond itions favora ble to the conc.:t! ntration of contam in ants : macro, meso and microscale infl ue n ces contributing to t he deve lopm en t o f a ir pol lu t ion ; reg ional dtscuss io n s of the d isll·ibu t ion of air pollution favorable c limates ; and meteorological m ea:-;u rem ent sup port s ystem s. Pre req uis ites: Met 17, Co iJege physics and ca lculus. Credit a rranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) R eynolds * 171. Cloud and Precipitation Physics. Brief re v iew of t h e rm odynamics of m o ist air; thermodyn a mi c eq uilibrium an d change; nuc leatio n p rocesses : nuclei in the atmosphere ; the initial urowth of dro pl ets a nd ice c r ysta ls in clo uds: clo ud droplet s pectra and growth by coalescence; cloud dynamics : weather m odifica tion. (3 W ) Reynolds

180. Methods in Applied Cli matology. Readings and problems in the procedures and t ec hniques of select in g, o r gani:r.ing, su mmarizing,

interpr eting, and rep orting climatic informat io n for s pec ific practical purposes. The concen t ra ti on wi ll be on t he e ntire problem , beg innin g w ith its specifi c definition and ending with the report to t he a ss umed client. A wide s pectrum of climatic parameters, including s ynoptic conditions, will be co ns idered separately and in combination. Prerequisites: Met 120. C•·edit arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff GRADUATE COURSES 212. Seminar. Review of current literature in meteorology. Required of all graduate Staff majors. ( IF, W, Sp)

218 . Specia l Problems. Students select a problem, r eview the literature, co nduct experiments and w 1·ite a report. Credit a rranged. (F. W, Sp, Su) Staff 225. Applied Climatology. Readings selected to devel op th e student's knowl edg e and appreciation of t h e effects of meteorolog ical conditi ons and even ts on indust ry, agr iculture, health, marketing, population distribution, biological processes, and for other activities according to the student's backgro und s and interests. The potential and limitations of climatological informatio n in dec is io n processes. Pre requisite: Permiss ion of t h e instructor. C r edit arranged . (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff 230. Research and Thesis. Outlining and co n ducting r esearch in soils and preparation of t h esis. Credit u rar.ged. (F, ¥ ', Sp, Sn) Staff

**2 41. Physical Climatology. Special emphasis will be placed on t he g lobal energy and water bal ance r eg im es o f the earth and its atmosphere. These top ics e n ta il a discussion of r a diation, heat transfer in soil, 'vater aud ai r , and eva potra n sp ira t io n . Prer equ is ites: Met 131, 132. (3W) Ashcroft 242. Mountain Climatology. Readings in free air climato logy as determined fro m upper air so undings . Modifications of the free air imposed by in ter3.ction of principles s tudied in Phys ical C lima to logy a nd variations in s lope, aspect, a l titude and other topograp hi c influe n ces. C r edit arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff

*Taught 1968-69 **Taught 1969-70

College of Agriculture

Department of

Veterinary Science HEAD: MERTHYR L. MINER, Professor; DVM, Iowa State University, postdoctoral work, University of Minnesota OFFICE: Veterinary Science Building JAMES L. SHUPE, Professor; DVM, Cornell University JOSEPH T. BLAKE, Associate Professor; PhD, DVM, Iowa State University JAY W. CALL, Associate Professor; DVM, Colorado State University Ross A. SMART, Associate Professor; DVM, Colorado State University DoN W. THOMAS, Associate Professor and Extension Specialist; DVM, Iowa State University JAMES ALAN THOMAS, Assistant Professor; DVM, Colorado State University Collaborators: WAYNE BINNS, DVM, MS; KENT V ANRAMPEN, DVM, PhD

Since no advanced degrees are offered in this department, courses listed are to strengthen the graduate curriculum in nutrition, breeding, biochemistry, parasitology, bacteriology, and toxicology. The comparison of the normal structure and physiology to the biological response of animals to disease agents, infectious and noninfectious. is of importance in these related fie lds.

Veterinary Science Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES *140. Veterinary Parasitology. Detailed s tudy of the scientific name, common name, class, range, pathogenesis, life cycle, methods of contro l, and treatment of common internal and external parasites of domestic animals. Four lectures, one lab. (5F) Miner 150. Artificial Insemination of Animals. A study o f t he basic concepts of the science of reproduction as related to artificial insemina~ tion, trainin g in the art and the management of artificial insemination organizations. The course is for majors in the animal science field who have had courses in anatomy and phys iology, bacterio logy, nutrition, and breeding. One lecture, two labs . (3Sp) Call

GRADUATE COURSES 200. Special Problems. Open to upper divis ion or graduate students majoring in subjects related to veterinary medicine and who wish to study a particular phase o f disease in animals. (1-3F, W, Sp) Staff 210. Research. Outlining and conducting research on animal diseases. Any QUarter. Credit arranged. Staff **230. General Pathology. An introduction to the cause and mechanism of disease processes: degenerative changes, circulatory disturbances, inflammation, regeneration, neoplasms, and nutritional alterations. Prerequis ites: Zoology 118 and 128. Three lectures, two labs. (5W) Shupe **2 31. Systematic Pathology. A study of the diseases of the card iovascu lar, hemopoietic, resp iratory, digestive, urinary, genital, endo~ crine, nervous, locomotor and tegumentary systems. Prerequisite: VS 230. Three lectures, two labs. (5Sp) Shupe 400. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Graduate students who have received maximum thesis credit, but who ha ve n ot completed the t h es is or dissertation, must enroll for a minimum of three c r ed its , until the de2ree is completed. lf the stu dent does n ot comply, his candidacy may be suspended and his supervi~ so r y co mmittee dissolved. (3F, 3W , 3Sp, 3Su.) Staff *Taught 1968-69 â&#x20AC;˘â&#x20AC;˘ Taught 1969-70

College of

Business and Social Sciences DEAN: RoBERT P. COLLIER, PhD, Stanford University OFFICE: Main 131

Department of

Accounting HEAD : NoRMAN S. CANNON, Professor; PhD, Columbia University; CPA, State of Utah OFFICE: Main 131 DUANE A. BARKER, Assistant Professor; MBA, Utah State University; CPA, State of Utah FRANK A. CONDIE, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State University; CPA, State of Alaska JOSEPHS. MERRILL, Assistant Professor; PhD, University of Wisconsin; CPA, State of Alaska RONALD L. PIERCE, Assistant Professor; MAce, Brigham Young University; CPA, State of Utah WILLIAM V. TEZAK, Assistant Professor; MBA, University of Denver; doctoral work, Indiana University

The Departr.1Emt of Accounting offers the Master of Science degree in Accounting. This program is closely associated with the MBA degree offered in Business Administration (see below) but differs in that it permits a hi gher degree of specialization in accounting. At least 30 percent of the course work for the degree will be in MBA ori ented courses. A student with a strong undergraduate emphasis in accountin g will have time for more. It is believed that accountants will function best in their capacity as management, tax and systems consultants when they know th e problems and motivation of management. Financial assistance is available in the form of graduate assistantships for outstanding candidates. Graduate assistants lead introduc-

tory section s of acco:mting or otherwise assist individual fac ulty members. USU also offers a limited number of research fe llowships which are open to all majors including acco unting students. The graduate program in accounting is open to all s tudents with a degree from an accredited coll ege or university upon approval of the admissions committee. The typical program is designed for the student with an undergraduate degree in accounting and should take three quarters to complete. Students without an accounting degree will formulate their program with the aid of their committee. Time required will vary according to the amount of accounting, economics and related bu siness courses in their undergraduate programs. A student with no previous accounting work

College of Business

s hould p lan for at leas t eigh t quarters. Th e fo llowin g requirements for the MS degree in Accounting must be met: 1. An acceptable undergraduate degree in Accounting (or a committee approved supplement referred to above ) .

2. Three courses selected from the fo llowing: IJA BA BA BA BA BA BA BA BA BA BA IJA

134 Production 149 Business Policy 218 Computer Management 230 Research Methods 235 Quantitative Methods 240 Free Enterprise and Public Policy 249 Adv. Bus. Pol icy 251 Adv. Mkt. Problems 271 Human Aspects of Admin. 281 Adv. Finance Prob. 291 Seminar in Management 292 Seminar in Lab. Relations

BA 293 Seminar in Soc. Respon. BA 294 Seminar in Organizational Behavior

3. BA 250

4. All of the following accounting courses: Acctg.

Acctg. Acctg. Acctg. Acctg. Acctg. Acctg. Acctg.

104 Adv ertising Acctg. 128 Adv. Incom e Tax 140 Theoâ&#x20AC;˘Âˇy 207 CPA Review 208 CPA Review 212 Cases in Cost Acctg. 221 Adv. Auditing 241 Controllership

E xarninations. Prior to admi ssion the candidate should take the Admi ssion Tes t for Graduate Study in Business and s ubmit the results with the application for ad mission. In ad dition, two major examinations are given: 1. A comprehensive written exa mination , durin g the last quarter of hi s classwork, to test his achievement and knowledge in the general area of bu siness and acco unting.

2. An oral examination on the argumentation an d content of the thesis or Plan B projects.

Accounting Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 100. Survey of Accounting Principles. For Engineering, Agricu lture, Family Life, Fore s~ try, Education, and oth er nonbus iness students.

(4F, W, Sp, Su)

Tezak

101, 102. Intermediate Accounting Principles. Modern analytical and interpretive aspects of account in g . Prerequis ites: Accounti n g 1, 2, ancl 3. 101 (4F, 4W) 102 (4W, 4Sp) Pierce, Barker

103, 104. Advanced Accounting. The study of special accounting problems. 103 (4F, 4Sp) 104 (4F, 4W) Cannon, Merrill 111. Industrial Cost Accounting. Job cos ting , process accounting, and s pecial cons iderations .

(5W)

Cannon

Acctg. 297 Seminar

112. Advanced Cost Acrounting. Standard

Acctg. 298 Seminar

cost ing, direct costing and advanced theory in cost accounting. (3Sp) N. Cannon

It should be noted that a mm1mum of 45 credits a s a graduate s tudent is n ecessary to meet the univer sity requirements.

Th esis. The usual University Th es is r equirem ent is met through two Plan B projects to be written in connection with Accounting 297, 298. If a student so des ires he may s ubstitute a thesis and up to 10 hours of cr ed it in Account in g 290 for the Plan B projects and Accountin g 297, 298.

119. Accounting Systems and Auto mation . The application of new m ethods of p rocess ing data to the various types of accounting reco rds

and accoun ting systems. (aF)

Staff

121. Auditing Theory and Practice. Princ iples and procedures assoc iated w ith accountin g ve rificatio n and audit practice. Prerequisite: a year o f intermed iate accounting. (4W, Sp)

Merrill 127, 128. Income Tax Accounting. A study of problems resulting irom the imp osition of taxes on income by the Federal Government, with emphasis on the accounting phases of

these problems. 127 (4F, Sp), 128 (4W ) N. Cannon

Business Administration 129 . Gove rnm ent Accounting. Bas ic principles underlying treatment of public and governmental accounts. Typi ca l topics for stu dy are: statutory funds, budgets, trust fund s, and

preparation of financia l reports.

(3W) Barker

140 . Accounting Theory. Histo ry and development of accou ntin g and fina ncial statements, thei1路 m ean ing and inte rpretation w ith s pecial emphasis o n cUJTent problems in account in g

t heory. ( 4W)

Merrill

199. Internship in Accounting. Practical expe rience with public accounting firms and approved business in the Intermountain and Pacifi c Coast Reg ion f or selected sen iors. Credit arranged, not to exceed 7 hours . (F,

W, Sp, Su)

N. Cannon

Cases in Cost Accounting. Cost Accountapp lication to management decision

212. i ng

mak in g. P rereQuisite: Accounting Ill. (3F) N. Cannon 22 1. Seminar in Auditing. Reading s and Cases in Auditing. Some practice in CPA review.

Merrill

(3Sp)

241. Seminar in Controllership. In vest igation of the function of the controller in a m odern business organization. Prerequisites: Intermed iate Accounting and graduate status-or

perm ission of t he instructor.

(3F)

201, 202. Advanced Accounting Principles. The study of special accounting problems. (3F, ~Sp) N. Cannon 206. CPA Law Review. Review of t he elements of business law. (3W) Daines 207, 208.

CPA Review. A course aimed at

guiding the student to the successful comp letion of the Certified Public Accountant exam ination. The staff w ill maintain advisory contact w ith student until this goal is reached.

12W, 3Sp) 209, 2\0.

Cannon Accounting

for

Man~gement

Con-

t roL An introduction to account ing at the graduate level. Emphasis is on the use o f accounting information in making business

295.

I ndep en d ~nt

R esearch

.and

Reading. Staff

297. Acco untin g Seminar. Seminar in a ccount in g theory. Will require completion of one Plan B project. BA 230 is recommended as

a foundation but not required . (3W)

Merrill

298. Accounting Seminar. Semi nar in Accou nting problems. Emphas is on special problems such as price-level accounting, leases, pension plans, statistical sampling, etc. A Plan

D project r equired. (3Sp) 400.

Cannon

Continuing Graduate Advisement. Grad-

uate students who have l'eceived maximum thesis credit, but w ho have not completed the thes i!i or dissertation , must enroll for a m inimum of threl:! credits, until the degree 路is completed. If the student doe!;; not comply, h is candidacy may be suspended and his supet-viSO I'Y

Merrill

decisions. (3F, W)

Merrill

290. Thesis. For students preparing a Master's degree t hesis. Credit a r ranged. (F, W , Sp, Su) Staff Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su)

GRADUATE COURSES

committee dissolved. (3F, 3W, 3Sp, 3 Su) Staff

Department of

Business Administration ACTING HEAD: HOWARD M. CARLISLE, Associate Professor; MS, University of vVi sconsi n; doctoral work, University of California DIRECTOR OF MBA PROGRAM: JOHN PhD, Purdue University OFF I CE: Main ROBERT P.

CRAGUN, Assistant Professor;

131

COLLIER,

Professor

and Dean,

College of Business

and

Social

Sciences; PhD, Stanford University VER!\'ON M. BUEHLER, Professor; PhD, George Washington Unive rsity L. M ARK NEUBERGER, Dean of Admissions and Records; Secretary to the Board of Trustees; Professor of Business Administration; EdD, Brigham Young Unive rsity REED R. DURTSCHI, Associate Professor and H ead, Department of Economics; PhD, Unive rsity of Washington

College of Business

EuGENE C. KARTCHNER, Associate Professor; DBA, University of Washington GLENN F. MARSTON, Associate Professor; MS, University of Utah; doctoral work, University of Washington DAVID R. DAINES, Assistant Professor; J.D., U niversit y of Utah MYRON L. DICKEY, Assistant Professor; University of Utah MARK J. NELSON, Assistant Professor; doctoral work, University of Oregon ALLEN KARTCHNER, Assistant Professor; PhD, University of Idaho ELROY McDERMOTT, Assistant Professor; PhD, Montana State University KRISHN A Y. SHETTY, Assistant Professor; MA, University of Califo rnia at Los Angeles TEo D. STODDARD, Assistant Professor; EdD, Arizona State University LAWRENCE C. TAYLOR, Assistant Professor and On-campus Coordinator of AID Business Program in Brazil; MS, Utah State University; doctoral work, Vanderbilt University SERGE N. BENSON, Lecturer; LLB, George Washington University

Master of Business Administnt,tion. Th e Department of Business Admini stration offers a Master of Business Administration degree. This degree is design ed to give the studen t special training of a general ma nagement nature aimed at providin g a background for advancement into supervisory or staff positions in business organizations. The MBA degree does not emphasize narrow specialization in one of the f unctional fields of bus iness; rather it is a general management degree ai med at developing potential business leadership. Training in the behavioral aspects of administration and in the n ewer quantitative tools is emphasized. The program provides small classes, int imate contact with professors, sign if icant individual flexibility , and a n emphas is on individual development t hrou gh utilization of the case stud y tech nique. The MBA degree is open to qualif ied graduate students r egardless of their und ergraduate major. Twoyea r a nd one-year programs a r e offered. The two-year program is established for undergraduate majors in engineerin g, psychology, sociology, fo r estry, liberal a rts, an d other disciplines outsi de of business, and consi sts of approximately

90 cr edits. To the extent that a student has h ad appropriate business experience or h as taken appropriate course work, a full two years may not be r equired. Th e one-year program is establi shed fo r students who majored in business at the undergraduate level, and cons ists of approxi mately 45 credits. Th e one-year program is t he same as th e second year of the two-year program. Th e first year (th e Basic Progra m ) of the two-year program is to provide the student skills and knowledge in the areas of statistics, mathematics, econom ics, accounting, production, finance, marketing, and human relations necessary to successfu lly handle the Advanced Program or second year curriculum. Students previously train ed in any of these areas will be exempted fro m taki ng course work in the Basic Program which duplicated prior academic training with the ap proval of t}Je Director of the MBA Program. The two programs offered consist of the fo llowing curriculum : Prerequisites

program-Math

and 66

or equ ivalent.

BASIC PROGRAM (First year of two-year program for nonbusiness jors)

undergraduate ma-

Busin ess Administration Credit

Title

Course

llA 13 1 Statis ti cs 13A 132 Statis t ics Acctg. 209 Accounting for Management Con tro l Acctg . 2 10 Accounting for Management Co n t ro l llA 204 S urvey o f Business Law IIA 13~ Manageme nt Concepts HA 1 ~4 Product ion Management BA 1!)1 Marketing Princ iples llA I i l Personnel Administration BA 180 Finan c ial Institutions BA 149 Bu s iness Po licy Ji~co n . I 00 Su rvey o f Econom ics I路~('On.

1 1

:::;lii"VPY nf E cono mic ~

ADVANCED PROGRAM (One-year program for business m ajors. Second year of two yea r program) Course

BA 212 BA 218 BA 235 BA 2o l BA 240 RA 250 BA 271 llA 28 1 BA 249

BA 292 11A

2H~

llA 294

Credit

Title Ad minis trat ive Contro l Computer and System s Management Quantitative Meth ods in Bus iness Advan ced Marketing P rob lems Free E n terpr ise and Pub lic Policy Manager ia l Economics Human A s pects o f Administra t ion Advanc ed F in a nce Pro bl em s Advance d nus iness Policy Semi na r in Manage ment Theo ry Sem inar in Labor Re lations Sem inar in Soc ial Hespo ns ibi1ity Sem in ar in Organ iza tion B ehavio r

r eports under the direction of a s upervisory committee, or (2) he may take a three-course sequ ence whi ch r esults in th e completion of two Bus iness Reports. The course seq uence is as follows:

3 3

3 3 3 3

Option: T hes is o r P lan B, BA 290, or Bus iness Report Seq ue n ce: BA 230 - Bus in ess Research Methods B A 231 - Bu s iness Proble ms B A 232 - Bu s iness Problem s II

T o ta l Adva n ced Program

As noted above, two options are offered in the MBA program. (1) A student may either complete a t hesis (Plan A) or two Plan B

BA 230 - Business R esearch Metho<ls BA 23 1 - Bus in ess Problem s I BA 232 - Bu s in ess Probl em s II

Credits 3 3

If the stud ent selects the Business Repo rt option, hi s work is dir ected by the class in structors and not his supervisory committee. Students taking the thesis or Plan B option may take BA 230, but they a re not permitted to regi ster for BA 231 or BA 232. Nine credit hours are g iven for successful complet ion of the thesis or Plan B option . Up to nin e hours of electives are permitted in the program with th e ap proval of the stud ent's advisor a nd t he Director of the MBA Prog ram . Electives are approved only in certa in instances wher e a student has a uniqu e need for specialization an d where an acceptable program can be arran ged .

Admission. The Admi ssion Committee for the MBA P rogram consi der s the following four factors in r eviewing applications: (1) Undergrad uate grad e-point average. A 3.0 grade-point is desired, a lthough stud ents with grade-points less than thi s are considered if other aspects of their application are highly favorable. (2) Th eir score on the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Bus iness. This test is g iven four times annually on a national basis by the Educational T esting Service. For information and test schedules, write the Admiss ion Test for Graduate Study 'S tudent is to tak e t hree of the f ou r seminars of fered. The fourth seminar may be substit uted f or o ne o-f the other courses.

College of Busi路ness

in B usi n ess, Educational T esting Ser vice, Box 966, Princeton, N ew Jersey 08540. Applicants must submi t scores on this examination . (3) References to be submitted by three for mer instructors or associatE's. ( 4) Personal interviews with facultv member s if necessary. ,\pplication. should be made to the Dean of the School of Graduate Studi es .

Adviso1路 and SupeTvisor-y Committee. In general the Director of th e MBA Program wi ll serve as the student's advisor a s far as course work is concerned. Supervisory committees will be appointed depending on the option the student select s as follows: If the student selects the thesis ot路 Plan B option, a supervisory committee will be appo inted at the time t he subject (s) is a pproved. Th e responsibi lity of the committee wi ll be to approve th e student's application for candidacy, advise on research, and conduct th e Final Oral Examination. If t he student selects to take the Business R eport classes, a s uperviso r y committee wi ll be a ppo inted wh en the student enrolls in hi s second Business Report class. The committee will normall y include the two faculty m embers s uperv isin g t he student's r eports plus hi s a dvisor . The responsibility of the co mmittee will be to approve the ,; tudent's app li cation for cand idacy, and co nduct the Fin a l Oral Examinatio n. Enoninations. All students w ill be r equired to pass the fo llowing two examination s: L A comprehens ive Written Examination after h e has s uccessfull y co mpleted 27 o1路 more cr ed its f r om t he advanced program. Students mu st answe r question s fro m five of the seven sub a r eas contained in th e examinat ion . Details about the ex-

amination can be obtained from the Directo r of the MBA Program. 2. A Fi na l Master's Exam in a tion (see P a r t I of catalog) conducted by the stud ent's supe rvi sory committee. Th e examination typically cover s the con te n t of the thesis or business reports (depen din g on whi ch option is selected) an d other subj ect matter represen t in g the student 's qualifications . Remedial work may be required by the committee prior to gr anting t he degree. Financia l Assistance. Graduate Ass istantships a nd Fellowships are avai lable to outstanding students. The University Resea rch F ellowships a r e granted by the School of Graduate Stud ies. Application should be ma de directly to the School of Graduate Studi es by February L Graduate Ass istantships are avvard ed by the Department of Business Admini st r at ion a nd generall y r a nge betwee n $1,000 a nd $2,000 for nine month s dependin g on the time the recipient devotes. Gra dua te Assi stants participate in t he grad in g of paper s, perform some r esear ch studies, an d occas iona ll y instruct in th e intr oductory b usiness courses. Application for ass istantships mu st be made by March 15 to the Head of t h e Department of Bus in ess Admini str ation . GRADUATE AND UN DERGRADUATE COURSES 113. Business Simulati on. P rin c iples o f Model Building a nd a s im u lat ion of act ual business p rob le ms as pract ice in decision mak in g. 12S p) Staff 117 . Introduction to S tored Programming. l3asic Compu ter logic, flow c h art in g, routines, cod ing, libnuy p rogram , and data process in g application to bus iness. (3Sp) Kartchner 11 8. Procedure Deve lopment. Princi ples of job planning and procedure development as applied to the electric account ing machine method o f keeping records and process ing

statist ical da ta.

(3 W )

l{artchner

Bminess Adm,in istration 11 9. Accounting S ys tems and Automation. The app li cat io n of new methods of processing d ata t o t h e va ri ous types of accou ntin g rccnrrls an d accounti n g system s. (3F) Kartchner 131. Bus in ess Statistics. Probability, s tatis ti<'al i n fer e n ces , stati st ical desc ripti on s , fr e(luency dis tdbution s , s imple linear regress ion and co r relation, and analys is of var ia nc e and cova ri a n ce. Pre1·equis ites: Math 35 , 60, 66 . (3F, W, S u ) Kartchn e r

Business Statistics. T ime se ries analysis , multiple regression, samplin g, statis tical quality contr ol. PrerE>quisite: BA 1 ~ 1 . (3W, Sp, Su) Kartchner 132.

133. Managem ent Conce pts. The investigat ion :1n d application o f f undamental co n ce pts of management and or ga nization theory. Pre· t·equ is ite: Juni or s tanding or above. Bus iness majol'S s h ould ta k e this course fall o r winter INm of th e Junior yea r. (3F, W, Sp , Su) Taylor, Shetty, Carlisle

134. Production. A study of t h e production f un ction and its problems, co n sidering inte r relati o n ships w ith o ther bus iness act i vities. Focuses on t h e m a nagerial aspects of: product io n planning, procuremen t, inventory control, production co ntrol, quality co ntrol, layout, meth o ds improvement, perfo1mance ::;ta ndards, and bas ic industri a l processes. Prerequ isites: nA 131, 133, Math 35, 66. (5W, Sp, Su) Kartchner 1:16. Procurem ent and Production Control. A :.t.udy of t h e pla nni ng and direct con tro l of materia ls a nd p rodu cti on act iv ities. Broad top ics covered include: indus trial purchas ing, the planni n g a n d control of i nventories, and the p lanning and control of production. Prerequis ites : BA 133, 1~4. Mfg En gin 56, 148, r,,. P.ll uivalent. (5F) S taff 13 7. Production Management II. Not o ffe r ed 1968-69.

141. Real Estate. Introduction to rea l estate recent contracts, for m s, princ iples, and Lowe federal h ousing legis lation. (3W) 142. Advanced Problems in Real Estate. Ad van ced course in finan cial a nd management problem s rega rdin g the use a nd d evelopment of rea l propert y. (3S p) Lowe 143. Bus in ess Communications . The developme n t of psych olog ically sound and effective bus iness w ri t ing. All outs id e assig nm ents must be in typewritten form. Prerequ is ites: Eng1. I, 2, 3. (3F, W, Sp, Su) Stoddard

149. Business Policy. A coo rdinating course to develop perspective, judgment, and f aci li ty in solvin g p rob lems in production, dis tribution, pe:rson n el , finance, contrcl, and soc ial a spect s o f bus iness . Prerequis ites : BA 132, 133, 150, 151, 171, 181. (5W , Sp, Su) Shetty, Carlisle

Managerial Accounting. Emphas izes th e use o f accounting as a too l of control for manage me nt. Majo r aspects in cl ude budget and managerial contro l, break-even ana lys is, scle>ction i f alte rna tives . Pre requ i s ite~: Ace. 1, 2, 3, BA 132, 133 . (5F, W, Sp) Staff 150.

151. :M arketing Principles. D escribes, a n a lyzes , and evaluates our present m a rk eting system . Provides bas ic tools an d background for un de rstan ding marketing princip les. (5F, W , Sp, Su) McDermott

152 . Marketing P r oblems and Cases. D evoted to t he analysis of ma rke t ing case p r obl ems. P t·e 1·cqu is ite : Marketin g 15 1 o r permiss ion of James th e instru cto1·. (5 W , Sp) 153. Marketing Readings and Research. Prov ides perspective by studying t he changing m arket en v ironmen t and outl ook as condit ione rs of ou r material wel far-e. Prerequis ites: Marketing 151. (5Sp) James 154.

Purchasing.

N ot

offered

1968-69.

138. Quantitative Methods For Production Management. A study o f t h e app lication of qua n t itative tec hniques for a nalys is to selected production problems. T opics cover ed include: t he use cf grap hic and sch em at ic m odels, PERT, statistical process co ntrol, sam pling ins pection, an d an introduction to t h e use of lin ear pr ogTamming. Prerequisites: BA 132, Mfg En~in 1<1R, or equ iva lent. (4Sp) Kartchn e r

155. Management of International Operations. Emphasis on in ternat ion al financial a nd ma rketing problems. Dea ls with U .S. Busin ess pla nnin g to oper ate abroad. Specif ically covet'S areas of exc h a n ge rates, tariffs , European Common Market, marketing products in underdeve loped eco n omies. Prereq uis ites: BA 13~ . 151, 181. (5F) Shetty

140. Insura nce. Stud ied from the s tandp oint of t he consumer of insurance serv ices. Topics treated include: types of life, p roperty, and ca sualty insu rance co n tract; nature and uses o f life a nd property insu rance; life insurance as an investme n t; and the organ iza t ion, managem ent, and gove rnm ent superv ision of insu ran ce co mp a nies. (3F, Sp) Daines

156. Principles of Advertising. Inte nded for those who as business execu t ives may direct adve r tising p r ogram s. Includes s tudy of the structure of a dv ertisemen ts for d ifferent products, choice o f media, consumer r esear ch, a nd t h e work o f ad vertising departmen ts and agencies. Prereq uis ite: RA 151. (5F) McDermott

()6

College of Business

160. Sales Management. A broad view of important phases o f sales administration, planning, and execution applied to manu~ facturing and wholesale concerns. Deals s pecifically with tht! structure and functioning of sales organ ization and corre lation of its activities with those of production a nd other departments of the business enterprise. Pre1路equis ite: 151. (3W, Sp) McDermott 161. Principles and Problems in Retailing. The marketing process from the viewpoint of t he retaiJ distributor: types of retail institutions, accounting and statistics, location, sto re layout, merchandise classification, service policies, pricing, brand policies, buying, merchandise control, advertising and sales promotion, general organ ization and adm inistratio n policies. Prerequisite: BA 161. (5W) Lowe 171. Personnel Administration. Critical analysis of problems of human relations that co nfront the manager of a business enterprise and of policies and method' of dea ling effectivel y with these problems. Lectures, problems, and selected cases. (5F, W, Sp, Su) Shetty, Marston, Cragun

174 . Employment Practices. Application of personnel management techniques to the industrial problem related to recruitment, selection and placement of employees. (3F) Marston 175. Wage and Salary Administration. Analys is o f compensation policies and programs, job evalu at ion programs, job pricing, wage and s ala1y su rv eys, administration and other 1路e lated problems . (3W) Marston

178. Problem Personnel and Industrial Relations. Application of principles of personnel adminis tration to specific personnel and inrlustrial rel at io ns problems commonly found in indu stry. Case studies and problems are e mphas ized . (3Sp) Marston 180. Financial Institutions. The function s and economic s ignificance of the major financial ins titutions in the American economy. A review of the role played by these institutio n s in supp lying loanable funds to cons um e r s , bus iness , and govern ments. Spec ia l emp has is o n the ro le of commercial banks as t h e major supp lier of s h ort-term credit in the economy. Prerequisite: Econ 51, 52; Acct. 1, 2, 3; Math 60. (3F, W, Sp) Nelson, Taylor 181. Corporation Finance. How the corporation raises and manages its capitaL A study of mode rn financial princi pl es, m ethods, po1icies, and inst itutions. Corporate organization, creation, and reorganizat ion . Prerequisites: BA 180. (5F, W, Sp) Nelson

182. Problems in Finance. The applicatfion of bas ic principles of finance to specific cases and problem s of a typical nature. Prerequisites : BA 181, Economics 165. (3W) Nelson

184. Credit Administration. Not offered 19681969. 185. Investments. Common s tock and bond valuation th eol'ies . Inves tment portfolio pract ices. Analys is of secu rity types as inves路t ment alternatives for individuals and ins titlll tions. Prerequ isites : Econ 51, 52; BA 180. (F, W) Nelson 186. Security Analysis. Special methods used in analysis of industrial, public utility, railroad and other securities . Taxatio n of in vestmen t income and its relatio n s to investment policy. Development of principles for timing and selection of secu rities for investment portfo lios. Prerequis ite: BA 185. (W, Sp) Nelson 204. Survey of Business Law. A detail e d in~ vestigation of the law and business, especially the application o f State and Federal ]a ws to free enterpr ise and business operations. The law involved in business transactions espec ially as it appl ies to property used in business. The legal basis for the co nduct of modern economic activity. (3F) Daines Administrative Control. Management techn iq ues in administrative control through the use of budgetary and accounting data. Emphas izes interpretation of accounting data f or managerial purposes. (3F) Taylor 212 .

218. Co mpute r and Systems Management. A st udy of the computer as a management control system and its r o le in modern society. In vestiga t ion of system s analys is and design a s they relate to management activities. (3F) Staff

230 . Business Research Methods. Methods and techn iques of col lect in g, analyzing, and interp retin g bu s iness data. (3F) Kartchner 23 1. Bus iness Problems I. Each stud ent is to undertake ind ependently a business s tudy culminating in o ne major business report. Seminar ana lys is of top ics, conten ts and research methods used. P r e reQuis ite : BA 230, Business Research Methods. Open on l y to nonthesi~ MBA students . Meets requiremen t s of one Bus iness Hcport. (3W, Sp, Su) Staff

232. Business Problems II . Each s tudent is to undertake independently a bu siness stu dy culminating in one major business report. Sem inar ~naly s is of topics, contents, and research methods used. P 1路e l'equ is ites : BA 230 and 231. Open only to n o nthes is MBA students. Meets requirements f or one Business Report. (3Sp, Su) S t aff

Business Education 235. Quantitative l\'lethods in Business . Stud y and a n alys is of var ious statistical models and their application to the decision-making func· t ion of t h e modern bus i nes s adm inistrator. Deals w ith quantitative methods for decision making under conditio ns of certainty, risk , nn rl uncerta inty. (3W) Kartchner 240. Free Enterprise and Public Policy. The problems involved in do ing bus iness w ith t h e Government. Public poli cies with regard to: government procurement, research and d eve lop~ ment, production, pei-sonnel practices, con trac ting, 1·enegotiation, contract termination, owner s hip of facilit ies , marketi ng a nd pricing, etc. i3W) Ca rlisle

249. Adva n ced Business Policy. Analysis of p r oblem s from a managerial point of view, con side1·ing all fu nct io n s and policy areas. Integ rates subject matter of marketing, produ ctio n, finance, accounting, personnel and oth er associated a r eas in case problems typically fa ced by mana ge m e n t. (3S p) Carlisle 250 . Managerial Economics. The integration of eco nomic theo ry with bus iness practice and policies for the purpose of facilitating decis ionmaking and forward planning. (3F) Durtschi 251. Advan ced Marketing Problems. An advanced case approach to curren t marketing management problems. Emphasis on concepts, researc h, tech niques, dec is ion making, and marketing strategy development. (3W) McDermott 271. Human Aspects of Administration. An investigation o f p ro bl ems related to th e proper nse of human r es ou r ces in business a nd in d us try, a nd their effects on administrative policies and decisions. (3S) Cragun 281. Advanced Finance Problems. An analytic treatment in depth in selected areas of fi-

nancial management desig n ed to further the s tudent's understa nding of the finan cial management fun ction a nd the importance it has to t h e firm. (3W) Nelson 290. Thesis. For students preparing a Master's degree thes is. Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff

291. Semina r in Management Theory. This seminar is d i rected at r ev iew ing and evaluating t h e r ecent theor ies of manage ment and organization. Traditional theories are analyzed in term s of t he impact of the behavioral an d mathematical sc iences. (3F) Carlisle 292. Seminar in Labor Relations. Seminar in the theo1Ty of the labo r m ovement and the J'O lP. of labor in today's industrial soc iety. (3W) Marston 293. Seminar in Social Responsibility. An ana lys is of soc ial responsibility concepts and ana ly ti c discuss ion of the iss ues in social respo ns ibility con fronti ng bus inessm e n in their relations with employees, their customers, and the public a nd government. (3Sp) Daines 294. Organizational Behavior. A graduate sem in a r to s tudy the behavioral philosophies an d theories basic to an understand ing of human behavior in organizations. (3F, Su) C ragun 295 . Independent Research and Reading. Cred·· it arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff ~00.

Con tinu ing Graduate Advisement. Graduate students wh o have 1·eceived ma xi mum t h es is cr ed it, but w ho have not completed the thesis o r dissertation, must enroll f or a minimum of t h ree cred its, unt il the degt·ee i~ completed . lf the student does not com ply, his cand idacy may be suspended an d his sup ervisory committee dissolved. (3F, 3W , 3Sp, 3Su) Staff

Department of

Business Education and Office Administration HEAD: THEODORE W. IVARIE , Assistant Professor; EdD, Arizona State University OFFICE: Main 347 DIRE CTOR OF GRADUATE STUDIES IN BUSINESS EDUCATION: TED D. STODDARD, Assistant Professor; EdD, Arizona State University OFFICE: Main 343

College of Business

L. MARK NEUBERGER, Professor; Dean of Admissions and Records; ,)ecretary to the Board of Trustees; EdD, Brigham Young University DONA FAY FROST, Associate Professor; EdD, University of North Thkota DONALD A. NF.LLERM OE, Associate Professor; EdD, University of Nort1. Dakota FLORIS S. OLSEN, Associate Professor ; MS, Utah State University GARTH A. HANSON Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State University; doctoral work, Texas Technological College HELEN LUNDSTROM, Assistant Professor and Dean of Women; MBA, University of Denver GARY RICHARD SMITH, Assistant Professor; doctoral work, University of Idaho .JF.RRY LEE WooD, Assistant Professor; MS, Oregon State University; coctoral work, University of Colorado The Maste r of Science degree is available to business educa tion stud ents who a re planning to teach or who are teaching in an a r ea of business. The sequences are availab le during the regular aca demi c year, a nd th ey are also available for s umm er school students. Attendance at t hree s ummer sess ion s s hould e n ab le a s tud en t with an adeq u ate background to co mpl et e eit h er program. S ummer workshops attract national leader s in bookkee ping, shorthand, typ in g, marketin g, and re lated areas. W ell -q ualifi ed teachers, modern, up-to-date equipment, and a progress ive curri culum make Utah State University a n excellent choice for stud ents and teachers w h o w ish to continu e th eir train in g in Business Ed ucation or Marketing Education. 1. The rollow i ng courses are to be taken by

all Uus ine!ls and Marketing Education master's deg ree majo1路s : B.E. 250, Iss ues a nd Trends in Bus i路 ness Education .. U.E. 260, The Business Curricu lum . B.E. 280, Seminar in Business Educa tion 2 D.E. 290, Research in Bus iness Edu~ cat ion Cr. arr. Bus iness Education majors s hould select a minimum of two courses f1路om th e following: B.E. 210, Impi路ovement of In struction in Typewriting . B.E. 220, Improvement of Instruction in Shorthand and Transcription 3

D.E. 230, Impro vement of In structi on in Bookk eeping and Accounting .. B.E. 240, l mprovemen t of Ins truct ion in Bas ic Business B.E. 255, Office Techn o logy .

T he following course s hould be completed by Market in g Education 1najors: B.E. 240, Imp rovement of Ins truction in llasic Bu s iness 2. Business Education majors rr. m t comple te t he following : a. A minimum of 25 credits in Business Education. A maximum of 6 workshop hours may be i ncluded in the 25 hours requ ired. b. A m inimum of 9 cred its in courses in the fi elds of Business Admin ist ratio J. , Account~ ing, and/or Economics . (Th ese counes may be on t he 100 or 200 level. ) c. A min im um of 12 credits in :he genera l fie ld of education and psychology. (These cou rses may be on th e 100 o r 200 level.) 3. Ma rket in g Educaton majors must plete the f ollowing:

co m~

a. A minimum of 15~18 hours :n Business Education. A max imum of 6 worlishop hours may be in c luded in these h ours. b. A minimum of 15-18 hours :n Business Administration . (These courses may be on the I 00 or 200 level.) c. A min im um of 12 cred its in ~ h e general fi eld of education and p sych ology. (Th ese courses may be on the 100 Ol' 200 level.) 4. Students in Business or Market ing Educatio n will be permitted to fo llow eithe r P lan A or Plan B as desc ribed o n pages 10-11. 5. Stude nts w ill be e xpected to present the equ ival e n t of an undergradu ate major in business or do suf ficient backgrou nd work in business to provide for the equivalent of an undergraduate major. 6. The maximum cred it allowed on thes is in Bus iness o r Market ing Education will be 9 c redits and a maximum of 3 credits on projects under Plan B.

Bmincss Educa!io11

Business Education Courses GRADUATE AND {INDERGRADUATE COURSES 150. Philosophy of Distributive Education . Philoso phy o f vocational bu s iness edu cation with s pec ial emp has is on the importan ce of distrib u ti ve educat ion in a fr ee enterprise syste m . (3 F ) Smith 155. Methods of Teaching DE and Cooperative BE. Ins tru ct io nal me t hods and coordinat ion tec hni ques in vo lved in teaching cooperative business and distributive educatio n. Includes instruction a l mate rials , indi v idual in s tru ction kits, finding and maintai ning train in g station s , selectio n of stud ents. des irability o f adviso ry co mmi ttees and student club activities. Prerequ is ite: RE 150 or instru ctor's permiss ion. r:1 W\ Smith 178. Methods of Teaching Business nons killed . A s tudy of th e m e thods of teac hin g a s appli ed to bas ic co urses : General Busin ess, Business Law, Bus iness Principles, Business Arithm etic, E cono mic Geog raphy, etc . Also a study o f met h ods app licable to recordkeeping and bookkeep ing. Th is course is de~ s igned f o r t he inexperien ced bus iness teac her ed ucation s tud en t. (3F, Sp ) Motley, Wood 179. Methods of Teaching Typewriting and Office Practice . Instructiona l meth ods and new dev e lop ments in teac hing of typewr iting . Method s fo r building a cc uracy, speed, and in~ creasin g prod uct ion ; work standards ; classroo:n equ!pment and mate~:ia ls . Al ~o . includes instructional methods and materials in teaching of office practice and bus iness machin es , class o r gan ization plans, eq uipm ent needs, cooperative training, s tandards and evaluation . For the inexperien ced bu si ness teac he r educati on s tudent. (3W, S) Frost, Stoddard 180. Methods of Teaching Shorthand and Transcription . I nstru ctional methods and mate ri als in t he tea ching o f sh01·thand, t ransc rip t ion, bus iness English, filing and secretar ial procedure. Includes facto r s affecting s peed building a nd standards and grading in s ho r thand, and transcrip t ion. For the inexperienced bus iness teac her education s tudent. (3F , W ) Frost, Olsen

(i9

GRADUATE COURSES 210. Improvement of Instruction in Typewriting. A s tudy o f the bas ic fa ctors o f ty pe wr iting s kill and impro ve ment o f methods a nd techniques in typewriting for the experienced bus iness teacher. (3Su a nd as needed) Nellermoe, Stoddard 220. Improvement of Instruction in Shorthand and Transcription . D es ign ed for in-serv· ice teach er s o f s h orthand and transcr iption. A s tudy o f improved methods and t ec hniques appl icable to t h e teaching of s h o •·thand and rel ated courses in the high sch ool a nd junior college level. (3Su and as needed ) Stoddard, Frost 230. Improvement of Instruction in Book· keeping and Accounting. Des igned for the in-service t eacher of book k eeping and acco unting. A s tudy of improved m eth ods a nd techniques for in-servi ce bu s iness teach e r s at the secondary and at college level. (3Su and a s n eeded) Motley 240 . Improvement of Instruction in Basic Business. An a nalys is o f m eth ods and techniques employed in t h e t eachin g of basic bus in ess courses. Also, study of t h e fun ction and purpose of the bas ic business cou r ses. (~S u and as needed) Motley, Ivarie 245. Cooperative Programs in Bus iness Educat ion. W ork sh op and r esearch activities for t he hich ~chool teacher Stl.p P.rv is in p, a work-expe ri enc e program. (RSu) Smith 250. Issues a nd Trends in Busin ess Educa· tion. An ana lysis of th e pertinent iss ues and tre nds in education that pertain to a bu s iness as wel l a s to t hose issues and tre nds t ha t are inhe rent in business ed ucation itse lf. (3Su and a s nee ded) Stoddard, Motley 255 . Office Technology. Adjustm en t to techn ological ch anges t hat are occu rring in office occupati on s. A look at data syst em s , pe riphera l offi ce equipment, a nd methods pe rtinen t to curriculum improvement. (3Su and as needed) Motley, lvarie

185. Managing Personal Finances. Designed to aid in meeting the g r ow ing co mplexi t y of pers onal finances; h ow to avoid financial e n~ tanglem ents , h ow to h andle in sta llme n t buying, borrow ing- money, o wning or renting a home, inves tin g and speculation in sec uri t ies, everyday legal problems dealing w ith illness , <Iea t h. pe rs onal tax es . (5W. Su) Wood

260 . The Business Curriculum . An a nalys is of the principles, concepts, methods , and pro~ cedu r es of s tudying, ch a n g ing a nd constructi on of bus iness offerings, in th e secondary schools a nd colleges s o as to better meet the needs of stu dents. ( 3Su a nd as n eeded) Nellermoe, Stoddard

189. Principles of Business Edu cation. The s tudy of current problem s in Bus iness Educat ion and a survey of the recent lite rature in t h e f ield. (3F ) Ivarie

262. Evaluation of Busin ess Education. D etailed analyses of s urvey and m easuring dev ices in b usiness educat io n s ubj ec t s. (3Su and as needed ) Stoddard

College of Business

264. Implementation of Business Education. Depar t m enta l and classroom problems related to th e organization and implementat ion of business edu cation curriculums, equipment gu idance, in路serv ice tra inin g, and personnel. The regulation o f vocational bus iness education programs by state and federal agencies. (3Su and a s needed) Ivarie 266. Philosophy of Vocational Business Education. Deve lopment of a modern philosophy of vocational bus iness education. (3Su and as needed) Motley 267. Supervised Work Experience. Active participation in app roved business offices for the purpose of gaining work experience directly related to office education. Selection of training stations must be approved by college superviso r at least one quarter ahead of registration. Credit arranged. (Su and as needed) Stoddard 268. Vocational Team Teaching. Student teaching at the graduate level in approved high school cooperative work-experience programs or simulated block programs. A teamteaching philosophy will be employed as the cooperating teacher and student teacher attempt to provide for students' ind ividual differences. Credit arranged. (Su and as needed) Stoddard 270. Workshop in Business Education. Special workshops on selected issues , trends, and principles in Business Education. (1-6Su) Staff 271. Workshop in Business Education. Intens ive one- to five-day workshop on pressing issues and trends in business education. ( lSu) Staff 272. Workshop in Business Education. Intens ive one-o r two-week workshop o n principles, issues and trends in bus iness education. (2Su) Staff 273. Workshop in Business Education. A twoweek works h op on current trends and issues applying to s pecialized o r general fi elds in business educatio n. (3Su) Staff

280. Seminar in Business Education. An a nalys is of r esearch methods applicable to bus iness education. (2Su and as needed) lvarie. Stoddard 290. Research in Business Education. Selection and researching the problem or problems 路required under Plan A or Plan B of the graduate study r equ irement. Credit arranged. (F. W, Sp, Su) Staff 295. Independent Research and Credit arranged. (F. W. Sp. Su)

Reading. Staff

400. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Graduate students who have received maximum t hes is credit. but who h ave not completed the t h es is or dissertation, must en ro ll f or a minimum of three credits, until the degree is completed. If the student does not comply, his candidacy may be suspended and his su perviso ry committee dissolved . (3F. ~W. ~Sp. 3Su.) Staff

Office Administration Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 167. Office Practice. Training in use of dictating and transc ribing machines, photocopy equipment, varityper, and s pirit, stencil and offset duplicato rs. Prerequisite: OA 42. (2F. w. Sp, Su) Hanson 175. Office Management. Emphasis on princ iples of office management, duties and responsibilities of the office manager, types of organization, methods of control, o ffice arrangement and equ ipment, job analysis, selection, employment and training of employees. Prerequis ite: Economics 51, 52. (3F) Motley, Frost 186. Secretarial Procedures. Office routines are stud ied, with spec ial emphasis on use of reference books, transportation and travel, use of telephone, telegraph, and cablegram services , financial records, writing for publication, minutes and meetings . (3W, 3Sp) F r ost

Department of

Economics HEAD: REED ington

OFFICE: Main

DURTSCHI, Associate Professor;

PhD, University of Wash-

322

DIRECTOR OF MASTER'S PROGRAM IN ECONOMICS: BARTELL SEN, Associate Professor; PhD, Purdue University OFFICE: Main

328

JEN-

Economics

Ill. .,

LEONARD J. ARRINGTON, Professor; PhD, University of North Carolina ROBERT P. COLLIER, Dean, College of Business and Social Sciences; Professor; PhD, Stanford University VERNON L. ISRAELSEN, Emeritus Professor; PhD, University of Wisconsin EVAN B. MURRAY, Emeritus Professor; MS, Utah State University; doctoral work, University of Chicago GLENN F. MARSTON, Associate Professor; MS, University of Utah; doctoral work, University of Washington GARY B. HANSEN, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State University, doctoral work, Cornell University KENNETH LYON, Assistant Professor; MS , University of Chicago; doctoral work, University of Chicago ROGER A. SEDJO, Assistant Professor; MA, University of Illinois; doctoral work, University of Washington.

The Department of Economics offers work leading to the Master of Science, Master of Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in Economics. Candidates for the masters degree in Economics must take the following or equivalent undergraduate courses: Economics 106, 107, 108, 140, 165; Statistics 131, 132, or BA 131, 132. Citizens of the United States are also required to take Economics 123, or 125 or 126, and 170. All candidates except those specializing in economic history, labor econ omics, or teaching at the high school level are also required to take E conomics 190, 191, 192. Th e usual candidate is expected to complete a thesis as part of the requirements for the Master of Science or Master of Arts degree. In this case a minimum of 45 credit hours is r equired . This includes 9 to 12 hours of thesis credit, and a minimum of 16 hours of graduate economics courses numbered above 200. The balance of credit hours may be taken from any upper division or graduate courses in economics or related fields with the approval of the chairman of the masters program . Courses which must be included are Economics 203, 207, and 208. Successful completion of a

comprehensive examination and thesis defense is also required. Students with undergraduate degrees in economics or closely related fields should be able to complete thesis requirements in three or four quarters. For students desiring a nonthesis option, a minimum of 65 credit hours is required . This includes not less than 28 hours of graduate economics courses number above 200. ( In certain cases approved 200 level coun;es i:1 related fields may be used to meet these requirements.) Th e balance of credit hours may be taken from any upper division or graduate courses in economics or related fields with the approval of the chairman of the masters prog ram. Courses which must be included are Economics 203, 207, and 208. Successful completion of a comprehensive examination with emphasis on required graduate courses is also required. Usually thi s examination will be scheduled during the fifth quarter of work. Students with undergraduate degrees in economics or closely related fields should be able to complete th ese requirements in five or s ix quarters. The Department also offers the PhD degree. Req u irements for t he doctorate are shown in t h e Inter-

College of Business

departmental Curriculum in Economics. Graduate research is promoted throu gh departmental relationship with the University Research Council, the In stitute of Economic Research , and other private and public agencies . Students who plan to do graduate work in Economics should have or plan to acquire good training in Mathematics, Statistics, and Languages.

Economics Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 106. History of Economic Thought. Study of t he orig in and development of economic t heories of leading thinkers in Western civi lization from 1750 to now. (3F) • LeBarron 107. Micro-economic Theory. Theory a n a lyzing the econom ic behavior. of h ouseho lds and business f irms within t he f r amewurk of private capita lism. ( 4F, W) Durtschi I 08. Income a nd Employment Theory. An analys is of the underlyi ng causes of unemployment economic in stability, in flation a nd economic g rowth . (4W, Sp) Durtschi 123. Introduction to Labor. Provides a br oad view of the eco nomic, social a nd political sou rces an d manifestations of the labormanagement relationship. (3W) Hansen I 25. Trade U nionism and Collective Bargaining. Describes and analyzes the formulation and adm inistering of collective agreemen ts between labor and management. (3W) Hansen 126. T rade-Un ionis m and the Law_ The legal frame-work of t he trade union activity; res trictive, penniss ive, a nd promotional legislation; the judiciary and labor. (3W) Murray 127. Social Security. Survey of the main divis ions of socia l security legislat ion ; workmen's compen sation, legal minimum wage, regulation of hours, unemployment compen· sation , old age insuran ce, family wage systems and heal t h insurance. (3Sp, Su) Murray 135 . Transportation Economics. The emphas is is upon rail road transportation in t he Un ited States. Economic principles tha t under· lie rate st ructures and work of regulatory agen cies. (3W) Israels on

140. International Economic Rela ions. Basic econom ic relat io nshi p between inmstrial nat ions, trade restr ictions, intern a ion a l debt a nd finan ce and means of promothg p r ogress based on so und eco nomics. (5Sp ) Sedjo

147- Public Utilities. A study of the characte ristics of public utilities, reguutory commissions, rate struct ures , rate d is<rimination, finance, a nd rates of returns. (3S J) Jsraelsen 150. Communist Economics. HistOJy a nd economic t heories of Marxism, the o·gan izat ion of Communist economies, and t h t econ omic polic ies and problems of Russ ia, J hina, and other Communist countries. (3Sp) Arrington

155- Public Finance a nd Fiscal Pol cies. Principles involved in establishing t1e general property tax, in come tax, death ttxes, taxes upon bus iness, social insurance ta}es; effects of t axes in the American E conom} ; wa r and postwar finance. (3W) Israelson 156. Special Problems in State a nd Local Finance. A criti cal examin at ion tf the tax s tructure of Utah and its abil ity to finance public serv ices. Alternative sources of r evenue and the school finance program v iii receive special cons ideration. (2W) Israelson 165_ Money and Banking. Devehpment of our present monetary and bankitg system; a criti cal analysis of central banking. (5F, W, Sp, Su) Lyon 170. Economic History of the U n ited States. Development of agricu lture, industry, labor. transportation and finance from colmial times to now. (5W) Arrington 171. Economic and Business F lucha tions . Ins tability in aggregate economic attivity a nd r ate of growth. Business Cycles- th eir history, nature, and causes. Forecas tin .r and cont rol of instability and cycles. (5F, 5W, 5Sp) Collier 174. Business and Government. Tle role of the giant corporation in modern eco n omic life ; public regulations of monJpo ly and competitive practices; international and domestic cartels; a lternative poli !y to'Fard business. (3F, Su) Arrington 175.. Eco n omic History of Fa r West. Development of agl' iculture, industry, :ra nsportat ion, and finance of t he Far West w ith special attention to the economic dev elopmen t of Utah . (3 credits) Arrington

180. Economic Development. Theo ries a nd principles of economic development, character istics and problems of underdeveloped and develop in g countries, altern ative techniques an d policies for the promotion of growth a nd development. (3 W) Whaley

Economics

190. Quantitative Economics I. A study of the principal mathematica l formulations used in economic ana lysis. Designed to acquaint the s tudent w ith t h ose aspects of economic theory typica11y formulated in mathematical terms. P rPrequ is ite: Math ~5 and Econ 107 . (3F) Jensen

eva luation of current issues in labor activities. Prerequ is ite : Econ 123 or 126. (3Sp) Hansen

Quantitative Economics II. Contin ua ti on Econ o mi cs 190. Prerequis ite: Econo mics 190. f3W) Jen.en

255. Seminar in Public Finance. A critical rev iew of t he cu rre nt li te r ature in the field of pub1ic finance. Prerequisite: Econ 165. (~Sp) Staff

191. 1)f

192. Quantitative Economics III. Continuation of E('onom ics 191. Prerequ isite : Economics 191. Jensen t:1S p)

GRAD UATE COURSES 200. Thes is. I nvestigatio n s by graduate students. Credit granted according to work done. (F, W, Sp) Staff 201. Readings and Conferences. ranged. (F, W, Sp)

Credit arStaff

202. Independent Research . Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Stoff 203. Seminar in Economic Research. An intensive stu dy of t he methods, tools, an d objectives of economic research: stat istics, economic analysis and economic history. Permission of i nstructor required. (3F) Arrington 204. Mode rn Eco nomic Thought. An inten s ive study of t he main cu rrents in r ecent economic thought. Prere~u i s ite: F.con 106. (3F) LeBarron

207. Price Theory. A critical review of a few major topics in price and distribution theory. Open to graduate students and seniors with adeQuRte preparation. Prf'rf'qnisite: Econ 107. f2F) Durtschi 208. Advanced Income Theory. A critical review o f th e major top ics in aggregate eco~ nomic theory. P1路erequisite: Econ 108. (3W) Durtschi Literature of Economics. An intensive study of t h e bibliographi cal materials and literature of econ om ics. Permission of instructor require d. (2W) Arrington 211 .

See a lso History 186, Economic History of Latin America. (3W) Pratt 225. Labor Economics Seminar. Applications of princ ipl es and practices of American tradeuni onism brought to lig ht through indi v id ual and group research projects ; analysis and

240. Se minar in International Trade. A critical review of t he major topics in international t r ade theory a nd practice. Prerequisite : Econ 140. (3 W ) Sedjo

265. Advanced Money and Banking . A critical review of the curren t liter a t u re in the field of m oney and banking. Prerequisites: 165 and 107. (3W) Lyon 270. Economic History Seminar. The m ethods nncl liternture of econc mic history. (3Sp) Arrington 29 0. Introduction to Econometrics. An introduction to t he problems of econometric m odel co nstru ctio n a nd estimation. Em phasis is placed o n the economic content of the methods . No previous kn ow ledge of mathematics beyond e lem enta ry calculus and s t at istics is required. (3W) Jensen

29 1. Theory of Economics. An investigation into err o rs in variables, autocorrelation, multico llin earity, heteroscedasticity, lagged variables, dummy variables, as encoun t ered in s ingle equation models. (3W) B. Jensen

292. Advanced Theory of Econometrics. Simultan eous equation estimation including iden~ tification a nd the following estimation procedures: indirect least squares, multiplestage likelihood, and k -class ~sti m ato rs. (3Sp) B. Jensen 30 7. Price Theory. A graduate level course in allocation and distribution theory. Prerequis ite: Econ 207. (3S p) Gardner 308 . Incom e T heo ry. A graduate level course in advanced income, monetary and fiscal analys is . Pt路et路equisite: Eco n 208. (3Sp) Lyon 40 0. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Graduate stu dents who h ave received maximu m thesis cred it, but w ho have not completed th e thes is o r dissertation, must e nroll for a minimum o f t hree c red its, until th e degree is co m p leted. If the student does not com ply, his candidacy m ay be s uspended and his supervisory committee dissolved (3 F , 3W, 3Sp, 3Su) Staff

College of Business

Departm-ent of

History (History, Geography) HEAD: S. GEORGE ELLSWORTH, Professor; PhD, University of California at Berkeley OFFICE: Main 247 J. DUNCAN BRITE, Emeritus Professor; PhD, University of Chicago; postdoctoral r esearch in German State Archives DARYL CHASE, Emeritus President and Professor; PhD, University of Chicago EDWIN L. PETERSON, Professor; PhD, Utah State University STANFORD 0. CAZIER, Associate Professor; PhD, University of Wisconsi n DouGLAS D. ALDER, Assistant Professor; PhD, University of Oregon; Fulbright Fellowship to Austria KLAUS J . HANSEN, Assistant Professor; PhD, Wayn e State University GARY L. HUXFORD, Assistant Professor; PhD, Uni versity of Washington C. BLYTHE AHLSTROM, Instructor; MA, Columbia University; doctoral work, Rutgers University CLIFFORD B. CRAIG, Instructor; MS, Utah State University; MS, Ohio State University. LUCILE PRATT, Instructor; MA and doctoral work, Columbia University SF.RGF. N. BF.NSON, Lecturer; JD, George Washington University

The Department offers work leading to the Master of Science and Master of Arts degrees in Hi story. The University offers both the Master of Arts and the Master of Science degrees in Hi story. Either degree may be obtained under the following two plans. Plan A is recomm ended for all students who intend to continue graduate work beyond the master's degree. Students under t hi s plan are urged to meet the language requirements necessary for the MA degree . An acceptab le thesis must be submitted for which a maximum of nine credits wi ll be given. The student is required to defend his thesis in an oral examination before his committee. It is recommended that 15 credits or more be taken in courses numbered 200. Plan B is recommended for a ll students pursuing a career of teaching history in the

secondary schools. Under this plan two seminar reports, approved by his committee, and additional concentration in seminar work substitute for the master' s t h esis. Five seminars are required, including History 201 or its equivalent. Plan B students must successfully complete a comprehensive written examination in certain fie lds of specialization agreed upon by the student a nd hi s supervisory committee. The Department cooperates with the Department of English in admini steri ng the graduate program leading to the. Master's degree in American Studies. See the catalog section on English for a statement of that program. Applicants should consult a member of the department. Professors specializin g in History are: S. George Ellsworth, J. Duncan Brite,

Histor y Daryl Chase, Stanford 0 . Cazier, Douglas D. Alder, Klaus J. Hansen, Gary L. Hu xford, C. Blythe Ahlstrom, and Luci le Pratt. Staff members in Geography are Edwin L. Peterson, Clifford B. Craig, and Serge N. Benson . Th e Institute of Utah Studies. By virtu e of its Library holdin gs, its fac ulty, an d its research programs, Utah Sta te University is a leading center for the study of all phases of Utah's hi stor ic and contemporary development. The In st itute of Utah Studies has been establi shed for t h e purpose of coll ecting and preserving the written and oral record of Utah's di sta nt and r ecent past, of training persons in the use of the sources and li terature of Utah hi stor y, and encouragin g an d assisting all persons, especially teachers and research writers in the social sciences and humanities, in the detai led study of any and all phases of Utah's development, and of offering courses and seminars in regular history. The Institute appeals especially to teachers of hi stor ical and analytical studies of a regional nature. Students with this interest shou ld give special attention to History 135, 137, 226, and 237. Director of the Institute of Utah Studies is S. George E llsworth.

History of Europe and Asia GRADUATE AND UNDERG R ADUATE COU RSES lOS. Greek History. Greek civilization to the Rom an conquest, 146 B.C. Emphasizes politica l, social, intel1ectual, and artistic develop路 men ts a nd contrib utions (SF) Ellsworth 106. Roman History. From the earliest t imes to the decline of the Roman Empire in the West in the fifth century A.D. (5W) Ellswo rth

107. The Rise of Christianity. The early Ch rist ian Church , with emphasis on a study of t he teachings of Paul and th e impact of Paul's letters. T h e Church in its H e brew setti ng, its growth and develoument in the Graeco-Roman Wo rld. (5F) Chase

II I. Medieval Europe . (500-1500 A.D.) Political, economic, social, and cu ltural develop~ ments during t he M iddle Ages. (3Sp) Brite 114. History of Science I. History of Science to Copernicus. (3Su) Staff 115 . History of Science II. History of Science s in ce Galileo. (3 Su) Staff

12 I. Ge rmany Since the Reformation. His torical development of Germany s ince the Reformati on to the present; backgrounds of "the German problem," GermanY under Bism arck, World War I, Germany un der Hitler, post-war Germany. (5W) Alder 124. Renaissance 1600 ) (SF) I 2S.

and

Reformation.

Absolute Monarchies.

(1589-1789)

(12fi0Brite (3 W) Brite

126. French Revolution and Napoleon. (1 7891815) (3Sp) Brite 127. Nineteenth Century Europe. Political and economic developments between 181!) and 1914 . (3S p) Hansen, Brite 128. Twentieth Century World. Political and economic developments in Europe, America, As ia, and Africa since the end of World War I. (3F, Sp) Hansen, Brite, A lde r 138. History of Russia to 1917. From the earliest times to the Revolution . (3F) Brite 139. History of the Soviet Union. From t he Revolutions of 1917 to the present day. (3W) Brite 161. England to 1603. From the earliest times to the death of Elizabeth. (3F) Brite 162. England Since 1603. From King James I to the present day. (3W) Brite 163. The British Empire. Rise and decline of the British Empire in the modern world. (3Sp) Staff 165. Expansion of Europe. The conquest and exploitation of the world by W es tern Europeans between 1400 and the pres ent, emphasizing the methods, the motives a nd the resu l ts o f this European domination in various part.o:a of the world ; the acculturation and resu rgence against foreigners ; and the decline of western power. ( 5Sp) Pratt

166. European Cultural History I. Modern European intellectual history to the nineteenth century, with emphasis on the relations between patterns of thought and society. (3F) Hansen 167. European Cultural History II. European intellectual and socia l history in the nineteenth century, with emphasis on t he developm en t of social institutions and ideas. (3W) Hansen

Colle~e of Business

168. European Cultural History III. European intell ectual and social history in the tw e ntieth ce ntury. (3S p) Hansen 170. A Study of War and Peace in History. A study of th e causes of war and t h e condition s f o r peace, cons idered in the his torical co ntext of various civilizations at various periods of t ime, selected with the view to understa nding the complexity of t he problem and the conditions necessary f o r a possible solutio n. See catalog section on The Center for t h e Stu d y of the Causes of War and Conrlitio n s for Peace. (3F, S) Chase 175. East Asia to 1800. Development of the civilizations of East Asia- China, Japan, and Korea- from their origin to t he 19th century. (3W) Staff 176. East Asia Since 1800. Emphasis on C hina and Japan in the 19th a nd 20th centuries. (5Sp) Staff 177.

Chinese Civilization. (3Su)

Staff

178.

Japanese Civilization. (3Su)

Staff

History of the United States and Latin America GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 134. The American Frontier. From English, French, and Spanish beginnings along the Atlantic to the occupation of the Great Plains. (1492-1848) (3) Staff 135. History of the Far West. Deals with the reg ion from t h e Rockies to the Pacific Coast, with emphasis upon the Intermo untain Wes t. (fiF) Staff 137. History of Uta h . Geography and native peoples , early explorations, political, social, and eco n omi c developments t o the present. (5F, W , Sp) Ellsworth 141. Colonial America. The colo nial period of American histo ry from t he European backgâ&#x20AC;˘Âˇound to 1775. (3F) Huxford

142 . The New Nation. The co urse o f American histo ry from the beginning o f American Revolution to the 1820's . (3W) Huxford 143 . The Jacksonian Era. P olitical, econom ic and cultura l d eve lopments from t.he 182 0's to 185 0, em phas iz in g the dev elopment o f po litical parties and the character of J ac kso nian dem ocracy. (2Sp) Ahlstro m 144.

The Civil War and Reconstruction . (3W) Cazier

145. Rise of Modern America. (1877-1900) P o litica l, economic a n d cultural developments; r e fo rm mo vem ents ; and foreign affairs from the Reco nst ru ction period to the esta blis hment of the United States as a world power in 1900. (3F) Ahlstrom 146. The Progressive Era. Emphasis on polit ical , eco n omic, and socia l reform from the turn of the century to the 1920's (1900-1920's) (3W) Ahlstrom 147. Recent America. Domes tic and foreign affairs of the United States since World War I, emphas izing the development o f modern America and her role in the world affairs. (1920-present) (3Sp) Ahlstrom 150. Comparative American Religions A historical , comparative s tudy of r eligions and major churches in America. The development o f the major faiths and churches in America, their role in American life and the s haping of the American tradition ; chu rch and state relations in America. ( 3S) Chase

155. Cultural History of the United States. A socia l and intellectual history of the United States with emphasis on the development of major thought patterns in relation to their social-economic context. (5F) Cazier 171. Constitutional States. (5 W, Sp)

History

the

United Huxford

173. Immigration to the United States. Survey of causes of emigration, the voyages, and ini t ial reception as well as eve ntual acculturation within the United States , emphas izing the immigration from Europe. (3Sp) Pratt 181. Latin America to 1830. Geography, preColumbian peoples, exploration and conquest and colonization by European power s, political and social and eco n omic developments, international r ivalr ies and ine ffec tive mercantilis m , prominent revolutionists a nd the independence wars. (3 F) Pratt 182. Latin America since 1830. The new nati ons e me rgin g fr om the indepe ndence wars; t he social, economic a nd po litical development of the twenty Latin Ame ri can nations in the nine tee nth and twentieth century. ( 3W) Pratt 184. History of Mexico. The social, economic, and political his to ry from colo nial times to the present, with majo r emphasis on the national era. (3 W) P ratt 185. History of United States-Latin Ame rican Relations. The diplomatic, economic and cultural relations between the United S tates and the twenty Latin American nations. (3 F) Pratt

History 186 . E«·onomic His tory of Latin America . Th e C>co n omy a s it d cvclope(l in colonial d ays, t h e eco n o mi c problems of the new nati o n s in the !Dth centLn·y, t he push to ind ust rializ e as well as maintain raw mater ial produ c ti o n in thi s 20th ce nt ury, th e n eed f o r cap ital in vestme nt and gove 1·nmcnt an(l international efforts t o lll'o v idc t hi s. (:q Pratt

187. Hi s tory of Atlantic South A m e rica. P olit ica I, cco n om ic :1 nd social dev elo pment fr om pre-Columbian peoples to co mp lex nati o nal cu ltures o f llraz il, Paraguay, Urugua y and ;\ n tent ina. (:-J) Pratt 190. Sources and Literature of His t o ry. E u l'Opean, A s ia n, and Am e ri c an studies . F o r all p erso n s p1·eparing to teac h o r wr ite his t o ry. I ~F. W, Su) E ll sworth, Alder Sec abo Economics 170- Eco nomi c Histo ry o f lhe Un ited States. (5W) Arrington

GRADUATE COU RSES 201. His torical Method. Seminar in the bas ic tec hniques of his torica l research . His tory 190 reco mm e nd ed but n o~ required a s a prerequis ite. Open to s enio r s. Re co mm e nd ed to g raduate :-; tu<l ents in field s m ak in g use of t he his to ri cal m et h od in theit· 1·esearc h. (~F. W, Sp )

Sta ff 203. ~· al

Historiography. \\Titing-. (aF)

20r. .

Philosophy

T he histo ry of

History.

hi s toriHuxford

Interpretati o n s , (3S)

C"au~a ti ons, and i ntc n·e lations in hi s tory.

Cazier 2 07. Seminar in AmcJ'ican Colon ial History . <; u idc to th e literature and resea1·c h material s .

l:lS p )

Huxford

222 .

Semina r in E uropean Hi s tory. (3F, Sp) Hansen, Alder

22·t.

Se minar in American History. (3 W, Sp ) Cazier, A hl s trom

226.

Seminar in

Western Ame r ica n History.

Ellsworth

(:l W i

228.

Seminar

Latin

American

t ~ V\1 I

History. Pratt

237. Teaching lJ tah His tory. Semina r in the soLn·ces and liter ature o f Utah His tory, excrciseg in t he ))l'Cparation and p r ese ntati o n of matf' J·ial s. (:~Su) Ellsworth

239 . Headings a. nd Co nference in Areas. Credit ananged. (F, W, Sp ) 25~.

Special

Staff

:Sem inar in Ute Teaching of Hi story. Limited to Graduate /~ss i sta nts. (lF, \V, Sp) Staff

2 7 1. Coll oqui um o n \Var and Peace History. I nten s ive r eading and di scuss io n o f th e Ji ternture rebting to man' s histo ri c al attempts t o f ind a means f o 1· in surin g t h e p eace ful ordering of h u rnan affairs . (3 W ) C has e

298 .

T h esis.

C redit

arranged.

(F,

Sp) Staff

400.

Continuing Grad ua te Advis e m e nt. Gradstu de n ts who hav e received maximum t h es is (' J·edi t. b ut w h o ha ve not co mplete d the t hes is o 1· di sse rtation, mu s t enro ll f or a minim um of three c1·ed its, unti l t h e degree is comp leted . l f t h e stu d ent d ocs not comply , hi s can dida cy mny be sus pe nd ed and hi s s uperviso ry com mi ttee di ssolved. (3F, 3W , 3S p, 3Su . ) ualf'

Sta ff

Geography Courses GRAD UA TE AND UN DERGRADU ATE COURSES 100. Teac hing of Geography. A course designed to a ss ist the class r oom t e ach e r in the prese n tat ion o f geog raphi c in for ma tio n . T ec hniques, methods and sources of data w ill be 't reoscd . (3 F, Sp) Craig 10 5, 106, 107. Geopolitics: Europe, AfroAsia and the Americas. A more d e t a iled study o f t h e area s und er consideration with spec ial atten t ion directed tow ards t h e p o litical ana c ultural background s o f t h e p eop le. Emphasis w ill be pla~ ed PP<'n t h e hi~to r k J e ve lo pm e nt of the reg- io n s in ligh t of t h ei r pos ition in t he modern world p ic ture. (3F, W, Sp) Peterson 130. Geograp hy of U nd erdeveloped Lands. A geographic analys is of underdeve loped nnd emergent countries in term s o f internal and exte rn al problems and inte rre lations hips . (3) 131 . Eco nomic Geography. The eco n o mic intere hangc and relation s hips between g·eog raphi c areas, es pecially the role of international trade in t he world econo m y. Das ic patterns o f trad e, population di st 1·ibution, ca pi ta l eQu ipment and agenc ies affec ting inte 1·natio n al re latio n !=>. (3 F, W, Sp) Benson

135. Physical Geography of th e World. An approach to geog raphy from the l)hysical vi e wpoint with an e mphas is on t h ose a s pects of t he phys ical e nviro nment t h at are most imp o rtan t to man . Areas covered are wea th er. climate, lant.lform s, s eas . wa ter reso urce s, natural vegetation and associated anima l life. soils, min e ral fu els, and min e ral s o f eco nomic importance. An analys is is m a d e of th e ad va ntages and disadvantages presented by t hese fa ctors to man 's u se and potential use of

t hem. (5 F, W, Sp)

Craig

:' R Collegr of Business 138. Geogra ph y o f World War II. An ana lys is w ill bE' made o f th e wor ld- w ide character o f Wo rld \ Va 1· II. Attention w ill be directed to th e ter rito r ial losses o f t he J apanese, Britis h , a nd Fre nch co lon ia l h ol dings and to the e m e rge n ce o f th e United States . t h e Sov iet Un io n , and Red China as wo rld powers. E m p h a s is w ill be p laced on th e new position o f t he U ni ted S t a tes as a Pacific power a nd th e wa r time and pos t-war co mmi tments of th e Un ited States in the picture. (2W) Peterson

199.

Read in gs and •·ang-e<l. (F. W, Sp)

Co nference.

C red it

arS taff

180. U rba n Geog raph y. Ori g in an d growth of c ities. St r ucture a nd fun c ti on of u rban cenle t·s . t he ir areal ex pan s ion and i nte rt rade ce nter re lati on s . Theo r y of t h e urba n settin g- es r elated to th e r ea l. (3F. W, Sp) C r a ig

Depari1nen.t of

Political Science HEAD: M. JUDD HARMOl\", Professor; P hD, Uni vers ity of Wi sconsin OFFICE: Main 248 MILTO N C. ABRAMS, Professo r and L i brarian; P h D, University of Utah W ENDELL B. ANDERSON, Professor; LLB, George Washin g ton Univer sity CLAU DE J . BURTENS HAW, Professor and Dean of Stud ents; PhD , University of Utah M. R. MERRILL, Emeritus Professor; P hD, Colu mbia University J EDON A. EMENIIISER, Assoc iate Professor; PhD, Uni ve r s ity of Minnesota PHILIP S . SPOERRY , Associate Professor; PhD, H arvard University WILLIAM L. F URLONG, Ass ista nt Professor; P h D, Un ivers ity of Florida CALVIN W. HnB NER, A ssista nt Professor; MS, Utah State University; doctor a l work, University of F lorid a ROBERT W. MOLLA N, A ss istant Professor ; PhD , University of Minnesot a H. PRESTON TH OMAS, Ass istant Professor; LLB , H a r vard University

T he Department offers work leading to t he Master of Science and Master of Arts deg r ees in Polit ica l Scie nce. Th e Departm ent of Poli i ic:a l Sc ience cooperates with t h e Department of Eng li sh in admini stering the graduate program leading to t he Ma ste r 's degree in Amer ica n Studies. See the catalog section on E ngl ish for a statement of tha t p1·ogram.

10 2. International Politi ca l Relations . Psyc ho· log ical, econom ic, r ac ial and other obstac les to internationa l coo p e i·a tion, a s e x emp lified in r ece nt eve nts . Attenti o n is gi ve n to various pro posa ls t hat atte mpt t o s olve t h e d ile mmas o f our time. (3 W) Merrill

Pol itio l Science Cou rses

114. Inte rgove rnm e ntal R e lations . Stud ies t h e relati o ns betwee n and a m ong th e va ri ous uni t s of gove1·nme n t in th e Un ited States in clud ing na t io nal, state , county, c ity and dist rict. (3Sp) Anderson

GRAD UATE AND UN DERGRAD UATE COU RSES 101. A m e ri c an Foreign Policy. The place o f t h e Un ited S ta tes in the wo rld of natio n :; a s affected by o ur trad it ions, inte rests, and in te rpretati on s o f inte rnati onal affairs . (3F) Merrill

11 0. Basic Proble m s in Inte rna t ion a l Relat ion s . Ex a m in es cu tTen t i nte rnat ional developments wi t h empha s is o n the ir relati o n in t h e United Slates. (3Sp) Merrill ll l. Internation a l Go v er nment. The purposes, o rg an ization and operati o n of the Un ited Na tions and t he Atlantic Com muni ty are st udied . (3S p ) And e rson

11 5. P roblem s of U t a h Go v e r n men t. Exam ines co n te mpo rary problems of Utah a t t h e sta te, cou nty, a n d c ity level, a s well a s federal state and interstate re lations. (3W) A nderson

Political Scie-nce 117, li S, 11 9. American Political Thought. A su r vey of Am eri can Poli tical id eas and t h e men w h o developed them . The historical ap~ proach is used, beg innin g in colonia l tim es and ca rrying the development of American political thought through to the present. Emp hasis is on ideas t h at hav e been s ign ifi cant in s h aping t h e form and actions of American govern m ent today. Student may r egis t er for one, two, o•· three quarters. (2F, 2W, 2Sp) Harmon 123. Political Surveys. Introduces t h e student to t h e tools of political field research and stresses the analysis of voting behavior by ut ilizing census data, election returns, and Emenhiser quest ionnaires. (3W) 124. Public Opinion and Policy Formulation. Discusses the n atu re of public opinion and propaganda and their role in the political process. Assigns research topics on particular cur rent policy developments and assists the student in attempting to determine the effects of public opinion upon governmental policy decisions. ( 5Sp) Emenhiser 125. Political Parties and Practical Politics. Organizatio n and practices of political parties. (5W) Emenhiser 126. Polimetrics. Presents basic social statistical tests and other mathematical devices applicable to explaining C]Uantitative political data. (~Sp) Emenhiser

127. Constitutional Law. The first part of a two-pa rt foundation course in Ame1·ican constit u t ional law. The case method is u sed extensively. PS 10 is a pr«:>requisite. (3F, ~Sp) MoHan 128. International Law. A bas ic course in t h e law of nations. Students s h ou ld have had at least one course in international relations or foreign policy. (5 W) Anderson 131. Administrative Law. Con stitutional limitati ons, legislati ve supervision, and jud icial control of a dministrative agencies, and the forms of administrative action appropriate for Ame ri can econom ic a nd political in stitu tions. (3Sp ) Hiibner 137. Constitutional Lnw. The second part of a two - part foundation course in American co n ~titutional law. The case method is used extens ively. Prerequisite: PS 127. (3W, 3Sp) Mollan 140. American Legislative Process. In cl udes a stu dy of the organization and procedure of leg islath·e bodies and t h e influences at work in .and the c ha racter of the output of national an d state legis la tures. (5W) Emenhiser

14 5, 146, 147. History of Political Thought. Course 145 covers po1i tica1 thought from its beg inn ings in the Greek period to the Reformation. Course 146 carries on the study of Hegel. Course 147 is devoted to t h e m odern period and e mphas izes a co mparative study of social ist, co mmunist, nazi-fasc ist, and demoCI'atic thought. (3F, 3W , 3Sp) Harmon 151. Introduction to Public Admi nistration . Defines the subject matter of public administration, concentrates upon analyzing the problems of governm enta l ad ministrative organization and management, and explores the methods of securing responsible perfotmance from the bureauc •·acy. (3 F) Hiibner 152. Public Pe rsonnel Administration . Reviews t h e trends an rl techniques of recruiting and developing the public servi ce and calls attention to t h e ma chin ery establish ed for these pu r poses. Prerequ isite: PS 151 (3W) Hiibner 153. Public Finance Administration. Describes national, s tate, and local governmenta l budgetary and accountabi lity processes in relation to policy formulation . Prerequisite: PS 151. (3Sp) Hiibner 154. Public Administration Internship. Offers the student the opportu ni ty to observe and, within Jimits, practice what h e has learned from his classroom experience. The student will be placed in a n earby governmental offi ce w h ere h e will be expected to spend the equiva lent of one day per week performing adm inistrative tasks or conducting an administrative su r vey. PrE-rect nisites: PS 151, 152, 153. (2F, 2W, 2Sp) Hiibner 157. Civil Rights Law . The law as it rel ates to ci vil liberties . State and federal action in this area. T h e emph as is is on Supreme Court df'c isions anrl their implementation. (3Sp) MoHan 159. Ethics of Society and Law. This course deals with the problems of kn owing, free will, sources of m or al ity, nnrl the morality of law. (3F) Burtenshaw 160. Theory and Practice of Go¥ernment. Des igned to satis fy the demand for an o ffering in general govern m ent on the upper division level for non-political scienc e majors, particularly t h ose in education, forestry and the exact sc iences. The course will deal with the important t h eories underlying t h e va ri ous gove rnm e ntal forms and with the practical operation of government. (3F, W, Sp) Staff 167. The Ame ri can Legal System. A study of the organ ization and operation of the American f ede r a l and s tate legal systems. (3F) Thomas

College of Business

168. Theory of Jurisprudence. An examination uf the important legal philosophies from Aristotle to t he present with particular emphasJs o n the Anglo-American legal system. (3 W) Thomas

basic library materials available. The var-ious types of reso urces are carefully studied and used by each student. (IF) Staff

170. Major Governments of Europe. A comparative stu dy of the governments of Great Drita in, France, Get路many and the Soviet UniOn. (3F) Anderson

201. Research in Political Science. Credit arranged. {F, W , Sp) Staff

171. Major Governments of Asia. Principal attention will be given to the governments of Japan and China. (3Sp) Spoerry 172. Major Governments of Latin America. A comparative s tudy of the governments of Argentina, Brazil, Mexico and other selected Latin American Countries. (3Sp) Pratt

173. Soviet Government and Politics. Des igned to present the structu re and functi onin g of the Soviet gove rnment and Communist Party. A tte nion is given to the theoretical background of Co mmunist govern ment and party practices in mod e rn times. (3F, Sp) Spoerry 174. Politics of the Communist Bloc. Relations between Communist and Soviet bloc govern~ ments, in cluding the USSR, Communist China and Eastern Europe. (3Sp) Spoerry 175. Political Systems in South and Southeast Asia. Politics and government in India , Indo路 nesia, Burma, Philippines, and oth er cou ntries in the area. (3W) Spoerry 176. Politics of Underdeveloped Areas. Characteristics and problems of the political systems of the non-W estern world, including Asia, Africa, and the Middle East. (3W) Spoerry 177. Today's Critical Latin American Problems. Topics will vary as crises develop, dealing with background and development of eac h crisis from national, political, eco n omic, o r soc ial view)). (2F) Pratt 180, 181, 182. Current Political Problems. Any quarter may be taken without the preceding quarter or Quarters . Lower division students must receive consent of the instructor. (2F, 2 W, 2Sp) Merrill I 90. Problems in American National Government. The stu de nt enrolling in this course s h ou ld have so me basic knowledge of th e structure of the American national gover nm ent. Political Science 190 will consider the government in operation and some of t h e problems which grow out of that operat ion. Particular emp has is is on the relations between th~ three bmnc h es of government. (3Su) Staff

195. Library Resources of Political Science. Devoted to familiarizing students with the

GRADUATE COURSES

203. Readings and ranged . (F, W, Sp)

Conference.

Credit

arStaff

205. Methods in Political Science. Metboda the political sc ientist must use that are co m路 mon to all sc iences, the particular problems w it h which the socia l sc ientist is conf ronted, and their application to special problems of political science. (3) Staff 211. Thesis. For graduate stud e nts preparing a Master's degree thes is. Cred it arra n ged. (F, ~~~ S~ff 220. Seminar in Comparative Politics. A s eminar designed to g ive graduate students and qualified sen iors a more detailed and dee per knowledge of compa1路ative sys tems. (3W) Spoerry 230. Seminars in Public Law. A seminar des igned to give graduate students and qualified sen iors a more detailed and deeper knowledge of public law. especia ll y constitutiunal law. (3F) Mollan, Thomas 240. Seminar in American Politics. A seminar designed to give graduate students and qualified sen iors a more detailed and deeper kn ow ledge of Amel'ican politics . (3W) Emenhiser, Harmon 250. Seminar in Political Theory. A seminar designed to give graduate students and qualifi ed sen iors a more detailed and deeper knowledge of political th eo ry, both American and European. (3F) Harmon 260. Seminar in Public Administration. A seminar designed to give graduate s tudents and qualified seniors a more detailed and deeper knowledge of public administration. (3Sp) Hiibner 270. Seminar in Foreign Affairs. A sem inar des igned to g ive graduate students and qualified se niors a more detailed and deeper knowledge of foreign affa irs , including American foreign pol icy, internationa l relations, and international organizations. (3Sp) Anderson, Merrill 400. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Graduate students who ha ve received maximum t hesis credit, but who have not completed the thesis or dissertation, must enroll for a minimum o f three cred its, until the dearee is completed . lf the stud ent does not comply, his candida cy may be suspend ed and his supervisory committee rli,solved. (~F. ~W. 3Sp, 3Su) Staff

Department of

Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology HEAD : TIIEREL R. BLACK, Professor; PhD, University of Wisconsin OFFICE: Main 220 WADE H. ANDREWS, Professor and Ch airman, Institute for Social Science Research; PhD, Michigan State University STEPHEN L. BROWER, Professor; PhD, Cornell University JosEPH A. GEDDES, Professor Emeritus; PhD, Columbia University R. WELLING ROSKELLEY, Professor; PhD, University of Wisconsin H. BRUCE BYLUND, Associate Professor; PhD, Pennsylvania State University WILLIAM A. DEHART, Associate Professo r; PhD, University of Wisco11sin GORDON N. KELLER, Associate Professor; PhD, University of Chicago EVELYN HODGES LEWIS, Associate Professor; ACSW; MSW, University of Chicago ARMAND L. MAuss, Associate Professor; MA, University of California at Berkeley JOHN A . PENNOCK, Associate Professor ; MS , Graduate Certificate in Social Work, Univer sity of Utah YuN KIM, Assistant Professor; PhD, Australian National University NILE D. MESERVY, Assistant Proff'ssor; MS, Utah State University and University of Washington ALI CE COLTON SMITH, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State Universily BERKLEY A. SPRNCER, Assistant Professor, PhD, Cornell University KATHRYN A. SIKORSKI, Instructor, MS, Uni versity of Arizona [ ,ecl?We?路: ALISON TIIORNF:, PhD. Iowa State Univers ity

The Department offers courses ]Pading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in Soc iology. R esearch is promoted t hrou gh departmental relationship with the Agricu ltural Experim ent Station , with th e Division of Univer s ity Research, with state and federa l agencies and with private organization .. Doctor

Ph路i losophy

Degree.

Thi s degree is offered in Sociology th r ough colla boration with closely related depar tments in th e Social Sc iences, t he Department of Applied Statistics and departments having natura l resource studies. The specification of courses f or a

particular student varies according to the a r ea of concentration and t he nature of the research problem chosen by the candidate. The following areas of concentration are featured: ( 1 ) Area-Community Studies, Institutional Development, and Rural Sociology (Domestic and Foreign ) ; (2 ) Sociology of Social Welfare and Corrections; (3) Soc iology of Natural Resources; (4) Social-Psychological Elem ents in Motivation and Consumer Behavior ; (5) Demography. For the PhD degree, fac ility in one globa l fore ign language is required . In addi t ion, the candidate must have a read ing knowledge of a

Colle l{f of Busi-ness

second foreig n language or obtain training beyond the minimum standard in statistics. All students must have a minimal facility in statistics. PhD students who are exam in ed in only one foreign lang uage must have additional statistics. PhD candidates who discover an apt itude in social statistics will be encouraged to select this f ield as their minor. Th e Department of Applied Stat ist ics and Computer Science has assigned special staff to instruct sociologists an d other social science students. Assistantships, Fellowships and Financial Assistance Available to Students. Assistantships, fellowships, and other financial assistance to s tudents are provided by fund s from University Research, University Teaching, the Agricult ural Experiment Station, the National Science Foundation, Department of Health, Education and Welfare in cooperation with the Utah Department of Public Welfare, Center for Water Resources Resea rch, the Bureau of Land Management, Agency for International Development (AID), and Organization of American States ( OAS) .

141. Rural Com munity Organization and Leadership . Forces and procedures which are effective in organ izing o r diso r gan izing communities. Techni q ues of t1路a in in g leaders to help make the co mmunity m ore effect ive. (3F, W) Ros kelley, Thorne

144. Woman Today. The n ew a nd challe n g ing r o1es of w omen in adjusting to a modern s oc iety. (3) S taff 145.

Alcoholism . See H PER 14 5. (3)

Nelson

153. History of Social Tho ugh t . D evelopment of socia l t h ough t fr om early periods to August Comte. Impo rta n t developments in Europe and America after Comte especially ea rl y American t hought. (SF) Roskelley 154. Population Problems. Population theory, growth and ch anging patte rn of the population. T he s ignifica n ce o f these popu la tion changes o n today 's li v ing and. plann ing for t h e future. (3 F, W ) Kim 155. World Population Problems. Cu rrent and future p opulation problem s, p art icularly in less deve loped areas of the world. Facto rs a ffecting pop u lat io n g rowth and ch ange. (3 W , Sp) Kim 156. Social Institutions. Similarities and differ ences in instit uti o ns as they em e rge, grow and d ec1ine . Problems o f k eep in g ins titutional obj ecti ves attu ned to the fu lfillm ent of the DeHart needs of an evolving soc ial orde r . {3) 158. Human Relations in Industry. Human relat ions, phil osophy and s kills applicable to pJ路ese nt-day manage m ent practices. The contr ib ution of social sc ien ce in buildin g a human relations program in indust1路y. (3F) DeHart

GRADUATE AND U NDERGRADUATE COURSES

159 . Industrial Sociology. Stresses contribution of soc iology to t h e understanding o f indus try as a socia l sys tem . In cludes work be h av ior of indi vid uals a nd co ns iderati o n of the impact o f techn o logical c h a n ge on t he comm unity and la,.ger society. (3 F, Sp) DeHart

100 . Educational Sociology. The g r ou p a nd human r e la t ion fa ctors w it hin the sc h ool system, a nd betwee n t he sc hool syst em, th e home, and the community. (3) Mauss, Black

161. Modern Social Probl ems. Major American soc ia l problems. Adjus tm e nts a nd c hanges as mea ns of minimi z ing d iso r ga niz a ti on . (3W, S p) Lewis

110. Uta h Social Problems Seminar. A n a lysis a nd fi eld stu dy of Uta h soc ial problems. Must be ta k en two quarters . (lF, W, Sp) DeHart

Intermediate Sociology. Basic principles of soc io logy a r e co nsidered in their theo r etical and m eth odological settin gs, a s a body of facts, a method of in vestiga ti o n a nd an explanation of assoc iative living. (5) Black

Sociology Courses

140. Social Psychology. The cultural and soc ial determ inants of personality growth. The application o f s uch kn owled ge to t he un d e rs tanding o f group p r ocess , mass be ha v ior a nd the human relat ions problem s t ha t characterize our socie t y. (3F, W) DeHart

170.

171. Juvenile Delinquency. H e r edit)'~ , e nvironmental , cul tu r a l an d soc ial conditio ns w hi ch a re causative fa ctors in delinQu enc:yr. {3F) Pennock

Sociology 172. Delinquency Prevention . Modern philoso phies about behavioral ch a ra cteristics of ch i ldren. Community and organizational programs o f delinquen cy preve ntion . (3Sp) Pennock 174. C riminology. Extent and nature of crim e, and various factors r elated to criminal behavi o r . Theo ri es o f crime causa ti on. Meth ods of law enforcement (3W, Sp) Pennock 180 . Grou p Dynamics. Group processes from t h e point of v iew of improv ing individual groups. Soc ia l action as a group process. (3W) DeHart 184. Social Change. A systematic analysis of selected theories of soc ial change with em phas is on the soc ial psychological approach leading to an unders tanding o f the change process and alternat ive s trategies for effecting ch a nge. (3 W) Bylund

186. Methods of Social Research. Historical deve lo pment o f social research. Methods and techn iques of analyzing and interpreti n g soc ial data. (3F, W) Kim 187. Sociology of Natural Resources . D esign ed fo r u pper divis ion and graduate studen ts inte rested in the soc ial orga ni zati on and soc ial systems assoc iated with natural r esources. In add ition to a study of principles, it w ill include a field study of resou r ce problems. (3F) Andrews

188. Sociology of Leisure. A s tud y of the theory of le is ure, in terms of funct ion and o rga ni za t iona l s tructure in rural and urban Am e ri ca. Outdoor recreation assoc iated with nat u ral resources and social factors affectin g leisure are amo n g t h e s u bjects to be included . Andrews 190. Seminar in Sociology. Selected sociologica l concepts or problem s . (!F, W , Sp) Staff

191. Legal Obligations in Husband-Wife Relations. The lega l approach to the va lid ity of marriage, the obligation s imposed b y t h e law upon hus band and w ife and t h e legal remedies in p roblem s of marital disco r d . Legal his tory a n d precede n ts and the respon ses an d lack o f 1路esponses o f t h e cou r ts to current soc ial trend s. (2F, W ) Compton 192. Legal Obligations in Parent-Child Relations. The de t e rmin at ion of illegitimacy, custody and ctdoption, an d th e lega l rig h ts a n d dut ies flow ing t he ref r om. Other rights and legal o bligations of parent and c hild . P rerequisi te: Soc. 191. (2S p ) Compton 195. U rban Sociology. The changing nature of American life as it has m oved from pre~ dominantly rural to urban patterns. Significan t

eve n ts t hat ha ve led to urbanization. Guide lin es that a r e usefu l for t hinkin g a bout the Kim . Pennock u r ban wor ld o f tomo rrow . (3) 196. Race Relations. His torical perspective of minority group r elation s as th ey h ave exis t ed i n th e U ni ted States and oth er parts of the world. C ri t ical exa mination of the implication s w hi ch th ese r elations h ave fo r soc ial life in the United States . An a l ysis o f current aspects of integ r a ti on vs. seg regation as they affect indi v iduals and groups in our present day soc iety. (3F) Pennock 199. Social Disorganization. A s tudy of social problems from t he standp oint o f th e social processes t h at bring t hem about ; t he genesis o f ant isoc ial attitudes in the individual, the family and the co mmun ity; and of the confli ct between t h ese attitudes and t h ose held by the larger defined group. (3F) Pennock, Meservy

GRADUATE COURSES Research in Sociology. A project for origina l study is organized an d field work is carried out under supervi s io n. Prereq uis ite: Soc. 186. Credit a r ra nged. See thes is advisor. (F, W , Sp) Staff 201.

202. Advanced Sociological Theo ry. Critica l analys is of current sociolog ical t h eory a bou t h u man soc iety. Prerequ is ite: Soc 170 or permiss ion of instru ctor. (5W) Black 203. Independent Readings in Sociology. Reading &n tl l!onfer t:nces on topks selected by ~he student and the adviso r. Cred it a rranged. Instructor's pe rmiss ion req uired . (F , lN, Sp) Staff 207. Graduate Seminar. S h ort s ub jects within t.h e field of Sociology pertinent to but not availab le in r egular courses . Instructor's permission required. (2F , W, Sp) Staff

2 10. Advanced Rural Sociolog y. Analysis of majo1路 developments i n r u ra l soc ial thought; r esearch and app li catio n a im ed at solution of rural soc ia l problems thro ughout the wo rld. (3) Rosk elley 225. Sociology of Deviant Behavior. Deviant beh av io r m ay be antisoc ia l and n ot crimin a l o r criminal and n ot antisocial. R esearch in depth to g ive the s tudent greate r in s ight a nd perspective into th e social implicat ions implici t within this concept. (3W) Pennock 245. Sociology of Consume r Beha v ior. An analys is of consu m er behavio r t h eories a nd r esearch tec hn iques with emphas is on t he soc ial psych ologica l approach. (3F) Bylund 286. Survey Research. The s t ud ent will be exposed to the vario us techniques available

College of Business

for obta ini ng data t hrough s ur vey researc h in cludin g both structured a nd unstructured ques ti on s. Focus w ill be upon (1) in te r view sc hedu les and questionnaire d evelopme n t a nd co n stl·uct io n , (2) in terv iew in g and quest ionnaire techniques, (3) organizing data for analys is. (3 W) Bylund

288. Practicum in Sociological Research . S upervised application of sociologica l research in field stud ies. C redit a rran ged. (F, W, Sp) Staff 289. Methods of Population Analysis. Use o f l'ates , ratios , life tabl es, and related indices in analyz in g , estima t ing, a nd projecting population in geographic areas. Sch ool, wel fare, and labor f o rce population s a lso w ill be cons id ered. (3W) Kim 290.

Methods of Population Analysis.

(3Sp) Kim

301. Research and Dissertation. The dissertation project is to be selected, o rgani zed, and ca rri ed ou t under supe rvi s ion. See Di sserta~ tion adviso r. Cred it arranged. (F, W , Sp ) Staff 303. Advanced Independent Readings in Sociology. Readings and conferenc es at the P hD level , selected by the student in co nsultat ion w ith , and by permission of, the instructor. Credit arranged. (F, W , Sp) Staff 307. Advanced Graduate Seminar. Special su bj ects at the PhD level within the fie ld of Sociology, perti nent t o, but n ot avail a ble in regular cou r ses. Instructor's p e rmission re<lU ired. (2F, W , Sp) Staff 400. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Gra dw uate stu de nts w h o ha ve rece ived maximum t h es is cred it, but w h o ha ve not compl eted the t hes is or di sse r tat ion, must enroll for a miniw mum o f three c 1·edits, until t h e degree is completed. 1f the stu dent does not comply, hi s ca ndida cy may be sus pended and hi s su p erviso ry comm ittee dissolved. (3F, W, Sp, Su) Staff

Social Work Courses GRADUATE AND UN DERGRAD U ATE COURSES 162 . Mental Health. The prevention and trea tment of me n ta l illn ess and the maintena n ce of mental health in modern society. (3F, W) Meservy

170. Child Welfare. Evolution and current developments in prog ram s for meeting needs of c hil dren: s ubstitute pat·ental care and adoptions, c hild labor laws, juvenile courts, prov isions for unmarried parents , the h a n dicapped child and the exceptional child. (3F, W) Lewis

172. Delinquency Prevention. (3S p)

(See Soc. 172) Pennock

173. The Field of Social Work. Social casework, social group work, and com munity o r gan ization. Objectives , p 1·ocesses, and personw nel work. Prerequisite to SW174 a nd SW191, a nd must be taken prior to or conc urrently w it h SW175a. (3F, W, Sp) Lewis 174 . Introduction to Case Work. T h eo ri es and practices of socia l casework, w ith emp ha s is on problems a nd techniques of interv iew ing. Prereq uisite: SW173. (3F, W) Meservy 175a. Introduction to F ield Work. Various agenc ies dealing w ith social work and related areas. Inc ludes f ield trips. (Taken concu rrently or following SW173. (2F, W) Meservy

175b and c. (2 F , W)

Con tinu at ion of above for seniors. Meservy

17 7. Treatm ent of Children with Problems. Analys is an d treatment of problems o f children w i t h special needs. (3Sp) Meservy, Lewis 178. Adolescence. Social adjustme n t of the ado lescent as influ e n ced by the nature of t h e culture in which he li ves. Methods of working w ith adolescents. (3) Staff 180.

Group Dy namics. See Soc . 180.

DeHart

191. Social Work Methods. Basic concepts and methods used in casework, group wo rk, community o r ga ni zation, soc ial p lanning, and administration of soc ial we lfa re agen cies. ( 3F) Lewis 195. Soci al Work Seminar I. Socia l Work publications and ot h er source materia ls app licable to the field. (IF, W, Sp) Lewis, Meservy 19 7. Se rvic e to th e Aged. Descr iption and discuss ion o f t r e nd s and development of agenc ies and serv ices for the aged . (3Sp) 1\teservy 19 8. Co rrection s. Histo ri cal perspective of crim e and punishment as co ntrasted with modern concepts of penology which looks at the p eniten t iar y as an institut ion of r ehabilitation a nd 1·esoc ia li zation o( the juve nile a nd adult offender. (3) Pennock 199 . Public We lfare. Examination a nd evaluat io n of public and private welfare programs includi n g the program of the De partment of H e alth , Education a nd Welfare a s it appli es t o unem ployme n t , old age a ssista nce, a id to needy c hild ren , and p h ysica1l y or me n tally h an dicapped. (3Sp) Pennock

Sociology GRADUATE COURSES 203. Independent Readings in Social Work. Credi t arranged. Instructors permission re quire<!. (F , W, Sp) Staff

turat ion , and the changing values and behavior that attend these problems are consid· ered. (3W) Sikorski

400. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Gradnate students who have received maximum thesis creflit, but who have not completed the thes is o1· disse rtation, mu st enroll f or a minimum of t hree crediLc;, unt il the deg-ree is f'O mpleted. If the student does not comply, his ca nllidacy may be suspended and his superviso!·y committee dissolved. (3F, 3W , 3Sp, 3Su.) Stoff

Anthropology Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 105. Comparative Val ue Systems and Education . Theoretical a nd illus trative contributions nf anthropology to a broad perspective on the variab ili ty of the educational processes and objectives in var ious primitive and complex soc ieties over the world. (3W, Sp) Keller, Sikorski 160. Comp arative Family Systems. Basic anthropological concepts and theories relating social structure based on kinship, its analysis, evolutio n, functions, change, and variability over the world. (3F) Keller

162. Religion, Society, and the Individual. Anthropolovical a na lys is of religion as a cultural phenomenon and its functional relationships l" soc iety and the individual (3W) Keller 16:L

Peoples-1\fesoamerica. An ethnological cultures in Mexico, Guatemala, and the other Mesoa merican countries in various degrees of cultura l progress, from the illiterate Indians of peripheral areas to the rural and urban "peasant" economies. Problems o r partial acculturation, advanced accul.S IHVCy of

165. Culture and Personality. The of personality development in tenns and soc ial class . The nature and tation of per sonal experiences in cu ltures. (3F, Sp) Keller,

processes of culture interpre· different Roskelley

166. A m erican Indian Ethnology, Economic, political, kinship, and religious s tructures of representative aboriginal cultures of the main cu lture areas of the North American Indian. Emphasis will be given to prehistoric peoples of t h e local Great Basin Area. (3W, Sp) Keller, Sikorski 167. North American Prehistory. Analysis of man and cultural evolution in the major cu ltural areas of prehistoric America. Includes archeological laboratory and fi eld method!i with inves tigations of local sites. (3Sp) Keller, Sikorski GRADUATE COURSES 268. Independent Studies in Anthropology. Advanced readings or projects relat ing to theory, field or laboratory studies arranged by student and staff. Instructor's permiss ion reQuired. Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp) Staff 269 . Psychological Anthropology, A comparative analysis of psychiatric disorders and be· havio r disturbances within social categories in wes tern sociE>ty and various societies of the world. (3Sp) Keller 400. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Graduate students who have received maximum t hes is cred it , but who have not completed t he thes is or dissertation, must enro1l for a mini· mum of three cred its, until the degree is completed. If the student does not comp ly, his candidacy may be suspended and his su perviso ry comm ittee dissolved. (3F, 3W, 3Sp, 3Su.) Staff

College of

Education DEAN: ORAL L. BALLAM, EdD, University of California at Los Angeles OFFICE: Education 201 The graduate program in Education includes programs of study leading to the Master of Science, Master of Education, Master of Arts, Specialist in Education, Spe-

cialist in Educational Administration, and Doctor of Education degrees . For specific information on graduate programs, contact department heads.

Department of

Educational Administration HEAD: HOMER M. JOHNSON, Professor; EdD, Colorado State College OFFICE: Education 206 ORAL L. BALLAM, Professor and Dean; EdD, 'University of California at Los Angeles JOHN C. CARLISLE, Professor and Emeritus Dean, College of Education; EdD, University of California LLOYD M. DRURY, Professor; Associate Director, Extension Services; EdD, University of Wyoming BASIL C. HANSEN, Professor; EdD, Stanford University TERRANCE E. HATCH, Professor; EdD, University of California at Los Angeles ELLVERT H. HIMES, Professor; PhD, University of Utah ARTHUR D. JACKSON, Associate Professor and Principal, Edith Bowen Laboratory School; MS, Utah State University ; doctoral work, Stanford University and University of Texas CHARLES 0. RYAN, Associate Professor; EdD, University of Arizona JAMES A. JACOBSON, Instructor; MS, Utah State University; doctoral work, Utah State University The Department of Educational Administration provides programs leading to the graduate degrees of Master of Education, Master of Science, Specialist in Educational Administration (six-year program) and Doctorate of Education. All programs have been accredited by the National Council of Accreditation of Teacher Education. This in turn means that the recipient of

th e Specialist in Educational Administration or the Doctor of Education has met the g raduate requirements for membership in the American Association of School Administrators. Programs offered by the Department will satisfy the certification requirements outlined by the Utah State Board of Education. Effective June 14, 1967, candidates may

fducational Ad11zinisfration seek eit her a basic professional or a professiona l certificate for position s as an elementary principal, secondary principal and superintendent. To r eceive a bas ic professi on al endorsement requires a Master's degr ee or 55 quarter hours in a n approved program in school admini stration. The professional endorsement r equires a planned two-year graduate program in Educational Admini stration. Other specific req uirements are outlined in the reg ulation s of t h e State Board of Education. Details of t hese programs are available fro m the Office of the Department of Educational Administration. Master's Degree. Students are prepared for prin cipalships of elementary or secondary schools . Each program is based on a core of admini stration cou r ses plus curri culum and psychology courses for the appropriate level. This degree will meet th e principal's certification requirements in certain states. Specialist in School Administration. This program is designed to prepare general school administra路路 tors or individual s who want advanced train ing as elementary or secondary school principals. The f irst year of the two year pr ogram may culminate in t h e Master's degree. Th e stud ent is not admitted ~o formal cand idacy for the specialIst degr ee until comp letion of the first year. The second year has a primary emphas is on general admini stration plus supporting courses in education , psychology and ~ o.cial . sciences. For those specialIz m g m th e principalships, certain c? ~rse s more applicable to the poSition may be s ubstituted for the genera l administration courses. A person must have three years of successful professional experience or it~ equivalent to qualify for this deg r ee. This degree will meet the

new certification requirements for the Professional E lementary and Secondary Principa lship in the state of Utah.

Doctor of Education Degree . Thi s program is oriented to spec ifically eq uip the candidate to b e a school superintendent or central office administrator. Those desiring advanced work as an elementary or secondary school admini strator may seek t hi s degr ee. In addition, those desiring positions as professors of admin istration in hi gher education should cons ider this program. The f irst year of t he Doctora l program is essentia lly the same as t h e second year of t he Specialist program. Th e Doctoral program is di sting ui shed from th e Specialist program, however, by t he development on the part of the student of a greater sophi stication in the area of administration and refinement of his abi li ty to conduct and evaluate r esearch. A person mu st have three years of successfu l profess ional experience to qualify for this degree . The College of Ed ucation a lso cooperates with t he College of Engineering in providing a program leading to a Doctor of Education degree in industrial education .

Ed ucational Administration Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 154. History of Education . Major educational movements from ea rly Greek to the present, with emphas is on purposes, o rganization, in" structional procedures, curriculum, etc., and the ir bearing on today's education . (3Sp, Su) Hansen GRADUATE COlJRSES 207. Elementary School Administration. Operation a nd management of the elementary sch ool. (3W, Su) Jackson, Ryan

RR College of Education 236 . Secondary School Administration. Topics in secondary school administration, including problems of teacher-pup il personnel, the prin cipal as su pervisor, and managing t h e act ivity program . Designed for experienced school princ ipa ls, and t h ose preparing for the administrator's ce rtificates in secondary ed ucat ion. (3W , Su) Hatch 254. Organization and Administration of Education. The work of the sc h ool administrator and t h e prin ciples upon which t h e profession o f school administration is practiced. Federal , state, and local relations to education. (3F, Sp, Su) Hatch, Hansen, H. Johnson, Ryan 258. Seminar in Educational Administrative Behavior. T his course is des igned to g ive pros pective admin istrato rs opportun ity to r elate cou rsewo rk and trai nin g to an ana lysis and sol ut ion of real ot路 s imulated problems in educational adm in istration. Limited to MEd or Specia lists in Educational Ad minis tration can didates only, or by perm ission of instructor. (3Su, W) Ba!lam, Johnson 260. Historical and Philosophical Foundations of Education. Deals with major philosophies of education in their historical sett ing and their effect upo n su bsequen t development of the American sc hool sytsem. (3F, Su) Hansen 261. Organization and Administration of Spec ial Education. This course is designed to provide public schoo l administrators w ith background and tra inin g fo r the administration o f s pecial education . It w ill deal with t h e backJ!t路ound and pu r poses of s p ec ial edu cation, t h e syste m s a nd o r gan ization f or prog r ams and financing and t h e legal implications related to p rog rams. The student wi ll beco me acqua in t ed w ith ide ntificatio n in procedures and community, sc hoo l and pa r ent relat ion s hi ps . Involvement w ill be prov ided in cur re n t issues and trends in spec ial education. {3F, Su) Ryan 262 . Organization and Administration of Guidance. A n analys is of concepts, p lans, relationships, and prob lems invol ved in the effect ive development and operation of guidance ser vices and act ivities at all levels of educat ion. (1Sp, Su) Himes 264. Instr u ctional Leadership in Education. P rin cipl es and practices of sc hool su pervision, including ()Ualif ications a nd respo n s ibilities of superv iso rs o f inst ruction in publi c educat ion. The r ole of t h e prin cipal, the cur ri culum d ir ector a n d oth er admi n h;trators in instruct io n a l leadership w ill be cons idered. (3F, Su) Allred, Farrer 265. Co mputer Application and Systems Des ign in Education. This course w ill p r ovide Pclucat ion administrato rs and oth ers w it h an

understanding of computer capab ilities. T o fu ll y understand the capab ilities, it is necessary to uain knowledge about how a computer actually 路works. Ha v ing established so m e fundamentals of the sc ie n ce, t h e student will ga in an understan ding and application of compu ters to media in edu cation, operations r esearch, b us iness adm inistrat ion, content researc h , student sc heduling, and si mul ation of educational p r oblems . Basic to computer application s, the student wi ll become knowledgeab le in the a r ea of flow c harting, systems designing and systems ana lysis in t h e educational se tting. (3Su, Sp) S taff 266. Introduction to Research in Education. This course is to provide teach ers and school adm inistrators w ith research tools that they may app ly directly to their practical prob lems . The speci f ic objectives of the course are: (1) to g ive students an apprec iati on of s cientific methods of problem solution ; (2) to acquaint st u dents with a researc h lite rature in Education and teach them h ow to u se it: (3) to p r ov ide train ing and experience in a ct ion research; (4) to teach students ho w t o plan, carr y out, and report a project f or the Master of Education degree. Prerequ is ite or taken concurrently: Ed 164. (3F, Sp, Su} Carlisle 267, Research in Psyc hol ogy and Education. Deals with identifying a problem for the thesis, rev iewing and evaluatin g research literatu r e, and des igning and car rying out the research project. A portion of t h e student's t hes is or se minar report is prepared as t h e te rm pa p er. The ins tructor sc h edu les i nd ividu al con ferences to ass ist the stu dent in the ini t ial plann in g o f hi s thes is or se minar revert. Prerequis ite: Psy 112. (3F, Su, Sp) Shaver 269. Comparative E du cation . A study o f t he school sys tem and ed u catio nal problems of Europe, Latin America, the M iddle East. Far East, and Russia. Students from foreign la nds and resident faculty members perso n ally acquainted with var ious educational programs are uti li zed as resource persons . (3W , Su) Hansen 27 0. P ubli c Relations in Educa tion. Objectives, gu iding princip les, techn iques and media for an jmproved sch ool public r e lat ion s prog ram. (3 W, Su) Hansen , BaHam 274 . Legal Aspects of School Administration. Emphas izes responsibilities and fu nctions of local and district sc h ool adm inistrators. Inte rpretation of legal status, fo rm and procedu re. as establ ish ed by statutes, lega l opinions, and court decisions . (2Sp, Su) Hatch 276. Field Experience in School Administration . Prov ides introd uctory experiences in sc hool adm inistration. Students work a minimum of fiv e h ours week ly u nd er the di r ection

Fdurafir)//al Administrafio11

of an administrato1· in the public schools, e it her e le mentary o r secondary. The Un ivers ity supe1·v isor wi ll direct programs and meet in semina r periodically. (F, W , S p, Su, arranged ) Hatch, Jackson

s tandards fo r eq uipme nt, ch eckin g plans and s pec ificati ons, bu s in ess and legal prov is ion s governing finan c in g and con s truction o f n ew bu il dings , bids and co n tmcts. (3F , Su) H. Johnson

283. Reading and Conference . Provides for individually directed stud y in su bj ects of spec ial inte r est a nd prepa rati on. Credit arranged. fF. W , Sp, Su) Staff

360. Philosophy of Education , Advanced. An a n a lys is of the major philosophi es of ed ucation an d their implications for current edu cational practices. (3Sp, Su) Hansen

285. Res earch and Thesis \Vriting. Indi vidua l wo rk in t hes is wr it ing and th e preparation o f a semin a r r epo r t w it h gu idan ce and criti<'ism. Cr ed it arranged . (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff

Readings in Foundations of Education . Cons iders problems of education in terms of t he ir soc iologica l, historical, and philosophical Hansen f ou ndations. (3W, Su) 362. Group Processes in Educational Leaders hip. An a lys is of the work of t he school adminis trators and superv isors in dealing with va ri ous g r ou p s con cerned w ith public edu cat ion , school f ac ili ties, boards of edu cation, parent-teacher g r oups, and the like. Research from studies in group dynami c£ will be drawn upo n . (3W, Su) H. Johnson

:150. Seminar in Administrative Theory and Research. Th e seminar will con centrate on current th eories a bout administration and th e contributi on of behavioral sc ience 1·esea rch to t h e pro blems of organization and administrat ive beha vior. An expected by-product is th e student's growing awareness of significant problems in edu cational admin istrati on which can be researched. The appropriateness of various r esea r ch m eth odolog ies to spec ific kinds of pro blem s w ill be cons idered, a lthough th e seminar do es not s tress formal instru ction in either research methodology or statistical analysis . Doctoral s tudents only. (3F) Johnson, Hatch

361.

367. Administration of School Personnel. Principles and practices in management of teachers. other school employees, and pupils . BaHam (3 W , Su) 368. Higher Education. A study of the development and current status of edu cation beyond the high school in America . (3 W) Himes

351. Seminar in Communications Theory and Resea rch. Internal communication of the o rgan ization constitu tes a n essentia l i n gredient of the adm inistrator's effectiven ess. In add it ion , t he change of behavior of indi viduals 1·equires, fundamenta ll y, a commun ications JH'Ocess. Of equal impo rtan ce is the problem nf communications between the o rganization and its su pporting public. This seminar will help t he stu dent gain ins ig h t into th e va riabl es that affect this total comm unications process. Resea rch wil l be l'eviewed to better understand attitude and opinion cha n ge. Doctoral stud e n ts o nly. (3 W) Johns on, Ballam

374 . Practicum in Public School Surveys. The students in t h e class w ill participate in making a fi eld stu dy or s urvey of a school district. Classroom rliscussioPs will be conce i"'lerl with practical problems of t he particular district. Educational literature dea ling with th e area of school s urveys wil1 also be extens ively cons idered. Open only to advanced stud ents in school administr at ion with the s pecific a pproval of t he instructor. Time and c redi t arranged. (W ) H. Johnson

:152. Seminar in Problems of Educational Administra tion. Bas ic to t he understanding of t he adm inistrative process is the ability of the .student to see clearl y th e relationship between t heory and practice. By emplo yin g certain :-: im u lal ion tec hnifJUCS it is hoped t hat the ~t udent will be ab le to employ theory in th e ana lys is a nd so lu t io n of problems. In addition, th e doctoral student s hould begin to concept ualize issues in in te rnational r elations, cu1t uJ: al an thropo logy, compara tive education an d economics. Opportunities will exist f or the teac he rs involved to evaluate Ooth s tu dents and p1·ogram . Doctora l students only. (3S p ) Johnson, BaHam . B. Hansen

382. School Business Management. A s tudy of th e facto1·s involved in t he effi cient business management o f sch ool sys tems and individual schools. For school adm inistrators, school busin ess manage rs , clerks and s tudents preparing f or t hese pos itions. (3Sp, Su) Ryan

355. School Building Programs. School hous ing su r veys, locatio n and capac ity o f schools, instructional needs as a basis for planning,

38 1. School Finance. Historical bac kg r ou nd of school finan ce; principles a nd practices invo lved in collecting and dis tributing school revenues, w ith spec ial reference to conditions in U ta h. (3F, Su) BaHam, Ryan

384. Internship in School Administration. Provides exten sive experience for t he advanced student working on t he Docto r of Education Degr ee in School Administration. Class members work a minimum of one quarter full time under t he direction of an administrator in the public sch ools. C redit arranged. (F, W, Sp) H. Johnson, BaHam

College of Education

385. F ield Studies and Thesis. Fonnerly 375. Indi v idu al work on research problems in the EdD program. Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff 400. Continu ing Graduate Advisement. Graduate s tudents who have received maximum

thes is cred it, but who h ave n ot completed the th es is or dissertation , mu s t enroll for a minimum of t hree credits, until the dee re-e is completed. If th e stud en t does n ot comply, his cand idacy may be s us pe nded and his superviso 1路y committee di ssolved. (3F, 3W , 3Sp, 3 Su.) Staff

Departm.ent of

Elementary Education HEAD: MALCOM ALLRED, Professor ; EdD, Colorado State College OFFICE: Education 205 BRYCE E . ADKINS, Associate Professor; PhD, State University of Iowa GAIL JOHNSON, Associate Professor; EdD, University of Oregon DOROTHY JEAN PUGMIRE, Associate Professor; MA, University of Michigan; graduate work at Merrill-Palmer School and University of Maryland EDITH SMITH SHAW, Associate Professor and Director, Elementary Student Teaching; MS, Northwestern University JAY A. MONSON, Assistant Professor; EdD, Utah State University MORRIS MowER, Assistant Professor; EdD, Colorado State College EVELYN L. WIGGINS, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State University JOHN R. WILLIAMS, Assistant Professor; MS, Brigham Young University Edith Bowen Laborato1路y School Staff ARTHUR D. JACKSON, Associate Professor and Director; MS, Utah State University; doctoral work, Stanford University, University of Texas, University of Arizona JOAN C. BOWDEN, Assistant Professor; MEd, Utah State University BARBARA B. HOWELL, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State University IVAN PEDERSEN, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State University KATHRYN S. SMITII, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State University HELEN J. TANNER, Assistant Professor; MS , Utah State University THOMAS TAYLOR, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State University R. EYRE TURNER, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State University

MasteT's D egree. The Department of Elementary Education offers programs lead ing to the degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Education, and Master of Science in teaching, or supervis ion and curriculum development. Those desiring to meet graduation requirements in these areas at the Master's degree level should matriculate in the Department of Elementary Education.

Docto1路 of Education Degree . The Department of Elementary Education, in cooperation with the Department of Secondary Education, offers the Doctorate of Education Degree. This degree is des igned for those planning to be college teachers, or curriculum coordinators or supervisors in school districts or state school offices. Candidates may matriculate in the Department of Elementary Education

F.l c111C11fan ' F.d11 ca tirm or in thr Drpa rtm ent of Secondar.v E rl ucation .

Ed u cat io n Co u rses (; HADUATE COUHSES

204. E le m en tary Sch ool C ur r iculum. Adva n ced Co u rse. Des igned for e xpe1·ienced teachers. It deals wit h new concepts in e lementary cu rl'iculum res ulting fr o m recent r esea r ch in t h e fi e ld . Class members w ill have opportun ity to d evelo p curriculum ma te ria ls in t h eir a1·eas <>f inte r est . f3F , Sp, S u) A dkin s, A llre d 205. Im prove m e nt o f K in derga r te n Ed u catio n . An advance<! course in kindergarten edu cat io n fo1· experienced teachers. ] t w ill in clnde an eva lua t ion of t he kindergarten program based on the la test r esea r ch in t h e a r eas of p sych ology, c h ild d Pvelo pm e n t , educ at ion , a n d s ociPug mi re nl o g y . 207. E l e m e n ta r y Sch oo l A dmini s tr a t io n . See Ed ucationa l Adminis t n1t ion 207. (3 F, Su) Sta ff

213. D iag n osis of Readi n g. For teac h ers, s up erviso rs and oth e r s interes ted in r e m edial readin g- in st ru ctio n. Concerned with causes of r eading d is abili ty, d iag nos ti c tests, and proced u r e u sed in 1·emed ia l rea ding. Prerequ is ites: l·~rl ucat i o n 107 or two years teaching expe r ie n ce in t h e e lementary sc h oo l. Concurrent e nrol lm Pnt in Ed ucat ion 190. (3\V , Su) G. John so n , Mowe r 2 14. R e media l H eading Ins truc ti on . Designed t o f o llow Educatio n 188. Co n s ide r s t h e n at. ut·c of 1·c m ed ial reading in s txu ction , selection qf remed ia l s tud e n ts, group and individual in ..;tru ct io n, m e th ods and materials used i n remedial reading- programs . Concurre n t enrollment in F.rlueation 190. (3 Sp, Su) G. Joh nso n , Mower Prnct ic um in Re m e d ial Read ing. Pro''ides op p ortu ni ty f or the stu dent t o work with c hildre n in need o f r emedial help in rea d in g. En1·ollment o nl y with th e conse nt o f the in::-tru c tor. ( 3W, Sp, Sn) G. J o hn son , M owe r

2 16.

219. Sem in ar in E leme n ta r y E duc ati o n. Former ly 245. Cons ider s those areas of e lementary ed ucation in w h ich me m bers o f t h e c la ss de s ire to ga in m o de rn aut h oritat ive viewpo ints . Opportunity f o r Loth individual and group work. ( 3Sp, Su) S ta ff 220. Crea ti ve E du cation in t h e Ele m e n tary Sch ool. Expl oration o f resea r ch concerning c reat iv ity in educat io n and ways and m ea n s o f util izing bas ic pr inc iples i n th is area in the imn rovc m e nt o f class r oo m practices . (3 W. Su) Shaw

22!l. Imp rove m en t of Rea din g in t h e E l em e ntary Sch ool. I n addition to a co n ce rn f or an ncle(]uatc d evelop m ental read ing program. empha s is w ill be p laced on h e lping t h e child who is ha v ing r ead in g difficulties . Prerequisite: Ed 107 o r teac hing ex perie n ce in e le m e ntary sc h oo l. (:~ F. Su) G. J ohn so n Mowe r 226. I m p r ove m e nt of Scien ce i n th e E l e mentary Sc hool. For ex pe rien ced teachers. Deals w ith newe1· co n cepts in c urr icu lum and m etho ds of in st r uction in sc ie n ce in t he e le m e ntary sc h oo ls. Pre requ is ite : Ed 109 01· teac h ing experience in elementary schoo l. (:1W , Su) A dk in s 227 . Imp rove m e n t of Ari thm et ic a n d Ma th em a t ics in t h e E l e m e ntary Sch ool. F o r experienced teachers . D ea ls with ne we r co ncepts i n cur ri cu lum and m e th o ds i n math e ma t ics ins truction in the elementary schoo l. (3W , Su) A dkin s 228. Improve m e n t o f Socia l S tudi es in th e E le m en t ary Sch oo L For experie n ced teac he r s . Dea ls with newe r co n cepts o f c ur ri culu m a n d methods of in struc t io n in soc ial s tudi es in t h e Pre requi s ite: Ed 108 or e le mentary sc h ool. teaching ex perience in elementary s chool. A llred, M on son (3Sp , S u) 229. Im p r ove m e n t of Lang u age Ar t s in t h e Ele m ent ary Sch ool. F o r ex p erie n ced teach ers. Deals with newer concepts in curriculum and m eth ods o f in s tru ct ion in language arts in the eleme ntary sc h ool. (3Sp, Su) W iggi n s 259. S u pervising Stud en t Teachi n g. Co n s iders ways an d means of providing d es i1·able experiences for s tudent teac h e r s in the pu bl ic sc hoo ls. Th e r o le of t h e c lassroom teacher and the co llege su perv iso r will he analyzed. (3F , S u ) S h aw , Wiggi n s 2 64. Ins truct ional Leadersh ip in Ed u cation. P 1·incip les and practices o f sc h oo l s upervi s ion, inc-luding qualifications a nd r es p o n s ibil i ties o f s upervi so 1·s of in st ru ctio n in pub li c e ducaiion. T h e r o le o f the prin c ipal. t h e curri cu lum d i,·ecto r and ot h e r administrato1·s in in s t ructional lea rlers hip will be cons id e re d . (3W, Su ) A ll red , Fa rr e r

266. In trod u ct ion t o R esearch Sec Educ Adm 266. (3 F, Su)

Ed u ca ti on. Carlis le

267. H.esea r ch in Psyc holo gy a nd Ed u ca ti on . Bo r g Sec Edu c Adm 267. (3F, Su)

28 3. R ea din g and Co nf e r e n ce. Prov id es fo1· individually dir ec t ed s tudy i n s ubjects of spec ial interest and preparation. Credit arSta ff mn ged. (F, W , Sp, Su) 285. R esea r ch a nd T h esis Wri ti n g. For m erly 271. Individual work in t h es is w d t ing with guidance and c r i t ic is m. C red it ar r anged. (F, W, Sp , Su ) S taff

Collef{f

of Edu catio11

:t64 . T heor ies o f T eac hin g. A n al ys is o f various tca C' hing m ethodo logies used in class room s . For d o<'lnJ·:d

~tu d e n ts

on l y.

(3S p.

Su)

385. F ield Studi es a n d T hesi s. Ind iv idua l work on resear ch pro b lc rn s in the EdD p rogTam.

Credit anangcd.

A llred , Fa rr er :1 65.

Cu rr ic ulum D e ve lo pm e n t. F o 1·me rl y 3 15.

A d vnn<·cd

J)l'ob lcms

curl'icu\urn

building.

P h ilosoph ic bases o f the cur ric u lum , curren t n ra ct ice!-5 , and o rga n izat ion for c u rri cu lum

study. Docto ral sturlents only. (3 W, Su) F a rrer, H aas, A 11recl 366. Int ern s hi p i n Sch ool S up e rvi s ion . P rov id es extens iv e e xperience f o 1· t he advan ced stu dent wor king o n the Docto r of Education deg-ree in Cu rri cu lum D e ve lo pmen t and Su pe rv is ion. The s tudent works a minim um of o ne quarte r f u ll t im e under the direct io n of an adm in ist rator , i n a publi c schoo l 0 1· un ivers ity. Docto rnl s tudent only. C re dit arranged.

(F. W, S p)

S t a ff

(F,

\.Y,

S p,

Su)

S t a ff •t OO. uate

Con t inuin g Grad uate Adv iseme nt. G rad stu dents w ho h ave rece ived max im um

thes is cred it , but wh o have not com pleted the t hes is or d i$SC rtation, mu s t en ro ll for a mi n imum o f thn~o· credits, until the dezTee is co mpl e ted. 1( the stude n t docs not co mply, h is can didacy may be s us pended and h is superv iso •-y

committee dissolved. (3 F, 3W, 3Sp, 3Su.) Sta ff

For additiona l courses, see E du cationa l Admini str at ion , In str uctiona l Med ia a nd Library Science, P sycho logy, and Seconda r y E du cat ion depa r tm ents .

De parf1nent of

Health, Physical Education and Recreation HEAD: H. B . HUNSAKER, Professor; MS, Un iversit y of Oregon; doctoral work, Univers ity of Cal iforn ia , Un iver sity of Washi ngton , and Un iversit y of Utah OFFI CE: Smart Gym 304 DALE 0. NELSON, Professor; P h D, Uni ver s ity of Southern Ca lifornia LOIS DOWNS, A ssociate Professor; MS, Utah State Univer sity; do ctoral work, University of Utah L INCOLN H . McCLELLAN , A ssoc iate Professor; EdD, Uni ver sity of Oregon PAULINE FULLER, Assi stant Professor; M S, Utah St ate Uni ve r s ity; doctoral study, Un iver sity of Utah ARTHUR H . MEN DI NI, Ass is tant Professor ; MS, Utah State University; graduate work, Utah State Univer s ity JANICE PEARCE, Assistant Professor; MS, Wa shingto n State University H . DALE RASMUSSEN, A ss istant Professor; MS, Utah State U n iversity

Mas te-r of S cience Degree . T he Depa r tment offers courses lea ding to t he l\Taste r of Science degree in H ea lth Ed ucation, Phy sica l Ed ucation, or Recr ea tion. Befor e a dmi ssion to ca ndidacy for the degr ee, a stud ent must comp lete the equiv-

a lent of a Bache lor's Degr ee in P hysica l Ed ucation at USU and add it ional req uirements as pr escribed by th e School of Gr a duate Studies. R eq uired courses a r e: PE 206 . 292, 294, 271, 295. 29~) . Engli:-h 111. or 211, P sy. 112.

Pb-vsical Ed11cation Physical Education Courses GRADUATE

AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES

106. Kinesiology. The sc ience of movement. Includes a stu dy of the st ructure of the human body in terms of its use in activity ; a mechanical a nalysis o f all types of activity based upon principles of good body mechanics ; methods o r developing and using the human body. Pre 1 ·e~ui s i te : P h ys iol. 20. (3W, Su) D. Nelson I 07. Physiology of Muscular Activity. A ;-;tudy of the phys io log-ical f u ncti o n s of t h e human body in va rio us types of a ctiv ity. The co urse includes a detailed s tudy of the physiolog ica l chan ges that occur during all kinds of activity. Physiol ogical f:..mct!or.s of the human body in various types o f activity. Phys iolog ica l principles are then applied to Phys ical Education. Prerequisite: Physiol. 104. (~F, W) D. Nelson 108. Adapted Physical Education. Basically a study of the adapted Physical Education program. Includes the administration of an adapted Physical Education program . Also a study of abn o rmal problems in body mechanics , ath letic in j ul'ies and their treatment, athletic t raining procedures, and principles dealing with abn o rm al conditions found in the P h ysical Educa t io n pt·ogn'lm Pre r eq uis ite: Phys iol. 20. (3F, Sp) D. Nels on

192. Tes ts and Measurements in Physical Educat ion. Practical s tudies o f t ests and techni~ue of test construction . (3F, 3Sp) Hunsaker

GRADUATE COURSES 206. Analysis of Sports Performance. A mechanical and physiological analys is of all types of sports performance based upon principl es of movement and body mechanics. Advanced methods of developing and u s ing the h uman body a1·e emphasized . The cou r se includes s low motio n photography, phys iological bas is and actual performance fo t· employing the ana lysis. (3W, Su) D . Nelson 207. Problems of Athletics. A study of problems in athletics relative to public relations, athletic mana geme nt, administration of athletics, pUl·chases of equ ipment, schedules, plant layout. etc. (3S p) Hunsaker 250. Head in g and Conference. Prov id es for individually directed study. Credit arranged. Hu n saker, Nelson, Downs 27 1. Research and Thesis arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su)

Writing.

Credit Staff

275. Philosophy of Physical Education . A s tudy of the di vergent origin s , conditions , lead ers , a nd f o rces giving r ise to current basic beliefs about Health, Ph ysica l Education and Hccreation. Development o f individual profess ional ph ilos ophies. (3W) McClellan

l77. Physicnl Ed ucation in the Elementary School. Designed to give a philosophy of Physical Education in the elem e ntary school. Emphas is i:i on program planning, teaching tec hni q ues , the direction and participation in elementary Phys ical Education activities a nd the selection of activities that w ill help satis fy t he needs of the elementa r y sch ool child. (3F, :rw, 3Sp) Downs

282. C~Jr;dcu l um in Pl:ydcal Education. A course dealing with eU JTiculum d evelopment in Physical Education, including philosophic bas is of the P h ysical Edu cat ion cu rriculum fo1· elementary , ju nior high and senior high sc h ool. Curren t procedures and o rgani zation for t he Phys ical Education prog ratn of elementary, junio r and senior high sc hool. (3Sp) McClellan

182. Materials and Methods in Elementary Physical Education. D es igned to gain an unde rs tanding o f t he elementary school Physical Education program. Cur ri culum, facilities , ~"'QUipment, and th e teac hing of a ct iv it ies are em p ha s ized . Emphas is is a lso placed o n activities as s pecified in the Utah State Course of Study for th e elementary schoo l. (3W, 3Sp) Staff

290. Problems in the Development of Physical F itness. Exa mination of the scientific basis o f ph ys ical fitness. Principles of developmen t for s trength, flexibility, and endm·an ce. Evaluation of phys ica l fitness and the development of physical fitn ess programs. (3) D. Nelson

183 . Interpretation of Physical Education Objectives. Resu lts and values o f Physical Education ac tivities in t erm s of development, adjus t ment and s tandards. (3F, 3W) Hunsaker

294. R.esearch and Evaluation in Physical Education. Methods, techniques , purposes and in terp retation of various kinds of resea rch. Practical app lication in the co nduct of a researc h project is ut.iiized du r ing the class. (3F, 3Sp) D. Nelson

184. Administration of Physical Education. Admi n is tration procedures in Physical Educat ion in t h e high sc hool; cu rriculum and program planning. (3W, Sp) Hunsaker

295. Problems in Physical Education. Various selected problems in Phys ical Education are s tudied t hro ugh t he use of literature and dis~ cuss ion as they apply to the individual and

College of Education

t he group . lndividual problems are emphas ized. (3F, 3Sp) Hunsaker 299. P hys ical Education Seminar. The group is offered the oppo rtuni ty of invest igatin g selected bod ies of kn owledge in Phys ical Educati on and discussion materials grow from t he depth of in vestigation. Credit arra nged. (W)

Hunsaker 400. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Graduate students who ha ve r eceived maximum thes is cred it, but w ho have n o t completed th e thes is or dissertation, must e n ro1l f or a mini~ mu m of three credits, until the degree is completed. If the studen t d oes n ot compl y, his cand idacy may be sus pe nded and his superv isor y comm ittee dissolved. (3F, 3W, 3Sp, 3Su.) Staff

Recreation Education Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 178. Problems and Trends in Outdoor Re creation. Prob lems assoc iated w it h providing adequate outdoor r ecreation oppo rtunities. A s tudy of (1) past and p r esent trends in t he ava il ab ili ty an d use of outdoor recreation areas, ( 2 ) types of outdoor recreat ion areas and t he present and future needs f or each type, (3) t he roles of d if ferent agenc ies in provid in g outdoo r recreation, in cluding federal, state, a nd loca l gove rnment agencies , (4) laws gove rnin g the rec r eational usage of outdoor areas. (3 W) Burnett Camping and Camp Crafts. Training in camp tec hniques and camp leadership. Different typ es of camps a nd t he ir o r ganization, su pervis ion, eq uipment and sa fety. Severa l s hort hikes and a n ove1路ni g h t camp are conducted during the course. (2Sp) Mendini 179 .

196 . Organization of Recreation . P r oblem s of organ ization a nd adm inistrati on of commun ity r ecreation departments , in cluding f ac ilities , program of a ctivit ies, and office manage m en t. Problem s of r ec r eati on su rv eys , leg is latio n, property a cq uis itio n , finan ces , const ru ctio n and maintenance, a nd secu rin g community a nd s choo l co-operation in a united l"PCrP.ational program. (3S p) Burnett

GRADUATE COURSES 293 . Recreation Leadership. The ro le of recreation; community program p lanning, m eth-

ods of develop ing leadership in t he areas of public a nd school recreation, youth serving o r ga nizat ions and community grou ps. (3Su) Burnett 400. Continuin g Graduate Advise m ent. Graduate stu dents w ho h ave r eceived maximum thesis c r edit, but who h ave not comple ted the t hes is o r dissertation , mu st enroll for a minimum of t hree cred its, unt il the dea-ree is completed . Tf t h e student does n o t comply , his cand idacy may be suspen ded and his su pervisor y committee d issolved. (3F, 3W, 3Sp , 3Su. ) Staff

Health Education Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRA DUATE COURSES 117. Health E duca tion Workshop. School and community healt h works hop. A w orkshop des igned to utili ze se rvices of school, public. an d volu n tary h ealth agencies in focusing on c ritical issues i n p erso nal and community h ealth. Various agencies participate in the p lann ing a nd imp lementin g of this course for s tuden ts i n elem entar y and s econdary edu cation, public h ea lth , a nd allied health fields. (2Su) Pearce 145. Alcoholism and Tobacco Education. The a lcohol and tobacco problem are con s idered from the phys iological, psycholog ical, sociological, edu cationa l, hi stori cal, and legal aspects. The development of a cor related attac k on th e problems are emphas ized. (3Sp, 3Su) D . Nelson 151. tion. t ion s Class

Public a nd School Health AdministraOrganization, administration , and fu nco f hea lt h agenc ies. (See Public Health list.) (3W) Staff

158. Curri culum Organization in H e alth. Organization of t h e sch ool health p r ogram w ith emphas is on the sco pe a nd sequence of health conten t from primary g rad es thro ugh the secondary school. Prerequ is ites: Public Health 15 and H ealth Education 163. (3Sp ) Pearce

163. Methods and Materials in Health Education . The n atu r e of Health Edu cation in t he school a nd com muni ty; th e heal th needs of t he s chool ch ild; th e health education curricu l um ; methodology in the t eaching of health ; the r eso urce materials of health edu cation; a nd th e measureme nt a nd evaluation of th e to ta l health program . (3) Pearce

Department of

Instructional Media HEAD: LESTER C. EsSIG, JR., Associate Professor; EdD, University of Indiana OFFICE: Library 222 MILTON C. ABRAMS, Professor; PhD, University of Utah ELDON M. DRAKE, Professor; PhD, Iowa State University IDA-MARIE LOGAN JENSEN, Associate Professor; MALS, University of Denver DoN C. SMELLIE, Associate Professor; PhD, University of Indiana R. KENT WooD, Associate Professor; MA, University of Denver; doctoral work, Western Michigan University G. LEON BEUTLER, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State Uni versity D. LAMONT CHAPPELL, Assistant Professor; MSLS, University of Washington KATHRYN C. GARDNER, Assistant Professor; MAT, University of Indiana KARL 0. MusTONEN, Assistant Professor; MALS, University of Minnesota J. MARK SORENSEN, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State University LADELL HOTH, Instructor; MSLS, Pratt Institute REED PAINTER, Instructor; MS, Utah State University; MA, University of Denver MAX PETERSON, Instructor; MS, Utah State University A. J. SIMMONDS, Instructor; MA, Utah State University

The Instructional Media Center program is a combination of Library Science and Instructional Communication. Th e Instructional Media Center concept is the application of Library Science to all educational materials. Divisions of the American Library Association and the National Education Association prepared a joint statement concerning the role of librarians in the Instructiona l Media Center s. This statement became a part of the American Library Association Standards for School Library Programs in 1960. In recent years, many new types of instructional media and equipment have been developed, such as educational television programs, specialized training devices and new projections materials . At the same time, more fami liar media such as books, films, and record-

ings have been made increasingly effective through modern techniques of illu stration, improved design, and new production processes. Because of the broad variety of media now available and the r apid increase of production within each medium, teachers are faced with a vast reservoir of instructional materials from which to choose. This means that teachers require more and more help from specialists to locate, evaluate, select, produce and use instructional media to best advantage. In order to provide such help, specialists need to have a working knowledge of the entire range of media, the potential contributions each can make to learning, and effective methods to use. MusteT of Education. Th e Master of Education program is designed to prepare these needed specialists for positions in libraries which

College of Education,

have alrea dy converted into the new and broader In structional Media Center or to help the traditional library make thi s transition as community and educational needs require, Th e following program meets the requirements for a Master of Educaton Degree : MASTER OF EDUCATION IN INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA For students n ew t o the field of Instructional Commu nication and Library Science, w ith no prev ious work in the Department. Required Courses: Credits IMLS 101 Library Reference Services 3 IMLS 111 Book Selection 3 IMLS 11 2 Reading Guidance lMLS 121 Cataloging a nd Classif ication IMLS 132 E lementary School l;,ibrary or Administration IMLS 133 Secondary School Library Administration IMLS 135 Library Practice (or profess ional experience) 3 18 Instructional Communication Background IMLS 155 U tili zation of Audio-Visual Media 3 IMLS 165 Production of Audio-Visual Materials IMLS 166 Local Production of Audiovisual Mate rials IMLS 181 Developing the School's Aud iovisu al Program 3 Spch 18 1 Televis ion Production 15

Library Science IMLS 136 History of Books and Libraries 3 IMLS 225 Computer a nd Machine Application in Library Science 6

Instructional Communication IMLS 191 In structional Media Communication Theory I MLS 25 1 Evaluation and Selection of Instructional Materia ls

3 6

E ducation El Ed 204

Elementary School Curriculum

3 Secondary School Curriculum Measurement and Evaluation i n Education 3 Ed Ad 266 Introduction to R esearch in Education M

Se Ed 230 Se Ed 164

Ed Ad 264 Ins tructio nal L eadership in Education 3 Ed 285 Resea r ch and Thesis Writing 3 15

master s

60 - 48

m ake-up (1 quarter )

MASTER OF EDUCATION IN INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA For students w ho were und ergraduate Instruct ional Media min ors with emphasis in Instructional Comm un ication in the department.

Required Courses : Credits Library Science Background IMLS 101 Library Reference Services IMLS 112 Reading Guidance IMLS 132 Elementary Sch ool Library or Administration IMLS 133 Secondary School Library Admin is tra t ion IMLS 135 Library Practice (or professional ex perience) !2

Instructional Communication IMLS 191 Instru ctional Med ia Commu ni cation Theory lMLS 25 1 Evaluation and Selecti on of Inst ructional Materials Spch 184 Educa tional Broadcasting Art 57 Photo Fundamentals

3 3

12 Library Science IMLS 136 Histo t-y of Books and Libraries IMLS 225 Computor and Machine Applica ti on in Libra ry Science Eng 122 Children's Literature or Eng 12 3 Literature for Adolescents or Eng 35 Great Books and Ideas

Education El Ed 204 or

E lementary School Curriculum

Sc Ed 230 Secon dary School Cu rriculum Se Ed 164 Measurement a nd Evaluation in Edu ca tion Ed Ad 266 Introduction to Researc h i n Education Ed Ad 264 Instructional Leadership in Education Ed 285 Research and Thes is Writ ing lfi

Instructional Media MASTER OF EDUCATION IN INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA For those studen ts w h o were undergraduate Instructiona l Med ia min ors with emphas is in Librar y Science in the department. Required Co urses: Credits Instructional Communication Background IMLS 156 Instructional Media in Education IMLS 166 Local Production of Audiovisual Materials IMLS 18 1 Developing the School's Audiovis ual Program ~pc h 1 RI Television Production 12 Instructional Communication IMLS 191 Instructional Media Communication Theory IMT.S 251 Evaluation a nd Selection of Instructional Materials S pch 184 Educational Broadcasting !i7 Photo Fundamentals Art

12 Libra ry Science IMLS 136 History of Books and Libraries IMLS 225 Computer and Machine Application in Library Scien ce 3 Eng 122 Children's Literature or Eng 12~ Literature for Adolescents ~ or Eng :15 Great Books and Ideas

I 06. Public Documents. The study of bibliographies, catalogs, indexes, and other sources w hi ch are the keys in using public docum e nts. Federal, state, and United Nations documents, w hich constitute vast sources of knowledge will be introduced. (3Sp) Mustonen 111. Book Selection. Presents general principles of se lection , specific criteria for the selection of books, magazines, and related material for sc hools and public libraries. Studies the us e of standard book selection aids and book reviewing publications. (3Sp, Su) Both, Sorensen, Wood 112. Reading Guidance. Consideration is given to the needs of librarians and other persons concerned with reading programs in school and public libraries. Special problems and interests related to library work with children, young adults and adults are treated. Case studi es dealing with reading programs and ass istance to readers are emphasi zed. (3F, Sp) Gardner, Wood, Staff 121. Cataloging and Classification. Fundam ental met h ods and techniques of simplified cataloging and class ification. Library processing o f books, near and non-book materials a re covered. Basic rules of en try, descriptive cataloging, filing, and the Dewey Decimal Class ification System are stressed. (3F, Su) Drage, Gardner, Both, Wood 132. Elementary School Library Administration. Consideration is given to the administration and organ ization of elementary school libraries. T h e philosophy . scope of services, l! u criculum eurichm en~.:, s pec;a} r~fcrtnc.e protIems, and auxilia ry programs are covered with l:; pec ial attention given to student assistant programs and commun ity relations. Children's se rvices of public libraries are included. (3W, Su) Gardner, Wood, Staff

Education E l Ed 204 Elementary School Curriculum or ~e Ed 230 Secondary Sch oo l Curricu lum Sc Ed 164

Measurement and Evaluation in Education r~d Ad 26 6 Introduction to Research in Education 3 Ed Ad 264 Inst ruc t ional Leadership in Education 3 Ed 2R5 R esearch and Thesis Writing 16 48

Instructionaal Media and Library Science Courses 101. Library Reference Services. Builds a knowledge of the scope, significant characteristics, p rin ciples and philosophy of infmmation 1路etrieval and bibliographic techniques. Each s tudent is given the opportunity to explore t he literature and important reference tools augmenting the major disc iplines. (3Sp, Su) Logan, Simmonds, Wood

133 . Secondary School Library Administratio n . A s tudy of practices in secondary school libraries and a n introduction into organization of the several types of 1ibraries and techniques of administ1路ation of libraries general1y. The philosoph y and scope of services, relations hip to sc hool curriculum, and library plann in g for secondary sc h ools is stressed. 'fhe expanded serv ices and the development of the Ins t ructio nal Materials Center concept is given attention. (3W, Su) Abrams, Gardner, Wood 135. Library Practice. Observation and supervised p r actice under the direction of library pe1路sonnel. D esig ned to give the student practical ex perience in the various types of libraries and to bridge the gap between classroom theory and practice in the field. 90 c1ock h ours of fieldwork, includ ing a weekly confe r en ce w ith the supervisor are offered. Prerequisites: IMLS 101, 111, 121, and 132 or 133. (3F, W, Sp, Su) Gardner, Smith, Wood

College of Education

136. History of Books and Libraries. The history o f boo kmaking, printing, and libraries. (3 W , Su) Simmonds, Wood 139. R eadin gs a nd Confe r e n ce. Provides for individually directed study. Limited to Library Science min ors. Pl'erequ is ite : Instructor 's conse n t. C r edit arranged. (F, W , S p , Su) Staff

155. U tilization of Audiovisual Media. A basic co urse d esig ned to give a broad overview of audiov is ual materials and equ ipment and the ir contributions in improving t h e educa· tional experien ces of the learner. Studi es and compares t h e advantages and limitations of the major types of instruction a l media w ith training in t he selectio n , operation an d proper utilization o f educational eq uipment a nd materials, with som e practice in t h e deshrn and preparation of more easily teacher-made mat.el·ials. (3F, W , Su) Beutler, Drake, Essig 156. Instructional Media in Education. Reviews the s tru cture and u t ilizatio n of the newer m edia a nd ins tru ctional s ystems in education, and applies bas ic concepts of communication to problems in teachin g and learning. P r erequisite: IMLS 155 or w ith instructor's permiss ion. (3S p ) E ssig 165. Production of Audiovisual Materials. Acquai nts those in the ed ucation a l field w ith t he possi bilities of cr eatin g instructional materials to meet their own profess ional needs. T eaches bas ic techniques f or the production of a w ide va riety of both opaque and trans parent v is ua ls for display, st udy, and projection purposes . (3F, W , Sp, Su) Staff 166. Local Production of Audiovisual Mate rials. Advanced s kills are taught in the four production areas: illustration, mountin g and preservation, letterin g, and coloring . Training in message des ign is provided throu g h the creation of instructional materia ls to be used in the student's own teaching area. Prerequis ite: IMLS 165. [3W, Su) Smellie Developing the School 's A udiovisual Program. The steps in initiatin~r and administrating an aud iovisual program f or a s ingle sc hool are considered . Inclu ded are the study of organ ization , personnel, budgets, selection and circu lation o f material s and equipm e nt, 181.

prov id ing fo r a w ide variety of au diovisual services, and the p lanning for building and class r oom f ac ilities to effectively ut ilize instructional materia ls . Prerequis ite: IMLS 155. (3 W) Essig 191. Instructional Media Communic.ation Theory. Considers research a nd t h eory applicable to the c lass r oom and to the teach inglear ning process. Communication m ode ls w ill be stud ied, and consideration given to com munication barrie1-s, the influence of perception on learning, st1·ength and wea kn esses of pictol'ial and verbal m odes of representation, tec hniqu es and met h ods of teac hin g mo tor skills, concept d evelopm ent and attitude f ormation. (3Sp) Essig

225. Computer and Machine Ap plication in Library Science. An overview of developmen t , experime n tation, and research in t h e a utomatio n of libraries in cluding storage, retrie va l, and application to acquisitio n s , serials control, circulation manageme nt and related techni cal l ib rary serv ices . (3Sp, Su) Chappell 238. Worlj:shop in Librarianship. Designed for teach ers, librarians, a nd administrato rs t o study t h e current needs of libraries in sc h ools and com munities in relation to the problems of edu cation a nd t he i nstitutions served . Resou t·ces an d o r ga ni zat ion of new m edia, deve lop ment tec hni ques f or implementation of the instruct ional materials center co n cept, as well as a rev iew of the new books, magazi nes and related materials wi1l be stressed. (2S u ) Wood and Visiting Staff 251. Evaluation and Selection of Instructional Ma terials . Training and practical experi en ce is g iven in t he evaluation and t h e selection of a variety o f Instructiona l Materials. Prerequ isite: IMLS 155, or instructor's permisEssig, S m ellie s ion. (3F) 400. Con t inuin g Gradu a t e Adv ise m ent. Graduate s tudents w ho have rece ived m ax imum t h es is credit, b u t w ho h ave not completed the t h es is o r d isse rtation, must enroll for a minimum o f three credits , unt il the deg-ree is completed. I f th e s tudent does not comply, his candida cy may be suSpe nded and his s upervi sol·y comm ittee di ssolved. (3 F, 3W, 3Sp, 3S u.) Staff

Department of

Psychology (Psychology and Counseling) ACTING HEAD: HEBER C. SHARP, Professor; PhD, University of Utah OFFICE: Education 300 ARDEN FRANDSEN, Professor; PhD, University of Minnesota DAVID R. STONE, Professor; PhD, University of Chicago E. 路WAYNE WRIGHT, Professor; EdD, University of California GLENDON CASTO, Associate Professor; PhD, University of Utah MARVIN DALEY, Associate Professor; PhD, University of Houston JOHN CRAGUN, Assistant Professor; PhD, Purdue University KEITH CHECKETTS, Assistant Professor; PhD, University of Minnesota RONALD S. PETERSON, Assistant Professor; EdD, University of Oregon

Maste1路 of Science Degree in Psychology. The Department of Psychology offers the Master of Science degree in nine areas: ( 1) general experimental, (2) developmental, (3) educational, ( 4) school psychologist, (5) counseling, (6) animal behavior, (7 ) physiological psychology, (8) social psychology, and (9) learn ing and motivation. In addition to these nine areas of psychology, a course of study leading to the Master of Science or Master of Education degree in counseling and guidance is outlined below. Committee approval for entrance into MS programs in Psychology is based upon appraisal of ( 1) the student's und ergraduate transcript, including 45 credits in psychology courses (general, experimental, developmental, physiological, sensory basis of behavior, social, abnormal, learni ng, statistics, psychometrics, and either counselin g, educational or industrial); (2) scores on the Departmental Comprehensive Test in Psychology, and (3) scores on the Graduate Record Examination or Miller Analogy Test. The fo llowing core of courses is required in each a r ea; 171 (ad-

vanced experimenta l analysis of behavior). Education 267 (research methods ), 212 (statistics), 215 (seminar), 280 (personality), 191 (history and systems), and 217 (thes is, 9 credits). In addition to this core, courses totaling a minimum of 45 credits are recommended in the respective areas of specialization: (1) Experirnental: 170 Perception and Thought, 17 4 Sensory Basis of Behavior, 175 Physiological Psycho logy, 271 Seminar in Conditioning Techniques, 27 4 Advanced Sensory Basis of Behavior, 275 Advanced Physiological Psychology, 276 Comparative. (2) D eveloprnental: 123 Exceptiona l Children, 172 Motivation, 200 Principles of Learning, 202 Adolescent Psychology, 205 Chi ld Psychology, 221 Individual Differences, 224 Mentally Retarded, 225 Gifted, 235 Play Therapy, 238 Practicum in Play Therapy. (3) Educational: 123 Exceptional, 172 Motivation, 200 Principles of Learning, 221 Individual Differences, 224 Mentally Retarded, 225 Gifted, 227 Theories of Learning,

.,.

700

College of Education

235 Play Therapy, 238 Practicum (9) Leaming and Motivation: in Play Therapy. 170 Perception, 17 4 Sensory Basis (4) School Psychologist: 123 Ex- of Behavior, 175 Physio logical Psyceptional Children, 172 Motivation, chology, 180 Motivation , 200 Psy200 Principles of Learning, 221 chology of Learning and Teaching, Individual Differences, 224 Mental- 227 Theories of Learning, 271 Semly Retarded, 225 Gifted, 235 Play inar in Conditioning Techniques. Therapy, 238 Practicum in Play Modifications : Th e courses of Therapy, 282 Individual Testing, study outlined above are recom283 Counseling, 284 Theories of mended as guides to both the stuCounselin g, 285 Projective Methods, dent and his committee. However, 286 Group Counseling, 287 Occu- each student- with the approval pational Information, 288 Practi- of his graduate committee-will cum in Counseling, 289 Practicum find it possible to make minor in Testing; Spec Ed 186 Diagnosis adaptations of the outlines to meet of Learning Difficulties, Spec Ed his special interests and needs. 288 Counselin g of Parents of ExMaster's Degree in Counseling. ceptional Children. Three types of degrees are present(5) Counseling: 172 Motivation, ly available: ( 1 ) A Master of 200 Principles of Learning, 224 Re- Science degree in Psychology, with tarded Children, 225 Gifted Child- a major emphasis in counseling, ren, 282 Individual Testing, 283 (2) A Master of Science degree in Counselin g, 284 Counselin g Theo- Counseling Psychology, and (3) A ries, 286 Group Coun seling, 287 Master of Education in Counseling Occupational Information, 288 Prac- and Guidance. Th e essential differticum in Counseling, 289 Practi- ence in these three tracks is in the cum in Testing, 290 Field Practice amount of undergraduate course in Counseling and Guidance. work in psychology. Essentially, the ( 6) Animal Behavior: 17 4 Sens- MS in Psychology requires a bachory Basis of Behavior, 175 Physio- elor's degree, or 45-quarter hours log ical Psychology, 271 Seminar in of undergraduate psychology; the Conditioning Techniques, 27 4 Ad- MS in Counselin g Psychology revanced Sensory Basis of Behavior, quires only 30 hours of undergrad275 Advanced Physiological Psy- uate psychology, with the r emainchology, 276 Comparative Psychol- der of undergraduate prerequisites a llowable in edu cation and / or other ogy. (7) Physiological Psychology: disciplines; and t h e MEd in Counselin g and Guidance requires a 174 Sensory Basis of Behavior, 175 teacher's certificate and not less Physiological Psychology, 271 Semthan 17 -quarter hours of underinar in Conditioning Techniques, graduate psychology, with the re274 Advanced Sensory Bas is of mainder of undergraduate prereBehavior, 275 Advanced Phys iolog- quisites being allowed in education ical Psychology, 276 Comparative and / or other disciplines. Students Psychology. en tering graduate training in coun(8) Social P sychology : 170 Per- seling are advised into the particception, 180 Motivation, 261 Ad- ular program track which seems vanced Social Psychology, 262 So- most appropriate in terms of their cial Psychology of Teaching, 264 previous training, as well as their Experimental Social P sychology, present and anticipated interests 265 Culture and Personality. for a greater emphasis eith er in

Ps·y chology educational counseling and guidance, or in psychological counseling and school psychology. Outlines of the specific prerequisite requirements and the Master's degree requ irements may be procured from t he Psychology Department, Division of Counselor Education . Ma ste1· of Science Degree in Psychology-Speech Pathology . Th e Department of Audiology-Speech Pathology in cooperation with the Department of Psychology offers a composite Master of Science degree in Psychology-Speech Pathology. The course of study includes courses jointly approved by the two departments. Certification as a School Counselor. Institutional endorsement for counseling certification is given to qualified applicants who successfully complete either the Master's degree program or in lieu of the Master's degree, the minimum number of graduate hours and specified course a r eas required by the State for the Professional Counselor's certificate. All applicants 3eeking Institutional endorsement for certification are expected to meet the general qualifications for admission to graduate school. Even though the applicant is a nondegree candidate, he must apply and be accepted into the graduate school as such in order to pursue institutional endorsement for ei ther the Basic Professional or Professional Certificate. Course outlines relative to counselor certification may be procured from the Psychology Department, Division of Counselor Education. Doctorat e in Educational P sychologu. The Department of Psychology in cooperation with the Departments of education, has planned a program of advanced graduate study in counseling, school psychology and educational psychology that

10 7

leads to the EdD degree in Educational Psychology. The program requires a minimum of two years of graduate study, beyond the MS degree, including supervision of individ ual study, and an internship in schools, mental hygiene clinic, or social agency. PhD P1·ograms in Psychology. The Department offers PhD programs with specialization in the following areas: 1) Animal Behavior 2 ) Child and Developmental Psychology. 3) Learning and Motivation 4) Phys iological Psychology 5) Social P sychology For a description of the programs contact the Department Head or the Dean of Graduate School. Committee approval for entrance into any one of the doctorate programs is based upon appraisal of (I) the student's undergraduate transcript; with a minimum of 40 quarter hours credit in areas of genera l psychology; (2) scores on tr.e Departmental Comprehensive Test in Psychology, and (3) scores on the Graduate Record Examination.

Psychology Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 100. Human Growth and Development. A study of the developmental characte ris tics and process of human physical and psychological de\•clopment from birth to maturity . Pl·erequisite: Psy. 53. (3F', W, Sp, Su) Staff I 06. Educational Psychology. A study of the principles of learning in teaching and of the abi lities and other relevant characteristics of children and ado lescents on the basis of which elementary and secondary teachers can evaluate and/or develop conditions of effective learning. Prerequisite: Psy. 53. (3F, W, Sp, Su) Frandsen, Stone 112. Application of Statistics to Education and Psychology. Elementary study of statistical procedures in handling test scores and ot.her data, and of the concept needed to read

102

College of Education

curr ent edu cational and psychological lite ratu r e. (3F, W , Sp, Su) Checketts, Sharp, R. Publicover 123. P sychology of Exceptional Children . The development and behav io r characteristics of exceptional ch ildren. The education, home management, soc ial control, a nd psychological treatment suited to t h ei r needs. Groups included are the mentally deficient, physically handicapped, the exceptionall y gifted, and children h aving serious personality a nd conduct problems . (3F, W, Sp, Su) Berg, Owens, Halstrom, Publicover 127. Psychology of Learning. A comprehen s ive study of desc riptions a nd explanation s of learning. Prerequis ites: Psy. 53 and 71. (3F, Sp, Su) Daley 128- Thinking and Verbal Behavior. Stresses mediational processes in thinking, cognition, concept learn in g, transfer, and hypothesizing as elements of complex learning and problem solving. Stone 140. Abnormal Psychology. A desc riptive and exp lanatory study of the varieties of mental a bnorm a lity- psychoses, psychoneuroses, and minor maladjus tments- their causes, the methods of treatment, and the mental hyg iene approach in preventing psychological m a lad justments. Prerequisite: Psy 53 a nd 100. (3F, Sp, Su) Sharp 145. Mental Hygiene. For teachers and other wo rk er s in social occupations. Designed to promote understanding of emotional a nd social adjustments, and as a basis for gu iding children, adolescents a nd adults toward improved me ntal health. Prerequisite: Psy. 53 a nd 100. (3W) R . Publicover, Sharp 155. Psychology of Business and Industry. The methods and principles of psych o logy are applied to sevel'al gene r al problems in busine::;s and industry, inclu ding a dv ertis in g and selling, selection and placement of emp loyees, motivation and m or a le, training, condition s of work, and productivity. Prerequ isite: Psy. 53. 13W) Cragun 156. Problems in Industrial Psychology. An a n a lys is of cu rrent issues, problems, methodologies, a nd r esea r ch in Ind ust ri a l and Bus iness Psychology. Prerequ is ites: Psy. 11 2 (or equiva lent) and 155. Cragun 161. Social Psych ology. A study of behavior in the fram ewo rk of socia l influences, including communicatio n, social in teraction, social norms, roles, leadership, influence of culture and soc ia l structu r e on personali ty, social a ttitudes, attitude change and propaganda. Prerequis ites : Psy. 53 an d 100. (3F, Sp, Su) Staff

170. Perception. The development, ~t ructure, role in behavior, and fa cto r s affectin r perceptual processes : a study of the theo: ies and expel"iments. (3F) Staff 171. Advanced Experimental A n a lys i1 of Behavior. The cou rse will emphas ize met10ds a nd procedures w hi ch enable psychologist! to manipulate behavior. Current researc h methods will be emphasized and demonstrattd. Nonstatistical analysis of beh avior will bt emphas ized. Prerequisite: Psy. 71 or equiva le>t. (3W) Daley 172. Motivation. An introduction h to and exami nation of pertinent theories o f nntivation with spec ial emphas is on the role of motivational factors in human behavior and ea rning. (3W, Su) Casto, Sharp 174. Sen sory Basis of Behavior. An ntroductory cou r se in to the sensory basis of behavior to include study and experimentatio n on ps ychophysical methods, a n atomy of teceptors, phys iology of r ecepto rs and central nervous system bas is of sensation. Prerequis i1es: Psy. 53, and Phys. 4, Human Phys iology. ('! W) Staff 175. Physiological Psychology. Phyliological mechanisms underlying behavior. Prenquisites : Psy. 53 and Phys. 4, Human Physiolory. (3Sp, Su) Staff 181. Psychometrics Applied to Guida>ce. The evaluation, in terpretation, and uses of tests of intelligence, apt itudes, interests, pe;sonality, and adjustme n t. Prerequisite: Psy. 53 an d 112. ? randsen (SF, Su) 191. History and Systems of Psycholo路gy. HistOl'y of ps ychol ogy and a critica l con parison of the several sys tematic points of view on major problems in psyc hology. (3Sp) Sharp GRADUATE COURSES 200. Principles of Learning in Tca!hing. A study of learning th eo ry and of exreriments in ps ycholog y and education fot路 the purpose of developing a set of learning prin :iples as a gu ide to creating conditions for effective learning in both elementary and seco ndary schools. Prerequisites: P sy. 53, 112, >nd 106. (3W, Su) Stone 202. Psychology of Adolescence. Grovth, psycho logical and soc ia l characteristics, development, edu cational and guidance n (1:!ds and adjustment problems of ado lescents a s m et in schools, homes and communities. Prerffluisites : Psy. 53 and 100. (3Sp, Su) Staff 205. Child Psychology and Development. T he roles of maturation, learning, and environmental conditions in the motor, me:1tal, social, emotio na l and personality development in ch ildren from birth to adolescence. ? r el'fq uis ites: P sy. 53 and 100. (3F, Su) Casto

Psychology

10.3

2J2. Advanced Appli catio n s of Statisti cs to Ed u ca t io n and Psychology. This course covers a n a l ys is o f varia nce nnd covariance , va ri e d con-e lation t ec hniQ ues, partial and multip le co r relation, and n o n-par:tm et ric m et hods . Prerequ is ite: P s y. 11 2. 13S p, Su) S taff

te a c hing in c lu rling ::;tudy o f soc ia l s t r uctures <l y nam ics o f ins t r uctio n al groups : r o les o f teac he r a nd stu d en t s ; f o rma t io n and e ff ec t s o f gT o up n o rm s : and o f fa clO l'S a ff ec tin g gTou n lea rnin g and proble m so lvin g, di s c iplin e, and self an ci socia l deve lo pm e nt. Prerequ is ites : P Ry . 11 2 and 16 1. (3Sp, Su) C r ag un

2 14. I n depe nd en t Readings in Psycho logy. F o r st ude n ts w h o can n ot part icipnte in th e di scuss ion in P syc h o log y 215, t hi s cou rse prov ides o ppo rt u nity fo r independent read in gs and con fere n ces o n t o pics in di v id ua lly selected. Pl·ere Qu is ite: prio r cou rse in th e area of t h e top ic selected. (2F, W, Sp, Su) Staff

263 . Att itu des a nd Att it ud e Meas u re m e n t. A :;tudy of bas ic iss ues in t h e s tud y o f attitudes , in c luding m easu re m e nt , s tn1ctur in g , and su ch cu ncnt iss ues a s primac y -rece n cy e ff ects, im muni zat io n, etc . Prere(lu is ites: P sy 26 1 and 2 12. Sta ff

215. Seminar Disc ussio n of C urrent a nd S p e c ia l Top ics in P s yc h o logy. \:V ee kl y di scuss ions ll f topi cs in cu n ent ma gaz in es plus in (lepende n t rend ing c it h ei· of so m e espec ially s ig nifi c ant book o1· p eriodic a l li terattn ·e o n a spec ia Ji ,.. ed top ic , se lected accord ing t o stu d e n t's inte res t. May be tak e n 1, 2 or ~ quart e rs . (2F, W, Sp , Su) Staff 2 17. Researc h for Mas ter 's Thesis in Psyc h ology. C r edit arranger!. ( F. W, Sp, Su) Staff

224. C haract e ri s tics of the 1\1enta11 y Retard e d . A s tud y o f t h e characte ri st ics, identificat io n, a nd treatm e nt of t h e m e ntally r etarded. Emphas is u po n t h e p syc h o log ica l , soc ial , and edu ~ ati o n al p rob le m s in the t re atm e n t and control o f th e mental ly h an di capped . (3Sp , Su) Ow en s. Hai s t rom 225 . C haracteri s ti cs and Education of the (;jftcd C hile!. A s tud y of t h e c ha racte J·i:st ic:; . rnean ::o o f id e nti fy in g , guidance, and educat io n of g if ted children . (3 W , Su) Hals trom 227. Theories of Lear n ing. An integ r ati o n an d s ynth es is o f th e li teratu r e . A compa ri so n and ev a luati o n o f alte rn ate ope ra t iona l and t heo r e ti cal ex plannt io n s o f lea rning. (3F ) Stone

235. Obse rva t ion and Case Analysis in P lay Thera p y. Exp lorati o n o f t h eo ri es a nd pote nt ialities of s pecia li zed p la y t h erapy expe ri ence. Co n ce pts a n d prin c i ples in the inter-pe rso n a l process arc e xam in ed a n d devel o ped. (3F, Su) Staff 238. Pract icum in Pla y Therapy. D irect expe r ie n ce wit h ch ildre n in t he pla y t h e1·apy s it uati on. PrereQuis ite : P s y. 235. (2F , W, Sp , Cas to Su) 261. A d vanced Soc ia l P syc holo gy. Exp e ri m e ntal a nd th eo ret ica l s t ud ies o f selected curre nt top ics in soc ial P syc h ology- in c:luding g rou p be h av io r, m ot iva ti o n, r e a c t ions to fr ustratio n and co nfli ct, attitud e m e a s urement, pe rso nalit y deve lo pm e nt , a n d c ultural aspects of behav io r. Prerequ is ites : P sy. 112 and 161. (3 W ) Staff

262. Social P s ycholo g y of Teac h ing. Appli ca tio n s of t h e pr in c iples o f soc ial psyc hology in

Hn cl

264. Experi m enta l Soc ia l P syc h o logy. A r eview and crit i(]ue of t h e ex perim e ntal li te r altll·e in certain selected areas o f soc ial p s ychology. Student ~ w ill be r eq u ired to prepare and c arry out an expe rim e n t in one of t h es e area s . Pre requi s ites : P s y. 261 and 212 . (3W} S t aff

265. C u lture an d Perso n a li ty. A s tudy of the re la ti o n s hip between va1·i ous c ul t u ral s ys tem s and t h e ir e ff ect o n pe1·sonali ty. Va r ious theo reti cal o ri e nt at ions w ill be r ev iewed including psyc h oana lyt ic theory , ge n eral be h av io r is m a nd fi e ld th e01· y . P 1·e requ is ite : P s y. 26 1. ( 3S p ) S ta ff 266 . S m a ll G roup Analysis. An analys is o f s m all g r oups, i nc luding: proble m s o f m easu rem ent. theor ies o f intera ction , r o le b ehavi or, nor m s, group s ize, leade rs h ip, nonnati ve beh av io r , e tc. Pl'crequ is ites : P sy. 261 and 212. St.aff 267. Hesearc h in Psycho logy on Edu ca tion. See Edu c. Adm. 267. (3 F, S P. Su) C hecketts, S h a ve r 27 1. Seminar in Conditioning Tech n iques. T he cou rse wil l emp ha s ize cu rre nt resea rc h in 1·espondcnt and o perant co nditi o nin g-. The student w ill be r espons ibl e fo r a n indepe n de n t s urvey o f t he lite ratu r e u r an in depen d ent experim e nt a l d em o n strat io n . (3 \tV) Dal ey 27 4. Advanced Sensory Bas is of Beh av ior. An advanced cou rse in se n s ation co nc e ntrating o n the phys io log ical basis o f s en satio n. This cou r se is des ig n ed for t he g radu a t e s tud e n t in ph ys iolog ical p syc ho logy. It is a s urv e y o f c urre n t l'Csca r c h in bot h t h e cellul ar a nd g ross phys iolog ica l bas is o f se n s a t ion . P 1·e req u is t e : Psy. 17 4. ( 3W) St af f

275 . Advanced Ph ys iologica l Psyc h ol ogy. N e ul·oan at o my and n eu rop hys io log ica l bas is of be h av ioL A su1·vey of bra in a nd bcha\• io r fr o m t he cellul a r level on up. Curre n t r esearch in n europsyc ho logy w il l be e mpha s ized . Pre r equis ite : P sy 174 a nd 175. (3S p ) S t aff 276. Comparative P s yc h o logy. A phyloge n etic stu dy o f an imal behav io L Co m pa r in g n atu rali st ic and expe r im enta l findings. (3 W ) Daley

104

College of Edu catio11

280. Perso nalit y. An advanced stud y o f the o rgani r.at io n , d evelop m e nt, d y nami cs and appraisal o f p e rso nality. Th eo ri es and c mpe1· ica l inves ti ga ti o n s of perso nalit y are s tudied as a bas is f o 1· arri v ing at integrated concepts o f t h e natur e and development of p e r so nali ty . (3Sp, Su) S harp

282. Individual Diagnostic Intell ige n ce Testin g. T ec h n i(}ues of indi vidual tes ting, including inten s ive practice in t he admini s trati o n and interpretatio n of (a) the Stanford - 13inet an d VVechs le r 's inte lligence scale fo r childre n, in th e ex a!l1inati o n o f sc h oo l-a ge ch ildren, an d ( b) Wec h s ler's adult inte lligence sca le f o r u se w ith a d olesce nts and adults . Prerequis ite : P s y. 18 1. (3W, Su) Casto 283. Principi('S and Tec hniqu es of Co un selin g. P rin c iples and tec hni ques o f co un sel-s tud e nts o n p r o bl e m s of cu rri c ulum plannin g and v oca tional ch o ice, o n improving method s o f s tudy, and e m otio nal and soc ial a d j ust m e n t . P J·eJ'equ is ites: P s y. 53, 106 a nd Ed. 128. (3F, Su) Bertoch, Wri g ht 284. Th eo ri es of Cou n seling. An advanced st udy of th e t h eo ries of co un sel in g , to de velo p g reat e r unde1·s tanding o f and a more e ff ective approach to cou nse ling. Pre1·equ is ite: Psy. 283 . (3 W, Su) Wright 285. Introduction to Protective Methods of t h e S tudy of Personality. The dynamics o f hu man a d justmen t a nd t he commo n p ro j ec t ive m et h o ds f01· r e vealing motives , attitud es , and adjust m e nt mechan is m s o f c hil dren and adults . Pre requ is ite: P sy. 18 1. (3 Sp, Su) F randse n , Cns to 286. Gro up Procedures in Co un selin g a nd Guid a n ce. Th e in te nt of t hi s course is to a cqua i nt the s tud e nt w ith cu rre n t t h eo r y and practi ce in t he usc o f g ro u p:j f 01· va ri ous ed ucat io nal and p syc h olog ica l processe:j and to effect so m e initial s kill s in wor king parti cul a d y ·w ith gu idance, cou n se ling, :1nd /o r t h era py groups . P1·ercqu is ite : P sy . 18 1, 28:1 . (3\V , Su) Wright 287. Occ up at ional Info r m ation . Co ll ect ion, c lass ifica t io n, and uses of occupati o nal in for mat io n in co un se li ng. (3\<V) Bertoch 288. Practicum in Cou n selin g. S upervi sed prac tice in counse ling in e lem enta ry o 1· s econdary sc h oo ls in th e U niv e r s it y o r in c lini cal o1· guidan ce agencies . Prerequis ites: P sy. 18 1. 2 4, and con~ent of t he Directo t· o f Co un sclo1· Edu catio n o n e -qu arter prior to t· eg i ~t ra t i on . (2 F , W , Sp, Su) Wright, Peterso n , Bertoch 289. Practicum in Psyc h olo gical Testing. Su perv ised practice in psychological te~ting in elementat·y or seco ndary sc hools, in t h e uni-

versity, or in c lini ca l Ol' guida n ce age n c ies. Pre re q u is ite : P s y. 282 . (2Sp ) Fra n dsen, Casto 290. Field Practice in Counseli n g and G uida nc e. A one-quarter interns hi p for pros pective counselors in approved sc h ool syste m s or oth e r agencies o f Utah and lclah o. In so m e se ttings the trainee ma y r ece ive a st ip e nd for fulltime work. The in tern will be pla ced in a field se ttin g- appt·o pt·i ate to hi s ant icipated e mpl oy m e nt goals, and w ill be s uperv ised by a qualified p erso n in the field setting and by the counselor edu cat io n staf f o f th e Un ivers ity. Pt·erequis ites : co n se n t of th e Director o f Counselo r Educatio n. (6 F, W, S p ) Wright 297. Workshop in Guid a n ce. A facult y or part of a facul t y in a sc hoo l or sc h oo l d is tr ict st udies , evaluates , and attempts to improve t he u se of th e sc h ool's r esources f or more eff ec tive guidance in its se ve ral phases . (3F, W, Sp) Staff 298. T ec hniques o f P r og rammin g. Analys is of prog1·am effi c ie n cy based o n a study of cu rricular seq uen ce. R ev ie w of researc h and la b orato l·y w01·k on sty les of pro gram co n st ructi o n. (3 Su) Stone 3 00. P syc hologi cal Foundatio n s of Education. From a study of th e p syc h o !.)g ica l educational t h eo ri es and s upp o r t in g expe rim e n ts- o n moti vation, lea r ni n g, abilities, in terests, persona lity, inter- pe rso nal re latio n :j , teac h in g and evaluat ion- s tud e n ts will f o rmu late an integrated t heo1·y of teach in g. (3 W) F randsen 3 05. Adva n ced C hil d Psychology. A critical and c r ea ti vC' approa ch to the st udy of t h e nature and fact o 1·s affe cting c hild dev e lopment, including th e co n s id e rati o n of t h eories , expe rim e nts , and proposed n ew s tudies in t h e f ield. ( 3W) Frandsen

:no. E du cationa l Diagnos is of Lea rning Diff iculti es. Prin cip les from educat io nal psych o lo g y a ppli ed to th e diag-nos ti c st udy of t h e diffi cult ies s tudent s hav e in lea rn in g re ad ing an d ot her su bjects . (3F, Su) Stone ;n4 . Advanced Ind ependent Study in Psyc hology . Cred it Arranged. ( F , W, Sp ) Staff 315. Doc t oral Colloqu ium . A colloquium on advanced theor ies and rcse:-Hc h in P syc h olog y. H eq uired o f all P hD and EdD cand ida tes . (3Sp ) Sta ff 3 17 . Research for the Psyc h ology. (F, W, Sp)

Doctora t e

Thesis in Staff

:123. Adva n ced Exceptiona l Child. A critical and creat i,·e approac h to t h e study o f the ch aracte ris t ics , education, and gu idan ce o: e xcept io nal c hil d re n. (3F) Owe ns

Sc>condary Educatio11 381. Advanced Psychometrics. The bas ic prin<· iples o f psyc h ometri cs a s applie d in th e <'O n struct ion, evalua t ion, in terpretati o n, and uses o f tests of ab ili ties , achi evements , in te rC'Sts an d perso n ality. (3 W ) Frandsen

38 6.

Problem s in Co un selin g. Indi vidu a l case of c hi ldre n a n d ad olesce nts p r ese ntin ~ prob le m s of dia gnos is , gu id ance, rem edial

~ tudi es

teaching: and psychotherapy.

(3F )

Wright

387. Clinical Internship. A c lin ica l i nte rn ship fo1· doctora l ca ndida tes in w hi ch adva n ced test in g , diagnos is , an d t h e writing o f psyc h olog ica l protocals is practiced in m ental h osp ita ls , men ta l h ealth clinics and c hil d gu idance ce nte1·s. Admini stt·ation and interpretation of mental tests , projective tests a nd aptitude tests w ill b e superv ised by cl ini cal psyc ho logists in t h e center and by departm e ntal sta ff. Finan-

10 5

c ia! s uppo1·t by the ce n te r f o r selected candidates w ill b e a va il a bl e. Approved ce nters:

Cache County Mental Health Clinic, Utah Stale Industrial School, Ogden, and Wyoming Stale Mental Hosp ital , Evans t on, Wyoming. Sharp, Casto (~ - 6F. W, Sp, Su) 388. Intern ship in School P s ychology. Supervised practi ce in providing p s ychol ogical se rvices in a school setting. (3F, W, Sp) Staff 400 . Continuing Graduate Advi se ment. Graduate s tudents w ho h ave 1·ece ived maximum t h es is c redi t, but who have not co mpleted t h e t h es is o1· disse l'tation, mu st enroll f or a minimum o f t hl'ee c r edi ts, u ntil th e deg-ree is co m p leted. lf t he stu dent does n ot comply, his candidacy m ay be sus pended and his s uperviso J'Y com mi ttee dissolved . (3F, 3\V , 3Sp, 3Su . )

Staff

Department of

Secondary Education HEAD: KEN NJ·:TJJ C IIARLES FARREl!. AssoC'iat" h ·ofessoc Ed D. Univers ity of Utah OFFICE: Ed ucation 104 C. CARLI SLE, I'rof0ssor a;1c: Emer:tus Dea n, Co ll ege of Erlucati'>r; Ec!D , Uni ver s ity of Ca liforn ia ELDON M. DRAKE, Professor; PhD, Iowa Stat e Uni versity Ross R. ALLEN, Associate Professor; EdD , Univers ity of Utah PEARL S. BUDGE, Emeritus Associ ale Professor; MS, Utah State Univers ity .To I-IN HAAS, Assoc iate Professor; PhD, Uni versity of Michi ga n THEODORE W. IvAmE, JR., Assistan t Professor; Ec!D, Arizona State Universit y SAM UEL P . McEvoY, Assistant Professor; Ec!D, Colorado State College H. DALE RASM USSE N, Assistant Professor; M S, U t ah State University WALTER L. SAUNDERS, Assistant Pro [essor ; M S, and doctoral work, Oregon State University JOTJl\.

Master' s D egree. The Department of Secondary Education offe r s programs lead in g to the d eg re es: Master of Education, Master of Science, and Master of Arts. These degrees are design ed to provide training for those preparing to becom e m as ter teachers, s upervisors, and curricu lum specia li R1s . Each program provides for a core of courses in education

and ps ychology and advanced tra inin g in the candidate' s f ield. Candidates should matriculate in the D epartm ent of Secondary Education. Approved majors for th e Mas ter's d eg r ee in Seconda r y Education include: S econdary School Administration, Secondary Schoo l Teaching, Art Education , Drama Education , Mu s ic Education , S peech Educa t ion,

706

CollefZ.e of Educatio11

Bio log ica l Sci ence Edu ca tion , Genera l Sc ience Ed ucation , Ph ys ica l Education a nd Socia l Sc ience Studi es Ed ucat ion. Doct or of Edu cation D egr ee. Th e Department of Secondary Ed ucation, in cooper a tion w ith the Departm ent of Elementary Educat ion, and th e Depar t ment of Special Education offers t he Doctor of Education deg r ee in curri cu lum development and supervision . This degree is des ig ned for those planning to be curri culum coordinator s or supervisors in schoo l di stricts and co ll ege t eacher s . Candidates may matricula te in th e Departm ent of Secondar y Educatio n or in t he Department of E lementa r y Ed ucat ion.

Secondary Education Courses GRADUATE AND UN DER GRAD UATE COU RSES 146 . Laboratory Practicum for Secondary Sci· e n ce T eachers. Lecture and labo ra t or y exper ie n ce pro vid es initiation i n t o investigative laborato ry t e chniques an d procedures app r opriate for th e new high s chool s c ie nc e cu rricula. (3 W, Su) Saunders 147. Improve m e nt of Reading in Seco ndar y Sc hoob. A ~ t u dy o f resea1·c h a nd class room practices is d es ig- n e d to a ss ist seco nda r y schoo l pu p il s w it h lo w readin g a bili t ies. For En g lis h tea c he rs and those wi s hin g- to qu a lify f o r re m e dia l r eading cer tif ica t es . (3 \V , Su ) Budge 16 1. A udi ovi s u a l Ed u catio n . Stud ies the b u ildin g" o f a pro gr a m in wh ich th e n e w es t ma t e ria ls an d tec hni ques a re ut ili zed . Pre pa nn ion o f a ud iov isu a l m a te 1·ial. (3 F, W, Sp, Su) Dra k e, Beutler

162. A udio v is ual Techniques. A n ad va nced cou rse d es ign e d to pre pa r e st ud e n ts in t h e up e rat.i o n, ca r e and ma in te nan ce o f A u d iov isu al eq u i p m e n t. Th e co n st ru c ti o n a n d p 1·op e r util izati o n o f tea chin g a ids in t he c lass r oo m will al so be e mph as ized. (3S u ) Drake

163. New Media in Education. The d evelo pm e n t, o r ga ni zat io n, and use o f suc h n ew m ed ia as te lev is io n, teac hin g ma chin es, progra mm ed le ar n ing in th e pu blic sc h oo ls . \V a ys a nd m ean s o f orga ni z in g f o r team tea chin g will be cons ide red. (3F , W, Sp, Su) Beutle r, Drake

164. Meas ure m e nts and Evaluations in Education. Eva lu ates proced ures in educa t io n inc lu ding prin ciples o f me a s u re m e nts , tes t s , and t ext co n s tru ct io n. T h e developme n t o f more valid and o bjective te a c h e r m ade tests w ilJ be s tudied. (3F, W, Sp, S u) Staff

186 . Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning Difficulties. See Special E d ucati on 186. ( 3F , Sp, Su) Stone GRADUATE CO U RSES 230. Secondar y Scho o l Curri culum. A s tu d y o f the seco ndary sch oo l cu r r icu l um , ju nior and se ni o r hi g h s choo l, a s it n ow ex ists in typical sc h ools , t ogeth e r with proposa ls for impro vem e n t. (3F , Su ) Allen, Farre r, McEvoy 232 . Aerospace 232. (3S u)

Education.

See

T. Education S ummers

233 . The Junior High School. F ormerly 217. A s tudy of t h e junio r hi g h sc h oo l a s it h as de ve loped a s a di s tin ct seg m e n t o f the Am e rican Publ ic Sc hoo l s ys t e m, its fun ctions, o rganization and cu rriculum, t oget her w ith recomme ndati o n s f o r improve m e nt. (3 Su) Staff 237. Sem in a r in Secondary E du ca tion. F o r gradua t e s tudents in seco nd a r y e d uc atio n and t h ose pre paring f o r sc h oo l ad minis tration o r s upe r v is io n in j u ni o r o r se ni o r hi g h sc h oo l. Re v iews cu rre n t r esearch in a r ea s o f interest t o class m e mbers . (2Sp, S u) Allen, Farrer 240. Improvem e nt of E ngli s h in the Junior and Senior High School. A n a d va n ced course f o r e xperi e n ced t e a c h e rs . E valua tes s ignificant c ha nges in co n te nt and m e th od s a s r evealed by f ormal research and s uccess ful prac t ice. (3S u, W\ Budge The Impro ve m e nt of Social Stud ies in th e Secondar y School. F o 1· e xp e ri e n ced teache rs . Deals wit h n ewe r co n ce p ts in c ur ri cu lum a nd m e t h od s o f in s tructi o n in soc ial s tudies in t h e seco nda r y sc h ooL (3F , S u) Haas 241.

2 ~1 2. Th e Improve m e nt of Sc ience in the Seconda r y Scho o l. F o r ex p e ri e n ced t e ache r s. Dea ls w it h n ewe r co n cepts in cu rri cu lum and met hods of in stn1clion in p h ys ica l and b iolo gi cal sc ie n ces i n th e second a ry sc h oo l. (3Sp, S u) S aunders

243. The Improve m e n t of Mathematics in the Secondar y Schoo l. F or expe ri e n ced teachers. D e a ls w it h n e w e r co n cep ts in curr ic ulum and m e t h ods o f inst ru ct.ion in ma t h e mati cs in the seco ndary sc h oo l. (3 W, Su ) Allen 256. Social S tudi es Curri culum . R e currin g phil oso p hi cal p ro blems in soc ial studi es ed uc at io n, t h e i1· re latio n s hip t o c urri c ulum ch oices in a de m ocracy, and pro bl e m s o f co nte nt select io n and m eth o do log y i n t h e li g ht o f desi red

ob jec tiv es . Prerequ is i t e : Ed 134,

(3 F , W, S p) Haas

S fJecial Edu cation 258. Pra cti c um in t h e Evalu a ti on a n d Im provem en t of I n s truction . D es igned as a n in se r v ice tra ini ng cou 1·sc f o r experienced teac h en; a n d admi nistrato rs. E m phas is is g iven to eva l ua t in g an d improv in g t h e e d ucat io n a l prog ra m i n a pa r ticu la r sc h oo l o r sc h ool dist ri c t as a r esu lt o f an assessm e n t o f t h e n eeds o f t he commu ni ty a nd inst r uc ti o na l procedur es a nd teac h i n ~: m ethod ology. (3 F , W , Sp, S u ) Sta ff 259 . S up e r vi s ing Stud en t T eac hin g. Co n s ide r s wa ys a nd m ea n s o f prov id in g d es ira ble ex pe ri e n ces for student teach e r s in t h e public sc h ools . T h e role o f t he class r oo m teac h er an d t.he co llege su p erv isor w ill b e a nal yzed. (3F, S u) S t a ff

264 . I nstr u ctional Lea ders h ip in E du ca ti on . P dn cipl es a nd practices of sc h ool s upe r v is ion, i n clud in g qua lificati o ns and 1·espo n s ib ili t ies o f su perv iso rs of ins tr uct ion in p u bl ic ed ucation. Th e ,·ole of t h e prin cipa l , t h e c u r r ic ulum dir ector an d oth e r a d m inist ra to rs in instr uct iona l l ead ers hi p w ill b e co n s ide r ed. (3 W , S u ) A ll en . Farre r , McEvoy 266. I n tr od u ction to Rest'a r ch in Sec Ed uc A d m 266 . (3F, Su)

Ed u cation . Ca rlisle

267 . Re search in Psyc h ol ogy a n d Ed u cation . See E du c Adm 267 . (3 F , Su) S haver 283. Read in g a n d Confe rence. Prov ides for ind ividual ly di rected stud y in su b jects of s pecia l i nte rest an d pre paration. C r edi t a rranrted . ( 1", W , Sp, Su) S taff 285.

Re s earc h and T h esis W ri t in g . Fo rm e r ly w o rk i n t hes is wl"i t ing w it h g- u id a n ce a nd c l"i t icis m . Cred it a rra n ged. (F, W , Sp, Su ) Staff '.!.7 1. l nd iv id u a l

707

:l64 . T h eories of Teac hin g . The pu r pose o f t hi s se m in at· is to u nd ersta nd a nd f or m ulate th e structu re o f th e tea chi ng acts as eac h r e la tes to t he forma l and i nforma l processes of educa ti on . lt. em p has it.es t h at t h e ch ief f un c ti on o f t heory is to prov id e a f r a m ewo rk fo r obse l·va ti on and an a lys is . Stud e nts w ill ex am in e t heoret ica l p os it ion s wh ich s urvey th e s ig n ifi ca n t doma in s o f te a ch e r p e rfo rm a n ce suc h a s m ot ivat in g -re info rc in g ; prese nt in g-exp la ini n gde m on s tratin g ; o r·gan izin g - p la n n in g -m a n a g i n g; eva lua tin g; a n d cou n selin g -a d v is i n g. (3Sp , S u ) A llred , Fa rre r 36 5. C u r ri culum Devel op m e n t. F o 1·m c rly 3 15. Ad vanced p roble ms in cu rri c ul u m bu ild ing. P hiloso phi c bases o f t h e cu rri cu l u m , c urre n t practices, and o r ga n izatio n fo r cu r r ic ulum All red, Fa rre r , Haas study. 13S p, Su) :166 . Inter n ship in Sch ool S up erv is ion . Prov ides exten s ive expe r ie n ce f o r th e a d vanced stude n t wo1· kin g o n t h e Doc t o r o f Educa t ion Deg ree in Cu r r icu lu m Develo pm e nt a nd Super v is ion. The s tud e n t wo rk s a m i n im u m o f on e qua. r te 1· f ull t ime un de r t h e direc ti on o f an a dministra to r , in a public sc h oo l o r Univers ity. C r edi t ar ra nged. (F, W , S p) S taff

385 . Field S tu d ies a nd T h es is . F o1·m e rly 375 . I nd ividua l work on resea r ch prob lem s in the Ed D program. Cr edi t a n a n ged . (F, W, Sp, Su) S t a ff 400. Contin ui ng Gra d uate Adv ise ment . Graduate s tu dents w h o have r eceived ma x imum t h es is cred it, but w h o h ave n ot co m p le t ed th e t h es is 01 · disse 1·ta t.i on, m ust e nro ll fo r a minimum of t h r ee credi ts, u n ti l t h e degree is co m p leterL 1f t h e stu d e n t d ocs n ot co mp ly, hi s candi dacy may be s us p e n de d a nd h is s uperv isoJ·y <·om mi llee di sso lved. (3F, 3W, 3Sp , 3S u. ) S t a ff

Depari1nent of

Special Education A CTING HEAD: KAYE DoN OWENS, Associate Professor ; EdD, Colorado State Coll ege OFFI CE: E ducation 413 F REDERICK S. BERG, Associate Professor ; PhD, Souther n I llinois Uni vers ity FRA:'< CES J. H ALSTROM, Associate Profess or; EdD , Colorado State Colleg e P HYLLIS PUBLICOVER , Assista nt Professor; MS , Uta h State Un ivers ity ROBERT PU BLI COVER, Assist a nt Professor; MS, Uta h St ate Un iver s ity DEVOE R ICI<F.RT, Assist a nt Professor, EdD Uni ver s ity of Orego n GORDON BELNAP, Instructor ; MS , Utah St ate Uni versity MARNELL J ACOBS, In structor; MS, Univer sity of F lori da BETTY JA NIAK, Instruct or; MS, U t ah State University KENNET H MORGA N, I nst r uctor ; MS, Utah Stat e U niver sity

10 8

College of Educatiou

The Department of Special Education offers programs leading to Master of Science or Master of Education degrees in seven areas: (1) Mental Retardation, (2) Emotional Disturbance, (3) Remedial Reading, (4) Cultura l Disadvantage, (5) American Indian Education, (6) Gifted, and (7 ) Educational Audiology (in cooperation with the Department of Audiology-Speech Pathology) . Special certification may be obtained in teaching menta lly retarded, r emedial reading, and hard of hearing. Certification standards for teaching the emotionally di sturbed are pending administrative action, but the department's program will meet the requirements when they are publi sh ed. A minimum of s ix hours credit in field experience or practice teach in g with exceptional children is r eq uired for certification. Programs of study are as follows : Gmduat e Nond egTee PTogmm with P1·ofessional Certificate to T each Mentally R etw·ded. Below are li sted r eq uirements for a student who wants to obtain a Professional Ce rtificate (Utah) to teach menta lly r etarded children or yo uth , but does not want a master's degree. Prerequisites J. Bachelor's degree 2. Elementary, Secondary, or Spec ial Teaching Certificate 3. Three or more years o f attested successful teac hing 4. Bas ic Profess ional Certificate, or eligibility to be awarded this ce rtificate. To be eligible for thi s certificate, o ne mu s t ha ve success fully passed the following cou rs es or their equivalent. Ps ych 123 P s ycho logy of Exceptional Children ........... 3 P~ych 100 Human Growth a nd Deve lopment ................ 3 Sp Ed 124 Ch aracteristics of the Retarded ...... 3 Sp Ed 184 Curriculum for the Trainable Retarded ........................ .......... 3 or

S i> Ed 187 S p Ed 186 Sp Ed 185 or Ph Ed 126 Sp Ed 195 Sp Ed 191

Cu niculum f o r Educable Reta rded Diagnos is and Treatment of Learning Difficulties ...... 3 Arts and Crafts for the ..... ~ Mentally Retarded

PE f or T eachers of Me ntally Retanled Community Relation s Student Teaching

..... 3 ... 6

Having met the above prerequisites, the student is ready to pursue the course of study leading to Professional Certification. This program consists of the following: Sp Ed 288

Counseling and Guidance ..... 3 for Parents Sp Ed 289 Diagnosis of the Mentally Retarded .... 3 Sp Ed 298 Vocational Rehabilitation for the MR .... ..... 3 SpEd 294M Seminar: Mental Retardation ..... 3 Sp Ed 293 Education of the Socially Maladjusted Ad ....... .............. 3 Sp Ed 287 llasic Prob lem s of Teaching t he MR ..... ............. 3 Select 12 hours from t his total

........ .... 18

M aste1· of Education in Special Education (wit h P1·ofessional Cert'ifica tion in Mental Retardation). This program is designed to satisfy the requirements for a master's degree in ed ucation and the requirements for a Professional Certificate in Special Education (MR). U nderg raduate prerequisites will be examin ed and deficiences determined by the advi sor. Basic Uequired Courses Ed Ad 266 lnt•·oductio n to Research in Educa ti on .3 S p Ed 285 Re search and T h esis (seminar reports ) .. .. . 3 Sp Ed 124 Characteristics of the Mentally Retarded ........ .3 Sp Ed 184 Curl"iculum for Trainable R eta rd ed .... ........... 3 or S 1> Ed 187 Curriculum for Educable Re tarded Sp Ed 186 Diagnos is of Lear n ing Diff . ...... 3 Sp Ed 185 Arts and Crafts for the Mentally Retarded ····· ·· ········-·····3 or

Special Education Ph Ed S p Ed Sp Ed Psych P sych

12G

19 5 191 100 1n

PE for Teache1·s of Reta r ded Community Relations Student Teaching Human Growth and Develop . P sych of Exce ptional Chi I.

.... 3 ... 6 .... 3 .... .. 3

The can didate mu st choose, in cons ultation with his graduate committee, twelve hours from the following: S p Ed 288 Counseling of Parents .... 3 S p Ed 289 Diagnos is of Mental R etardation . .... ... 3 S pEd 294M Seminar: Mental Retardat ion .... 3 Sp Ed 298 Vocational Programs for the Retarded ............... .3 Sp Ed 293 Education of the Socially Maladju sted Ad . ... 3 Sp Ed 287 Bas ic Problems in Teaching t he MR ........ .. ..... .......... ..........3

In add ition to the above, the candidate must select at least three hours to meet the requirement of a total of 48 cred it hour s for the ME degree . Also, if he has not had so me of the bas ic required cou r ses as an undergraduate, he must choose courses so that h e has a total of 25 hours at the 200 level. For those who have satisfied some of the requirements li sted under "bas ic req uired courses," advanced courses must be chosen to make up a total of at least 48 hours. Candi dates for this degree who have not had their undergraduate work in special education should expect to spend more than three quarters compl eti ng the requirements.

Mas t e-r of S cience in Special Education (wit h P?·ofessional Certification to T each the Mentally Reta?·ded). Thi s program is identical with the program outlined above, except that the candidate must take Ed Ad 267 instead of 266 and Sp Ed 285 for three to nine credits thesis. The candidate is expected to do his thesis in the area of concentration.

109

Master of S cience in Special Education (without Utah Certi fication). This course of study is for stud ents who plan to meet the r equirements to teach mentally r etarded in states ot h er than Utah , or plan to deal with mentally retarded persons in educational sett in gs or service a r eas other than the publ ic school classroom. Twenty-four credit hours must be in th e f ield of mental r etardation, and the general req uirements for an MS degree must be met. It is the respo ns ibility of the student, in conference wit h hi s graduate committee and with t h eir approval, to select a program which will meet req uirements . Ma ster· of Education in Special Education (with Basic Professional Ce?"tification). This plan is for those stud ents who desire a Master of Ed ucation degr ee and a Utah Basic Professional Certificate (as against a Professional Certificate), with emphasis in another approved (not special ed ucation) field. Students should note t h at, in Utah, the Basic Certificate is issued for a five year period. Nine hours of additional approved work are n eeded for its ren ewal for another five years. Th e req uirements for this course of study are id entical with t h e basic r equ ired courses for th e Master of Education with professional certification, plus selected courses in the area of interest . A total of 48 committee-approved hours, 25 of them at the 200 level, is the mini mum. Master· of Education (or Science) in Sp ecial Education with Emphasis on L earning and Adjustment Disorders. There a re three degree offerings in this area of specialization: (1) Master of Science (MS) with professional certification, (2 )

110

College of Education

Master of Science, without professional certification, ( 3) Master of Education (MEd) with professional certification. A teaching certificate (elementary or secondary) is prerequisite to a program for professional certification. Core of Required Courses for Either MS or MEd Programs Psych 123 Psychology of Excep t io nal Children ······ ····················· ....3 S p Ed 186 Diag nosis and Treatment of L earning Difficulties .. ...... .... 3 Sp Ed 193 Psychopathology of Children .. 3 Sp Ed 291 Identification of Emotionall y Dis turbed ......... ..... .......... ......... 3 Sp Ed 292 Education of th e Emotionally Dis turbed ....... ...... ........ ... .... .. 3 or Sp Ed 293 Education of the Socially Maladjusted ....... . ..... 3 Sp Ed 192 Field Experience with Exceptional Child •a Master of Education with Professional Certificate Prerequis ite : Elementary or Secondary Certificate The required courses 1isted above, plus : Sp Ed 285 Research and Thesis - seminar report ..................... ...... 3 Ed Ad 266 Introduction to Research in Education ...... .. ...... ....... .............. 3 Sp Ed 191 Student Teaching in ED .. ..... ... 3-6 Appi'Oved e lectives to complete requirements Master of Science with Professional Certificate Prerequisite: Elementary or Secondary Certificate The required cou rses lis ted above, plus: Sp Ed 285 Research and Thes is .... ....... .... 3-9 Ed Ad 267 Introduction to Educational Research .3 P sych 181 P sychometrics Applied to Guidance ..... .... 5 Sp Ed 191 Student Teaching .... 3-6 Approved e lectives to complete requirements Master of Science without Professional Certification Programs under this option are individually plann ed to meet the needs of those who plan to teac h children w ith ]earning a nd adjustment disorders in states other than Utah, or plan to deal with s uch children in educational settin gs or service areas other than the public schoo ls.

Master of Education in Special Education (Compensatory Educa•May be waived for acceptable experience

tion). Thi s course of study is des igned to meet the needs of t eachers of children and youth whose learning diffi culti es are attributed to the cultural differences and deprivations which are preva lent among children from socially or eco nomicall y di sadvantaged environments. At present, a separate teaching certificate for compensatory education is neither required nor offered in Utah or adjacent states. Students who elect this course should already have a teaching certificate. Required courses should be taken in the sequence shown below. Student teaching may be waived for acceptable experience, but if required, the total program may take four quarters to complete. A candidate may return to his own school, to his regular job, for the student teaching, provided a su bstantial proportion of the pupil s are judged to be culturally disadvantaged and the school is in thi s geographical area. First Quarter

Anthrop 105 or Anthrop 165 SpEd 299 SpEd

296

Sp Ed

285

Psych

123

Comparative Value Sys tems and Education ... .3 Cu lture and Personali ty Language and Linguistics for the T eacher ..... ... 3 Problems and Methods in Compensatory Educ. .... 3 Researc h and Thes is (seminar report) .... 1 Psychology of Exceptional Children ..... ..... ..... ...................... 3 13 Second Quarter

Sp Ed Sp Ed

294 !92

Sp Ed Ed Ad

195 266

Sp Ed

285

Seminar: Camp. Education .... 3 Field Expe rience: Compensatory Education .. 3 Community Re lations ... 3 In troduct ion to Research in Education .......... 3 Research a nd Thesis (seminar report) ---- --·--- --1 Elective ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ...... .............. .3

Special Edu cation S p Ed

285

Third Quarter Researc h and Thes is ..... ...... ... l Electives (at leas t 9 hours .... JG in 200 cou rscs)

17 4G

Ma s t el of Education in Sp ecial Education (Indian Education). The course numbers of the prog ram , and general r equirements, are id enti ca l with the program in compensa to r y ed ucation, except that in all r equired courses special provis ion s are made for the problems of Indian ed ucation , and t h e fie ld experiences are very different. Ant hropology 268 may be substituted for Special Education 29 4C . T eachin g cer tificate is prerequis ite. No spec ial certificate is awarded. Others may enter the course, but it is designed for and ori ented towm路d s public school teaching. Ma ste r of Education in Sp ecial Education (with Emphasis on Teaching the Gifted ) . A teaching certif icate is prerequ is it e to entry into thi s p rog ram.

sa me as that shown above except that Ed Ad 267 replaces Ed Ad 266 and a thesis of 3-9 credit hours mu st be written in the field of the g ifted. Forty-five g raduate hours, in stead of 48, is the minimum total. Note: There is no special teaching certificate or endorsement for teaching the g ifted in Utah. Persons who wish to meet requirements for such certification in oth er sta tes should plan their programs accord in gly. Th e program offered here may be tailored to fit any state r equirements.

Master of Science (with Emphasis on Teaching the Multiply Handicapped ) . A program is curr en tl y being developed in t hi s area of Spec ial Education . Ma st e1路 of Education in Special Education (w ith Emphasis in R emedial Reading). Either an elementary or secondar y teachin g certificate is a prerequi site for this co urse of study. Also prerequisite are Ed 107, Reading in Elementary Schools and Eng. 122, Children's Literature.

Required Courses

P syc h 123 Sp Ed 18G

S p Ed Ed S p Ed S p Ed Sp Ed

s,,

191 192 286 290 285

Ed Ad 266 E l Ed 220 P s ych 225 S p Ed 295

P s y chology of Exceptional Ch ildren ... 3 Diagnos is and Treatme n t of Learning D i fficulties ..... 3 Student 'roaching .. ..6 Field Experiences ..... .... 3 Curriculum for th e Gifted ........ 3 Educatin g for Mental Health ... 3 Research and Thes is .. 3 (seminar repo rt ) Introd uction to Research in Education ..... 3 Creati ve T eaching .... 3 Characteri s tics of the Gifted .. .... 3 T eachi ng- Literature to t he Gif ted 3

11 I

P s ych 123 Sp Ed 186 S p Ed 21~ S p Ed 2 14 S p Ed 216

Ed Ad 2GG Sp Ed 285 El Ed 225

Required Core of Courses P sy ch . of Exceptiona l Children ~ Diagnos is a nd Treatment of Learning Di ffi cu lties .... .3 Remedial Readin g Diagnos is ... .. 3 Remedia l Read ing Remediation .... 3 Practicum in Rem edia l Read ing ..... .............. ..... .. ... ......3-G Introduction to Research in Education ... ... .... . .... 3 Research and T h esis (seminar report) ...... 3 Improvement o f Reading ........ ....

24-27 Electives approved by indi vidual's graduate com mi ttee

.24-21

Plu s at l eas t 15 committee-approved graduate h ou rs M inimum

Minimum total quarter credit ho urs

..4R

.12

total g raduate hours .... .. .48

Master of Sci ence in Sp ecial Education (w ith Emphasis on T eaching the Gifted ) . This option is the

!vi aster of Science in Special Education (w ith Emphasis on R emedial Reading). Thi s course of study has t he same basic requirements as that listed above, except th at Ed

112

College of Education

Ad 267 must be taken instead of Ed Ad 266, and a thesis instead of a seminar report mu st be written. E lementary statistics is a prerequisite to Ed Ad 267. Total committee-approved graduate hours are set at 45, as a minimum. Present requirements for a Provisional Endorsement will be issued upon the recommendation of the university to a teacher in a remedial program who has completed a minimum of 10 quarter hours of approved specia li zed training. This endorsement is valid for two years and will be r e-issued upon completion of 6 quarter hours of additiona l approved study, until the requirements for the Professional Endorsement are met. A Professional Endorsement requires 16 quarter hours of approved s pecialized training. It is valid for five years and wi ll be re-issued for another five year period after completion of 6 additional quarter hours of approved study.

Master- of Science in Educational Audiology. Thi s degree program is adm ini s tered through th e Department of Audiology-Speech Pathology. Upon comp letion of this program the student meets the requirements for the Certificate of Clinica l Competence in Audiology of the American Speech and Hearing Association and for a Utah profess ional certificate for teaching of the partially hearing . Students who desire to meet the teacher certifiC'at ion requirements mu st also meet r equirements for either an elementary ot· secondary teaching certificate. The person who begins specialization as a graduate student will spend two years in the master degree program.

Required Courses A-Sp 50 Fund. o f Communication Science 5 A-Sp 70 Language, H ea ring and Speec h De v elo pm e n t ... 3 A-Sp 90 P hon etics .3 A-Sp 110 Fund. Anatomy of S peec h and H ca l'in g ... .. 5 A-Sp 120 Speec h Pathol ogy 1 ... 5 A-Sp 125 Speech Path o logy II . .. ....... 5 A-Sp 1:35 b Cl ini cal PntcticumAudiology ...... Arr. A-Sp 135c Cli n ical Praclicum-Educational Audiology .... AtT. A-Sp !50 Audiology I ·········· ···-···5 A-Sp 155 Audiology II .. 3 A-Sp 160 Audiology III ... 3 A-Sp 170 Speech for th e H earing Impaired ..... 3 A-Sp 172 Language for the Hearing Impa ired I ... 3 A-Sp 174 Language for the H ea ring Impa ired II .. 3 A-Sp 1/G Language for the Hearing Impaired lll ...... 3 A-Sp 178 The Young Hearing Impaired Child ...... 3 A-Sp 180 Dactyology .. 2 A-Sp 200 Sem inar in Educational Audiology ... .. . ...... .. Arr. A-Sp 225 Diagnos ti c Methods in Speech Pathology ..... 3 A-Sp 230 Medical Bac kground in A-Sp Patho logy ....... ..... ...... .......... .4 A-Sp 235a Cli ni cal Practicum, Speech Pathology ...... ......... .......... ...4 A-Sp 235b Clinical Practicum, Aud iology ..... ... .. Arr. A-Sp 235c Clinical Practicum, Educational Audiology .... AlT. A-Sp 240 Public Sch ool Clin ica l Practicum . ......... . Arr. A-Sp 260 Pediatric Audiology ...... 3 A-Sp 270 Speech Reading .... ..... 3 A-Sp 275 Auditory Training . ..3 A-Sp 290 Resea 1·c h and Thes is ...... AI-r. El Ed 21'l Di agnos is o f I~ c ading .... 3 El Ed 214 Remedial Readin g ln s truction .. ... 3 Ps ych 12:~ P syc h of Exceptional Children ... 3 P!-iy ch 127 Psychology of Learning .... 3 01"

Psyc h 200 Sp Ed 180 Sp Ed 181 Sp Ed

2~:-:

P1·inciplcs of Learning Education o f the Hearing Impaired .. 3 Characte ris t ics of the Hearing Impaired .. 3 Counselin g Parents of Exceptional Children ... . .... 3

Special Education Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 100. Fundamentals in Speech Speech !70. (5F)

Disorders. See S taff

SjJecial Educatioll 112. Application of Statistics to Education . See Psychology 112. (3P, W, Sp, Su) Frandsen, Sharo, R. Publicover

!26. Physical Education for the Mentally Retarde·d. See Physical Education 126. (3 F, W , Sp, Su) Belnap 127. Psychology of Learning. See P syc hology 127. (3F, W, Su) Frandsen 155. Ut ili zation of Audiovisual Media. See IMLS 155. (3F, W, Sp) Beutler. Essig, Smellie

156 . Instructional Media IMLS 156. (3W, Su)

Education.

See Essig

165. Production of Audiovisual Materials. S m ellie See IMLS 165. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 166. Local Production of Audiovisual 1\laSmellie t•rials. f3 W, Su) 171. Programs for Recreational Therapy. See Physical Education 171. (3W) Burnett

180. Education for Hearing Impaired I. Academic evaluat ion, guidance and acceleration of the hearin g impaired; syste matic procedures for opt imal development o f reading, mathematical, socia l, and scientific academic sk ills; cooperation with regular sc hool personnel. (:> F. Su) Berg 181. C haracteristics of the Hearing Impaired. Evaluation techniques used in placement, education, and gu idance of the hearing impaired; associated psychological, social , educational and vocat io nal problems; ~pecia l apparatus, devices, tec hni ques and educational app1·oach es; mental, emotional, symbolic, motor and v isua l problems. (3Sp, Su) Berg 181. Psychometrics. Sec Psychology 181. ( 5F) Frandsen

184 . Curric ulum for the Mentally Hetarded (trainable). A study of curricula and adaptatio n s in methods spec ifically suited to the abilities of mentally retarded children. Prov ides helpful guidance both for teachers of specia l classes and public sc hools and teachers in community cen te rs. Psychology 123 is a prerequisite or s h ou ld be taken concurrently. !3F, Su) Owens, Rickert 185. Arts a nd Crafts for the Mentally Retarded. A laboratory study of methods and p r ocedures of arts and crafts in classroom and instruct ion fo 1· the mentall y retarded. (3F, Sp, Su) Owens, Laird 186. Diagno~is and Treatment of Learning Difficultie.. A st udy of methods o( dea lin g w ith learning- difficulties in basic educational s kills of pupils in the elementary and secondary schools . The emphasis is upon developmental and co t-rective meas ures in the typical classmom. (3I•', Sp, Su) Owens, Stone

7 73

187. Curriculum for the Educable Mentally Handicapped. A study of curricu la and adaptations in methods of teac hing espec ially su ited to the needs and ab ili ties o f mentally r etard efl ch ildren. P1·ovides helpful guidance both for teac h ers of cl a sses for these children and for teac h e rs who provide for them in regular ::;ch ool c la sses. P sy 123 is a pre r e(]uis ite or , ho llld be taken concurrently. (3 F. Su) Owens, P. Publicover

191 . Stud ent Teaching in Special Education. Designed to h elp the teacher apply methods and techniques found to be successful wit h s low -learning ch il dren, emotionally disturbed c hildren, and culturally disadvantaged. The apprentice plan is foll owed w hi c h requires an initial period o f observat ion w it h minor respo n s ibilities which in crease as the student's ability is demon strated. Enrollment is limited to experienced teachers or s tudents who have co mpl eted Ed 106. Students must have com pl eted or be concurrently tak ing the courses i n Psy 123, 184 and Ed 187 or Ed 291. Credit arranged. (F, W , Sp, Su) Staff 192. Field Experiences with Exceptional Ch ildren . Opportunities for co ntacts with retarded, emotionally disturbed, gifted, mentally ill, h ard of hearin g, deaf and other types of exceptional children will be provided. The candidates wiJl stud y the settings and work with individuals o n spec i fic problems. Interns hips are provided in a pproved settings s uch as Gr an ite School District, Tooele School District, Wyoming State Mental Hospital, Utah State MEntal Ho.=:;pital, anC. ot!1 e ~· approYeG institutions. C 1·ed it arranged. (F, \V, Sp, Su) Staff 193. Psychopathology of Childhood. A study o f pathological behavior in c hildhood and the role of various professions in diagnosis and treatment of such behavior. (3F, Su) Casto, Doidge 194 . A Survey of the Educational Problems of Children Having Multiple Disabling Co nditions of a Nature Se riou s Enough to Require Special Programming. This course deals with teaching children who are handicapped in two or more areas of functioning : physical, social . emotiona l, and intellectua l. (3Sp, Su) Owens 195. Com munity Helations. The people, relationships, co mmunication , and co ntrol channel s and processes outside the teacher-pup il 1·clati o n ship wh ich effect the co mpeten cy of t h e spec ial educator. (Modes of copi n g are suggested in the course). (3W) R. Publicover GRADUATE COURSES 200. Principles of Learning in Teaching. See Psychology 200 (3W) Stone

ll4

College of Education

202. Psychology of Adolescence. ch ology 202. (3S p, Su)

See PsyLanger

213. Diagnosis of Reading. Sec Ele m entary Education 213. (3 F, Su) Mower

2 14 . Methods of Instruction in Remedial Reading. See Elementary Educat ion 214. (3W) Mower 216 . Practicum in Remedi a l Reading. See Elem e ntary Education 216. (3W, S u ) Mower 224. Chara ct e ri sti cs of the Mentally Retarded. See Psychology 224. (3W, Su) Halstrom, Owens 225. C hara cte ri stics a nd Education of the Gifted Child . See Psychology 225. (3Sp , Su) Malstrom 225. Improvement of Reading in the Elementary School. See Elementar y Education 225. (3) Allred , Shaw

225. Sociology of Deviant Behavior. See Soc 225. (3) Pennock 235. Theory and Practice of Play Therapy. See Psychology 235. (3F, Su) Casto 238. Practicum in Play Therapy. See Psy 238 . (2F, W, Sp, Su) Casto 261. Organization and Administration of Special Education. See Educatio nal Adminis tration 261. (3 F, Su) Staff 266. Applied Research in Education. See Educati onal Adm ini st ration 266. (3F, Sp , Su) Shaver 267. Uesearch in Psychology a nd Education . Sec Educatio nal Adminis tration 267 . (3F, Sp) Shaver

280. S u)

Personality,

See Psychology 280 . (3Sp, S h a rp

282. Individual Diagnosti c Intelligence Tes t ing. See P syc hology 282. (3 W) Frandsen 283. R ead in g and Co nf erence. Provides fo r indi vid ually directed study in subjects of s pec ial inte t·est and preparation. Credit atTangcd. ( F, W, Sp, Su) Staff

287. Basic Problems in Teaching the Mentall y Handicapped. Analys is of t he e moti o nal and social aspects o f the mentally retarded c hild a s t hey are r e lated to hi s perce ptio n of him s elf a nd of hi s learning- diffi cult ies . The necessity of understanding h ow t h ese children develop concepts which are essentia l to their lear nin g will be st ressed. Classroom procedures w hi ch facilitate th e deve lop m ent o f such concepts will form the main b dy of the course. (3S p , Su) Owens. Rickert

288. Counseling of Parents of Exceptional Children. A stu d y of counselin g pract ices s ui ted f o r parents of exceptional c hi1dre n. The s pecial psychological problems of these parents will be emp ha s ized. Information on loca l, state, and nati onal r esources for pare nts and childr en forms an esse nt ial part of t he course. (3 W, Su) Casto, Malstrom 2R9. Diagnosi s of the Mentally Retarded. A stu dy o f m et hods and t ec hni ques for educa tional, psychological, a nd soc ia l d iagnosis of the m e ntally retard ed. Prerequ is ites: Psy 123, Ed 187 . (:J W, Su) Owens, Rickert 290. Education for Mental Health in the Classroom. Emphas izes t he im po r tance of menta l h eal t h in t eachin g. Analys is of t he concept of t h e h ea lth y c hild in t h e c lassroom and t h e conditions w hich contribute to hi s growth and development. (5F, Su) Casto, Sharp, Malstrom 291. Identification of the Emotionally Handicapped . A s tudy o f sy mptoms and causes of e moti o n ally di sturbed c hildre n. Emphasis on r ecog nition o f n cu t· otic, psy c h otic and soc ially maladjusted ch ild ren in c lass r oom se ttings. Prerequis ites. P sy 12:3, Ed 290. (3F, Su) P. Publicover

292. Education of the Emotionally Handicapped. Disc uss ion o f sc h ool programs for emotio n ally distu1·bcd childr en. Met hod s and procedu r es for these childr en in reg ular classroom , special class 1·ooms and in s titutions will be stud iNl. Fi eld tr ips to m e n ta l instit ut ions. Pt·c,·eoui s ites : Ed 291. (3 \.V, Su) P . Publicover

285 . Hesearch and Thesis \Vriting . Indi v id ual work in t h esis writing w ith g-uidance and cr it icism. Credit arrang-ed. (F , \ V, Sp, Su) Staff

293. Education of the Soc ially Ma ladjusted Adolescent. S pec ifi c emp ha s is on ado le:;cent programs in in st itution s suc h as rncntal h ospitals, indus trial sc hools. etc. L ega l an d admini strative aspeetn of progntm s f o 1· di stu rbed adolescents w ill be di scussed. (3Sp, Su) P. Publicover

286. Cu rr iculu m for the Gifted. A study of cur ri cu lum d es ig n s, specia l and enr ichm ent programs for gifted s tudents . (3Sp, Su) Halstrom

294. Seminar in Special Education. Students d raw ft·om all su b-fields i n Spec ia l Edu catio n to study a topic o f particular inte res t and importance. (3W, Sp, Su ) Staff

SfJccial Education 295. Method ~ in Presenting Literature to the Gifted. Des igned to review the character is tics of the gifted, to examine his reading habits, to find methods of identHying superi or and creative readers, an<.l to improve upon discuss ion tec hniqu es suitable for elementary and jun ior hi g h sch ool students. (3W, Su) Halstrom 296. Problems and Methods in Compensatory Education. How to plan curriculum and use methods and new materials for remed iation of the learning problems of the educationally disadvantagecl. (3F, Su) R. Publicover 297. Seminar on Disadvantaged Children. A co urse for teachers and supervisors of disadvantaged children in w hi ch the advanced ~tu dents will study under a team of professors and w ill do original work in the fields of curriculum, co mmunity action programs, tests and meas urements , legal and administrative aspects of programs for di sadvantaged children. (3Sp) R. Publicover

298. Vocational Habilitation for the Mentally Retarded. A s tudy of methods and techniques in secondary methods and techniques in s econdary level work-study programs for

115

me ntally handicapped adolescents and young adults. Des igned to aid teachers, vocational counselors, an d related discip1ines in estab lis hing and operating com munity oriented workstudy programs in the secondary schools. ( 3Sp, Su) Rickert 299. Teaching La nguage to the Disadvantaged. Effective methods to teach English to educationally or culturall y deprived children, w ith emphas is on background material for en largement of understanding and continu ed ind ependent study. Provides background for study of generative grammars. Historical changes, psycholinguistics, semantics, and the transfer of theory into plans, materials, prac~ tice, anrl evaluation. (5F) R . Publicover -tOO. Continuin g G raduate Advise m ent. Graduate s tudents who have received maximum t hesis credit, but who ha ve not completed the t hes is or disserta tion, must enro ll for a mini~ mum of three cr edits, until t h e de!!ree is co mpleted. If t he student does not comply, h is cand idacy may be suspended and his supervi路 so 1路y co mmittee dissolved. (3F, 3W, ~Sp, 3Su. ) Staff

116

College of

Engineering DEAN: D. F. PETERSON, JR., DCE, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute OFFICE: Engineering C-llOB ASSISTANT DEAN: LARRY S. COLE, DEng., Stanford University DIRECTOR, UTAH WATER RESEARCH LABORATORY: JAY M. BAGLEY; PhD, Stanford University DIRECTOR, ELECTRO DYNAMIC LABORATORIES: DoRAN J. BAKER, PhD, University of Utah DIRECTOR, ENGINEERING EXPERIMENT STATION: CLAYTON CLARK, PhD, Stanford University ASSISTANT TO THE DEAN: GLEN E. STRINGHAM. PhD, Colorado State University

Research. The College of Engineering conducts an extensive program of research in th e various departments through the Engineering Experiment Station. There are a number of well-equipped laboratories whose programs are well financed . These include the Utah Water Research Laboratory, the Electro-Dynamics Laboratories, the Radio Propagation Laboratory, an d the Stewart Radiance Laboratory at Bedford, Massachusetts. Gmduate Assistantships and Fellowships . A number of excellent graduate assistantships, fellowships and scholarship s are availab le in all departments giving graduate work. Assistantships are available both for teaching and research. Part-time employment is also available in research. You should apply directly to the department concerned. Master of Engineering Science. Utah State University cooperates with the University of Utah and Brigham Young University in of-

fering a program leading to the degree of Master of Engineering Science. Th e prescribed course for study for this degree is publi shed under, "College of Engineering." These prescribed courses, except thesis, may be free ly exchanged between the three cooperating universities, for this degree only, without restriction. Candidates mu st satisfy the admi ss ion requirements an d all other regu lations including examinations of the Graduate School and of the department from which he intends to gra duate, except as above a mended. Programs are coordinated within the Co llege of Engineering by a representative of the Dean of Engineering. Students do not register in the academic departments but the program is supervised by a committee appointed fr om the departments by the Graduate School. The thesis must satisfy the requirements of the student's committee an d his thesis director.

11 7

Depart ment of

Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering HEAD: A ALVIN BISHOP, Professor; PhD, Colorado Stat e U niversity; r egistered professional engineer; consultant, Santo Domingo, Japan , N ear East a nd South Asia OFFI CE : Engineering C-213 BRUCE H. A NDERSON, Professor and Director, Inter-American Center for Land a n d Water Resources Development in South America, Merida, Venezuela; P hD, University of California; consultant, Iran JAY M. BAGLEY, Professor and Director, Utah Water Resear ch Laborator y; P h D, St anford; register ed profession a l engineer; cons ul tant, Africa. JERALD E. CHRISTIANSEN, Professor; CE, Universi t y of Califo rnia; regist ered professiona l engineer ; irrigation con sultant , South America, E urope, Asia, Africa CALVIN G. CLYDE, Professor and Assistant Director , Utah ' Vater Research Laboratory; PhD, University of California at Berkeley; registered professional engineer JOEL FLETCHER, Professor; MS, Utah State University CLEVE H. MILLIGAN, Professor; MS, University of California; registered professional engineer; consultant, Iran D. F. PETERSON, JR., Professor and Dean, College of Engineering; DCE, Rer,sselaer Polytechnic Institute; registered professional engineer; consultant, Near East, South Asia, and Morocco. HOWARD B. PETERSON, Professor; PhD, University of Nebraska; consultant, Iran and Morocco SPENCER H. DAINES, Associate Professor; MS, Kansas State University; registered professional engineer FRED W. KIEFER, JR., Associate Professor; MS, Colorado State University RICHARD E. GmFFIN, Associate Professor and Water Use Extension Specialist; MS, Uta h State University; consu ltant, Iran a n d Brazil DAVID HENDRICKS, Associate Professor; PhD, University of Iowa; registered professional engineer JACK KELLER, Associate Professor; PhD, Utah State University; registered professional engineer; consultant, Canada, Colombia, and Mexico WAYNE B. RINGER, Associate Professor and Farm Buildings Extension Specialist; MS, Utah State University GLEN E. STRINGHAM, Associate Professor and Assistant to Dean of Engineering; PhD, Colorado State University ROLAND JEPPSON, Assistant Professor; PhD, Stanford University Resea1路ch Engineet路s: FRANK HAWS, MS; EARL ISRAELSEN, MS; GAYLORD SKOGERBOE, MS Collabomto1路s: JAMES A. BONDURANT, MS; ALLEN DEITRICK, MS; ALLEN S. HUMPHERYS, MS; MARVIN E. JENSEN, PhD; C. W. LAURITZEN, PhD; A. R. ROBINSON, MS; LYMAN S. WILLAIWSON, PhD; R V. WORSTELL, M S

11 8

College of Engineering

Development of irrigation systems is one of man's oldest engineering endeavors and it is even more important today than it was centuries ago. Irri gatio n makes arid land produ ctive and provides a great flexibi lity in cropping patterns and thus will be a major factor in solving the world food problem. On the other hand , irrigation is the major co nsumptive user of water and is probably a major factor in the quality change in the waters of all stream s providing irrigation supplies. With the world food problems and water pollution in the spotli ght- superimposed on a mounting demand for water by all users-irrigation, power, indu stry , municipal, culinary, navigation, recreation, fish and wi ldlife- the cha llen ge facing the irrigation engineer has never been greater and hi s opportunities and future have never been brighter. In more than 75 years of irrigation engineering experience, Utah State University has attained a world-wide prestige through the successful professional records of its many graduates. A modern complete and balanced program is avai lable leading to both the MS and PhD degrees and the profess ional degree of Irrigation Engineer. Th e MS and PhD degrees are also offered in Irrigation Science in collaboration with re lated departments. Irrigation Engineering begins with a basic understanding of the soil-plant-water r elationships and includ es th e des ign of farm irrigation systems as well as th e des ign and construction of control, conveyance, an d distribution works. Proper consideration must be given to pollu tion problems a lon g with the economic, admini strative, and social problems involved in irrigation development. Irrigation projects often require high dams, long

tunnels, canal s and pipelines, and pumping plants. Irrigation projects must be integrated with other water uses. The irrigation engineer must give carefu l attention to efficiencies of conveyance, application, and cons umption of available water. Irri gation engineering training at Utah State University provides the broad ba se necessary for proficiency in any or all of these aspects of Irrigation Engineering. Curricula and research leading to an advanced degr ee either on the Master's degree or Doctor's degree level are supervi sed by a Graduate Committee appointed by the Dean of the School of Graduate Studies. Staff members of the major department and of closely related departments serve on these committees. All study and r esearch programs must be approved by such a committee before admittance to candidacy for an advanced degree. The study and r esearch program for a particu l,a r degree mu st also satisfy a ll of the requirements li sted in this catalog under the School of Graduate Studies. A diagnostic examination covering the undergraduate eng in eering subject matter will be given to all entering graduate stud ents. The exam in cludes mathematics, fluid mechanics, and soil-water-plant relation ships for those seeking an Ms degree in Agricultural or Irrigation engin eering. Th e exam includes mathemati cs and so il-water-plant relationships for those seeking an a dvan ced degree in Irrigat ion Science. A graduate major leading to the MS and PhD degrees is ava ilabl e in Hydrology or Water R esources. For more information concern ing these majors see the material found in the section of this cata log for the Department of Civi l Engi neering. Close interdepartmental associa-

Agricultural and T fchnical Engineering

119

tion with Civil En g in eering, Plant Scienc e, Soi ls and Meteorology is achi eved to streng th en the program of those wi shin g speci al emphasis in th ese aspects of the science.

14 8. Design of Farm Irrigation Systems. Applica t io n o f e n g in ee ring p r in c iples t o th e p la nn ing a nd design o f f a rm irriga ti on syst e m s . Inc lu des o p e n ditc h and pi pe lin e dis tribu t ion sys t e m s f or appli ca tion o f wa t e r by <; urfa c e m e th ods . Prerequi s ites : 14 3 and C E 142. (3Sp) Bishop

Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering Courses

149. Water Law and Institutions. L a w s g ove rning th e a c qui s ition, adjudi ca t io n a nd a dminis tr a ti on o f water righ ts , s tate wa t e t· c odes, inte rs ta te co mpa ct s, inte t·national agre ements , f ederal wa t e 1· la ws and le gis lation, irrigation ins ti t uti ons , co n servan cy di s tri c ts , w a t e r p ollutio n co ntrol di s tri c t s , s tate and loca l o rganiza t ion s. Three lectures . (3F ) Jeffs

GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 108. Engineering Aspects of Soil and Water Conservation. Extent and kinds of erosion, rates of water a bso rp t ion, soil erodibility, vegetation and cultural pra ctices. Eros ion cont rol s tru ctures, s urv eys for hydraulic des igns f or t e rraces, t errace outle ts and soil s aving dams . TiJlage and farming m ethods, s trip-cropping, er os ion a nd a lkali problems o n irrigated land. Th ree lec t u r es, one Jab. i4F ) Stringham 110. Irrigation Principles. Primarily for upper d ivision s tudents in Agriculture and colleges other than Eng ineering. Surveying, water measu r em ent, con ve yance and appli cat ion, cons umptive use of w ater and water requirements, pumping, draina g e , anci s oilwate r r e lation s hip. Pre requis ite : Math 34. T wo lectures, on e Jab. (3F ) Keller 143. Irrigation Principles. For adv a n ced e ng ineering stu de nts. Soil. w ate r, p lan t r e lation s hips ; wate r r equi rem e nts ; effic iency of water use; f low of w a te r in so il. Prerequis ite: CE 142 or Math 98 and co n se nt o f instru ct or. Two lectures , on e lab. (3F) Keller 145. Surface and Subsurface Drainage. The a.p plicalion o f e n g inee ring principl es to the desig n o f s u r face an d s ub s urf a ce drai nage fac ilities in c ludi ng o pe n a nd covered drains , an d drainage by pumping fr om well s. S o il p ro p er ti es , la nd rec la ma t ion , s alini t y pro ble m s a n d d ra in constructio n . Prerequisite : C E 142 . T hree lec tures, on e Jab. (4Sp ) Christiansen 146. Water Conveyance and Control. F lu id a nd so il m ec h a ni cs are appli ed t o pro blem s o f wa t e r conveya n ce and co ntro l, including ca nal s, flum es , t1·an s itions , pipe lin es, div e rs ion s , dro ps a nd c h u tes , s pill w ays , checks a n d h eadgates. P re r eq ui sites : CE 142, 150; co n<: urrently CE l 06. Three lectures, on e lab. ( 4Sp) Stringham 147. Sprinkler Irriga tion Design. Des ign o f s prin kle r irrigatio n s ys t e m s including: s prinkl e t· head t ypes, ch ara cte ristics and des ig n ; pump and p umping plant c h ara c t e ris ti cs and d es ig n ; sp r inkl e r syste m plannin g and layou t; econ om ic as p ects o f d es ign a nd o peration; s ystem m a in te nan ce, o pera tio n and manage m e nt. P re req uis ites : A E 143 or Math 98 and appro•1al of in s tru ct o r . (3W) Keller

160. Water Management. Organizatio n and a dminist ra t io n o f con servan cy di s tri cts , m e trop olita n dis tri c t s , and oth e r w a te r dis tribution i n stit u t io ns . Dis tribu t ion o f wa t e r , financing fo r co n s tl'u c ti on and operation, mainte n a nce o f canals , flum es , pipe lin es , dam s , r e gulating r ese r voirs , and othe r wate r fa c ili t ies . Three lectures. (3 W) Stringham

GRADUATE COURSES 230. Special Problems in Agricultural Engineering. Inde pe ndent s tud y o f c h ose n probl em s in Ag r icu ltu ral Enginee ring. S tud e n ts are e x p ected to de ve lo p initiative in pu rs uing thes e pro ble m s. S t andard, formal typ e written reports r equ ired. Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp) Staff 231. Irrigation Science. A dv anc e d s tudy in irriga ti on , in cluding s u ch t opics a s con s umptive us e of wa te r , soil m ois ture , irrigatio n , e r osion, in f il t ration , p e rm eability, p ote ntial theory, w e ll h ydt·aulics , and other irrig ation e ngineering p rincipl es a nd prac tices. ( 3F) Bishop, Milli(l'an 23 2. Sprinkler Irrigation Engineering. Adva nr.ed stud y o f sp r inkl er irrigation design p ro ble m s such a s eco n omic selection o f irrigat ion sys t e m s , pu mps and pumping plant ana lys is , w a t e r h a mme r a nd su rg e , u niformity o f a pplication , appli ca tion ra te and inte nsity, pi peline econ omi cs , sc ree ning a nd inlet dev ices , a n d spec ial applic a ti on s of sprinkler m ethods . (3W ) Keller 233 . Surface Irrigation Engineering. Advanc ed s t.u d y o f co n ce p ts u t ili zed in s urfa ce irrigati on des ig n, such a s : hydraulics of flow in furrow s , hydraulics of fl o w in borders, unif ormity o f application, appli c ation efficie ncy, e ffects o f in·cgular s lopes , u se of co mput e rs in la nd leveling calculations , wate r s preading, la nd r eclamation, and waste di s posal. Pre r e quis ites : AE 14 8 and AE 231. (3 Sp) Bishop, Milli(l'an 24 5. Advanced Design of Drainage Syste m s. Meas ure ments of field penneability, hydraulics of we lls , pumping for drainage, leaching and r eclamation of saline soils , etc. (3W) Bishop

120 298.

College of Engineering

Graduate Thesis. Credit nrranged. (F, Sp) Staff

273. Special Problems in Agricultural Engineering. Independent s tudy of chosen problems in Agricultural Engineering. Students are exepcted to develop initiative in purs uing these problems. Standard, f01mal typewritten reports required. Cred it arranged. (F, W, Sp,

Su)

Staff

274. Special Studies in Agricultural Engineering. Speical registration for students who have obtained the maximum number of credits for the thesis or Plan B report and who

have not yet completed the writing o f th e thes is or Plan B report and who are not regis tered for any other courses. Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff 400. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Graduate students who have received maximum thesis credit, but who ha ve not completed the thesis or dissertation, must enroll f o r a m in imum of three credits, until th e degree is co mpleted. lf the stu de n t does not comp ly, his candidacy may be suspended an d his su pervi~

soâ&#x20AC;˘Âˇy committee rlissolved. (3F,

~W.

~Sp,

3Su.) Staff

Department of

Civil Engineering HEAD: ELLIOT RICH, Associate Professor; PhD, University of Colorado; registered professional engineer OFFICE: Engineering L-162 JAY M. BAGLEY, Professor and Director Utah Water Research Laboratory; PhD, Stanford University; registered professional engin eer A. ALVIN BISHOP, Professor; PhD, Colorado State University; registered professional engineer; consultant, Santo Domingo and Japan JERALD E. CHRISTIANSEN, Professor; CE, University of California; irrigation consultant, Uruguay and Spain CALVIN G. CLYDE, Professor and Assistant Director, Utah \Vater Research Laboratory; PhD, University of California; register ed professional engineer and land surveyor IRVING DUNN, Professor; PhD, Stanford University; r egist ered professional engineer GORDON H. FLAMMER, 1 Professor; PhD, University of Minnesota; registered professional engineer WILLIAM A. CORDON, Professor; MS, Utah State University; registered professional engineer JOEL E. FLETCHER, Professor; MS, Utah State University; graduate work, University of California CLEVE H. MILLIGAN, 1 Professor; MS, University of California; registered professional engineer; consultant, Iran and Venezuela D. F. PETERSON, JR., Professor and Dean, College of Engineering; DCE, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; registered profess ional engineer; consultant, Near East and South Asia WINFRED 0. CARTEH, Associate Professor; PhD, Stanford University; registered professional engineer SPENCER H. DAINES, l Associate Professor; MS, Kansas State University : registered professional engineer DAVID HENDRICKS, Associate Professor; PhD, University of Iowa 1

0n leave.

Civil Engineering

121

DANIEL H. HOGGA N, Associate Professor; MS, Stanford Uni ver s ity; doctoral work, U tah State Un ivers ity NORMAN B. J ONES, A ssociate Professor; MS, Univers ity of California ACK KELLER, Associate Professor; PhD, Utah St ate University; registered pr ofessiona l eng ineer FRED W. KIEFER, JR., Associate Professor; MS, Colorado State University; registered profess ional engineer BYRON C. PALMF:R, Associate Professor; MS, Univer sity of Toronto RAD 1\IrLo MARK OVIC, Associate P r ofessor; PhD, Co lorado State University GLEN STRINGHAM , Associate Professor and Assistant to Dean of Engineering; PhD, Colorado State University DERLE THORPE, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State University VA NCE T . CHRISTIANSEN, Assistant Professor; MS , University of Wyoming RoLAND W. J EPPSON, Assistant Professor; PhD, Stanford Uni versi ty GARY Z. WATTERS, Associate Professor; P h D, Stanford University R e~;e ar ': h Engin(' e1路: GAYLORD SKOGF:RBOE, MS

This Department offers the Master of Science degr ee in most Civil Engineering f ields and the Doctor of Philosophy degree in Fluid Mechanics, Soil Mechani cs, Water Resources, Hydrology, Hydraulics, a nd Structures. Curricu la and r esearch leadin g to a n advanced degree either on the Master's degr ee or Doctor's degree level a re supervised by a Graduate Commi ttee appointed by the Dean of th e Sc hool of Graduate Studi es. Staff members of the major depa rtment a nd of closely r elated depa rtments ser ve on t hese committees. A II study and r esearch programs mu st be approved by such a committee before adm ittance to cand idacy for the advanced degr ee. The st ud y an d r esearch program for a particular degree must a lso satisfy a ll of the r eq uiremen ts li sted in this catalog under t he Schoo l of Grad uate Studies. A di agnos ti c examination cover ing the und er graduate eng ineering subj ect matter wi ll be given t o all enterin g graduate students. The exa m includes mathematics, mechanics an d strength of materials, f luid mechanics, soil mechanics, and structures. Depending on the can-

didates chosen field of study, three or four parts will be taken. Stntctuml EngineeTing . Bridges, buildings of ord inary and unusual nature, structures for aircraft and space industries, and for a great variety of other purposes, all depend on the structural engineer for t heir design. Th e fo undation for structural engi neering is math ematics, engineering mechanics, mechanics of materi als, and properties of materials. Thi s is reinforced with knowledge a nd experi ence obtained in design courses. At a hi gh er level, structural engineers study t h eoretical and applied mechanics and mathematics as a basis for th e analysis des ign of compl ex struct ural forms . Soil Mechanics . Engineer ing studi es of so ils are concerned with the ab ility of so ils to support structures, roadways and runways, and with t h e economic appl ication of engin eer in g design to fo undations. T hi s sc ience is r elatively new, but has developed to a point where no engineer or a rchitect can ignore t he problems of investi gating properti es of soils in connection with engin eerin g construction. Under-

122

College of Engineering

graduate a nd graduate courses offered by t he soil mechanics divi sion of Civil Engineering provide the basic knowledge necessary for the desig n of fo undation s and acquaint the stud ent with the methods and techniques required to assure safe construction of eng in eering projects. The program emphasizes fundamental concepts and practical id eas so that the student will be properly trained for hi s initial job, as well as being prepared to understand future development in thi s field. EnginP ering Materials. Effective utilizat ion of the elements of production, space exploration and civil works and the expand in g demand for more impressive bridges, buildings, hi ghways, canals and dams, r eq uires modern eng ineering materials of increas ingly high quality and sophi sticat ion. Since materials may r epresent a large share of the cost of a project, effective and efficient use of materia ls is of paramount importance. It is th e objective of materials eng in ee ring to develop effective use of available materials, to take advan tage of a ll new knowledge and, through research and development, contribute to the technical knowl edge available. Frequent contribution s are made in national and international conferences and publi cation s. Wat er Engineering. N ever in the hi stor y of our country has there been more concern with water. Continuing and conflicting demands for water require that the en gineer today be trained to han dle highly complicated water situations. Utah State University has a long tradition of training and research in the varied and extensive aspects of water r esource development and use. It has developed a well-balanced program, expanded and oriented to

provide the training needed to cope with impending water problems of this country and of the world . Teaching and research staff and facilities are continua lly expanding. A new engin eering building with modern and well-equipped laboratories was completed in 1960. A n ew 60,000 square foot water research laboratory was completed in 1965. The broad scope of water resources engin eering is amply provided in a rich offering of "water" courses in the Co llege of E ngineering. Throu gh interdisciplinary collaboration many excellent course offerings are avai lab le in other co lleges. A lon g and continuing tradition of international collaboration in water resource work gives breadth and f lavor to the overall program s. The course offerings in the Agricu ltural and Irrigation Engineer ing Department make it possigl e to enri ch each of the following Water Engineering programs. Water Resow路ces Engineering and Hydr-ology. Hydrology is a fundam ental di scipline which provides the underpinning for the orderly a nd unifi ed solution of most water problems. Thi s hydrologic foundation must be tran slated into policies, plans, and procedures for optimum development and utilization of the available water supply. Hydrologic consi dera t ion s mu st be blended with a substa ntial body of t her eng in ee ring, economic, legal and social information in the formulation of comprehensive multiple-pu pose plans. Th e probl ems encountered by t he water resource engineer requ ire ingenuity, imagination and skill in engineering applications. Considerab le flexibi li ty in tr.e arrangement of degree prograns is permitted in thi s fie ld. Those with particular interest in scientific or

Civil Engi11ceri11g ap pli ed h ydrolo gy or in water resources administration, plan nin g, a nd management may suppl ement t he strong core of offerings in the Civil Engineering Department by choos ing from more than 130 approved courses in the departments of Mathematics, Statistics, Computer Science, Economics, Political Science, Public Administration , Geology, Electrical Engineering, Agricultural Engineering, Agronomy, Botany and Plant Pathology, Sociology, F orest Ran ge and Wildlife Management, and Bacteriology and Public H ea lth . Hydraulic Engineering. Hydraulic Engineering at Utah State University encompasses the theory of fluid mechanics and its application in a va ri ety of eng in eering fields. Fluid mechanics, based on un iversally va lid theorems of energy and momentum, and r ecog mzmg no arbitrary boundari es betwee n fields of eng in eerin g knowledge, forms a logical core for the water engineering program. Various specialties in water engineering draw heavily on the f und amentals of f luid mechanics in the so lu t ion of hydrology, irri gation, drainage, municipal water and sewerage, and other hydrau li c design problems. A good variety and balance of co urses in theor etica l fluid mechanics and hydraulic des ign are available at t he upper d ivision and graduate level.

Water Quality Engineering. Within the hydrologic cycle, a relatively fixed supply of water is available for ben eficial use. Today's demands for water exceed this ava ilable supply . Tomorrow's ever increas ing demands indi cate that multiple reuse of water is inevitable, thus water quality control cons iderations become of paramount importa nce.

723

Th e goal of water quality engineer in g becomes that of altering or upgrading quality to a level appropriate to the inten ded use. Water quality changes are accomplished by engineered systems, which include a concern for minimum cost consistent with health, safety and product r eq uirements. The g raduate program in Water Quality Engineering is based on the study of fundam ental considerations and principles necessary for a rational approach to design and application. In addition to the excellent complementary engineering offerings in Water Reso urces, Hydrology and Hydraulics, strong in t erdisciplinary emphas is is g iven in the fields of Chemistry, Biology, Mathematics and Economics. h riga tion and Dminage Engineering. See Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering department writeup.

Civil Engineering Courses GRADUATE AND UN DERGRADUATE COUR8ES 105 . Elementary Structural Analysis. Analysis of stresses and de fl ect ions in static ally determ inant structures. Pre requisite : CE 103 or equiva le nt. Thre e le ctures and one lab. ( 4W) Carter, V. Christiansen, Rich 106. Elements of Structures. Principles and practices of reinforced concrete a nal ys is and design. Prerequ is ite: CE 105 or eq uivalent. Three lectu r es and one Jab. (4F) Carter, V. Christiansen 10 7. Elements of Structures. Principles nnrl practices of a na ly3is a nd des ign o f s teel structures. Pre requis ite: CE 105 or equ ivalent. Three lictures and on e lab. (4W) Carter

108. Elementary Structural Design. Structural Geometry. D es ign of structures in Reinforced Conc re te, Steel a nd Timber; general aspec ts, details. Special Problems. Office Pract ice. P r erequ is ites: CE 106, 107. Three lectures and one lab. (4Sp) Staff 120. Highway Engineering. Hi g hway systems, planning , econom y , finance, lo cat ion, plans, ri g h ts of way, geometr ic des ig n and roadside development. Prerequis ite: CE 84 or 81. Three lectures. (3F) Cordon

124

College of Engineering

121 . Highway E n gi nee rin g. Highway drain age subgrade stt·uctu r e, base courses, bituminous and Portla nd- cement concrete pavements and maintenance. Prerequisites: CE 150. T h ree lectu res. (3 W ) Jones

122. Traffic Engi n ee rin g and Urba n Plannin g. Street and highway t r affic problems; pri nciples of design and plann in g of t ho1·oughfares based on o perational characteristics ; traffic co n t r ol a nd regulation. Prerequisite: In structor's consent. Three lectu res. (3Sp) Jones 128. Engi n eeri n g Materials. The nature and properties of engineering materials. The influence of atomic arrangements, bonding and c rystalline s tructure on the properties of construction materials. Three lectures. (3Sp) Cordon 129. Engi n eeri n g Materials. The properties, requirements and uses of engineering materials in moden1 conl:>truction. Two lectures, one lab. (3W) Cordon 130 . Const ruction Cost Estimating. Introduction to const r uction co ntracting, methods of preparing cost estimates, including an introduct ion to t he Crit ical Path Method of planning and scheduling constr uction projects. Prerequ is ite: Instructor's consent. (3F) V. Christiansen . Jones 131. Indeterminate Structures. Analysis of stresses and deflections in s tatically indeterminate structu res. Prerequis ite : CE 105. Three lectlJres, one lab. (4Sp) Staff 132. Indeterminate Structures. Advanced problems in the analysis of indeterminate structures. Prerequis ite: CE 131. T hree lectu res . (3W) Carter , V. Christiansen, Rich

140, 141, 142. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics. P r operties of fluids, the principles of hydrostatics, flow of ideal and real fluid s , principles of s imilarity, fl ow of fluids in pipes and open channels, measurement of fluid flow and hydraulic principles underly in g the des ign of turbines and pumps. Prerequisites: Math 110; co ncurrently GE 3, CE 92. Fall, t hree leclu•·es. Winter and Spring, two lectures and one lab . Clyde, Jeppson, Watters (3 F, 3W, 3Sp) 143. Fluid Mecha ni cs a n d Hy d raulics. Preparatory cou1·se for graduate s tud e nts maj oring in fluid mecha ni cs or inigation w h o s how inadeouate p 1·eparaiio n in t his area. Subject matter of CE 140, 141, 142 will be cove •·ed. This course not accepted as graduate c redit in fluid mechanics or irrigation engineering majol'. Four lectures. (4F) Watters 144 . Applied Hydraulics and Pneu m atics. Theory and practice in h ydraulics and pneumatics as t h ey apply to machine tools and con trols. Prerequisite: CE 140. Two lectures, one lab . (3W) Keller

150. Soil Mechanics. E lementa ry p h ysitcs of soil as applied to engineering problems . Mo is ture, plasticity, and capillary re latioms hips. Percolation and the des ign of earth strucctures and foundations. Prerequis ites : CE 103 ,. 140. Two lectures, one lab. (3F) Dunn, !K iefer 151. Soils Engineering . The applicatiCJn of en gineeri n g so il mechanics and of stru tct u r al t h eory to design of f ou ndations, dam s , highways, and other engineer ing problems. Prerequisite: CE 150 or equivalent. Three lectures. (3W) Dunn, IKiefer 152. Foundation Analysis and Desigill. A s tudy of the engineering properties of soiDs and their effect on the design of footi n gs ,. pile foundation s , cofferdams. ca isso ns, mat foundations and retaining walls. (3 Sp) Dunn

165, 166. Engineering Problems (a and b). Analysis of Engineering Problems. A plicat ion of mathem atics to the s olution of engineering problems. Prerequisite: Math 110. Three lectures. (3F, 3W) Dunn 173. Hydrology and Meteorology. The hydrologi c cycle, including weather elements and climate, precipitation, evaporation , b·anspiration, infiltration, ground water, and run o ff: methods of collection of hydrolog ic data and th<> i r use in water s upply and fl ood control studies. Prerequisite: CE 141, Ol' instructor's consent. Three lectures, one lab. ( 4W) Staff Photogrammetry. The sc ience or art of utilizing photographs of the earth's surface for making surveys, maps, and land utilization stud ies. Planimetric maps, mos aic and restituted photographs , the ir construction and uses. Prerequisites: ME 2 2, CE 8 1 or 84, or senior s tanding in Forestl·y, Range or Wildlife Management, Geology, Landscape Architecture, Aet·onautics, or Advanced Military Scie nce. Two lectures , one lab. (3W) Thorpe 181.

182 . Route Surveying. Thco1·y and practice in highway curves and earth work, including methods used in highway, street, canal, pipe line and general projec t surveys. On e lecture, one lab. (2Sp) Staff 190. Engineering Economy. Applications of t h e mathematics of finance and computing techniques to the testing of alternative en g ineering propos al s. Va r ious methods of financing engince1·ing con stru ction. Prerequisites: Math 110, E conom ics 51, CS II or GE 3. Three lectures. (3Sp, 3F) Cordon

191. Water Quality Analysis. C h emistry of water and waste waters. Principles of solution ch em istry with application to water treatment and utilizatio n, wastewater treament processes, and trans formation in natural waters. Prerequis ite: Chern 11. Three lectures, l lab. (4W) Hendricks. F letcher

Civil Engi11eering 192 .

Aquatic Mi crob iology. See Bact 192.

193 . Municipal Water S uppl y and Waste Water Disposal. Jntrodu ction to m un icipal water suppl y a nd waste water disposal systems. Pt·erequ is ite: CE 142. Three lectu r es, on e lab. ( 4F) Jones

195. Legal Aspects of Engineering. Synopsis of t he law of co ntracts . Writing of engineering speci fi cations. Engineering ethics and relationships. PrereQuisite: Englis h 111. Three l~ctures. (~Sp) Co rdon

GRADUATE COURSES 201, 202 , 203. Advanced St ru ct ural Theory a nd Design. Advanced top ics in structural theory including a n alysis of indeterminate frameworks, morlel ana l ysis, individual problem s in the design of modern structures. Prerequisite: CE 132. Three lectures. (3F, ~W. 3Sp) Carter, V . Christiansen, Rich 210. Earth and Rock-Fill Dams _ Design of flexible type (earth or r ock-fill) dams, utilizing naturally available materials. The theories of soiJ mechanics are used to check designs against criteria for structural stability and stability against seepage. Attention is given to foundations and construction details. Prerequisite: CE 150. (3W) Clyde 211. Masonry Dams. Design of rigid type dams. Stress analysis and design of gravity. multiple arch, and deck types of masonry dams. timber, steel, and miscellaneous types. Pre>·equ isite: CE 103. (3F) Riley

212. Appurtenanr('S to Dams and Operation of Reservoirs. Hydraulics and structural design of tunnels, gates, outlet channels, trash racks. etc. Operation or reservoirs for flood control and inigation. Prerequisite: CE: 142. (3Sp) Staff 215. Hydraulic Transients. Unsteady flow in closed conduits, pipeline s urges, water ham~ me1·, pulsating flow; unsteady channel flow, cha nn el surges, flood waves. Prerequisites: CE 142, CS 167 or consent of instructor. (3 W) Watters

216. Nu m erical Methods in Fl u id Mec hanicsFi n ite d ifference methods for solving partial differentia l equations are applied to fluid flow and seepage problems. Transformations are discussed w hi ch permit straightforward solutions to both fix ed boundary and free surface problems. Techniques adapted to digital computers are str essed. Prerequisites: CE 24 1, CS 167 or consent of instructor. Three lectures. (3W) Jeppson

725

220. Asphalts and Asp h alt Mixtures. The production, class ification, phys ical and ch emical properties, and uses of asp h alts. A sph a lt paving mixtures- properties, des ign, co n st rue~ tio n and performan ce. Prerequ is i te: Con sen t of the in s t>·uctor. Three lectures. (3W ) Jones 221. Principles of Pavement Design . Theories, princ iples and practices in t he des ign o f hi gh~ way and airport pavem ents: including soil stabiliza tion , base courses and bituminous and Portland~Cement concrete pavements. Pre· requisite: CE 220. Three lectures. (3S p) Jones, Co rdon 222. Highway Planning and Economics. Eco nomics of location and design, selection, im~ provf'ment and main tena nc e, traffic control, adm inistratio n and finance, nnd jurisdiction as applied to hi g hways. Prerequisite: CE 120. T hree lectu r es. (3F) Co rdon 228. Adva n ced Con crete Engineering. B a sic properties of concrete and concrete material s in cluding study of admixtures a nd pozzolans. Significance of tests and analysis of acceptance tests, performance tests, and co ntrol tests. Concrete as a construction material. Prerequ is ite: CE 128 or equivalent. (3W) Cordon

240. Advanced Fluid Mech anics Lab and Instrumentation . Experimental investigation of fluid flow phenomena. Design and development of modern laboratory equ ipment and instrumentation. Prerequisite: CE 142 or 143 . Clyde 12 to 4F) 241. Intermediate Fluid Mechanics. Nature of the fluid state, coordinate systems and fluid motions. Navier Stokes equations, exact a nd approximate solutions, introduction to potential flow theory, graphical flow nets, boundary layers, turbulence, fluid lift and drag, unsteady flow. Prerequisites: CE 142 or CE 143 . (4W) Cl yde

242. Open Channel Flow. Basic theory of uniform and varied flow in open channels a nd its application to the design of open ch annels and ope n channel control stru ctures for both sub\!ritical and supercrit ical flow. Prerequis ite: CE 241. Three lectures, one lab. (4Sp) Jeppson 243. Advanced Hyd raulic Design_ Des ig n of pipe li nes, specia l flumes, spill ways, water control structures. Prerequisites: CE 142, AE 146. (3Sp) Staff 246. Porous Media Flow. Darcy's Iaw and t h e velocity potential, stream fun ction, flow nets, Dupuit flow, complex function theory applied to seepage flow , approximate methods, analogs, seepage from canals , unsteady flow. Prerequis ites: CE 141 o:· 143, Math 141. (3S p ) Watters

126

College of Engineerin~;

250. Advanced Soil Mechanics. Theor ies of seepage, capillar ity, stress, consolidation, and stability are developed and applied to the practical design and congtruction of earth stru ctu r es. Inte rpre tat ion of laboratory tests is given special attention. Prerequisite: CE 150 or its equ ivalent. (3Sp) Dunn 251. Advanced Soil Mechanics Laboratory. Adv a n ced laboratory work in soil m echanics to be arranged with instruct or. Prerequisites: CE 150 and 250 (may be taken co n cu rrently). (!Sp) Kiefer 255. Sediment Transport and Alluvial Channel Flow. Sedimentation problems, sed im ent transpo1t, channel roughness and design of stable channels. Three lectures, 1 lab. (3F) Bishop 260 . Dimensional A nalysis and Similitude. The application of dimens ional analysis and s imilitude to the solution of a variety of problems in engineering in t he fields of fluid m echanics, s tructural anal ysis, v ibration probl em s , electrical and other physical phenomena. App lications include design of experiments, interpretation of experimental data, developm ent of equations, theory of models, and use of analogies. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. ( 4) Watkins, Clyde 262. Water Resources Engineering Systems. Relationship of development of water resources to development of other natural resources . His tor ical and present concepts in water developm ent. Systems approach to development of water resources. Prerequis ite: Consent o f instruc~(D)

263. Water Resources Engineering Institutions. Current problems and po licies with regard to water resource allocation and administration . Institutional factors, interstate and international compacts and co mmiss ions, fede ra l valley authorities, coordinating mechanism s, state and federal role in water reso urce development. Prerequisite: Consent of in struc~

(~)

264. Water Resources Engineering Planning . General principles and procedures of wate1· 1·esou rce planning within a regional, multipuroose context, consideratio ns of project formulation , alternative plans, economic and financial analysis. Prerequ is ite: Consent of instructor . (3Sp) Staff 265. Directed Reading and Special Studies in Civil Engineering. Investigations into topics of spec ial interest in fluid mechanics, hydrology, water reso urces, irrigation , structures, high ways, so il mechanics or other Civil Engineering spec ialty. Appropriate direction by staff. Disc uss ion periods are arranged. A final rep ort or exami nat ion is required. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Cred it arranged. (F, W, Sp) Staff

266. Hydrologic Methods. Applicatio n of mathemati cal, statistical and grap hi cal teduniques to the analys is of hydrol og ic and climatolog ic elements. Frequency ana lysis, s pacial compa risons and correlation s, extending records , harmonic analysis, curve fitting and smoothing computional aids (i n cluding multiple-graphical-coaxial techniques), polar graphs, mono~ g raphs, electronics analog and digital dlevices. Prerequisite: CE 173. Three lectures. (3F) F l etcher 267. Flood Hydrology. Run o ff process, hydrologic influences of climatic and physiographic features of waters heds, procedures of estimating runoff from rainfall and s nowmelt, runoff hydrograph analyses, infiltratio n and loss rates, time of concentration and lag, unit hydrograph concepts, storage and flood routing, control methods. Prerequisite: CE 266. Three lectures. (3W) Fletcher 268. Ground Water Hydrology. Ground water in hydrologic cycle; properties affecting storage and movements; field determination of transmissability and storage coefficient; ground water basin development and management; ground water inventory; sa fe yield concept; groundwater recharge and withdrawal; economic, legal and physical cons iderations; maintenance of grou ndwater quality; planned utilization and conjunctive use. Prerequisite: CE 173. Three lectures. (3Sp) Clyde 270. Advanced Fluid Mechanics. Application of the princ iples and methods of classical hydrodynamics to the solution of fluid flow problems . Prerequisite: CE 241 and Advanced Calculus or Advanced Engineering Mathematics . (3F) Staff 27L Advanced Fluid Mechanics. Linear and nonlinear theory of wate r waves, jets, selected topics from free s urface hydrodynamics. Pre•·equisite: CE 270 . (3W) Watters 272. Advanced Fluid Mechanics. Turbulence a nd bou ndary layers. Prerequisite: CE 271. (3Sp) Clyde 273. Spec ial Problems in Civil Engineering. Independent or group study of enginee ring problems not covered in regular course offerings. Time and credi t arranged. (F, VV, Sp) Staff 280, 281. Theory and Design of Plates and Shells . Analys is o f stresses and deflections of various s haped plates and s hells with applications to aircraft, roofs, tanks, and large pipelines. Prerequisites: CE 131 or equivalent and advanced engineering mathematics. (3VI, 3Sp) Carter, V. Christia nsen, Rich 293. Water Quality Management. Natural and man-made characteristics of water qua lity,

Electrical Engineering

127

effect of qua li ty on water use planning, water quality requirements in stream pollution con tro l, e le m e nts of physical, chemical and biolog ica'l processes for treatment of water, sewage and industrial wastes. Prerequ is ite: Consent of Instructor. (3F) Jones

processes and operat ions for achieving water pollution control and abatement objectives.

29 4, 295, 296. Water and Waste Wate r Treat-

299. Graduate Seminar. (!Sp)

ment : Theory a nd Design. Theory and design of un it operations and processes for water and \\7aste water treatment. Prerequisite: Con-

"ent

instructor. (3F. 3W, 3Sp) Jones,

Industrial impo1·tan t water presented , along applicat io n of 297.

Hendricks

Wastewaters. The nature of using indu st l"i a l processes is with the theory, des ign and appropriate unit treatment

Prerequisite : CE 295. One lecture, one lab. (2Sp) Jones 298. Graduate Thesis. Credit arranged. (F, Sp) Staff

Staff

400. Continuing Graduate A dvisement. Graduate students w ho have received maximum thes is c1·edit, but who have not completed the thes is or dissertation, must enroll for a minimum of th ree cred its, until the degree is completed. If the student does not compl y, his cand idacy may be suspended and his supervi-

sory committee dissolved. (3F. 3W, 3Sp, 3Su.) Staff

Department of

Electrical Engineering HEAD: LARRY S. COLE, Professor; DEng, Stanford University; registered professional engineer OFFICE :Engineering L-150 DoRAN J. BAKER, Professor and Director, Electrodynamics Laboratories; PhD, University of Utah CLAYTON CLARK, Professor and Director, Engineering Experiment Station; PhD, Stanford University; registered professional engineer BERTIS L. EMBRY, Professor; PhD, University of Missouri; registered professional engineer WILLIAM L. JONES, Professor; PhD, University of Utah BRUCE 0 . WATKINS, Professor; PhD, University of Minnesota; registered professional engineer DUANE G. CHADWICK, Associate Professor; MSEE, University of Washington W. ARNOLD FINCHUM, Associate Professor; MS, Utah State Uni versity HARRY T. FREESTONE, Associate Professor; PhD, University of Pennsylvani a RoBERT L. HE YBORNE, Associate Professor; PhD, Stanford University ALVIN M. DESPAIN, Assistant Professor; PhD, University of Utah IRVIN D. DUNMIRE, Assistant Professor; M S, University of Wyoming RoNNE¥ D. HARRIS, Assistant Professor, PhD, University of Utah ALAN W . SHAW, Assist ant Professor; PhD, Stanford University GLEN H. SMERAGE, Assistant Professor; PhD, Stanford University R esea?·ch En.r;inee?·s: FON R. BROWN, MS; CLAIR L. WYATT, MS Th e graduate p ro gram in Electr ica l Engineering offers course work leadin g to the Master of Scien ce and Doctor of P hilosophy degrees. S up porting course work in Physics, Mathematics, and other

engineering departments augment the E lectrica l Engineerin g courses to prov ide a broad and thoro u gh advanced stu dy progra m . Extensive r esea r ch p ro g rams in the Electrodynamics Laboratories

12 8

College of Engineering

and the Antenna and Propagation Laboratory provide a wide range of research opportunities for grad uate students. Resear ch in the areas of semi con ductor devi ces and circuitry and a utomatic control syste ms provide f urther areas of graduate spec iali zation. Both r esea rch and teaching assistantships are avai lable for qualified gr aduate students. NSF, NASA, NDEA, and some industrial fe llowships also provide financial ass istance for graduate students. General requirements for the MS a nd PhD degrees in Electrical Engin eerin g co nform to the sta ndards establi sh ed by the Graduate School. In order to be admitted into the Electrical Engineering graduate program, the student should take the Graduate Record Examination, and th e examination scores presented with the entrance a pplication. The advanced test in either mathematics, engineerin g, or physics should be taken, as well as the general aptitude test. A student may be admitted on probation without the advanced GRE test, and this test mu st then be taken during t he f irst quarter of residence. The Master of Science Degree may be obtained in four quarters, providing the graduate student has had training equivalent to that requi red for the BS degree E lectrical Engineering at USU. If his training is inadequate, additional und ergraduate course work, not credited toward the MS, may be necessary. Either a thesis (6-9 credits) or a p lan B design or research paper (3 credits) is necessary for the MS degree. Graduate EE Seminar is required for three quarters, but these credits (3) will not apply to the total credit hours ( 45) specified by the Graduate School. A graduate committee will be appointed for each candidate to

plan a specific course of stud:w to meet both degr ee requiren.ents and interests of the student.

Electrical Engineering Courses GRAD UAT E AND UNDERGR.!-DUA'li'E COURSES 120. Antennas. Fu ndamentals o: antennas, radiation a nd wave propagation directional arrays; feed Ji nes and matching Lnd pluasing networks; antenna and fi eld s trenrth measurements. Prerequisites: EE 110, 116 Threte lectures, one lab. (4Sp) Clark 129 . Electroacoustics. Fundamentt.ls of architectural acoustics: theory and uincipl!eS of electro-mechan ical transducers , in :luding- loud speakers, microphones and v ibratbn pickups; recording methods and eq uipment; meas urement techniques in acoustic tn d el路ectromechanical s ystems . Prerequisite!: EE 11 3 , 147. Three lectures , one lab. ( 4F) Cole 14 1. Mic rowa ves. Microwave gererators and m icrowave measu rements ; cavity resonators: radiators; applicat ions of ferritt and semiconductor materials to mic rowave systems f or isolatio n; parametric amplif icat ioJ, de tect ion. and frequency multiplication. Pretequis it,es: E E 110, 116. T hree lectures, one Jab. (4Sp) Shaw

160. Feedback Control. Introdu ctory t h eo ry and analys is of linear closed-loop con trol systems. Study of se rv omech anism systems conta ining electronic, e lectro路m -1g netic a nd mechanical com ponents. P1路ereqtis ites: EE 71, and Math 110. Three Jectur.s, on e lab. (4Sp) Watkins 165. An alog Co mputers. Applicdion o f analog method:5 to the so lution of eng in ee ring problems; principles of in tegrators , multipliers, function generators; time and ampli tude sca le facto rs. Prerequis ite: M1th 110. Two lectures, one lab. (3F, W) Embry

Switching Circuits. Nu m be r sys tems (decimal, bina ry , octal , etc . ) Boolean algebra ( postulates, theorems, apr: lications to s witching design, etc.) Logic c!rcuit blocks (AND, OR, NAND, NOR, etc. > Logic design of sw itchi ng netwo rks; ~ imp li ficat i on methods (tabular, map, etc.) . Th路ee lectures . (3F', W) Dunmire

178.

180, 181, 182. Analysis and Design of Electron ic Circu its. Review of trans is tor physics, DC operating po in t and stability, trans istor models, s mall-s ignal s ingle-s tage amp lifiers . Thermal and re liability problems. Larges ignal amplifiers, multistage am plifie rs, low. pass amplifiers, band-pass amplif iers, D C

F)ccfrica l Engilll: rring Hig h f 1·equency effects, n o ise amplifi e r s. feed-back, s inusoidal osc illa to r s, problem s , Piecewise linear analys is of n on-linear circuits , trans istor switchin g , regenerative s w it ching circu its . Modulation and detection , cl ippers, clampers , li near slope generators. D es ign () [ sw itching c ircu its i ncluding satu r ated m ode, cur re n t m ode a nd avalanc h e m ode circu itR. Magneti c cores, diode sw itc hin g. P re r equ is ites: EE 147, 112. Three lectu res , one lab. (4F, 4W. 4Sp). Dunmire GRADUATE COURS ES 185. Introduction to Semico nductor Device Theory. Bas ic pt·inc iples of semiconductor t.heo r y ; semicondu cting mate 1·ials; p -n junction t heory, survey of new d ev ices . Prerequis ite: Modern Phys ics . (3F, Sp) Jones 201, 202, 203. Quantum and Solid State Electronics. Wave m ec hanics of electr on s i n metals and sem iconducto rs. Band theory o f solids. Theory of electrical conductiv ity. Dielectric, mag netic and galvan omagnetic p!·operties of materials . Energy trans itions and trans ition probab ilities. Elemen ts of maser t h eory and quantum cletPctor s. Three lectures . (3F , 3W, 3S p) Jones 208. Advanced Energy Conversion. Direct en e r g y conversion m eth ods. T hermion ic, thermoel ec t ri c, photoelect ri c, piezoelect ri c, ma g neto- hydrodyn~mic, ch em ica l cells, and other 1·elated topics. Prerequ is ite : Senior or graduate stand ing in Engineering. Three lectures. f~Sp) Embry 211. Amplifier Circu it T heo r y. Gain and stab il ity analys is of tuned t rHn s istor a mplifie rs; des ign o f filter ampl ifiet-s us ing feedback tech~ ninues ; low nois e amplifica tion . Prerequis ite : F.E 18fi (4W) Jones 212. Hi gh~speed Switching Devices and Circuits. Semiconductor d ev ice trans ient ana lys is , the relationshi p of c ircu i t switc hing p r operties to device phys ics. Prerequ is ite: EE l 85 ( 4Su) Jones 215. 216, 217. Theory of Linear System s. Delta func t ions a nd dis tribut ions. Vectors, matrices, linear transformations. State space, s tate equation s, input-output-s tate relations. T ime-i nva riant and t im e-varyi ng linear systems. Dev ices described by sys tems of linear diffe ren tial equatio n s. Non d ifferential s ys tems. Discrete-tim e system s. Stabili ty. Fourier, Laplace, and Z trans form s. S ignal flow graphs. Conti liability a n d observab ili ty. Three lectures. (3F, 3W , 3Sp) Watkins 222 , l23, 224. Network Analysis and Synthes is. The mathem atical analys is a nd des ign meth(Jds fo r two and fou r terminal passive netw<.rks h a ving p hysicall y r ealiza ble driving

12 9

po int and transfer immittan ces. Analys is and des ign o f networks w ith active elements. Multip01t networks; analysis and synthes is using l in ea r vector method s. Prerequis ites: EE 11 3 and GE 3 or CS 167 o r con current 1·egistration in GE 3 or CS 167. Three lectures. (~ F. ~W. 3Sp) Jones 231, 232, 233. Electromagnetic Fields and Waves. Adva n ced s ta t ic a nd dynam ic electric, cu rren t , and magnetic field t h eory; Maxwell's equations : wave equation s; solution of electromagnetic field a nd wave problems in coo rdinates appropr iate to various wave s tru ctures; n onclass ical electr ody namics. Prerequis ite: EE 116 or P h ys ics 175. Three l ec tures. f3 F, 3W , 3Sp) Baker 235. Radio Propagation. Hadio wave t rans nuss wn throu gh dielectric and ionized mecli ums. Calculation of effects of r eflecti on a n d abso rption o f radio waves fr om t h e earth 's ion osp here wit h pra ctical problems encou ntered in lo ng distance commur.kat ion . Introd ucti on t o magneto ionic t h eory. Prerequisite: EE 116 o r eq uivalent. (3Su) Heyborne, Clark 236 . Advanced EM Propagation. Electromagnetic wave propagation in a space co n ta inin g free electrons a nd a constant magnetic field. Thr~e lectnres. (3 F, W) H ey borne, Cl ark, Harris 237. Mag n etospheric Studi es. Electromagnetic wave propaga t io n in dis pers ive anisotrop iC' media with appli cation s to the earth 's ionos phere ancl magnetosp he re. Th r ee lectures. (3 W, Sp) Heyborn e, Clark, Harris 23 8. Selecterl Reading in Radio Science. LeeClark, H eyborne ture arrang-ed. (2 arr) 239. Selected Reading in L ect ure arranged. (2 arr )

Radio Science. Clark, Heyborne

24 0. Microwave Measurements. T h eory and practice in m ea s urem ent of impe<lance, power, frequency and wave length at frequencies above 500 m e. Osc illa to r s and detectors will be studied along with t h e ch aracteristics o f cer tain types of transm ission Jines and associated eq uipm e n t in t he microwave reg ion. Prerequ is ites : EE 116, 141 o r equiva lent. One lect u•·e, one la b. (2 Su) Clark 242, 243, 244. Applied Plasma Dynamics . Characterif:: tics of t h e p la s ma s tate ; velocity distr ibuti on functi ons; Bo1tzmann equation; plasma k inet ic t h eory; collision, di f f usion, mobility, transport th eo ry; o rbit theory; inter actio n o f plasm a and electromagnetic waves; plasma oscillations and ins tab ili t ies; plasma ge n eration and h ydro m agnet ic w a ves. Prerequisite: EE 114, 115. 116 or eq uivalent. Three lectures. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) Harris

73 0

College of Engineering

245. Transistors and Integrated Circ uits. Transis to1路 theory, trans istor characteristics , and fabrication techniques used in integrated c ircuits. (3Sp) Jones

25 1, 252 . Feedb ac k Co ntrol Syst e m s. Analys is, sy n t h es is and co mpen sation o f automatic feed~ back control system s. Advanced linear theory. Samp led data cont r ol syste m s . Non -lin ear analysis, Stochastic s ig n als and contro l. Theory of optimal control. Adaptive systems. Prerequi s ite: EE 160 or equivalent. T h ree lectures. (3 W, 3Sp) Watkins 261. S p ace Scien ce and Engineering. A su rvey course covering aerospace env ironment; vehicles and propulsion systems; orbital mechanics : instrumentation and commun icat ion sys tems ; power sources ; satellites; space exp lo rati on. Prerequisites : P h ysic~ 22 , Math 11 0. (2W) Barlow

265. Particle Interactions. Co11isio n phenomena in ion ized gases; elastic scatteri ng in cent ral force field ; scattering cross section s; ionization, exc itat ion, and c h arge transfer by Plectron and ion impact; photoabsorption; negative ions; mobility and d iffusion o f elect rons a nd ions ; electron ic energy d ist ributions and drif t velocities; r eco mbination: surface p h en o mena; plasmas. Three lectures. (3F) Brown 273. Special Problems in E lectrical Engineering. Independe nt or group s tudy of engineering problems not covered in regula r course offerings. (Time and cred it arranged). (F, W, S p, Su) S t aff 2 74 . S pecial Studies in El ec tri ca l Engineering. S pecia l registra tion for students who have obta in ed the maximum number of credits for the thes is o r Plan B Report and who have n ot yet completed the writing of the thes is uf Plan ll Report and who are not registered for oth er courses . (Time and credit arranged). IF, W, Sp, Su) S t aff

275, 276, 277. Gradua t e EE Se minar. A weekly meeting of s taff and graduate EE s tudents. (lF, !W, ! Sp) Staff

278. Semin ar in Radio Science. One lecture. (1 an) Heybor n e, Clark 281. Radiom etry. Principles of thermal em iss ion, transm ission and detection of rad iant energy; detect ion and measu rem ent syste ms. Prerequ is ites: Physics 22, Math ~n . and EE 119. T hree lectures. (3Sp)

Wya tt

285. Introd u ction to Statistical Optics. Fourier transform theory, s ampling theo r ems, two-dimen sional Fourier ana lysis . Scalar diffraction t heory, Fraunhofer diffrac tion. Optical imaging and Fourier ana lys is , coherent a nd incoherent light, optical systems as filte r s of spatial frequency , s pread function and contrast transfer function, optica l systems with len ses. Elements of probability theory and random processes. Spectral analys is. Processing of optical data. Resolution. Three lectu r es. (3F) Despafn

291. 292, 293. Statistical Com munication Theory. Statistical nature of the co mm uni cation process. Random processes, ti m e and statistical averages, Fourier analys is, spectr a l theory, samp ling. The effects of linear and n on -lin ea r data process in g on the sta t istical prope1路ties of s ignals. Wiener fi lters, match ed filters, applied statis tical decision theory. Introduction to classical information th eory - Quantitat ive definition o f information. coding, Shannon's t h eorem. Prerequ isites : Mat h . 40 or equ ivalent. Four lectures. (4F, 4W, 4Sp) Smerage 298. Sp)

Graduate Thesis. C redit arran ged. (F, W , Staff

400. Continuin g Gr ad uate Advise m ent. Graduate students who have 1路eceived max imum thes is c redit, but who have n ot completfd the thesi~ or di sse rtati on, must enroll for a minimum o f th1路ee credits, until the deg ree is completed. I f t h e stude nt does not comply, his cand idacy may be sus pended and his superviso ry committee di ssolved . (3F, 3 W. :1Sp , 3Su .) S taff

73 7

Depart nun! of

Industrial and Technical Education ACTING HEAD: NF.ILL C. SLACK, AssociatP Professor; EdD, University of Missouri OFFICE: Mechanical Arts 102 AUSTIN G. LOVELESS, Professor and Associate Director, State Research Coordinating Unit; EdD, Univers ity of Missouri WILLIAM E. MORTIMER, Professor ; EdD, University of Missouri CHARLES W. HAILES, Associate Professor; MS, Utah State University; doctoral work, Pennsylvania State Uni versity OWEN SLAUGH, Associate Professor; MS, Utah State University; doctoral work, Pennsylvania State University LOWELL P. SUMMERS, Associate Professor; MS, Utah State University LYNN R. WILLEY, Associate Professor; MS , Utah State University ; doctoral work, University of Missouri EDWARD L. FRANCE, Assistant Professor; MS Utah State University JAMES R. HEGGEN, Assistant Professor; EdD, Utah State University RALPH E. LONG, Assistant Professor; M.Ed. Colorado State University SAMUEL W. MERRILL, Assistant Professor; MS , Utah State University LOREN L. PALMF.R, Assistant Professor; MS, Kansas State College CARL R. WALLIS, Assistant Professor; MS , Utah State University; doctoral work, University of Utah EDMUND J. MANNION, Assistant Professor; MS, San Jose State College

Th e Department of Indu str ial and Technical Education in coor;eration with the College of Education provides a program leading to the Doctor of Education degree in Indu strial Education. The Department also provides programs lead ing to the Master of Science in Indu strial Education and the Master of Industrial Education. The graduate degree programs are sufficiently flexible to meet the needs of individuals engaged in the various phases of Industrial Education work. The candidate is given assista nce in planning an academ ic program which w ill provide cultural and professional development cons idered essential to educational leader hip in his chosen field . An y deficiencies must be made up before a student may be advanced to candidacy. The degree is awarded on ly when the candidate's

over-all record, including course wcrk, t he requi~路ed examinations, the Master's thesis or paper, or the doctorate di ssertation represent creditable accomplishment. The Master of Science Deg1路ee in Industr-ial Education. This degree provides advanced preparation for Indu strial Arts, Trade an d Industrial and Technical Education teachers, and for supervisors and administrators of Industrial Education programs. A minimum of 45 quarter hours of credit beyond the Bachelor's degree is required. Of the 45 quarter hours requ ired, nine hours are usually given for the thesis. At least 10 of the 45 hours mu st be in the 200 ser ies. A candidate for the degree should select a supporting field other than Industrial Education with the approval of hi s advisor and supervisory committee.

13 2

College of Engineering

Th e Ma ste1· of Indust·r ial Education D eg1·ee. Thi s degree provides advanced preparation for t hose engaged in teachin g Industrial Arts, Trade an d Indu stria l or Technical courses, for those who superv ise these programs, or for those who are Indu s tria l Education a dmini strators . The degree requires additional professional and techni ca l course work in the student's area of spec ia lization in li eu of t he Master's thesis. Th e candidate mu st complete a scholarly piece of work which is designated as a Master's Paper a nd which carri es no credit. Thi s paper should demon strate the student's competence in professional writing. A minimum of 45 quarter hours of cr edit plus the Master's Paper are required beyond the Bachelor's degree. At least 10 of the 45 hours mu st be in the 200 seri es. A candidate for this degr ee should select a support in g f ield other t han Industrial Education with t he a pprova l of hi s advisor a nd supervisory commi ttee. A candidate for thi s degr ee is expected to have had successful indu stri a l teaching, supervi sor y, or admini str at ive expe ri ence as eva luated by hi s super viso r y co mmittee.

Required core fo r the MS and MIE Degrees: Psy 112 Application of Statistics to Education and Psychology _ ITE 207 P hilosop hy of Vocational Education and the Practical Arts ITE 209 Cunicu lum Development in Industria l Educat ion IT E 224 Histo ry of Industrial E ducat io n ITE 254 Measurement in Ind ustri al Education ITE 275 Research in In dustrial and T ec hnical Education .... ............................ . ITE 271 Researc h and Thesis Writing (9 hours of tec hnical courses required, to include ITE 200. for M!E in p lace of ITE 271.)

Do ctm· of Education cleg1'ee in Inclust1·ia.l Education. This degree program is administered jointly by the Co ll eges of Education a nd Engineerin g. It is a planned program of advanced stud y in the total field of Industrial Education. It is des ig ned for individual s w ho are presentl y en gaged in one or more of t he phases of Indu strial Education. For information concerning a dmi ssion and completion requirements, contact the Head of the Department of Indu strial and Technical Education.

Industrial and Technical Education Courses GRADUATE AND UN DERGRADUATE COURSES 103. The General Shop. Comprehens ive study o f the types of "General S h op," its advantages and limitation s ; content and organization of subject matter ; method of teaching and shop plans. General s ho p projects, s hop plans and new trends in content and equipment are g iven spec ial consideration. (3Su) Staff 104 . Occupational Analysis. Princ iples and pl'actice in analyzing occupation s . Students comp lete an analysis of o ne unit fo r a trade o r occupatio n. (3F, W, Su) Staff

.168. Indus t rial Arts f o r E lcmentaTy Schools. Objectives a nd theo ry o[ l ndus tri:al Arts in the elementary school. Su itable instructiona l conten t wi ll be presented fo r each g rade level and methods of teac hi ng and o rg:a ni z ing instructional mater ials will be carefulJy cons id ered . I nstruction is given on the ruse of tools and materials i n the s hop whetre projects s uitable f or the elementary school v.v ill be cons tructed from modern indu:jtl'ial materials. Two lectures, o ne lab. (3 W) Staff 190 . S pecial Industrial E ducation Workshop. All ows for condu cting SIJec ial WOt"ks hop~. as needed, espec ially for the in-service trainir.g o f [nd ustria l Education teache rs, su pe1 .. v iso rs, and admi nis trators. May be repeated as meeded providing the wo1·kshops are different, but i f the credit is to be used toward a llacca.laurea ie or Master's Degree, limitations shall be place-1 by t he department or student's Graduatte Corr.mittee. C •·ed it arra nged. (F, W, Sp, 8;u) Staff 191. Indus trial Safety Education. The psyc hology and philosophy o f acc ident. caustt ion and prevention in school, home, c.:om muJ.ity.

Tndustrial alld Technical Education and industry. Stresses the various aspects of ~a f ety i n many areas and i ncludes organizati on , administration , and coordination o f safety education programs. (3W, Sp, Su) Hailes 192. Personnel Relations. Traini ng for l ea d e r~ ship in indust r y as fo1·em en, superv isors, a nd directo t·s. P 1·oblem s in orga ni z in g, supervis ing, t r a in ing, a nd directing personn e l. Directed conferen ces based on student experiences a nd directed studi es in leadershi p problems a n d prin c iples. (3F, Sp) Hailes 198 . S pecial Problems in Industrial Education . F o r qua lified students majoring in Industrial Education w ho wish to d o specialized work n ot covered by oth er courses. Credit arranged. fF, W , Sp, Su) Staff

199. Related Technical Training in Vocational Education. A course provided for students enroll ing in indust ry and factory sch ools cond ucted o n t h e uni versity level , wherein in s tructors, course co nte nt, and facilit ies ha ve been a pp roved by a comm ittee functioning th rough t he Ind ustr ial and T echnical Educatio n D epartm ent. T his cou r se may be repeated for a maxim um of nine quarter h ours cred it, to be acquired at a rate not to exceed on e and a half quarter h our c r edits per 40 clock -h our week . Students s hould not expect to acqu ire more t han three credits in t his cou r se in any one calendar year except w here teacher t r ain ing courses are of longer duration. Regular un ivers ity fees must be pa id , and registration procedures f ollowed. Credit arranged. Staff

GRADUATE COURSES 200. Industrial E du cation Experimental Lab. Des igned to give selected sen ior students and g-raduate students in Industrial Education opportunity for experimental work with new tools, equ ipment, materials, and processes for improved progt·am development and teaching techniques . Th1ay be repeated up to a total of six h out-s cre(lit. Credit an·a n ged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff 205 . Trade, Indu s trial. a nd Technical Work~ sho p . Prov ides opportuni ty for professional imp rovement and upgrading of trade, ind us tr ia l, and technita l teac h e rs. D issemina tion of current tec hnica l and profess ional material that t he instructo r s must be aware of to ma in ta in the ir positio n in t h e teaching of industria l s ubjerts . Cred it ar ranged. Staff 206. Voca tional a nd Technical Ad minis trat ion Workshop. Provides opportu ni ty for profess ional improvement of administrators and superdsors of vocational and technical programs. C1·ed it arranged. (Su) S taff

133

207 . P hilosophy of Voca ti onal E du cation and the Practical A rts. Designed to enrich and expand understand ing of the nature a nd purposes of vocatio nal education and practical arts, t he ir r elat ionshi ps and differences , and t he place each p hase of the work sh ould have in a publ ic school program. (3F, Su) Mortimer

209. Curri culum Development in Industrial Education . The s ignifi cance, importance, and use of the course of s tudy in industrial education. Actual construction of a compr eh ensive course of study for one of the ph ases of industria l education. Prerequis ite: ITE 104 . Three lectures. (3 W, Su) Loveless 210. Trends in Industrial Education. A preview of industria l education tomorrow: w hat indu strial education w ill do. The evaluation of ed ucat iona l and indus trial thought: the sou r ce of ma terial s to meet present rlay trends. (3S u ) Staff 224. History of Industrial Educa tion. Historical dev elo pments of manual and indust rial edu cation f r om t he early leaders to th e present. Emphasis is given to t h e in fl ue n ce t hat various leaders and movements in both Europe and Ame ri ca h ave had upo n present-day objectives of ind ustr ia l arts and vocational indust rial education. (3W, Su') Slack

232. Ae rospace Ed ucation. An introduction to aerospace for teach ers in elementary and secondary schools , to include such content areas as: (1) A study of the principles of flight, (2) Knowledge of the earth's atmos phere, (3) The control of ai!:c raft in f!ig ht . !4) 1n~ormat ion on the federal airways and airports, (5) T h e principles of jet p}·opulsion, and (6} An opporM tu nity to take a n o ri en ta tio n f li ght, a nd also receive some basic instruction in han dling an aircraft in fl ig h t. Nationally known speakers will be used as resource specialists through out the course. (3Su) Staff 240 . Cooperative Ind us trial Programs. For PO· tentia l coord in ators of part-t ime cooperative indus trial and tech nical classes. Essential inM formation for conducting fede r a ll y an d nonfederally rei m bursed work experience in dus tr ial classes in secondary and post-high sch ools . (3Su) Staff 245. Orga n ization of Indust rial E du cati on Progra m s. The laws, regulations, and p olicies a ffecting indu strial a nd technical education programs ; or ganization of industr ial and tec hnical programs at t he seconda ry and pos t high vocational a nd tec hnical institute level: local, state, a nd federal relat io n s hips. (3Sp, Su) Staff 25 1. Administration and S uperv ision of Industrial Education . Administration, organizat ion, superv ision, and management necessary fo r successfu l operation of Industria l Education programs. (3 Sp, S u) Staff

134

College of Engineering

254. Measurement in Industrial Education. Constt路uction and us e of t he var ious types o f tests and 1路ating scales u sed in Indu strial Education. Emphasizes measurable factors in industri al ed ucation and the types of t ests

best suited to th is field . The elements of statistical m eth ods necessa ry f o r in telligent use of the tests . P1路ereq uis ite : Psyc h ology 112.

(3Sp, Su) 261.

Mortimer

Problems of Adult Education. Develop-

ment of Adult Edu cation movements; learning a bilit ies , edu cational in terests, n eeds of adults, organization of evening sc h ool prog rams, apprenticeship training, and r elated instruction

for trade programs. (3Sp, Su)

Slack

267. Reading and Co nferen ce. Provides f or study in advanced and speciali zed problems in Industrial Educa ti on. Problems are sele<' t ed with approval of departmen t adviser; in vestigation is carried on und er d irection of th e major professo r. Credit arranged . (F, W, Sp,

Su)

Staff

270. Seminar in Industrial Education. Gives opportun ity for investigation and r epo r t ing of

individual pmblems. ( 1 to 2Sp, Su)

Staff

271. Research and Thesis Writing. Provides for individual wo rk in thesis wr iti ng in indus t rial education. Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp

Su)

Staff

275 . Research in Industrial and Techtnical Education. To prov id e teachers, m p ervllso rs a nd directors of industrial and tec hnical program s with r esea r ch m eth ods and tec hnitques wh ich are applicable to their progr a m s . Includes interpretation o f vari ous ki:l d s of resea rc h. The conducting of a r es earcl: proje1ct is

part of t he class act ivity. (3F, Su)

Lov<eless

355. Internship in Industrial and Tcchmical Programs. Des ig n ed f o r t h e advanc ed stmdent working toward the D octor of Ed t cat io n degree in Industria l Ed ucation . StuCent w,.orks under t he direct gu idance of an ad :ninistr-ator O l" s uperv isor of Industrial and Tec:1 ni cal progra m s in the public sch ools. Cred it arrarnged.

(F, W, Sp, Su)

Staff

365. Advanced Independent Study in Imdustrial Education . Provides opportu n it y f or advanced student to do independen t s tu dy i n the field of Industrial and Techn ical educatio n.

Cred it a nanged. (F. W , Sp , Su)

S taff

Research for the Docto "ate Thesis i Industrial Education. Cr ed it arranged. (F, W . Sp, Staff Su) 400 . Continuing Graduate Advisement. G rad371.

uate s tudents w h o have received maximum t h es is cred it, but w h o h ave not completed the th es is or di sse r tat ion, must e nroll for a m inimum o f t h1路ee credi t s , until the d egre-e is com ple ted. If the s tu dent d oes not co mply., his candidacy m ay be sus pended and his supervi" Ol'Y

com mi ttee dissolve<! . !3F.

~W. ~ Sp,

3Su.) Staff

Department of

Manufacturing Engineering HEAD: CARL D. SPEAR, Associate Profesi';or; PhD, University of Utah OFFICE : Technical Services Build in g BRUCE 0. WATKINS, Professor; PhD, University of Minn eso ta REYNOLD K. WATKINS, Professor ; PhD , Iowa State University RAWSON D. CHILD, Associate Professor; MS, Utah State University W. KARL SOMERS, Associ ate Professor; M S , Utah State University G. MERRILL SHAW, Associate Professor; MS , Utah State University; registered professional engineer OWEN K . SHUPE, Associate Professor; PhD, University of Utah

The graduate program in Manufacturing Engineering provides course work leading to the Master of Science degree. To meet individual interes ts, the graduate student may select one of three

options to be taken along with the Manufacturing Engineering core. Th er e options are: Engineering Administration, Manufacturing Systems Design, Applied Statistics a nd Computer Science. General re-

Manufacturing Engineering quirements for the Master's degree are: 1. T o be accepted as a candidate a n applicant must : (a) hold a Bachelor of Science degree from an institution of recognized standing in one of the fields of Engineering or Physical Science, ( b ) have had adequate preparation for graduate s tudy in th e chosen field of specialization, and (c) show promi se of doing well in advanced stu dy as judged by previous scholastic record and other achievements. 2. The Master of Science curriculum must include a t least 45 credits numbered 100 or above, with at least 10 credits in courses numbered 200 or above. A total of 9 cr edits of acceptable graduate work may be transferred from another approved graduate school. A maximum of 18 credits may be taken at off-campus res idence centers maintained by U tah State University. A minimum of 15 credits, exclu s ive of thesi s, must be completed on t he Logan campus. Additional requ irements, such as quali fying examination, final exa mination , time li mit, etc., as outlined by the School of Graduate Studies, are included. 3. Selection of spec ific courses in the curriculum will be under advisement of a Supervisory Committee whi ch is appointed by th e Dean of th e Grad uate School. Th e candidate 's progra m wi ll include a selection of courses in the following areas: Credits Manufacturing Engineer i ng Core

T hes is ..... . ___ ____________ ___ __ .... _ Mino (option in Eng ineerin g Admini s ~ tration, Manu fa ctu ring Systems De!:i ign, or Applied S tatis tics and Computer Science) Minimum

Total

15 45

An integrated program may be selected from the fo llowing courses :

13 5

Manufacturing Engineering Core:

Credits Applied Statistics (A p St 131, 132 , 176 ) Computer Sc ience (CS 167) . Meta l Mac hining (Mfg. E 251) Valu e Engin eering (Mfg E 258) Methods Engineering (Mfg E 280) Material Handling (Mfg E 283) ... . Ma nufacturin g Seminar (Mfg E 287) Special Problems (Mfg E 273) Au to m ation Systems (Mfg E 290) Thes is (Mfg E 298)

11 3 5 3 3 3 3

Engineering Administration :

Credits Production Managem ent (BA 136) 5 Account ing for Mgt Control (BA 209, 2 10) 6 Elem. of Micro Econ Theory (Econ 100) 3 Managerial E con om ics ( BA 250) 3 Adminis trative Control (BA 212) .... .. 3 Manufacturing Systems Designs :

Computer Programming (CS 145, 146) ... Mechanical Analys is (ME 131) Mechanica l Des ign (ME 132) Mechanical Design Projects (ME 133) Dynam ics of Machinery (ME 135) Feedback Control (EE 160) Advanced Mechan ics of Material (ME 165) Dimens ional Analysis a nd Similitude (CE 260) Applied Statistics and Computer Science:

Computer P r ogramming (CS 145 , 146) .. Des ign of Experim ents (Ap St 134) Industrial Statistics (Ap S t 221) __ _ Operation s Research (CS 245 , 246)

Manufacturing Engineering Courses GRADUATE COURSES 240 . A dvanced :M aterial Science. Theoreti cal as pects of ma te rials ; s truc ture of crystalline and non-crystalline mater ials ; phase eq uilib ria; surfaces and interfaces; inpedection and fl ow of ma tter. A Quantative treatment of material propert ies. Prerequisite: consent o f instructor. Three lectures. (3Sp) Spear 251. Metal Machining. Accelerated study of meta l machining concepts in cluding basic rna~ chine too l ope rations , cutting tool geometry, cutting metallurgy a nd machinability, machining econ omics, process capa bility studies for d imensional conformance, mechanics of chip formation, cutting, dynamometry, and grinding principles . Prerequis ite: graduate student in Engineering. Three lectures, two labs. (5F) Somers

136

College of Engineering

258. Value Engineering. Principles a nd t ech niques of val ue a nalys is and e ngin ee rin g as a pplied to a ll phases o f manufacturing. Organization requirements for an effective value sys tem. Effective techniques fo r completing en g inee ring staff work. Prerequis ite: Mfg E 158. Three lectures. (3F) Shaw

273. Special Problems in Manufacturing Engineering. Independent or group study of engineering problems not covered in regular cou r se offerings. (Time and cred it arranged.)

Staff 274. S pecial Studies in Manufacturing Engineerin g. S pec ia l registration for students who have ob ta in ed t h e maximum number of credits

for the thesis or Plan B Report and who hav e not yet co mpleted the writing of t h e thesis o r Plan n Report and who are not r egis t ered for other courses. (Time and credit

arranged)

Staff

280. Methods Engineering. W or k measurement meth ods ; t he application o f work s implifi cati on m eth ods in indus trial organizations. Prerequisite: Mfg E 180. Two lectures, one

lab. (3W)

Child

283. Materials Handling. Analysis of mate rial h a ndlin g pro bl e m s , selection of material h and lin g equ ipment and problems in the des ign o f integrated handling systems. Prerequis ite : Mfg E 183 o r consent of instructor.

(3Sp)

Shaw

287. Manufacturing Seminar. Students prepare technical papers on s uitable topics and present to Mfg E staff a nd g rad uate s tud e nts .

Two lectures. (IF, W, S)

Spear

290. Automation Systems. Des ign of automated production system s; special emphas is on e lectroni c, hydraulic and pneumatic controls as ap plied to numerically co ntrolled a nd other auto m ated p1路oduction equipmen t. Prerequis ites:

EE 124, CE 144, Mfg E 181. Three lectures. (3Sp) Staff 298. Graduate Thesis. Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff 400. Continuing Grad uate Advisement. Graduate s tudents who have received maximum th es is credit, bu t w h o have not completed the thesis o r disse rt a ti o n, m ust en r oll for a minimum of three cred its, unt il t he degree is co mpl eted. H t he s tudent does n ot comply, his candidacy ma y be suspen ded and his supervi-

so ry committee dissolved. (3F, 3W, 3Sp, 3Su.) Staff

Department of

Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering HEAD: REYNOLD K. WATKINS, P rofessor: PhD. Iowa State University; registered professional enginePr OFFICE: Engineering L-180 IZYDOR EISENSTEIN, Associate Professor; Diploma En g in ee rin g , I srael Institute of Technology, Haifa; and doctoral work, Purdue University R USSE LL M. HOLDREDGE, Associate Professor; PhD, Purdue Uni ver s ity A. RoNALD McKAY, Associate Professor; MEng'r and doctoral work, McGill University OWEN K. SHUPE, Associate Professor; PhD, University of Utah CARL D. SPEAR, Associate Professor; PhD, University of Utah EDWARD W. VF.NOF.r.r., .JR., Associate Professor; PhD, Oklahoma State University J. CLAIR BATTY, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State University; doctoral work, Massachusetts Institute of T echnology ROBERT D. HARRIS, Assi stant Professor; M S, Utah State University ALMA P. MOSER, Assistan t Professor; PhD, University of Colorado ALBERT B. SMITH, Assistant Professor; MEng'r, The Agricultural-Mechapjcal College of Texas

Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering This department offers a graduate program leading to the Master of Science degree and the Doctor of Philosophy degree in Mechanical Engineerin g. The Doctor of Philosophy program is supported by research capability in Civi l Engineering, E lectrical Engineering, National Reactor Test ing Station, and Industries. The Master's degree program allows for speciali zation in one of the fo llowin g areas: Applied Mechanics, Fluid Dynamics, Nucl ear Engineering, Material s, Propulsion, Energy Conversion, and Heat Transfer. Research and teaching assistantships are avai lable for qualified graduate s tudents. In addition, some financial assistance is available through NSF, NASA, NDEA, and other governmental agencies as well as some industrial firms. Following is a typical course of study leading to the degree of Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering:

Mechanical Engineering Courses GRADUATE COURSES 202. Theory of Plasticity. The analysis of s tresses , defo rmati o n, and collapse in devices constructed o f p lastic material. Prerequis ite: ME 166. Three lectures. (3F) Moser

205. Introduction to E lasticity. The interrelationship of st r esses and / or strains, properties of the mate1路ial, and the configuration of an elast ic media under a given load. Prerequis ite: ME 166. Three lectures . (3W) Moser

206. Theory of Elasticity. A continuation of ME 205; ele mentary problems in three dimens ion s; two dimen s ional problems solved by Airy'.s Stress Function; complex variables and co nformal mapping as app1ied to elasticity problems; and other advanced techniques. Prere<; uis ite : ME 205. T hree lectures. (3Sp) Moser

137

210. Transport Phenomena. Systematic and para11el treatment of momentum transfer (v isco us fl ow), heat transfer, and mass transfer. Tn?atment stresses similarities . Prerequisites: ME 117 and ME 116 concurrently. Three lect ures. (3F) Holdredge

211, 212. Advanced Thermodynamics. Advanced topics of classical and statistical thermodynamics. Prerequisite: ME 113. Three lectures . (3F, 3W) Vendell 216, 217, 218. Advanced Heat and Mass Transfer. Advanced top ics con cerning mass transfer and heat transfer by conduction, convection, and radiation. Prerequisite: M.E. 210 . Three lectures. (3W, 3Sp, 3Su) Holdredge 230. Advanced Kinematics. R eview of vector analysis; Analytical methods; comp1ex numbers and their application in kinematic analysis and sy nthesis; geometry of constrained motion: The Euler Savary equation; Hartmann's Construction: B loc h Synthesis; Freuden s tein's Theorem; The Hrones-Nelson synthes is of the four-bar linkage; the analysis of space mechanism. Prerequisite: ME 130. Three lectures. (3Sp) Harris

240, 241, 242. Intermediate Gas Dynamics. Intermediate topics in the flow of compress ible fluids, s h oc k, boundary layer theory, flow tables. thermodynamic considerations. Prerequisites: ME 117 and ME 143. Three lectures. (3F, 3W) McKay 261, 262. Theory of Vibrations. Review of vibrations of linear ::;ystem::;, finite degrees of freed om. Normal modes and material frequencies by matrix methods. Nonlinear systems. Graphical meth ods. Analog and digital computer techniques . Analysis of transverse, longitudinal, torsional, and fl exural vibrations in cont inu ous elastic media. Prerequisite: ME 162. Three lectures. (3W, 3Sp) Moser 290, 291, 292. Nuclear Reactor Engineering Principles. Transport theory and neutron diffus ion; homogeneous rea ctors with and without reflector: h eterogeneous r eactors ; reactor materials; design, operation, and control of nu clear r eactors ; reactor kineti cs. Three l ectures (3F, 3W, 3Sp) Sh upe 293, 294, 295. N uclear Reacto r Laboratory. One la borato ry. (1F, 1W, 1Sp) Shupe

298. Graduate W, Sp)

Thesis.

Credit arranged.

(F, Staff

400. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Graduate students who have r eceived maximum the:> is c1路e<Ht, but who have not completed the thesis o r dissertation, mus t enroll for a minimum of three cr-edits, until the degree is completed. If the student does not comply, his cand ida cy may be suspen ded and his supervisory comm ittee disso lved. (3F, 3W, 3Sp, 3Su.) Staff

138

College of

Family Life DEAN: PHYLLIS SNOW, PhD, Cornell University OFFICE: Family Life 201 All departments offer the Masters degree and the Clothing and Textiles and Food and Nutrition departments offer the PhD degree . The latter's programs are interdepartmental ones with the College of Science and the College of Agriculture. Courses may be arranged so that an MS degree can be obtained through summer quarter work, provided the research project is done on the job during the winter months. Curricula and research leading to either advanced degree are supervised by a graduate committee appointed for each candidate by the Dean of the School of Graduate Studies. Staff members of the major department and of closely related departments serve on these committees. All study and research programs must satisfy the requirements listed in Part I of this catalog and must be approved by the student's committee before admittance to candidacy can be obtained. The Institute for Research on Man and His Personal Environment was established in 1967 and provides opportunities for research study of man as a totality with

respect to his physical, social, and psychological response to his manmade environment, particularly clothing, textiles, home furnishings, and housing. In ever increasing numbers, the mature, "interrupted career" woman who holds a bachelor's degree in family life education is returning to the College in pursuit of an advanced degree. Career opportunities are endless. The demand for research workers and educators in the universities, government, and private agencies, business, and industry far exceeds the supply of competent personnel available. A number of excellent graduate assistantships are available both for teaching and r esearch. Applications should be sent directly to the department concerned. The following Family Life course is available for graduate students in each department of the College: 293â&#x20AC;˘. Research Methods. Research meth odology for case studies, surveys, and experiments ; design and style for theses and research reports; application of measurements and stati s tical techniques to professional problems in Family Life. A res earch report presenting a n d analyzing findings of a study in the student's major field is required. (3F)

Staff

139

De{Jart11zent of

Clothing and Textiles HEAD: ANNF: P. Kr.RNALEGl lF:N. Associate Professor; PhD, Utah State University OFFICE: Family Life 303 RUTI-I E. HAWTHORNE, Associate Professor; PhD, Ohio State Univ ersity THETA JOHNSON, Associate Professor and Extension Speciali st; MA, Columbia University SUSAN RICHARDS, Assistant Professor; MS, University of California

Mast e1· of Science Degree. The Clothing and Textiles Department offe r s study and research to qualify for a Master of Science degree. with empha s is in the areas of clothing desi gn, consumer problems, textiles, or the soc io-psychological aspects of clothing. Do ctm· of Philosophy Deg1·ee. Advanced study and research are available leading to the degree of Docto1· of Philosophy in t he Behavioral Science Aspects of Clo thing and Textiles. To fulfill the r equ irements f or t he degr ee, the student mu st (a) Demonstrate a reading compreh ens ion of one foreign lang uage. (b) Pass a comprehensive examination in the fi eld of spec ialization and in the minor field of Psychology or Sociology a nd Anthropo logy . (c) Successfully complete a resea rch problem and a sa ti sfa ctory disse rtation. The student hould consult the Head of the Department concerning specific r eq uirements. Graduate t eaching assistantships and resea r ch assistantships a r e available . Resea rch is promoted through departmental relationships with the U niversity Research Counci l and other private, public and federal agencies. Clothing and Textiles research staff and graduate students are af-

filiated w ith the Institute for Research on Man and Hi s Personal Environment.

Clothing and Textiles Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 105. Clothing Selection and Consumption. Analysis o f c lothing needs of m e n, ·women, and children at various s tages of the life cycle. Fac tors affecting cloth in g ex pendi· tu res; production and dis tribu t ion of textile products for the consumer market. Emphas is i ~ plactd upou doth;ng- ~el ection in r..:! la tion to aesthetic and economic influ e nce. (2W, Sp)

Staff Behavioral Science Aspects of Clothing. Clothin g as a reflect ion o f culture and per· sonality. Analysis of clothin g w ithin selected primitive and con tempo rary cu ltur es in re· lation to soc ietal value s tru ctu res . Study of the effects of clothing on the d evelop ment a nd adjustment of the indi v idual se lf. (2F, W ) I 06.

Staff ** 114. Fashion Illustration . Ins truction will be given o n fa shion tec hniques in 1ine and halfto ne in drawing the figu re in fashion proportions for the newspaper, magazines and reproduct ion for the professional field. Includ ed in the course will be des ignin g f or the professional .f ield through the drawing of f as hion s as well as fa shion accessor ies for women, men and children. Prerequisite: CT Lewis 14. (3F) Fashion Design. Fashion des igning for reproduction, considering the wearer, the fabric , and the ensemble. Sources of inspiration for fa shion designing. Individual experimenta-

115.

**Taught 1969-70

140

College of Family Life

t ion through sketc hing J·ec tly to fabrics. (3Sp)

with

app lication di Lewis

135. History of Costume and Textiles. A st udy of costu me and textiles development from an c ient times to the present a s r elated to the soc io-econo mi c, cultu r a l, and poli tical influe n ces of t h e t im es and their importance in t h e evolution an d insp ira t ion of m oder n t extiles a n d dress. (5F) Clayton "' 140. Draping. Creative experiences in dress design by draping fabric on the dress f orm. Emphasis is placed on fittin g and t h e effect of pattern, g 1·a in , and textures on design and dress. Problems co n s ist of making a French lining and draping two garments . P1·erequisite: Clothing and Textiles 120. (3F) Hawthorne **170 . Advanced Flat Pattern Des igning. Ap p lication of the princ iples of dress des ign to the cons ti·uct ion of patterns by flat pattern method. Emp h as is is placed on t he developm ent a nd use of a bas ic sloper, and on the interpretation of a des ign in r elat ion to c loth in g construction pri n cip les and in the makin g and design ing of patterns. Prer equ is ite.: Clothi ng and Textiles 120. (3F) Hawthorne 174 . Advanced Textile Problems. Emph a s is is placed on recent text ile advances and research tec h n iques. Consideration is given to p h ysical and ch emica l test ing and use of the microsco pe in identif ication of fibers . Prerequi s ite: C lot hin g and Textiles 24 . Recom m e nd ed: .C h e rn 10, 11, 12. (3 W) Richards 180. Tailoring. Applicatio n of ta iloring techn iques in t h e con structi on of suits and coats . Emp h a s is is p laced o n developi ng ju dgm e n t and s kill in t h e use o f a lternat ive tec hni ques. Prerequis ite : Clothing and T extiles 120. Recommended: Clothing and Textil es 170. 1:l W ) Clayton 186. Fashion Analysis. Socio-econom ic factors underlying fas hi on; fashion des igners and mat·kets ; analysis of fashion media- industry publications, magazines, n ewspapers, radio and television; merc h andise displays and fa s hi on s h ow production. Prerequ isite: Clothi ng and T extiles 105 , 106 or consent of departme nt. Recommended: Speech 181, J ourn 184, Bus iness Administration 156. (3Sp) Staff GRADUATE COURSES 204. Economics of C lothin g a nd Texti les. Study o f current theories and research on consumer cloth in g-oriented behavior; factors affecting t h e production, d istribution, and co n sump tion of clothin g and textile products; the role of the clothin g and textile industries in t h e national economy. (3Sp) Staff

205 . Co n sum er Behavior in Clothing and Textiles. Emphasis is placed on t h e be h av ioral sc ience concept of consumer behavior as these apply to the utilization of kn o w ledge and current texti le and cloth ing tec hn ology, standards for manufacture, and legislation . Consu mptio n patte rn s of text iles and clothing are also stu di ed. (3F) Staff 206 . Advanced Behavioral Scie nc e Conce pts in Clothing. Analysis and sy nthesis of bas ic concepts of cultural a nthropo logy, sociology, and psychology w it h implications for clothing and textiles . Interpretation of research findi ngs. Formation of new h ypotheses based upon the conceptualizations s tudied. (3F) Staff 208 . Cultural Bases of Clothing. Study of clothing as a communicative dev ice with respect to techno logical advance ment, soc ieta l values, and soc ia l ro le e nactment. Ana lysis includes detailed cons ideration of t h e concepts of beauty, accultura ti o n , sy mbolism, modesty, social statificat ion, and reference group t h eory app lied to c lo thingoriented behavior. Prerequisite: CT 206. (3W) Staff 210. Personality Projection Through Clothing. A developmental approach to the study of cloth ing. Emp h as is is placed upon t h e interrelationships among the self, t he body, and clothin g at each stage of t h e life cycle. D etailed co n s ideration will be given to t he processes of diffe r entiatio n-integration, ide n t:f icat ion , self st r ucture, self va luat ion, and self adjustment in relation to c lot hin g -oriented behavior. Prereq uis ite: CT 206. (3Sp, Su) Staff *280. G radu a t e Se min ar: Clothing and Textiles in Ed u ca tion . Study of contem pcrary issues and philoso phy in clot hing and textil es su b ject matter in relation to gene ral eC:ucational object ives at all levels of learni ng. Clothin g and textile programs in second ary and highe r education, cooperative ex ten; ion, and continuing education w ill be consid~re d, as well as the area of vocatio nal education. (2W) Staff *281. G raduate Seminar: Aesthet.ic As;Jects o f Dress. To identify aes thetic Ctoncept; of dress and appearance and relat then to generalization s from philosophy and psychology. To con s ider theoretical and e mp i·ical approac h es to the study of aesthetics a.s a basis for better understand ing the aestl'Etics o f dress . (2Sp) Hawtlume *Taught 1968 -69 *Taught 1968-69

Family and Child D evelojnnwf

741

Gradu ate Se min a r : Textil e Technology. A study o f various a spects of text il e tech nol ogy and f abr ic m ai n tena nce. Emphas is will be placed on problem s such as soiling , Iaun tder in g, s h rinkage, weathering, co lorfastness.. bi olog ica l facto 1·s, a nd wr inkl e res ista nc ~ . Cu rre nt resea rc h in these a reas will be <,[ greatest co n ce rn. (2 W) Richard s

294. Re search Colloquium . Discussions of ad· vanced theories a nd research in Clothing Tex. til es . Anal yses of di ssertation s and other ongo in g l'eseal'ch pl'ojecls . (lF, W, Sp, Su)

290. Inde pendent Study. C l'edit ar ranged. (F, W, Sp , Su) Staff

400 . Continuin g Graduate Advisement. Graduate students w h o have rece ived maximum thesis c redit, but w ho have not completed th e thes is o r d issertation, must enro ll f or a minimum of three credits, u n til t he degree is completed. If t he stu dent does n ot comply , his ca ndidac y may be su~pen d ed and his superviso •·y committee dissolved . (3F, 3W, 3S p, 3Su .) Staff

~'* 28 :2.

** 291. Graduate Seminar: Current and Special Topi cs. A stu dy o f cu rren t tre nds and issues appl yi ng to s pecialized fi elds i n clothin g and text i les. Gi ves opport unity f o r investigation and reporting of individual problems. ( 2Sp ) (Ma xi mum 6 ) Hawth orne

293.

Research Methods. See Family Life 293. Compton

295. Researc h and (F, W, Sp, S u )

Thes is . C1·edit

arranged. Staff

** T aug ht 1969-70

Depari1nent of

Family and Child Development H EAD: DON C. CARTER, Professor; EdD, Columbi a University OFFICE: Family Life 21 5 C. JAY SKIDMORE, Professor; EdD, Columbia University; postdoctoral work and fellowship, Merrill -Palm er Institute DOROTHY B. LEWIS, A~s0ciate Professor; MS, Iowa State Un iversity CARROLL C. LAMBERT, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State Uni vers ity JAY D. SC II VANAVELDT, Assista nt Professor; PhD , Florida State University JA NE MECHAM, Instructor; MS, Utah State University ALISON THORNE, Lecturer; PhD, Iowa State Univer sity

Th e Department of Family Living and Ch ild Development offers wor k leading to the Master of Science degr ee. Two separ ate majors are avai lab le for graduate stud y . You may se lect the one in whi ch you a re most interested. Th e majors a r e (1) Child Development a nd (2 ) Marriage and Fam il y Relations . Majors in child development spec ia li ze in n u rsery education, with r elated work ava il able in ot her departments s uch as psychology, education, and soc iology. If yo u select thi s majo r , yo u w ill have an opportunity to work in an internship program in nurse r y education , in-

eludin g n urse ry school s upervi sion , lead ing to occupational placemen t in co llege teaching, nurser y school teaching or administration, and act ivity programs for hospitali zed children. Major s in marriage a nd fam ily r elat.ion s will stud y in a program in tended to pro vid e preparation for teac hin g, either at the college or hi gh school leve l, for ex ten sion ser vice wo rk in fam ily li fe education, or f or fur t her stud y toward a high er d egree in maniage coun selin g or marriage an d famil y life edu cation.

742

College of Fam,ily Life

Family and Child Development Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 100. Human Growth and Development. Growth an d development from birth to maturity. General behavior patterns characteristic of different levels of maturi ty; individual differen ces and needs. Prerequisites : Psychology !i3 and FCD 67. (3F, W, Sp) Carter

schoo l. For jun iors and seniors w h o h ave had a substantial a m ount of professional course work, in cluding Family and Chil d D evelopment 108 and 164. Arrangem ents mus t be made for practice teachin g well in advance of registration. (6F, W, Sp, Su) Lambert 180. Marriage Counsel in g. The ph il osophy principles, and tec hniq ues of pre-marital and marriage counseling. (3F) Skidmore 185. The Family in the Middle and Later Years. Family devel o pment, and problems of grown children an d t hei1· parents; parents on their own; unders tanding older family members. (3 W ) Skidmore

108. Guidance of the Young Child. Re v iew o f development principles with emphas is on social and emotional growth : guidance philosophy, principles and techniques. Two lectures. Two hour lab weekly. Prerequisites: Family and Child Development 67. (3F, W, Sp) Lewis, Mecham

205. Child Psychology and Psychology 205. (3F, W, Sp)

11 5. Growth of the Infant. Readings in chil d development fr om conception to fifteen m onths of age, w ith disc ussion of infant care. Prerequis ite: Family and Ch ild Development 67. (3W) Lewis

208. Seminar in Chi ld Guidance. Study and analys is o f theo ri es and p hiloso phies of central impo r tance in defining the na t ure, process, and stru cture of child guidance. (3Su ) Staff

120. Marriage. Engagement; marriage relati onships; understanding of self. For men and women. (3F, W, Sp) Carter

251. Seminar in ysis of selected lations. (3W)

125. Family Life Education. Study of parent, teacher, and community needs in relati on to problems of education for family life. Inse l·vice training for teachers and group leaders in family life programs. Methods of fam ily life education . (3Sp) Skidmore

Seminar in C hild Development. Analys is of selected top ics dea ling w ith growth, behavior, and development of t he child. (3F) Schvaneveldt 253.

140. The Family in its Social Setting. Family interaction with the envi r onment. Fami ly influen ces o n children's creativity. Impact on famili es of out· tech n ological, affluent soc iety. Family and technical change in oth e r cultures. (3F, W, Sp) Thorne

254. Current Research in the Family. Review of new research dealing with family rela:ions hips. (3S) Schvaneveldt

150. Seminar. Study of topics in literature plus independent reading according to interest. (2 Sp )

cu rrent selected Carter

164 . N ursery School Planning and Ad ministration. Development of t he nurs ery sch ool movement. Problems of physical plant, equipment, public relations , staff and budgeting of the child care center. (3Sp) Lewis

174. Nursery School Methods. Methods and techniques of guidance of pre-sc h ool children individually and in groups, with emphas is on the study of one child. Readings in research on pre-school children. Must parallel Family and C hild D evelopment 175. (3F, W, Sp, Su) Lambert 175. Practice Teaching in t he Tursery School. Expe rience in application o f generalizatio n s regarding gu idance, growth, and development of children in the nursery

GRADUATE COU RSES

Fa mil y topics

Guidan ce. See Frandsen

Relations. Analin family reCarter

252.

Cu rrent Research in Child Development. R ev iew of new res earch dealing w it h the growth and devel opme nt of young ch il ri ren. (3 W ) Schvaneveldt

267. Deprivation in Early Childhood. Effects of deprivation on the presch ool child; aprlicacation of nurse ry sch ool methods and curriculum to children with r estricted and limiting backgrounds; t he child and his fanily. (3S) Cuter Internship in Nursery Education. Wo1·k with young children in a s ituatior. involv in g limi ted s upervision and persona) respo ns ibili ty for p r ogram p1anning and direction. Emphasizes experimenta l me1hods in working with children, and d e velopmer.t of ins ig ht in to ch ildren's behavio r. Credit arra n ged. (F, Sp, Su) Lanbert 275.

Practicum in Agencies Serving : hildren . Experience in wo rking in age1cies ser ving children. Limited to ad\·anced students who have co mpleted Fam il y and Child Develo pment 174 and 175. Time and edit arranged. (F, W, Sp) Lanbert

278.

Food and Nutrition 280. Marriage Coun seling. Theory and practice in p1·emarital, marriage and family coun-

seli n.g. (3W)

Skidmore

281. Mar riage Counseling Practicum. Supervised practice in marriage counseling in the university, community agencies, and private

setting. (Credit arranged)

Skidmore

287. Fa mily Theory and Frameworks. Variuus theories and co nceptual framewo rk s of

fam i ly study are defined, explored, and delineated. Emphasis is on the concepts and bas ic assumptions employed by various frameworks. The histo ry and development of each, the present emphas is, and projected usage of Pach fram ework is also considered. {3F)

Schvaneveldt

143

290. Independent Study. For qualified students upon consultation with the instructor. Credit

arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su)

Staff

293. Research Methods. See Family Life 293. (3W) Compton 295.

Research

for

Master•s

Thesis.

arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su)

Credit

Staff

completed.

the student does not comply, his

cand idacy may be suspended and his supervi-

so J·y committee dissolved. (3F. 3W, 3Sp, 3Su.) Staff

Department of

Food and Nutrition HEAD: ETHELWYN B. WILCOX, Professor; PhD, Iowa State University OFFICE: Family Life 111 PHYLLIS SNOW, Professor and Dean, College of Family Life; PhD, Cornell University MARGARET B. MERKLEY, Associate Professor; PhD, Texas Women's University FLORA BARDWELL, A ssociate Professor; MS, Utah State University DELOY G. HENDRICKS, Ass istant Professor; PhD, Michigan State University RUTH WHEELER, Assistant Professor; MS, University of Washington

The demand for qualified people with advanced degrees in Nutrition and Food Science far exceeds the supply. The student who chooses this program will have many fine opportunities for positions in university research and teaching; in state, federal, or private research laboratories; in extension work as a specialist; a nd in food industries. Departmental co urse work is built on the root disciplines of mathematics and statistics, ch emistry, physics, physiology, and microbiology. Through interdepartmental curricula, MS and PhD degrees are

available in Nutrition and Biochemistry and in Food Science and Technology. In addition the MS degree is offered in Food and Nutrition. General requirements are given in Part I of this catalog. Detai led requirements may be obtained upon request from the department head .

Assistantships. The department has three teaching assistantships. The number of research assistantships depends upon the grants obtained. Applications should be directed to the head of the department and should be received before February 1.

144

College of Family Life

Food and Nutrition Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 107. Science in Relation to Food Preparation. Scientific principles underlying modern food t h eory and practice. The relation to food p r eparation of the physical and ch em ical propert ies o f proteins, starches, sugars, leavening agents, and pigments; the pro perties of true solutions and principles of crystallization; coJloidal systems- gels, sols, foams, and emulsions. Labo ratory experiments designed to illustrate t he e ffect of varying ingredients and preparation procedures on the quality of f ood products. Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry, FN 23. (3F, W) Staff 108. Science in Relation to Food Preparation. Continuation of FN 107. (3W, Sp) Staff I 09. Experimental Foods. Objective tests in food research. Development, execution, written and oral interpretations of individual problems. Prerequisite: FN 108. (3Sp) Staff 143. Advanced Nutrition. The study of the various nutrients and their interrelations . Laboratory problems include energy and dietary requirements o f human s, s mall animal studi es, and some laboratory methods of nutritional analys is. Four lectures and one lab. Prerequisites: FN 22, biochemistry, and Physic!. 4. (5W) Wheeler 145. Diet Therapy. Application of dietetic princ iples to health maintenance in cluding dietary modifications necessary in pathological conditions, pregnancy, and childhood . Four lectures and one laboratory. Prereq uis ite : Food and Nutrition 140. (5Sp) Wheeler *146. Food Processing in Relation to Consu m er Use. Methods of manufacture, pres ervation and storage of food products and their influ ences on the physical structure, ch em ica l co mpos ition, and nutritive value of foods; req uirem e n ts and s pecifications for quality ~ta ndard s; imp1ications for the consumer in s hopping for f ood. Prerequis ite: FN 108 or co nsent of instructor. (2F) Staff ** 147. Food Economics. Availability and u t ilization of foo<l as affected by national economic systems, methods of distribution and other relevant economic and cultural factors in 1路elation to cu rrent a n d projected world and local nutritional problems. Prerequisites: FN 108 and one course in economics o r consent of instructor. (2F) Staff

180. Quantity Foods Preparations. Principl es of food pre paration applied to l a rge quantity production: standardization of food quality, menu p lanning and study of production costs.

The course is planned particularly for jun:1iors and se niors majoring in dietetics an d insttitutional management. Prerequis ite: FN 108 ([ 5F) Wheeeler 182. Institutional Organization , Mannagement and Cost Co ntrol. Principles of sccientific management app lied to large service ur.nits. E mphas is on organization of la rge f ood sen-vice un its, on perso nnel management and hunman relationsh ips, sa nitatio n problems, food 1 purchas ing, record keeping, and varied aspectss of mon ey management as it affects food sen-vice in ins t itution s . Prerequis ite: FN 180. ( 4 !W) Wheeeler

183. Institutional Equipment Selectlion, Maintenance, a nd Layout. Determination of large and sma ll equipment r equ ire ments for food se r v ice units: factors governing quallity, capacity, care of ope l'ation and ma intenancee of institutional equ ipment; and ar r angement t of work ing units for maximum efficiency. IPrel'equ isite : FN 182. (3Sp) Wheeeler GRADUATE COURSES 200. Laboratory Methods in Nutrition Research. This course is designed to teach boasic techniques us ed in nutrition resea rch throJugh t h e chemi ca l determinations of const ituentss in blood and urine of h uman su bjects . Prerecqu is ites: Organi c Chemis try and Biochem isstry. Hendri"icks (3W) 201. Laboratory Methods in Nutrition . Ni itrogen balan ce study; min eral, and vitamin de:terminations. Prerequ is ites: FN 14 3 and ffiiochemis try. (2Sp) Sttaff 203. Nutrition Research; Micro~Chemical Ana lysis. Micro-chemical determinations of vlitamin and other con s tituents in s mall amownts of blood . Prerequis ites : Organic Chemistry ;. and Biochemist ry. Taught a s n eeded. (3) Sttaff 207. Laboratory Methods in Foods Reseanch. Application of the ex pe rim en ta l method to advanced problem s in f ood r esearch. Prerecquis ite: FN 109, Organic Chem istry. Taughtt as need ed. Credit arranged. Sttaff 230. Human Nutrition. Metabolism of caJrboh ydrates and mine:路als as appl ied to nutriti ro nal r equ irements and food s uppl ies of people. ]Prerequis ites : FN 140 or 143 and Biochemis;try. (3F) Hendriicks

231. Human Nutrition. Metabolism of liJpids and proteins as applied to nutritional requtirements and food supplies of people. Prerequiis ite FN 140 o r 143 and Biochemistry. (3 W) Willcox *Tau g ht 1968-69 **Taught 1969-70

H om.emaking Education 2:l2. Human Nut riti on. Metabolis m of vitamins ; c riti cal analyses of method s used in asses:s ing- human nutritio n status ; e val uation o f rn utri t io nal probl e ms of c urre nt in teres t. Pr·e requ is ites : F ood and Nutri t ion 140 or 143 a n<l lli oc h e mi s try. (3Sp) Hendricks 233. Readings in Foods. A cr itical review of sc ientific 1iterature in the field of foods . PJ·e ne<:1uis ite : Food and Nutrition 109. Taught " ' ne eded. (3) Staff 243. Nutrition and Growth. Relation of nu t ri li on to gro wth from the prenatal pe riod t.o old age. Pre requ is ite : Food Nutrition 140 or 14 ~l. Taught as n eeded. (3) Staff 275. Problems in Institutional Administration. Directed study on selected problems in qu antity foods or instit ut io nal management f ur g1·aciuate s tud e nts . Cr·erlit nrranged. (Tau g ht a s needed; S u) Wheeler

14 5

290 . Independent Study. Cred it arranged. (F, W, S p, S u) Staff 291. Graduate Seminar. Repo rts and disc uss io n s o n c urrent li te rature . (IF, W, Sp) Staff

293. Research Methods. See Family Life 293. (3W) Compton 295. Research and Thesis. Credit (F, W, Sp, Su)

arranged. Staff

400. Contin uing Graduate Advisement. Grad· uate stude nts wh o have received maximum th es is credit, but who have n o t comp leted the th es is or· disse rtati on, mu s t enroll for a minim um o f three c redits, until the degree is com pl eted. If th e stude n t does not comply, his ca nri idac y may be s us pended and his superviso r y co mmittee di ssolved. (3 F , 3W, 3Sp, 3Su . ) Staff

De partnunt of

Homemaking Education HEAD : VIRGINIA H. HARDER, Assistant OFFICE: Family Li f e 318

ProfPssor:

MS. Iowa State University

Th e department offers three prog ra m s f or the Master of Science degree. Plan I . Thi s prog ram is designed especi ally for those who wish to -;uper vise the stud ent teaching experience or take other home ecoll omi cs supervisory positions. The bas ic plan r equires 45 credits. Research and thesis or Plan B reports may be conducted during the school ,v ear in on-going classroom situation s. Evidence of a minimum of two years of successful teaching on the secondary level must be prese nted before the degree is granted. Plan II. Thi s program is designed f or eith er the r ecent graduate in hom e economics or for the experienced teacher. Emphasis is given to acquiring some depth in subject matter, curriculum development, and instructional techniques. Plan III. This program is flex-

ible to meet individual needs and is particularly applicable for extension hom e economists who need comll1unity developm ent emphasis as well as subject matter strength. Th e basic program r equires 45 cr edit hours. Included is research and th esis or Plan B r eports. Professional cer-tificate. The departm ent will supervise a 55-hour plann ed program which requires a minimum of 12 quarter hours in professional education (which may include educational psychology ) , and 12 quarter hours in subject matter. This program culminates in a professional certificate. The profess ional certificate requires evidence of no less than three years of successful teaching experience, and is issued on recommendation of the department to the state certification agency. The graduate program may be

146

College of Family Life

associated wit h the College of Family Life Institute for Research on Man and His Personal Environment, which provi des opportunities for stud y of man as a totality with respect to his physical, social, and psycholog ical responses to hi s environment.

Home Economics Education Courses GRADUATE COURSES 217 . Current Developments in Home Economics Education. Newer developments i n home economics education at the secondary level. Offe red as n eeded . (3) Harder

23 7. Seminar. Opportunity !or investigat.iont; and reporting on individual prob lems. Credit arran ged. (F. W, Sp, Su) Staff

290. Independent Study. Cred it arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff 293. Research Methods. See Family Life 293. (3W) Compton 295. Research for Master's Thesis. Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff

400. Continuing Graduate Adv isement. Graduate studen ts who ha ve received maximum th es is credit, but w ho have not comp leted the thes is or dissertation, mus t enroll for a minimum of t hree credits, until the degree is comp leted . lf t he s tudent does not comply, his ca ndidacy may be suspended and his s uperviso r y committee d issolved . I~F. ~W. 3Sp, 3Su.) Staff

Department of

Household Economics and Management HEAD: EDITH NYMAN, Associate Professor; MS, Utah State University; graduate work, Michigan State Uni versity OFFICE: Family Life 314 LOUISE J. PEET, Lecturer; PhD, Iowa Stat e University

The Department of Hou sehold Economics and Management offers work leadin g to the Master of Science degree. Flexibility in p rogram planning provides opportunity for developing individual ab ili ties and interests. Course work is a rranged in cooperation with other depa rtments of the University, includin g: Econom ics, Sociology, Psychology, P hilosophy, Busi ness Administration, Physics, Statistics, Ch emistry, Fam ily a nd Child Development, Food and Nutrition, and Cloth ing and Texti les. A g raduate assistantship is available as r es id ent advi sor at t he Home Management House.

Household Economics and Management Courses GR ADUATE AND UN DERGRADUATE COURSES 100. Househ old Equipment. Principles of selection, use, care, a nd a rrangement of ki tchen a nd laundry equ ipmen t. (3F, W, Sp) Staff

110. Adva n ced Equipment. Special Problems and performance testing of major applian ces a nd s mall pieces of equ ipment now on th e market. (3 W , Sp) Staff 149. Home Man agement. The theory of effective home management; va l ues and goals reflected in decision-making on fami ly resou r ces. (3F, W, Sp) Nrman

150. Home Management House. The appliot ion of the theory of management in a l ivi n g situation. Residence in a Home Management House

Household Eco 11omics pt·ovided f or· a fi ve-week period. Application must be mad e with ins tructor in advance o f r eg istrati on. Prerequisites: Food and Nutritio n 22, 23 , 25 or its equivalent: Household Economics and Management !49. (4 F, W, Sp} Staff 151. Home Management Problems. Substitut ion for HEM 150 for married stu de n ts only. The app lication o f t h e theo ry of management as applied in stu dents ' h omes. Prerequisites: Foods and Nutritio n 22, 23, 25 o r its equivale n t; Househ old Economics and Management 149. (4F} Nyman 155. Family Finance. Consid eration o f major finan c ial alte rn a tives available to fam ilies; so me fa ctors that determine financial deciNyman s ion s. (3F, W, Sp} 160. Seminar. R epo r ts and di scuss ion of current readings in Househ old Economics a n d Management. (2Sp} Staff 165. Advanced Housing. Organization an d u se o f s pace in va ri ous types of dw elling un it s , h ouse des ign, and t·emodeling f o r different family stages. (3F, Sp} Staff 175. Co n s umer Education . The ro le o f t h e f amily and its m e mbet·s a s co nsumers; current a s pects of consu m er be h avio r ; agents involved, i.e. governme n t, the m arket, consu mer interest groups . (3F, W, Sp} Nyman 190. Independent Stud y. For qual i fied stu d e nts upon consu ltatio n w ith the in structor. C r edit arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff

197. Honors Studies. S ee Family Cred it arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su}

147

Life

197. Staff

198. Honors Seminar. See Family L ife 198. (2 W ) Staff 249. His tory and Philosophy of Home Management. His tory an d Deve lopment of Home Ma n agemen t as a field of s tudy from the early years of Hom e Economics to the cu rre nt lime. (3F) Nyman GRADUATE COURSES 260. Gr aduate Seminar. Review o f current lite r·ature in H ouseh old Econom ics and Manage ment. ( JW ) Staff

290. lndepend•nt Study. For qual ified stu dents upon cons ultat ion with th e instructor. Credit arranged . (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff 293. 293.

Research

Methods.

See

295. Research for Master's arrsnged . (F. W, Sp, Su )

Fam ily Life Compton Thesis.

Credit Staff

400 . Co ntinuing Graduate Advisement. Graduate s tudents w h o h ave received maximum t h esis ct·ed it, b ut who ha ve n ot co mpleted t h e t h e.:;is o r di sse rtation, mus t e nro ll f o r a minimum of t h ree c redits, until th e deg ree is co mpleted. If t h e student d oes not co mply, his cand idac y may be suspended a nd his s uperviso ry co m m ittee di sso lved . (3F, ~ W. ~Sp, 3Su.) Staff

148

College of

Humanities and Arts DEAN: CARLTO N F. CULM SEE, PhD, State University of Iowa ASSISTANT TO THE DEAN: MARLAN D. NELSON, MA , Stanford Uniwersity; doctoral work, State UniV<'rsity of Iowa OFFICE: Library 229

Department of

Art HEAD: HARRISON T. GROUT AGE, Professor; MFA and additional graduate work, University of Utah and State University of Iowa OFFICE: Main 308 JESSIE LARSON, Professor; MFA, University of Washington; studied at Art Students' League of New York, University of New York, Colorado Springs Fine Arts Center, Utah State University, Cranbrook Academy of Art, and Kunstgewerbeschul e, Zi.irich, Switzerland EVERETT C. THORPE, Professor; MFA, University of Utah; advanced study, Syracuse University and with Han s Hofmann in Massachu setts TWAIN C. TIPPETTS, Pro fessor a nd Coord in ator of Fine Arts; EdD, University of Cal ifornia at Los Angeles LARRY E. ELSNER, Associate Professor; MFA, Columbia University; advanced study, Cranbrook Academy of Art GAELL LINDSTROM, Associate Professor; MFA, California College of Arts and Crafts JON ANDERSON, Assistant Professor; BPA , Art Ce nter Schoo l ; MFA , Utah State University RALPH T. CLARK, Assistant Professor; EPA, Art Cente1· School ADRIAN VAN SlJC JJT F:LI':N , Ass ista nt Professor; MFA , Otis Art In stitute Ch a ll en g ing opportuniti es for grad ua te s tudy and creative performance are ava ilabl e in many areas of the Art Departm ent. Stud ents may choose to qualify for e ith er th e genera l more liberal Ma s t e r of Arts degree o1· th e more s pecialized and profess ional Master of Fine Arts degree. Mast er of Arts Degr·ee . Thi s is the liberal studi es degree in art a t the grad uate level. Gen e ral requirements are li sted in the graduate

sect ion of the general and graduate cata logs. R eq uired in t hi s degree is a proficiency in one or more foreign la n g uages to be a pproved by the D epartment of Mod e rn Languages. Other departmenta l r equirements a r e the sa me a s number s 1) , 2), 3), 4 ) , 5), 6), an d 7 ) under the hea ding of Mast er· of Fine Ar·ts De-

gr·ee. All grad ua te art stude nts are urged to plan for participation in the annual Fine Arts tours of Eu-

Art rope and Latin Am erica. Annual fall to urs to San Franci sco, Cali forni a, to visit th e ga ll eri es, mu seum s, Broadway plays, San Francisco Opera, a nd other eve nts are required of a ll grad uate s tudents. Maste1路 nf F in e Arts D egre e. Thi s is a spec ia li zed professional degr ee . In 1959 th e Coll ege Art A ssociation of Am eri ca ap proved the MFA degr ee rather than the PhD degree as the terminal degree in the studio arts. An exceptional student devo tin g fu ll t im e mi g ht qualify after f our q uarter s of r es idence for the degree; it is generally cons ider ed to r eq uire an average of two years to satisfactori ly complete thi s deg r ee. Th e accumu lation of credit hours a nd t h e number of quarters in re s idence are not major facto r s in t he completion of thi s degree. However , minimum cred it a nd r es id ent hours mu st be completed. E mph as is is placed on cr eat ive art istic and techni ca l achievement. 1 ) A portfo li o of crigina! work cl early showin g the student's present leve l of accom pli shm ent in a ll art areas but more particularly in the area of hi s selected spec ialty, should be subm it ted for fac ul ty eva luation prior to r egistration for a ny Art Departmen t course work . A writ ten or verba l report of th e eva luat ion will be given t he s tudent with suggested cou rses of study. Courses r eq uired to correct any appa r ent deficiencies wi II not b e counted as gradu a te cr edit. 2 ) Not la ter than the second quarter in r es idence, a committee wi ll be appo in te d by the art department chairma n to supervi se a nd assi st with the student's graduate work. Also, not later than th e second quarter, the s tudent will decid e with th e aid of his committee th e direction his work will take and

749

at t he tim e formulate his Thesi s Statement. 3) A complete wri tten and i llu sb路ated r ecord of a ll g r aduate project work mu st be kept current for inclu sion in a printed thesis. Detail s of the nature of the thesis may be obta ined from th e g raduate director of the Art Department. 4 ) At leas t on e month prior to g raduation the student mu st de sign a comprehensive exhibit of hi s graduate work and be responsible for its di splay. All pai ntings, drawings , photog raph s, or prints must be appropriately matted or fram ed. Scu lpture and ceramics mu st be ca refully displayed on suitable stands or tables or in exhibi t cases . Suggestions for th e exhibit w ill be made by th e student's graduate committee, but the can didate is solely responsible for t h e design and di splay of hi s show which will be cons idered an impor tant con clus ion to hi s graduate work. A display a r ea should be selected with t he help of t he committee cha irman an d r eserved at least three mon ths before exhibition time. All work to be shown in the exhibit should be selected with t he help of t h e g r aduate committee. Regardless of the numb er of credi t hours acc umulated or courses comple ted, the degr ee will be gran ted onl y on a pproval of the gra du a t e committee w hich will recommend th e time of th e s tuden t exhibi t. 5) At t he di scretion of the faculty, one or more works fr om th e master exhibit may be select ed for the University P ermanent Collection. 6) Prior t o th e f inal or al exa mination , an adequate selection of colored 35mm slid es of t he master exhibit should be presented to the committee chairman . Th e s lides will be r etain ed in t he Art Department

750

College of Huma11itirs and Arts

as a permanent r ecord of th e graduate show. 7 ) Two quarters of successful work in the graduate seminar, 273, and Philosophy 164 (Aesthetics) are r equired of all MA and MFA degree candidates. Because the MFA degree is highly individu a li zed, the student shou ld consult the Department or his graduate committee for more detailed information on requirements .

Art Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 101. Contempora ry European Arts and Crafts. An art a pprec iation course d evoted to an inves ti ga tion of current European creative e fforts in pa inting, sc ulpture, and th e varied cr a fts. Taugh t only on the s ummer art tour o f Europe. (~Su) Tippetts 103. High Renaissance Art. A m o re s pecialized Art His tory class s tud y ing the wo rk s of Leonardo Da Vinci, Mich elangelo and Raphael , master painters o f the Italian High Renaissance. Taught only on the s ummer art to ur of Europe. (3Su) Tippetts 104 . Life Drawing. Anatomi cal and inte rperativ e s tudies of the figure with emphasis on composition and creative use of materials. f~Sp) Elsner, Groutage, Van Suchtelen

105. Advanced Drawing and Composition. Emphas is is given to composition, graphic con cepts a nd extens ive ex ploration of d rawing media. P r ereq uis ites: Art 5, 8, 12 , 104 or P~u i va l e nt. (3Sp) Van Suchtelen, Groutage, Thorpe 106. Drawing Studio. Advanced individual dra w ing problems in various m edia. Prere~u i s ites: Art 104 and 105. Credit arranged. (F , W, Sp) Van Suchtelen 109. Landscape Painting. Various approach es an d tec hniques in landscape painting, in oil a nd r elated media. Field trips. Prerequis ites: Art 8, 14. (3F, Sp) Thorpe 110. Modern European Painting. This course will investigate some of th e major trends in con tem porary European painting. Major attention will be devoted to the "School of Paris" and modern Italian painters . This w ill be taught only on the summer art tour of Europe. (3Su) Tippetts

Ill. Watercolor and Related Media. Students may use any a qu eo us m edium or combination. Several lab periods will be s pen t s ketching out-of-d oo r s. Prerequ is ite: Art II . (3 F , Sp) Lindstrom 112. Portrait Painting. Problems of portra it painting with e mphas is on the literal representation o f f orm stru cture and likeness. Various ages and ra cia l types are s tudied. Prerequisites: Art 8, 14. (1Sp) Thorpe, Groutage 113. Watercolor Studio. Advanced painting p r oblems in watercolor a nd r elated media. Prerequis ite: Art 111. Credit arranged. (F, Sp) Lindstrom 115. Fabric Design. (a pplied ) P rojects in creating original des ig n s and a pplying t hem to s uitable textiles in techniques of s ilk screen printin g, free-hand pa intin g , block printing, s tencil or batik. P rerequisite: Art 5. (3Sp) Larson 116. Fabric Design. (structural) Projects in c r eating o riginal des igns and reproducing t hem in hooked rugs , uph o lstery fabri cs, wall hangings, etc., and in various dra matic hangings and cover s done in cr eative s titchery. Prer eq uis ite : Art 5. (3F) Larson 117. Fabric Design Studio. Advanced individual pro j ec ts in stru ctu ral and applied fabl"i c des ig n. Prer equis ites: Art 5, 6, 7, 115, and 116. Credit arranged. (F, Sp) Larson 119. Metalsmithing. Continuation of Art 19. Introduction of forging o f flatware and s and casting. Emphas is on o riginal design of holl oware, flatware, or other objects of the s tudent's ch oice. Prerequisite: Art 19. (3Sp) 3taff 120. Jewelry Casting. Co ntinuation of Art 20. lntl路oduction o f centr路ifugal investnent ca s ting, using wax a s t h e creative mei ium. Orig inal des ign o f var io us types o f jewdry; techniques n ecessa ry for th e co mpletion o: the metal product. Prerequisite: Art 19. (3F, Sp) El.sner 121. Jewelry and Metalism Studio. Advmced individual problems in various media. Prerequisites : Art 19, 119, 120. Credit arra1ged. (Sp) E .sner 127. Painting Studio. For advanced stu{ents in painting; s tud ents are e n couraged t c develop th e ir ideas through the processe; of ex pe rimentation in various applicatiom in o il a nd related m edia. Work may be d01e in r e p1路esen tationa l o r n on- represe ntational areas. P r ereq uisite : Art 14. Credit arranged. (W, Sp) Tiorpe

Art 128. Photography Studio . Des igned to cover seve r a l ph as es of pho tog r a ph y w ith e mphas is on com pos in g w ha t w e sec in a n artis ti c mann e r . Also, to a ll ow Seni o t· photo majors and s e lec ted J u ni or s t u d ents t o work with m o r e co n ce n t l'a tion i n t h e ir major a r ea . Credit :tnange d. (F, W , Sp, S u) Clark 130. Ceramic Hand Building Techniques. A course d e voted to th e prod uction o f pott e ry us ing tec hni ques s uc h as co ils, s labs, pinchin g , e t c. L a r ge p ieces can be produced quite ea s ily w ith t h ese t ec hniqu es a nd will be e nco ura ged. In additio n , gla zin g and deco ratin g w ill be a n impo r ta nt part o f this cours e. Prerequ is ites : Art 5, 6, 7, 30, 31. Credit a rra n ged. (F, W, S p ) Lindstrom, Elsner 131. Glaze Ca lculation . Calcul at ion o f glaze fo rmul as: ope r a ti on of th e kiln s. P rerequ isi t es : A1·t !l , G, 7 , 30, 31 , 130. (3 F, 3W , 3Sp ) Lindstrom, Elsner 132. Cerami c Studio. Ad va nced work in area se lected w ith th e a id of the major professo r . Prereq uis ites: Art 5, 6, 7, 30, 31, 130, 131. C r ed it a !Tan ged (F, W , Sp ) Lindstrom, Eisner 135. Color. Colo r a~ a des ig n elem en t in s tage I ig h t ing, p ai n li ng, and everyda y living. P h ys ica l, psyc h ologica l a n d ar t istic a s pects are co n elated. (3Sp) R eynolds 136. A rt Photog raph y. f in e p h otogra phs. (3F)

Mea ns of p rodu c ing Reynolds

137. Art Photog raph y. T extu re, co m pos itio n , Reynolds li g hting n n d p rint q ua lity. (3W ) 1:18. Art Photog raphy. I n t r odu ction to colo r, colo r fil m , colot· h a t·m on ies, m u ltiple ex posu r es a nd other t ech n iques n ecess a r y to p r odu ce fi ne eolor wo rk. (3Sp) Reynolds 140. Applied Interior Des ign . Practical a pp1icat io n o f a rt e lem ents a nd principles of d es ign to pro blems of h om e d eco ra t io n a nd f u rni s hin gs. P rereq uis ite: A rt 40. (3W) Larson 14 2. Interior Des ign Studio. A labora to ry co urse devoted to s u ch ac ti vities as t h e d es igning and co n gtru ctin g o f two and three dim e n:-:d o n a l models , in te ri o rs, e levations a nd d ecorati ve details- tradi ti o n a l a nd contemporary, public and dom es ti c. To be take n in con j un ctio n with or f ollow ing Art 140. (W) Larson 143. Advanced Problems in Interior Design. Expe rim ental p 1·oj ects in home planning a nd f urni shin g. P 1·erequis ites: Art 40, 140, 142. (Sp ) Staff 144. Interior Design Apprenticeship. A co u1·se des igned to a cqu a int s tudents who are planning to e nter interio r d esigning profess ionally to actual business procedures as practiced by

757

r e p u tab le, we ll- t r a ined in te ri o r d es ig n e rs w h o h ave been a pproverl b y US U Arts Staff. ( l-5F, S p , Su) Larson

t 5 t . Art Methods for El ementary Grades. Me th ods o f tea ching dr a wing, p a intin g , desig n a n d hand wo rk in th e e le mentary sc hools . R equired pre pa ration for a g r a de school t eac h er. (3F , W , Sp) Reynolds 152. Art Methods for High School. Methods o f teac hing art in hi g h s ch ool. H ow t o m otivate wor k in draw ing, painting , des ig n, and c raf ts . Req uired of all m a j o rs and mino rs in ar t o n secondary te a ching level. {3 \ ¥) Reynolds 153-154. Art Education Workshop . H elp will be g ive n on methods of prese nta ti on o f many m a t e ri a ls a nd tec hni11u es o f pract ical valu e to th e e lementa ry and second a r y t ea ch er; chart m ak in g , pos te r s, murals, di o ram as , m a ps , colo r t heo r y a nd harmo ny, w ea v in g, bas ketry, g if t making, fl owe r and weed at· ra n gem ents, a n d m a n y oth er s u bjects . The w o t·ksh op will give art ins tl·uction on th e g r a d e levels in whi ch th e t each er instru cts. ( 3-5S u ) Reynolds 157. Photography for Publication . P h otog rap h y fo r n ews pa per coverage o f n ews eve n ts and spo r ts , a nd for illus trati on i n oth er m edia. Des ig n ed t o m ee t s pecific n eeds o f stude nts w h o will pre pa re illustra ted a rti cles f or pubStaff lication . (3F ) 160. Advan ced Sculpture. Ind iv idu a l sc ulpt ura l ex press ion in a variety of p las ti c m edia. Em_p h as izE's aes th et ic e:npl oy r.1 e:1t o f fo rm a :td t he tec hn iqu es f o r wo rkin g in wood, s tone, m etal , plaste r and clay. P re r equis ites: Beg inning s cul p ture Art 60. This co urse m ay be r e peated E lsner 6 t im es f or c r ed it. (3F, W , S p ) 163 . Sculpture Studio. Advanced indivi dua l p ro bl ems i n va rious m edi a . P r e r equ isites: Art 60 a n d 160. C redi t ana n ged. (F, W , S p ) Elsner 16-i . Photo IJiustration . The majo r uses of photog r aph y in comm erc ia l adve 1·t isi ng a r e s t r essed. Ty p ical ma g a zine a nd n ews pape r ass ig nm ents are used o n an individua l project bas is. I magin a ti ve n ew ideas , n o ve l tec hni q ues , a nd s en s itive des ig n layou ts are emph asized. This cou rse may be r e peated a m a ximum of three tim es for credit. Admission o nly b y pe rmiss ion of th e ins tru c to r . (5F, W , Sp ) Clark 165. Advanced Photo Portraiture. Intens ive studi o work and " on-the-job" po rtrait a ss ignm e n ts a r e u sed to deve1o p t he ins igh t and pho to techniques n ecessa ry to p rodu ce portrai ts of cons is tently high q uality for comm e rcial s tudio, ad ve rtis ing, and editorial purposes. Admission o nly by permission of ins t ructor. (5F, W, Sp) Clark

152

College of HU1nan.ities and Arts

166. Advanced Fabri c Design in Weaving . Spec ial projects in applying o rigin a l des igns to cr eative weaving of tap estr ies , rugs and dram a ti c textiles. Prerequis ites . Art 5 and 66 o r eq uivalent. (3 to 5F, W, Sp) Larson 167. Color Printing. Students are taught h ow to make co n s is t ently hi g h quality p h otogr ap hi c color prints fr om thei r ow n negati ves. Project ass ignm ents are g ive n to cover a w id e range of s ubject s under va rious ligh tin g cond ition s. Prereq uis ites : P h oto 53, 54, 57 , a nd 58. ( ~F. W , Sp ) Clark 168. Advanced Pu blicatio n s P h otography. A ctual s to r y ass ignments require the preparatio n o f d etailed s h ooting scri pts, ed ito r ial selec ti on o f prom is ing prints, cropping and fina l presentation o f p h oto s tori es. Projects vary from s ingle to m ult ipl e picture cove r age. Adm iss ion on ly by petmiss ion of ins tructo r. (5F, W, Sp) Clark 169 . Spinning and Dyeing. Spinning and dyein g of woo l, flax and other fibe r s in t h e product io n o f s pec ia l yarns f o r creative h and weaving- art ist ic rath er t han commercial applicat ion emphas ized. Prerequis ites: Art 66. T o be taug h t s imultan eo us ly w ith Art 166, Ad va n ced Fabric Design in Weaving. (3W) Larson 170. P hotog rap hy Laws a nd Reg ulations. A lectu r e course designed to fit the n eeds of photography a nd jou rn a lis m maj or s a nd mino r s, and oth e r studen ts w ho may use t h e cam et·a a s a reprodu ctive tool, by dealing w it h laws , r egulation s , princ ip les , and practi ces gove r n in g p h otog t·ap h y. Included a r e co p yrigh t r egul a ti on s, libel, model r eleas e, ri g h t o f privacy s tatutes, courtroom r egu latio ns, photogTaphic e tiqu ette, and others . ( IF ) Hanse n 171 and 27 1. Special Studio Courses. Individua l wOt·k in any o n e or more of the following as a pproved b y the ins tructor concern ed : Des ign Studio, Paintin g Studio, Printmaking Stud io, P h otogra phy Studio , Scu lp tu r e Studio, Expet·imental Med ia Studio. Metals m it hi ng S tudi o, Ce ram ics Studio. Credi t a r ranged. (F, W , S 1>) Staff 181. Advanced Lettering. Fin ish ed letter s for ma g a zin e and news pape r advertisements, packa gi n g labels and sy mb ols. P rerequ is ite: Art 8 1. (3 W ) Anderson 182. Advanced Adve rtising Design. Theo ry of des igning t he cover , page, package, lette rhead a nd poste r . The course t rain s t h e student in p t·oduci ng professional advertising w hi ch would e nable him to fi nd employment in t his fi e ld. Pre r e~uis i te : Art 82 . (3F, W, Sp) A nderson

183. Advanced Illustration . A course to prepare the s tudent f o r t he s pecia lized field of illustr at ion t hat ex ists t oday . To ha ve the s tud ent expe t·iment in differe n t tec hniques and media, and learn wh ich to use f or d iffe rent types of reproducti on in n ews pape r or magazin es. To learn to r esearc h a probl em and meet deadlin es . Prer eq uis ite: Art 83 . (3Sp) A nd erso n 184. Commercial A rt Studio. Advanced Com · me t·cial Ar t problem w it h e mphas is o n des ignin g d is plays , indus tri al des ign packag ing, and projects in second and t hi rd d imens ions. Renderin g in a variety o f media f or t h e portfolio. Prerequ is ites : Art 5, 6, 7. (3 Sp) A nd erso n 185. Advanced A r chi tectura l Rendering. To perfect arc hi tec tura l rend ering s in var ious m ed ia to su it t he stu dents ow n s tyle in p reparation fo r co m mercial wo rk. P r e requis ite: Art 85 . (By s pec ial anan,ement) (3Sp ) Anderson 19J. Woodcut. T h e makin g o f prints from designs cut in t he plank g rain o f woo d us in g from one to many color s. (3 F) G r outage 192. Serigrap h s. The stu dy o f vari o us tec hni q ues in s ilk scr een printing in c luding g l ue, tusc he glue, cut paper, an d lacque r f ilm f or the purpose o f mak ing m ult ipl e o riginal wo r ks o f art. (3 W ) Groutage 193. Lithog raph y. Pt·odu ci ng dra w ings on 1imesto ne . (3Sp)

prints from Grou t age

194 . Inta glio. Production o f prints f r om metal plates us in g various etchin g a nd engrav in g tec hni ques. (3W, Sp , Su ) G routage 195. Printmaking Studio. Indi v idual pro· d uction in p rin t s- a ny tec hni que. Prerequ is ite: A1·t 191 o1· 192 o r 19 3 o 1· 194. (F, S p, S:1) Gr outage GRAD U ATE COU RSES 206. Drawing S tu d io. D es ig ned t o f ur t h er d evelop t he stu dent's creati ve att itu de t h ro ugh t h e explo itati on o f vari ous dra w ing nedia and to gu ide h im toward t he dir ec ti on of a perso nal idiom , durin g t he process of expl oring grap hi c concepts. Prer eq u is ite: Graluate status. Credit a nan ged. {F, W , S p) Van S uc htelen 210. T h esis Photo Problems. A seminar type cout·se desig n ed to a~d graduate s tuden:s in t he ir p h otog raphi c problem s re lated to t heir t h es is. Disc uss ions will len d t he mselves rr os tly to m eth od s of obtaining n ecessa r y photog·aphs to supp lem ent t he t hes is stud y. Stud en ts will be give n info t·mation pe r ta ining to the preparation of p hotos, ch arts, g r aphs, etc for insertion into the final t h esis. (1 W) Htnsen

Audiology-SjJeech Pathology 213. Watercolor Stud io. Fo r gradu ate stude nts. doing the maj or pa1·t o f t h eir work in wate u-colo r. All work and projects wi 11 b e individuall y p lan n ed with t h e inst ru cto r's help. lt is mainly individu al in s truction and cr it ic is m s; and evalua tio n s. P1·e requ is ite : Graduate s tatu ~<> . Cn~ dit arranged. (F, W, S p ) Lindstrom 217 . Fabric Des ign S tudio . Advanced projects o f ot·iginal d es ign executed i n techn iques of appli e d paints , dyes. etc., to fabric; s truct ura l s it ic h ery: OJ' weaving Prerequ is ites : Art 115. 116 , 166 and Graduate statu s . Credit arranged . (F, W, Sp) Larson 221. .Jewelry a nd Metal S tudi o. Ad va n ced ind ivi dual p!·oblems in vari ous media. Pre,·equi : : ; ites : G1·aduate sta tus. C redi t atTanged. (F. W, Sp) E l sner 227. Pa in ting Studio. To pt·ovide an a dva nced painting stud io oppo rtuni ty f o r graduate stu de n ts in wh ich th ey develop further t owa t·d s a pro fess ional sta ture. E mph as is is p l aced upon t h e individu a l atta inment of a personal <' Onvi c tion or d irect ion in painting. Prerequ isi t e : Graduate status. Cred it arranged. (F, W, Sp) Staff 228. Photo Studi o. D esigned to cover sev eral phases o f photography w ith emphasis on compos ing what we see in an artist ic manner. Also , to allow graduate students t o further emphas ize the area of their chi ef in terest s uc h as Advertising-Tilustration, In dust ri a l, Port1·aiture, etc. Pre-requisite: GraduntP. statu,. C>·ed it H>Tan ged . (F. W, Sp) C lark 232. Ce rami c S tudi o. Graduate studio in ce rami cs . Work is planned on an individual bas is w it h reference to t h e graduate student's . . . pee in lity. All work is cmTi cd on in the lab with individual help and c ri t icisms. Prerequis ite: G rad uate s tatu s . Cred it ar ranged. (F, W , SD) Lindstro m

153

243. Probl e m s in Inte rior Design. Complete, profess iona l p r ese ntations of actual or s imulated projccl<:i in interio r d es ign in g o f domes tic O l ' pub1ic bui ldin gs an d r esearch projects in co nte mp ora ry or traditional design media. Pre requ is ites: Art 142, 14 3 an d Gr aduate status . C >·ed it arranged (F, W. Sp) Larson 263. Sculptur e S tudi o. Advanced individual problem s in val"ious media. Pre r equ is ites: Art 60, 160 and Gradunte s tatus. Credit arranged. (F. W, S p ) Elsner 272. Art Research and Thesis Problems. Cr eStaff di t arranged . (F. W . S p) 273 .

Art Semin a r . Directed ind iv id ual s tudy a nd elected problems l?.te r presented and ana lyzed at group discuss ions . C redit arranged. (F. W. Sp) Staff in

a ~s i g n ed

Co mmercial Art Studio. Advanced commercial art probl ems in advertis ing, illustr a tion, di s plays , package des ign , le tte ring, and projects in second and third dimen s ion rendering in a varie ty of m edia for the port· fol io. P r e1·equ is ite: Graduate s tatus . Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp) Anderson 284.

295. Prin t Studi o. I nten s ive indiv idual production in advanced printmaking tec hni ques. PrereQuisite: Graduate status. Cred it arranged. (F , W, Sp) Groutage 400 . Co n t inuing Graduate Advisement. Grad uate st ud ents w ho h ave t·eceived m aximum t h es is credit, but who hav e n ot comp leted the thes is o1· di sse rtation, mu st. enroll for a minimum of three c 1·edits, until t h e degree is completed. If the s tudent d oes not comply, his candidacy m ay be sus pended and his superviso r y comm ittee d issolved . (3F. 3W . 3Sp, 3S u. ) Staff

Departnunt of

Audiology-Speech Pathology HEAD: JAY n. JENSEN, Associate Professor; P h D, University of Wisconsin OFFICE: Mechan ical Arts 202 F REDERICK S. BERG, Associate Professor; PhD , Southern Illinoi s Uni versity RICHARD D. TAYLOR, Associate Professor; PhD, Wayne State University STEYF.l\ H . VIEHWEG, Assistant Professor; PhD, Northwestern University THOMAS C. CLARK, Instructor; MS, Gall audet College L. JACLYN LrTTLEDIKE, I nstructor; MS, Utah State Univer si ty W. JACK FOREMAK, Instructor; MS, Oregon Coll ege of Educati on

154

College of Human ities and Arts

The Depa rtment of AudiologySpeech Pathology offers a broad program leadin g to a Maste r' s degree, with undergraduate support, in communication sc ience and di sorders. The s tud ent may follow either of two avenues to speciali zation within the department- clinica l or exper im ental. Th e clini cal aven ue lea ds to profess ional work in th r ee areas with speech and hea ring handicapped indi vidu als. Th ese areas are: Speech Pat hol ogy, Clini ca l Audiolo gy, and Educational Audio logy. Th e second avenue leads to a resear ch and experimental car eer in communi cation science. The MS degr ee is available in th e four spec iali zation areas . The specialization in Educational Audiology r eceives cooperative ass istance from t he departments of Special Education and El ementa r y Education. An understandin g of commun icat ion di sorder s is best buil t upon a thorough knowled ge of the basic processes of communication. Adeq uate pro vis ion is mad e in the graduate program at USU to enable stud ents to obtain background s in such subjects as anatomy , physiology, behaviora l sciences, a nd experimental phonetics . Provision is a lso mad e to enabl e students to meet the r equirements for their own uniqu e professional asp irations . Th er efo r e, beyon d the bas ic background, each stud ent and hi s g raduate committee plans an mdividu a li ze d co urse of study. The demand for spec ia li st s in communica tion science and di sor ders fa r exceeds th e supply. Numerous opportunities and po s iti ons ex ist in r egular a nd spec ia l public schools, rehabilitation centers, ho spita ls, research laboratories, universiti es , a nd many other setti ngs. The student emerging from the graduate program may wo r k pri-

marily with peop le, with scientific in struments or both. Cer ifica tion of profess ion a l training is available through the Am eri ca n Speech and Hearing Association , and the Utah State Departm ent of Public Instruction. The Audiology-Sp eech Pathology program at USU offer s excellent opportunities for supervised clinical practicum experi ence with communicatively handicapp ed persons in a va riety of profess ional settings. One of th ese, the USU Speech and H ea ring Center, is conducted by the Departm ent. Th e Center prov id es a service to the com munity but is used principa lly as a clinical laboratory for stu dents. Dynamic up-to-d ate approaches to clinical training are employed. For instance, a por table television system afford s students with self -viewing oppor tunities and ena bles them to watch demon strat ion s of masterclinician s at work. Th e television syst em gives in stru ctional experiences which oth erw ise are difficult or imposs ible to obtain.

Resem路ch Opportunities. A wide variety of r esea rch projects concerned with comm unication processes a nd co mmuni cation disorde rs are being con du cted on the Utah State campus . Amon g those currentl y being performed by the Audiology-Speech Pathology Department is one in which children of the Intermoun ta in Indi a n School, located south of Logan, are b ~ ing studied for defici encies in communication abi li t ies. U ltimate goal of the stud y is to provide th e information and g uidelin es neceslary for esta blishin g long range hearing and speech programs for India ns throughout the nation . Another project is that of initiating and developin g a statew ide infant auditory screenin g program

1\udiology -SfJeech Pathology in which each infa nt born in Utah wi ll r ece ive, befor e leav in g the hospital, h ea rin g scree nin g tests at th e age of one to four clays with intens ive and exte nsive fo llow in g of those who fai l. T he program is a joint effort between t he Un iversity and the Utah State Department of Hea lth a nd Welfa r e. The Audiology-Sp eech Pathology Department is co nductin g a nd gu idin g t he program in both its theoretical and practica l aspects. Al so co ncerned w it h infants is a Departmenta l proj ect des igned to in ves tigate th e ontogeny of infant voca lization s. This project will attem pt to discover if pattern s of lea rnin g sound s ex ists , a nd if they do ex ist, how such pattern s are stru ctured. Oth er studi es are being condu cted in the a r eas of hearin g a id eva lu at ion, speech di scrimination consistency ind ex const ru ction , and sweep fr equ ency audiometer des ign and co nstruct ion. At presen t, the Department of A udi ology-Speech P athology is co-estab lishing a n In terdepartmental Co mmunicati on Sc ience Laboratory staffed by th e Departments of A udi ology-Sp eech Pathology, El ectrica l Engineering, Psychology, Computer Science, Wild li fe, a nd A nima l Science. Th e laboratory 's staff will con du ct eleclroaccou s tic and electrophys iolog ic in ves ti gations into speech, hearing, and other communicative acts. Other depa r t ments and agencies on ca mpus a r e a lso conduct in g resea rch into communi cation: Wi ldlife Depal'i.m ent (a nimal co mmun ·icat:ion), U.S. Office of Agri culture ( T eri to logy ).

A ·sis tantships, Fellow s h ips, Traineeships, and Gmnts. Financial aid for graduate stud ents is ava ilable through assista ntships, scholar-

155

shi ps, undergraduate and summ er train eeships, an d f e I I ow s h ip s. Among sources presently availabl e are t he fo llow in g: Un iversity Graduate Assistantship, $1,000; Robert Shaw Scholar ship Award, to $700; Vera Gee Scholarshi p Award, to $500; U.S. Publi c Health Service (NSDSP ) Graduate Train eeship , $250 per month plu s tuition and depend ency allowan ces; Vocational Rehabilitation Graduate Train eeships, $2400 plus t uition ; U. S. Off ice of Education Grad uate Fellowships in the Area of Educational Aud iology , $2,000 -$2,400 plu s tuition a nd depe nd ency allowance. U. S. Office of Education Graduate F ellowships in th e Ar ea of Speech and Hear in g, $2,000-$2,400 plus tuition and dependency a llowance ; Summ er Tra ineeshi ps, $75 per week plus t uition; Research Assistantships, stipends varying with qualificat ions and r espons ibiliti es. Th e va riou s supports are offered on a compet itive bas is dependin g upon g rad e point average a nd recommendations f rom t he in stitution of hi g her education in which und ergra duate work was cond ucted .

Audiology-Speech Pathology Courses GRAD UA TE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 105. Speech Improvem ent in th e Elem entary Cla ssroo m. D es igned to p1·ov ide t he teach er "vith tec h niques to improve the lis te ning, sou nd d iscr iminati on an d p 1·oductio n sk i11s of c hi ld1·e!1 in th e e lementary g rades . (3Su) Staff 110. Fundamental Anatom y of Speech and Hea rin g. A study of a natom y and phys iology of the organ s used i n s peak in g an d h ea rin g. Emphas is g iven to deve]oprnental con s id era· lions. (5 W) F letcher 12 0. S peech Pathology I. A r t icu lation a n J voice. Inti'Odu ct io n to art iculatory and phOn· atory p roblems- exam in at io n , diagnostic and remedial procedures . (5 W) Jensen

156

College of Huma11ities and Arts

125. Speec h Pathology II. Study o f language and s peec h probl em s due to les ions o f the nervous system in clu d in g Cerebral Pa lsy, Aphas ia and oth e 1· dy sa rthias. Prerequ is ite : A-SP 70. Jensen 120 o r con se nt (5S p ) 130. Method s in Speech Therapy. ln s t ructi on g iven in apJHOp ri ate and e ff ec ti ve m ethods o f s peech t h e rapy. Special atte ntion pa id to the tec h niqu es in volved in t h e 1·apy fo r art iculato1-y e rrors. S h ou ld be taken co n cu rrently w it h A-SP 135 . ( 2W ) Jensen l35a. Clini cal Practicum-Speech Pathology . Supervi sed diagn ost ic and r e m edial casewo rk with s peech h a ndi capped indi v idu als. May be taken m o r e than one qua r ter. Cred i t arranged . (F, W, Sp) Staff 135b. Clini cal Practicum-Audiology. S uperv ised diag n os tic and rem ed ial casew o rk in audiology, May be taken m o r e than one quarter. C r ed it ananged (F. W, S p ) Staff

135c. Clinical Practicum-Educational Audiology. May be taken more than one quarter. Credit ananged. (F , W, Sp) Staff 145. Stuttering. Theoretica l, clin ica l and expe rim enta l approac hes to s tuttering and ot h e r d isord e r s o f s p eec h rh ythm . (3Sp) Jensen 150. Audiology I. The process of h earing a nd h earing di so rd e rs , and introduct io n to t h e field o f clini cal au diol ogy. (5F) Taylor 155. Audiology II. Principl es and tech n iques of. audiom etric a ssess m ent. Prer equ is ite: A -SP 150 . (3W) Taylor 160. Audiology III. Advanced theory and prac t ice of aud iolog ica l eval uati on. Prereq u is ite: A -SP 155 . (3Sp ) Taylor 170. Sp eech for the Hearing Impaired. A coust ic and s pcc t og raphi c iden t ifi cation o f t h e s peec h o f indi vid uals wi th varying h ea ring impairm e nts ; p rin cipl es , t ec hni ques , d ev ices and equ ipment f or dev e loping a nd correctin g the s peec h o f the h ea ring-impair ed; ca se s tudies. (3) Berg 172. Language for th e Hearing Impaired I. La n guage problem s o f t h e h ea t·in g impaired. Th eories and m eth ods of deve lopin g and teachin g langu ag e. ( 3W) Clark 174. Language for the H earing Impaired II . St ru ctured lan guage procedures u sed with c h ildren with a seve re h ea ring im pa irm e n t. 1\eading problems in r el a t ion ship to h ea rin g loss. R eading instru cti on fro m preschool t hroug h hi g h sc h ool fo r h ear in g impaired c hild re n. (3Sp) Clark

176. Language for the Hearin g Impaired III. Specif ic m et h odology in t h e development o f s kills in t h e area of soc ia l studi es, science,

and a ri t hmetic, d em on s trat ion s a n d tu t o ring e xper ie n ce-cooperative fa c ulty. (3F ) Clark 178. T h e Young Hearing Impaired Child. Problems o f teac hin g h earing impa ired c hildre n o f presc h ool age; ob se r vat ion a nd teaching in the presc h ool d e partm ent of the Idaho State School for th e D ea f . (3F) Rupert 180. Dactyology. A s tudy of m anua l co mmunication s a s used by t he h eari n g impa ired (Deaf) in Am e rica. Finge rs pelling , manual s igns, natural ges tures, and co mbi nati o n s of man ual co mm unication wit h o ral comm unication w ill be s tud ied . Students w ill acQ uire a ba s ic kn ow led ge o f the use of m a nual co mm u n ca t ion s . (2Su) Clark 190. Proble m s in Audiology-Speech Pathology. Selected work , individuall y a ss igned, handled and di rected. Proble m s o f mutual in terest to s tudents and th e in s t r ucto r are in vest igated and rep orted up on. P r erequ is ite : In structor's co n se n t. Cr edit ana nged . (F. W, Sp) Staff 220a. Seminar in Co mmunication Science. Co n s ideratio n o f f u ndam e n ta l sc ien ce t opics pe r t in e nt to a d va nc ed study in Speech Pathology, Audi o logy , and Speec h and H e2. ring Sc ience. Prereq uis ite : Inst ru c t o r' s conse nt. (2F) Fletc her 220b. Sem inar in Speech Patholog y. P re req uis ite: A-SP 125 or ins tructo r' s consent. (2F, W, Sp, Su) J•nsen 220c. Sem in ar in Audiology, Prerequ is ite : ASP 160 o r in stru cto r' s co n se n t. (2Sp) T aylor 22 0d. Seminar in Educational Audi ology. A-SP 125 . C redi t armng-ed. 4-8 F, W, Sp) 3taff 225. Diagnos tic Methods in S peec h Pathdogy. Dia g-nos is and appraisa l u f s peech di so1de r s , in cludin g principles and tec hniq ues u s(d i n c a se stu dy mtcrv icw . Pt·erequ is ite : A-SP 125. (3W) Fletch er . Jmsen 2:l0. Medical Background in Speech PathJlogy a nd Audiology . S peec h and h earing s peci1lists and medica l s pcc ialh;ts partic ipate jo in tly in a se 1·i cs o f lectures wi t h C'ommu ni cat io n di s crde t-s and th e multid isciplinary app roac h to ·. rea tm e n t as t he commo n co re o f concern . P Je req uis ite: A-SP 120. (4Su) S taff 235a . Clini cal Pract icum-Speech Pathtlogy. Cont inuation o f A -SP 1~5a . Emphas is g i v~ n to su perv ised labora tm-y expe ri e n ce in a nJ ys is , d iagnosis , and ha bil itatio n of t h e m or e compl ex co mmuni cation d iso rders in a va ri y of clin if.:al settings. C r edit ar ran ged. (F, W Sp) S taff

F11glish 235b. Clinical Practicum-Audiol ogy. Continuatio n o f A-SP 1 ~5b. Emphas is g ive n to s uperv iserl laborato ry ex pe rie n ce in analys is, d iagnosis , and habili tat ion o f the mo 1c complex communi ca tion di s01·de r~ in a var ie ty o f c linica l settings . Credit an a nged. (F, W, S p ) Stnff 235c. Clinical Practicum-Educational Audiology. Contin uation of A-SP !~5 c. Emphas is given to s uperv ised labo ratory experience in anal:vs is , diagn os is and habilitat ion o f th e m o re compl ex communi ca t io n diso rders in a variety of c linica l settings . Credit arranged. (F. W, Sp) Staff 2'i0 . Publ ic School Clinical Practicu m. Supervised diagnostic re m ed ial and casewo rk in public sch ool s peech cor rec tion. Pre req uis ite : A-Sp 125. Credit a rr anged. (4 -SF, W, Sp) 250.

Experimental

Phonetics.

(3S p)

7 57

and s ma ll ch ildre n. Pre requi s it-es : A-SP 150 , 155, 160. (3 F ) Taylor 270. Spee<'h R eading . Princ iples and methods pe rta inin g to o ptim al use o f vis ua l pe rcep ti on by pe rsons w ith impaired auditory acu ity. (3F) Berg 275. Auditory Training. Principles and m ethods pe rtai nin g to optimal use o f res idual hea rin g b y persons w ith impaired auditory acuity. (3 W ) Taylor 276. Co mmuni cation Problems of the Hard of Hearin.l!. Covers communica ti o n probl ems assoc iated with hear ln g- def icie nc ies. (2F) Berg 290. Re s earch Stud ies. Advanced research in A ud io logy-Speech P ath ology Cred it arranged. ( F, W, Su) Staff

Fletcher

Thesis. C 1·edit ananged . (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff

260. Pediatric Audiology . Special t ests and procedures f or ex aminin g h ea ring o f infants

296, Case S tudy Thes is. Cred it arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff

295.

Deparf1nellt of

English H E A D: THOR ' TON Y. BOOTII, Professor; PhD , Stanford University OFFICE : Libra·cy 4 16 CARLTO N F. CULMSEE, Dean, Coll ege of Humaniti es and Arts; P r ofessor of American Civi liza tion; PhD, State Univer s ity of Io wa; re sear ch , teaching for Nation a l Ch engchi Uni ver s ity, Formosa KING HE NDRICKS , E m eritu s Professor; PhD, Stanford University; g raduate work, University of Berlin J. LYNN MORTE NSEN, Professor; M S, Utah State Uni ver sity; doctoral work, University of Utah VEJ\"ETA L. NIELSEN, Professor; !VI S, Utah State Uni ver s ity; a dva nced study at Columbia University and Uni,·er s it y of Californi a JOH N lVI. PATRI CK, Professor; PhD, Georgetown Uni ve1·sity; post-doctoral work, University of T ex as, Univers ity of Minn esota, and Chin ese Lan g uage School MOYLE Q. RICE, Professor; !VIA, Uni\·er sity of Nebraska; do ctoral work, Uni ver s ity of Chicago and Harvard Univers ity H UBERT W. SMITH, Professor ; PhD, Univer s ity of P enn sylvania Jon :-< J ST8WART, Editor of Uni ve r si t y Publi ca tion s and Professor; !VIS, Univer s ity of Oregon KEJ\"NETJT HUNSAK8R, Associate P rofess or; !VIS, Utah State University; doctoral work, P enn sy lvani a State University REED C. STOCK , A ssociate Profess or; !VIA, Rutger s Univer s ity; doctoral work, Rutgers Uni ver s ity and Prin ceton Univer s ity

158

College of Humanififs and Arts

THEODORE ANORA, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State Universi ty; doctoral work, University of Oregon RICHARD J. ANDRE, Assistant P r ofessor; MA , Stanford University WILLIAM E . CARIGAN, Assistant Professor; MA and doctoral wo rk, Ge•orge Washington University DELRAE CHRISTIA NSEN, Assist ant Professor; PhD, University of Manche ster ( E ngland) ZE NNA BETH CROCK ETT, Ass istant Professor ; MS, Utah State University H. B. KULKARNI, Assistant Professor; PhD , Universi ty of Utah THOMAS J. LYON, Assistant Professor; MA , Utah State University; doctoral work, University of Cali fornia and Univer sity of Utah DEA MORGA N, Assistant Professor, PhD, Uni ver sity of Southern Calif ornia MARLAN D. NELSON, Assistant Professor and Assistant to Dean of Humanities and Arts; MA, Stanford Univer sity; doctoral work, State University of Iowa DoN M. RICKS, Assistant Professor; PhD, Univer sit y of Mi ssour i DEAN SKABELUND, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State Uni versity ; doc t oral work, University of New Mexico

Mas t e1· of ATts deg1·ee. Th e Depar tment of English offer s p r ogra ms lead in g to th e Master of Arts in E ngli sh a nd in A meri can Studies . In each of t hese fie lds , two progr a ms are available. Th e first con s is t s of 45 credits (of which at leas t 20 credits, exclu s ive of thesis, mu st b e in cour ses number a bove 200, th ese t o includ e at least three semin a r s) , including a th es is for which eith er 9 or 10 credits are g iven. Th e second program also cons is ts of 45 cred its, bu t in s t ead of a t hes is t h e candida t e mu st compl ete at least 30 credits of work in th e courses number ed above 200, th ese to includ e at least four semin ar s . All ca ndi dates take a final ora l exa minatio n of approxi mately two hours' duration coverin g th e ma t eria l of their und er gr a du ate and g r a du ate p rogra ms. Th e fo cus w ill be on th e th es is for those who h ave w r itten one. Onl y g rad es of B or better wi ll be acce pted for cr edi t toward t he Ma ster's degree. A P (pass ing ) may be g iven in courses ove r 200 but mu s t r eprese nt B or bette r. Alt hou gh it is ant icipa ted t hat a candidate wi ll be g ive n some ch oice

in determining hi s academi c progra m, th e Department r eta in its right to r equire t ha t individual candida tes fo llow on e or th e other of t hese p ro g ram s, in purs ui t of wha t t h e Depa rtm ent bel ieves to be th e student's interest. Procedures a r e as fo llows : 1. Th e ca ndida te sh ould fil e hi s appli cat ion for adm iss ion to g r a du ate s tudy w it h th e School of Graduate Studi es . 2. At hi s earlies t oppor t unity, th e pros pec ti ve g rad uate student should co nsult with t he chairman of the depa r tmenta l Gra du ate Co mmittee, Dr. Hub ert Smith, L460. 3. Before or durin g the first quarter in r es idenc e the candidate mu s t tak e t h e Graduate Record Exa min at ion , as offer ed by the School of Gra du ate s tudi es. On the basis of the score of thi s exa mination the ca ndid ate may be ( i) den ied admission to candidacy or ( ii ) r equired to do extra course work. 4. Th e cand idate mu st take a De partment-adminis tered preliminary examination in th e field of Engli sh or American Studi es during hi s fir st quarter in residence .

English Cand idates who fa il to pass must : ( i ) wait for s ix months befor e tak in g- the exam in atio n a seco nd ti me, a nd (i i) complete satisfacto ril y ad di t ional co urse work up to 10 Cl'edits as des ig nated by t he depa r tme ntal Gr adua t e Commi ttee. 5. As soon as poss ibl e aft er these tests , ca ndid ates w ill be placed in one of t he two prog r a ms leadin g to t he d egr ee. Th e candidate will meet with th e cha irman of th e departmen a ! Gradu ate Commi ttee t o deci de upo n a maj or professor a nd a com mi ttee. 6. Th e ca ndid ate mu st compl et e th e course work ou t lined by hi s maj o r pr ofessor. 7. All candidates will be r equired to take Engli sh 201. All Engli sh majors will be r equired also to take En gl ish 209 ; A merican Studies candi da tes will take a t least one of the fo llowin g : E ngli sh 162, 205, 209, 261. 8. At least on e month before the f ina l oral, th e can dida te mu st st and fo r exa min ation (written or or al, at th e di scr etio n of hi s ma jor professo r a nd hi s committee ) on a t leas t 15 ti tles ch osen by the candidate fr om a li st pro vid ed by th e Depa rtm en t . At least on e t itle and no mo re tha n fo ur will be chosen f rom each of t he five ca tegories. A record of th e r esults of this exa min at ion mu st be f iled wi t h the cha irman of th e depa rtmental Gr aduate Committee. 9. The cand ida t e mu st file wi t h the cha irman of the Departmental Gradu ate Committee a le t ter of language pr of iciency in th e lan g ua ge offered f or the degr ee, from t h e Depa r tment of Lan g uages. 10. Should t he candidate be placed in th e thes is program, h e mu st present an acceptable thesis which shows adequate research and

759

wr it ing ab ili ty on hi s pa rt. For t hi s he will r ece ive 9 or 10 quarter cr edi ts. (a) Creative effor ts submitted in f ul f illment of the th es is r equirements mu st be written und er th e direction of the ca ndida t e's committee, while the candidate is in s tud ent sta tu s with th e Department. (b ) Th e th es is mu st be completed within two years a f ter the ca ndid a te has compl et ed hi s residence (course work ) . If th e t h es is is not com pleted, t he candidacy may be cance lled, or, under certain extenu a tin g circum st a nces, more course work may be r equired. (c) Copies of the thesi s must be depo s ited as specified in Part III of thi s catalog. ( d ) The candidate must present a bri ef a bstract of t he t hes is to t he School of Gra du ate Stud ies. (e ) Th e candidate mu st pass a fi na l ora l exa mina tion conducted by hi s committee under t h e a uspi ces of t he School of Grad uate Studi es, in th e t hesis a nd th e f ield of the thesis. The ca ndidate w ill a lso be expect ed to di splay a ge nera l acq uainta nce wit h ma jor a ut hors, types , a nd periods in En gli sh, A meri can , a nd world li te rat u res. 11. Should the candidate be placed in th e alterna ti ve prog ra m, he will pr ese nt add ed co urse work in th e courses number ed above 200, and prepa re f or a compr eh ens ive ora l examinat ion to be t aken in th e last q ua rter of hi s period in r es ide nce. (a ) At least two of th e seminar paper s mu st be brought up to th es is s tandards, in accordance with t he ML A Styl e Sh eet, and fil ed wi th t he School of Gradua t e Studies. (b ) Th e h ead of t he Depa r t ment of Engli sh will des ignate the member s of t he examinin g committee.

160

College of Humanities and Arts

(c) Ca ndidates failing in thi s examination may be r equired by the departmental Grad uate Committee to complete satisfactorily additional course work before s ubmitting themselves for re-examination. 12. Before the candidate schedules hi s final oral he must obtain a clea rance statement from t he chairman of the departm en tal Graduate Committee signifying that all r equirements have been fulfilled. Mas ter of Arts in Ame1·ican Studies . Cand idates for t he Master's degree in American Studies are r equired to present a Bachelor's degree with American Studies, Engl ish , History, or Political Science a s a major. Th e course of stud y will be arranged in con sultation with a member of the American Studies Committee and is s ubject to approval by the chairman of the Committee. Th e empha sis in gradu ate work will be largely govern ed by (a) th e student's cultural and profess ional objectives a nd (b) hi s under graduate course work. Tota l credi t and examina tion requirements are in general the same as t hose f or th e Master's degree in Engli sh. However, the departmental qualifying examination wi ll be admini stered by th e Amer ican Studi es Committee a nd wi ll cover primari ly American Literature, American Hi story and American Poli t ica l Institutions. A se lect ion of th e fo llowi ng courses may be appli ed towa rd satisfy in g r equirements for th e Maste r 's degr ee in American Studi es: Eng li sh 142, 150, 151 , 152, 15 3, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 201, 251, 252, and 25 3; Hi story 142, 143 , 144, 14 5, 146, 147, 155 , 171 , 203 , and 224; Political Science 101 , 117, 11 8, 119, 125, 127, 140, 180, 181, 182, 201, 207, 208 , and 209.

As many as ten credits may also be drawn from upper di vis ion courses in th e following subj ect matter fie lds : Engli sh and Comparative Literature, Engli sh a nd World Hi story, Philo soph y, Art, Music, Soc iology, and Econom ics. All students mu st take at least on e of the following: En glish 162, 205, 209, 261. In Amer ican Studies (as in t he r egul a r Engli sh prog ra m ) th e stu dent may elect an a ltern at e plan whi ch r equires a minimum of 45 credi t hours of which at least 30 mu st be in courses numbered above 200.

Assis tantships. Some assistan tships a r e avai lable for students who qua li fy as Master's can didates in t he Engli sh depa rtm ent. I nter est ed stud ents shou ld make forma l application to th e Hea d of th e English Department.

English Courses GRAD UATE AND UN DERGRADUATE COURSES 117.

C reati ve Writing.

(a) Sho1·t Sto ries . ; :J ) (b) E ssays . ( 3) (c) Poet 1·y. (3)

Rice Ri ce, Culm see ~i e l se n

132 . Twentieth- Centur y Poe tr y . An ana lyt ica l approac h to tec h niq ues , tradit ional a nd mod ern, and maj o 1· thoug-ht cu r rents of the p.>etry express in g- the tw e n t iet h-ce n tu ry re la tio:1 to bac kg1·o unds both old a nd new. (3 ) N itlsen 134. Literary Cr iti cis m . An analyti ca l nther than h is to rical app1·oa ch tu c riti c is m , int{'nded to deepen the s tude n t' s in s igh t into t he n1ture nnd purpose o f th e fo rm s of l iteratu re , ard to deve lop literary ta s te and judgmcrit. (4) Patrick

137. Eng lis h l\"ovcl, 18th-Century. A stucy of the maj o r Englis h nov elis ts of the eighteen th century. (3 ) Ch rist ianse n 138. English Nove l , 19th-Century. A s tutY of the major Eng li s h nove lists o f the ni nehenth ce ntury. (3) Booth, Christiansen 139. Twentieth-Ce ntury Novel. A st u d ~ of major 20th-century novelis ts . (3 ) Christ iatlsen

£uglish 140 . Greek Literatu re. Masterpieces o f G ree k li te r a.t urc. with e m p h as is upo n drama. All rcadi ngs in En g lis h t ran s lation s . (5) Stock 141. Homan Literatu rc. A st udy o f ~e le cte d majo r literary co n tributio n s o f the Roman s. A ll r·eadings in English trans latio n. (3) Stoc k 142.

The Bible as Literature. A su r vey o f th e

ma jo ,. wr itin f;(s from t h e Hebre w t raditi o n in t h e l~ inf;( J ames Ve1·s io n of the Old 'Testament. t h e Apocryp ha, a nd t h e New T estament. (5) S taff 1-17. Co mparativ e Literature. Th e Ei g h tee nth Ce nt ury in Fran ce and England. (3) Staff 1~8.

Comparative Literature. The R o m a nti c P e ri o)d in England an(l Ce1·many. (3) Patrick

149. Co mp a r ative Literature. 'T h t! Nin e teenth CPnt.u r y in England a nd E u rope. (3 ) He nd ricks

150. Amer ican Poetry. From Philip F1·e n eau to t h<e p rese nt. (3) H. Smith 151. American F iction. Nin etee n t h and early twPn t ieth-ce ntury fi c ti o n wr iters. (3) H. S mith , Culm see, Hun sa ker

15 2 . American Drama . His t orical treatment n ( Am e r ica n drama: extensive r eading of represe n t ativ e plays. (3) H. Smith 153. Western American Literature. Lite ratut·c of th e t ran s -Miss iss ippi West, fro m t h e early e xplorers through the period of s ettlement.. BaC'kground matet·ial from early journab and or'f icia l l'eCol"(ls wi ll be exam ined . The p rin c ipal emp h as is of the course will be on the novels and s h o rt sto ri es depicting the explo re rs , mo unta in men, min er~. cattle m e n, Lyon an d h omPsteaders. (3) 154. Readin gs in Individual American Autho rs. Each co urse in t hi s se ries involves a comp r e he n s ive reading of on e author and a hi g h -level u nd en;tand in g of hi s co n te n t an d style. T he re b n o p t· e r eq uis ite. (a) Thoreau, (b) Whi t man , (c) T w ain , (d) O'N e il l, (e) Faulkn e l', (f ) H emingway, ( g ) J ack L on do n. 12) Staff 155. The Colon ial Period in American Literat ure . An introduction to ge rmin a l ideas o f Am e ric a n tho ug ht a nd inst itu t ions as formulated b y the Pudta n s and oth e1· writers of t he pel'iod. ( 3) S t aff 156. The Age of Reason in A m erican Lite rature. Ei g hteent h- century American w ritin g, with particu!at· e mph as is on t he impact o f de is m on literary, poli tical, and religious t h oug h t. Concentration o n such wr ite r s a s May h ew, W ise, Edwat·ds ) Franklin, J efferso n , Paine, F reneau, Brac k en rid ge, Tyler, an d Ru sh. (3) H. Smi th

767

157. The Amer ican Litera r y Renaissance. The ri se of soci al, poli t ical, and r e lig ious liberalis m and idealis m a s reflected by authors f1·om Irv ing to Whi t man, with s pec ial e mphas is on t h e t ran sce nd e nt..."llist m ovem e nt. (3) H . S m ith 15 8. Realism and Modernism in American Literature. The turn late in t h e nin etee nth ce nt u r y to r e al is m and naturalis m in t h e wo rk s o f Twa in, H owell s , James , C ra ne, Norri s, Garland , and Dre ise r. Twentieth- centu1-y litera tu r e as a r e fl ection of soc ial, eco n omi c , and political iss ues growing out o f Am e ri ca 's ind ustr iali zation and role o f world dominance. (3) H. Smith 159. Critical St udi es of Indi v idual American A uthors. Each course is a n in te n s ive st udy o f th!? m ajo 1· wo rk s o f one aut h o r w ith spec ia l co nc e rn g iven to matters of t ext, bibliog raphy, and s ignifica n t critical writ in gs about the author's w o rk. Open on ly to upper-di vis ion and graduate Engli sh maj o 1·s and t o oth ers by con se nt of the in st ru cto r. (a } Emerso n, (b) Hawthorne, (c) Melville , (d ) Jam es. (2) Staff

162.

164.

Hendricks

Cha u cer (5 )

163 . Shakespeare. Plays. (5)

Comedies

and History Patrick, Ri c ks

Shakespeare. The Tragedies. (5) Patrick, Ricks

16 5. Readings in Individual English Authors. No pre r equ is ite. (a) Wordsworth, (b) Byron. (c) Shtll~y. (d) Tenn yso n, (e) Er0wning, \ f) Hardy. (2) Staff 166. Medieval English Literature. A s tudy of English literatu re from the beg innin gs to t h e H. e naissance. The earlie r wo rk that prese nts a linguis tic diffi cu lty will be stu died in translat ion . (5) Ricks 167. C ritical Studies of Indiv idual English Authors. Each cou rse is an in te n s ive s tudy o f th e maj or works of one author with s pecial conce rn g iven to matte r s o f text, bibliog raphy, and s ignifi ca nt crit ical writings about the author 's wo rk. Open o nly to upper-di v is ion and grad uate English majors and t o others by co nse nt of t h e in s tructo r. (a ) Donn e , ( b ) Dryde n, (c) Swift, ( d) Arnold. ( 2) Staff 168. English a nd European Drama, Medieval Morgan to 19th Century. (5) 169. (5 )

Modern

Drama.

1 70.

Milton. (3)

Ibse n

t he

present. Booth

Rice, Stock

171. T he English Renaissance. A study of Englis h Literature of the s ixteenth ce ntury and its co ntin e n ta l backg mun ds . (5) Ricks

162

College of Humanities and Arts

175.

Seventeenth-Century

Literature.

(5) Stock

180.

Eig-hteenth-Century Literature. (5) Skabelund

190.

The Romantic Period. (5)

191.

The Victorian Period. (5) Booth, Christiansen

252. Seminar: Nineteenth-Century American Literature. (a} Th e New England Ci!·cle, (b ) Romanticism and R eg io nalis m: Mid-Atlant ic, South , Frontier, (c) The Rise of Realis m Staff a nd Naturalism . (3)

Patrick

Headings and Conference. Credi t arra nged. Any quarter. Students must have the approval of t he h ead of t he department. Staff

199.

253. Seminar: Twentieth-Century American Literature. (a) Modern Poetic and Critical Sch ools, (b) Mode rn Fiction and Drama, (c) Influences of Mode rn Sc ience and P hil osophy. (3) Staff

261.

Reading of Middle English.

(3 ) Hendricks

GRADUATE COURSES 200.

Thesis. Cr edit arranged.

Staff

201. Bibliography and Methods. Required of a ll candidates for Mas te r's deg ree in English. (3} Staff 202. A, B, C. Problems in Teaching Freshman English. A course des igned to help the graduate a ss istants meet the actual classroom problems in Dasic Communications . Required of al l teaching assistants. (IF, 1 W, lSp) Staff 205.

History of the English Language. (3) Hendricks

209. Anglo-Saxon. Required o f all cand idates fo r the Master's deg ree. (5) Hendricks 234. Seminar in Modern Criticism. Critical theo ries and methods of s ignifica nt twe n t iethcentury En g lish and Ame 1·ica n li tera ry c ritics , includin g T. S . Eliot, I. A. Richa1·ds, Cleaneth Broo ks , R. P. Warren, William Empso n, Ke nn eth Burk e, and others . (3) .P atrick Seminar : Early American Literature. (a) The Puritan Mind, (b) The Impact of De ism , (c) Democracy and Reli gious Di vers ity. (:J) Staff

251.

265. Seminar in English Authors. (a ) Bacon, (b) Spense1·, (c) Marlowe an d J on son. (3 } Staff Seminar

the

275. Seminar erature. (3}

Seventeenth-Century

LitRicks

280. Seminar erature. (3)

Eighteenth-Century

LitStaff

271. (3)

English

Renaissance. Ricks

290. Seminar in Late English Literature. (a) R omantic Period, (b) V ictorian Period, (c) The 20th Century. (3) Staff 299 . Independent Study. Independent study with credit a rranged. Open o nly to g raduate s tudents in Englis h. ( 1-5F, W, Sp) Staff 400. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Grad uate s tuden ts who have received maximum thes is cred it, but who ha ve not co mpleted the thes is o r disse rtat ion, mu s t enro ll for a. mini mum of three c 1·edits , un til the deg ree is compl eted. Jf the s tude nt dues not comply. his candidacy may be s us pend ed and his superv isor y commit tee dissolved. (3 F, 3W, 3Sp, SSu.) Staff

Department of

Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning HEAD :

BURTON

TAYLOR,

Proft>sso r;

MLA,

H a rvard

Graduate

School

D esign OFFICE Main

LAVAL S. MoRRIS, Emeritu s Professor; MLA , Harvard Univ e rsity .TON ANDERSON , Assistant Proft>sso r; State Unive rsity

RPA,

Art Ce nte r

School;

MFA , "ltah

Landscapr Arrhiter furr

763

MALCOLM BISIIOP, Assistant Professor; MLA, University of Michigan CRAIG JOHNSON, Assistant Professor; MLA, University of Illinois DERLE J. THORPE, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State University BERKARD J. WESENBERG, Assistant Professor, PhD, University of Wisconsin VERN J. BUDGE, In str uctor; MLA, University of Illinois DAVID KOTTER, Instructor; MLA, University of Illinois ROGER KEITH, Graphics Lecturer; New York School of Vi s ual Arts Visiting Critics : BURTCH BEALL, AlA; OWEN BURNHAM, AlP; LEON FREHNER, ASLA; K ARSTEN HANSEN, ASLA; GERALD KESSLER, ASLA; KENJII SHIOZAUD, ASLA; GARRET ECKBO, ASLA; Visiting P?路ofesso?"S: DONALD WALKER, MLA ; RICHARD TOTH, MLA.

Th e Department of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning of Utah State University is accredited by t he American Society of Landscape Architects. Hold ers of the Bachelor degree in allied fields may become candidates for the Master of Science or Master of Land scape Architecture, if they satisfactorily complete, or have completed, a minimum of 45 hour;;' credit in Landscape Architecture at the upper division level. The level at which students enter the graduate program will be rletermined by an evaluation of t.hei r past background and experir. nce. The MLA degree is a professional termin al degree in Landscape .\ rch i tectu r e as established by the American Society of Landscape Architects. It constitutes a one and one-ha lf to two-year program, inclu din g 60 credits in the 200 and :)00 leve l series courses. Special prob lems in the secon d year graduate stud io in the 300 course level are assigned to the student on an individual basis. Certain upper divi sion and grad uate courses are required in allied fie lds. The MS degree in Environmen1al Plannin g encompasses a broader approach to design problems. The 14raduate degree program is sufficiently f lexible to meet the needs of indiv idu als engaged in the variou s phases of Planning. The candi-

date is given assistance in planning a n academic program wh ich will prov id e cul t ural and professional developm ent in his chosen field. A thesis of 10 to 15 hours of credit is required, the precise hours being determined jointly by the cand idate and the faculty, depending upon the complexity and scope of the chosen subject. Any defici encies must be made up before a student may be advanced to candidacy. The degree is awa rd ed only when the candidate's over-all record, including course work. required exa minations, the MS thesis or MLA thesis, represent considerable accompli shment.

Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning Courses GHADUATE AND UNDEHGRADUATE COURSES 130. Park and Recreational Planning. Analys is and development procedures in national, state and urban parks, forest land s, and private lands in terms of recreational a nd aesthetic values and uses. (3Sp) Staff 135. Travel Cou rse. A majo r field trip to exw amine a variety of projE-cts in planning and des ign. Students are req ui red to take this course at least once during their train ing. Cred it arranged. (Su) Staff 140, 141, 142. Landscape Design. In tro duction to the analysis and writing of design criteria an d the design procedu re for private and public land planning projects. Theo retica l and actual s ite problems are used. Prerequis ites: LA 62 and CE 82. (4F, W, Sp) Bishop

164

College of HnmanitiC's and Arts

l !iO, 151, 152. Planting Des ign . Pic to rial co mp os iti o n s and pl a n t in g p lans deve lo ped to"'ethe r . D es ig n ed to develop abili ty in vi s ua li 7.in g t he c o mp leted l and s ca p e develo p m e nt. (3 F , W, Sp) Joh nson

160, 161, 162 . Lands cape Co nstruction . M a s te r co n s t r uct io n pl a n s , g rad in g, d rain age, s tru ctu r e , cos t eBt im a t ('s, and s pec ificat io n s . (3 F, W , S p) Baron 170. City and Re J.:"ional P l anning. An in t r oducti o n t o t h e J)l'Oce dures a nd m eth ods of city a nd reg io nal p lann ing. L eg is lative , a dmini st ra t iv e , a nd effectuat io n o f t he ge n e r a l co mp r e hens ive plan . T h e p h ys ica l de s ign a s pects o f town an d city a rc an a lyzed . ( 3W ) Tayl or 18 0, I Rl , 182. Advanced P l a nn ing and Design . U rban des ig n, s u bd ivis io n s , h o u s in g proj ec t s , p u b li c gro un ds , pa r ks , cem ete ri es , bu ilding gTo up s , rec re at io n a l a reas , a nd co mmun it ies o n va ri o us t yp es o f t o pog r a p h y . ( 4F, W, S p) Taylor

190. S p ecia l Problems. Selec ted pro bl e m s t o mee t indi v idu al need s in co mpl e tin g t he p rofe ssi\m a l t r a ining. R egi s tra t io n b y pe rmi ss io n onl y. C r ed it a na n ged. (F , W, Sp, Su ) Staff 19:1 . Reading- s and Reports o n Cu rrent To pics and Trend:i in LAEP. A ls o cove rs co n t r a cts , ~ pec ifi c at i on s , JHofess io na l et hi cs , a nd o ffi ce p m ct ice. ( l W, lSp ) Taylor

GRAD U ATE COURSES 210, 2 11, 2 12. L andscape Architect ure. A s e ri es o f co m p le x p r ob le m s of va ri a bl e s ubject ma t t er a dju sted to fit th e indi v idual n eeds o f ('ac h stu de nt and des ig n ed to emph a s ize t he vari ous phases o f lan ds cap e a rc hi fe c tu rc s uch :-~.s la n d ~c a pc des ig n , su t-veyin g and et• ns t r uc t io n, a r chitectu r e a n d c ity p la nnin g , p lant m a te ri a ls an d p la nting <l es ig n , co n tra ct s a n d s pec ificat io n s , d raft ing and de l inea ti o n, l't>st f•st imati n g- and repo rts . C l'eUit a rran ged . (F, W , Sp ) Bishop

220. Thesis. Su b jec t matte r o f the sis '"~ ill b e (lete rmin ed by t h e s tud e nt in co n su ltat ion with t he s ta ff. T h e actua l a cco mpl is h me:1ts o f th e t hes b w ill be a m atte r o f ma k in g pl a ns and ::> upp le m e n t ar y d raw ings n ecessa r y f o r the a c t ua l a cco m p li s hm e n t o( a major pr o bl e m in La n d D es ig n a n d D eve1op rnent. W ritte n mate rial will be r e q u ire d in th e fo rm o f a s tatem e nt o f t h e p r o bl e m ; a bas is of des ign cons is tin g o f justifica ti o n , s pecification an d any ot h e 1· s up p le m e nta r y mate ri a l requ ire d . C redit arra n g ed . (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff

310 , 311 , 312.

Lands cape

Architecture.

This

s e 1·ies co ve r s adva n ced d es ig n plan ni ng cons truc ti o n a nd offi ce proc edures and pract ices a s an in tegrated u ni t . T h e s eries is designed fo r stud e n ts p ut·s u i ng t h e pro f ess ion a l l\ILA deg ree. Credi t ana n ged. (F, W, Sp) Taylor 316. Prof essio n al Practice. G r a d uate readin g s a nd r e po rts o n c urr ent to pi cs a nd trend s in Lands ca pe Ar chi tect ure a nd En vi ronmental Plannin g . The se minar a lso covers contrac ts. s pecificatio n s , pro f ess iona l e thi cs, and o f fice practice . ( I F, lW, lSp ) Taylor

320. Thesis. S ubj ec t m a tte r o f t he term ina l d eg ree t h es is w ill be d ete rmin ed b y the s tude n t in co nsu lt a t io n w it h t he s t aff. The actu a l accomplis hm e n t o f t h e t hes is w ill be a ma tte r of makin g pl a n s a n d s uppl e me ntary dra w in g necessar y to t h e a ct ua l acco mp lis hm e n t o f a ma jo r p ro b le m in L a n d Des ig n a nd D evelo pme nt. Writ ten m a t e rial w ill be re(l uired in th e f o rm of a s t atem e nt o f th e p ro ble m; a bas is o f des ig n co n s is t in g o f justifi cati o n, s pec if ica t io n , and any ot h e r s upp le m e ntar y ma te ri a l r eq uire d . C r edi t arra ng ed . (F , W, Sp, Su) Staff 400. Contin ui ng Grad u ate Adviseme n t. Gradua t e s tud e n t s w h o ha ve rece ived maxi mum t h es is c r edi t, b u t w h o h a ve n ut comp leted th e t h cs i ~ o r di sse r ta ti o n , mu s t e n ro ll f o 1· a r.linim u m u f t hree cred its, u nt il t h e d eg :·e~ is l' ompleted. J f t he s tude n t d ues n o t co m pl y , hi s c and ida ('y ma y be s u s pe n de d a nd h is s up n vi~m ·y rnrnmi ttee di sso lv e d . ( :.JF, 3W, 3S p, 3S u.) ~taff

DejJartment of

Music HEAD : MAX F. D ALB Y, Professo r ; E c!D , Utah S t a t e Uni v ersity OFFICE Fin e Art s Cen te r A. L. DITTMER, Rochester

Professor ;

107 Ph D,

IRVING WASSERMA N N , Professor;

Eas tm a n

Schoo l

Mu s ic,

ML, Uni ve r s ity of Crac o v ,

Univ e rsity of Poland

Music

165

RA lL PJ J MAT ESKY, Assoc ia t e P r ofesso r; MM , University of So uth ern California WI LL IAM H. RAM SEY, Associate Professor; EdD , Columbia Un iversi t y WARREN Bn<TO:->, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State Un iver s ity LARRY SM ITH , A ss ista nt Professor; M S, Utah State University AL 'IN WARDLE, Assistant Professor; MEcl, Utah St a t e Uni versi ty

Qualified graduates from accr edited degree-gr ant in g in stitution s in Music may be a dmitted as ca ndidates fo1· graduate deg r ees 1n Music. Two differ ent degrees a r e offered: Ma ster of Mu s ic and Mas ter of Ar s. The Master of Art s degr ee r equires t wo yea r s of fo r eign language stud y. F or each degr ee, t he st ud ent may se lect courses of stud y leading to (a) a major in Music Educat ion or (b) a major in Appli ed Music. Each ca ndid ate must successfull y comp lete a n exa min ation for admi ss ion to the program of graduate st ud~· in music. This exam ination may be taken und er t he s uperv ision of a proc-tor at a co ll ege or school des ignatccl by t he Un ivers ity Department of Mu sic and ncar the ta ndiclate's place of r es id ence. St udents may elect a thesi s project, a lecture-recital or co ncer tr e<.:ita l. All work is to be completed und er the sup ervi sion of a graduate committee . In a ddi t ion , each student is required to take the g radu ate r eco rd exam in ation before being ad mi tted to candi dacy for the Maste r' s degree. Before be ing a dmit te d a s a candida te, a s in ge r must show acquaintance with so lo literature for hi s voice . Hi s r epertory must mclude: a. represe ntative solos for hi s vo ice f rom the standard oratorios; b. rep rese ntat ive a ria s for hi s vo ice from t he standa rd operas;

c. standa rd and contemporary solo r epe r tory from Italian, French, Ge rman , and American sources. Requirements lea ding to th e MM a nd MA fo llow: MUS IC EDU CATION Required: Music 258 259 280 287 Educ Psy

Credit Semin ar in Music Education ~ Semina r in Mus ic Theor y Sem inar in Music Literat ure Individual Rec ital or Thes is (Music 285) 2GO History and Philosoph y o f Educ 230 Secondary School Curriculum ~00 Principles of Learnin g in T eaching

Minor Area : two three-hour upper-d ivis ion classes in English , his tory, political sc ience, soc iology, o r philosoph y as rec()mmende<l hy th e arlv iser 33 Electives: Music 112 201 205 251 252 2G5 Psy

Twentieth Century l\•l usic Jntro to Mus ic o logy Special Problems .. ... ... 3-6 Advanced Choral Methods ... Advanced 01·chcs tra l\1ethods Dand Sympos ium . fnd iv idual ln s tructio n 202 Psyc hology or A do lescence 20;; C hild Psychology and Deve lopm en t 12 45 Cred its

APPLIED MUSIC Required : :Mus ic 112 205 25R 259 280 287 20 1

Credit Twent ieth Century l\1usic 3 S pec ia l P roble ms 6 Seminal· in Music Ed ucat ion 3 Sem inal· in Mus ic Theory . Seminar in Mus ic Lite rat u re lndi v idual Recital lnt1·o. to 1\tus ico logy Perfo rmin g Grou p pa rt ic ipation . lndividual In struction

166

College of Hmnanities and Arts

Minor Area: Two th r ee-c redi t uppe r -divis ion cla sses in Englis h , his tory, p olitica l sc ien ce, soc iology, 0 1· philoso phy as recommended by the adviser

dance band; analys is o f ha1m onic structure a nd ear tra ining in c h o rdal p r og r e!:sion s an d im prov is ati on. Prerequi s ite : Mus ic 106 (3Sp ) Smith

45 c redits

Music Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 101, 102, 103. Music History and Literature. Bas ic co ut-se fo r mus ic maj o r s a nd those des iring a co mpreh ens ive bac kgro und in mus ic. Stresses mus ic in general cu lture, t h e place of m us ic in histo ry , a nd th e r elationship of m us ic to t h e oth e r arts. Fall quarter cove rs t h e perio d fr om antiquity through th e Baroqu e ; Winte r qua rter, Class icis m a nd Romantic is m: Sp rin g, co n temp or ary mus ic. R equired of a ll mus ic majo r s . Prerequis ite : Mus ic 2 o1· G. (3F, 3W, 3S p ) Wassermann 104 , 105 , 106. Advanced Theory. Continuati on of B eginning Theory . In cludes advanced s ight s inging, key board modulation, and in t roduct o ry co unterpoint. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) Dittmer 107. Scoring and Arranging. Theoretical and practical study o f sco ring fo r w ind , string, and pe r cuss ion in strum ents in var iou s combination s , ranging from s mall ense mbles to the conce r t band and sy mph on y o r ch estr a. (3 W ) S mith

*' I 08, I 09, p oint in all m ore Pa rts . doub le and 3Sp)

110. Cou nterpoint. Strict counte rs pec ies in two, three, and fou r or Creative writing. Combined fotm s; t ripl e with fre e parts . (3F, 3W, Dittmer

112 . Twentieth Century Music. An inte n s ive s ur vey o f the s ignificant techniqu es, form s , and s tyles in the mus ic o f o ur t ime . A nal ys is o f a var iety of sco r es an d recordings. Works o f crit ic is m evaluatin g rec e n t developments and state m e nts by co m posers di s cuss ing t h e ir phi loso phy and a im s are st udied. P rereQu is ite : Mu s ic 2 or equ iva lent. (3 Sp, 3 Su) Wa sse rmann, Staff

*114, 115, . 116. Composition. Proj ec ts in c rea t iv e com pos it ion in t h e s mall er f o rms, inc lud in g so lo a nd ense mbl e compos it io n s. Prerequi s ites : Mu s ic 106, 107. I~ F. 3W, 3S p) Dittmer 124. Chamher Orchestra . The preparatio n and perform ance o f music fo r chambe r orc h es tra and ope r a. May be r epeated fo r c r edit. Admiss ion by audi t ion . ( IF, 1 W, ! Sp, !Su ) R. Mates ky • 129. Stage Band Workshop. Practicum for Mus ic and Music Edu cation majot-s; study of t h e contempo ra ry idiom of th e hi g h s chool

135. Opera Stagin g and Production. Musical and theatrical techniq ues f o r th e s inging actor, pianist-coac h , an d mu s icptheat r e director. Pe rformances of sce n es, on e-act operas , an d at least one maj o r producti on during yea r . Audition r equ ired f o r s in ge r s a nd p ia nists . ( 1-3F, 1-3W, 1-3Sp , 1-3Su) Ramsey 13 8. Readings in Ch oral Literature. Provides an oppor tunity f o r m ajo r s in Music Educat ion w ith the vocal concentrate to become familiar with materials s uitabl e for performa n ce by hi g h sc h ool ch oral g r oups . (1F, ! W , Ramsey 1Sp )

140. Choral Cond u cting. F u nd amenta ls of baton technique a nd inte rpre tation o f the musical sco re. Ass ign ed p rojects in conduc:ing s m all and large voca l e n se mbl es. (3F) Ramsey 141. In s trumental Condu c ting. Bas ic rehearsa l procedures f or reali za ti on of mu ~ ical values. A ssig n ed projects in cond uctin g small a nd large ins trumental e n sembles. (3 W ) D slby

149. Music for the Secondary Sch ools . A s :udy of t he mus ic p1·og r am f o r the n o n· s peciali~ing teenager, d ea ling with his emotional and vocal problems , and with m e thods f o r ir.troducing s ing in g, p laying mus ical instrumtnts . h earing, read ing and c r eating mus ic. (JSp, 3Su) Dittmer, Etaff 150. Music for Elementary Schools. Dew lopment of the class roo m mu s ic prog r a m. Frobte rn s , methods , and m ate rials in s in ~ ing, rhythm s, c reativ e mus ic, reading and lis teri ng. (3 F, 3W, 3Sp, 3Su) Bu:ton 151. Secondary School Choral Methods a nd Materials. T eac hin g and administration of var ious p h ases o f t h e ch o ral mus ic prog·am. (3F) Ransey 153. Secondary School In s trumental Me th ods and Materials . T ea chin g and ad mini s trat io:1 of va ri ous phases o f the in strumental nus ic p rogram. (3Sp) Dalby, Haff 155. Piano Teaching Met hods. D es igne< to prepare qualif ied pianists to teac h riano e ffective ly and to acquaint t h em w it h ne w materials and tec h n iques. Probl e m s conmo n to all p iano tea chi ng and tea ch e r· s tud en1 relations hips are anal yzed . (1Sp) Wassermann , Haff *Taught 1968-69 ** T a u p; ht 1969-70

Speech 156, 157 , 158. Vocal Repertory. A study of Engli sh, Italian, and French vocal literatu r e as well a s German Li ed and contemporary so ng l ite rature, through performance; conce ntra t io n is on di ct ion , inte rpretation, and Dittmer style. (2 F. 2 W, 2Sp) 163. Piano Workshop. An intensive course for a dv anced piano s tud e nts and piano teachers . In clud es lectures on ba s ic harmony, piano tec hni q ues, m e m o ri zation , buildin g repe doire Wassermann ;-,nfl t e aching ma te rial s. ( I Su) GRADUATE COURSES 201. Int roduction to Musicology. A survey of the fi elds, systematic and historical, of mus ical knowledge and research. (3W) Dittmer, Staff 205 . Special Problems in Music. An advanced course designed to meet speci fic problems of the music educato r and the applied music s pecialist. ( l-3F, l-3W, 1-3Sp, !-3Su) Staff 235 . Opera Workshop (Advan ced) Des igned fo r the advanced s inger, conductor-coach and director. Directors will be assigned scenes and o n e-act operas to direct. Conductorcoaches will prepare and perform scenes and assist with ma jor productions . Advanced s ingers will perform s cenes and leading roles in ma jo r productions. Admission by au dition . (l-3F, l-3W, l-3Sp, l-3Su) Ramsey 251. Advanced Choral Methods . Rehearsal techniq ues and mate rials f o r the secondary sch ool c hoir. The study of phonetics as it relates to ch oral sound. Teachers registering for t.his class are e xpected to s ing in clinic chorus. Daily during Summer .M usic C linic. ( !Su) Staff 252. Advanced Orchestra Meth ods. Techniques in trainin g th e sc h oo l or c h est ra. Cons ide ration o f spec ia l problems r e lat in g to the s tring ins tnrm c nts . Teachers regis terin g for t his class are e xpected to play in the clinic orc h estra. Dail y during Summer Music Clinic. (lSu) Staff

767

255. Band Symposium. An intens ive review of r e h earsal procedures and co ndu cting techn iq t'l es. Survey of new m aterials; analysis of performan ce. Wind and perc ussion clinics. Private co n s ultati on on s pecial problems. Nationally kn own authorities se rve with resident s taff. F ive hours , daily, first week of Summ e r School. (3Su) Staff 258. Sem in ar i n Music Education. cepts in Mus ic Education . A study behavior and the sc ientifi c bases responses to mus ical s timuli. (3W.

Das ic conof musical for human 3Su) Staff

259. Seminar in Music Theory. A study of the prac tica l aspects of musical theory as related to analysis, pedagogy and composition . ( 3F. 3Su) StaCC 280. Seminar in Music Literature. An adva nced course for graduate s tudents. Des igned to s tudy the development of Western music from Monody to t he tw e ntiet h century through analysis of its form and structure and through an inves tigation of all available literature. (3Sp, 3Su) StaCC 285. Research a nrl Thesis. Individual work in thesis writing with guidance and criticism. Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) StaCC 287. Individual Recital . The preparation and presentation of a graduate rec ital. Super路 v ision by the major professo r. Credit arranged. Staff (F, W , Sp, Sn)

400. Continui ng Graduate Advisement. Gradua t e stu den ts wh o hav e rece ived maximum thes is cred it , but who h ave not completed the t h esis o r disse1路tat ion, must e nroll for a minimum of th r ee credits, until the degree is co mpl eted. Tf t h e student does n o t comply, his candida c y may be suspended and his su pervisory co mmittee dissolved. (3F, 3W, 3Sp, 3Su.) Staff

Department of

Speech HEAD: REX E. ROBINSON, PhD. Uni ve rsity of Wisconsin OF FICE Main 33 R ll RRELL F . HAN SEN, Professor; Chairman, Radio and Television; Coordinator of Broadcasting; PhD , University of Minnesota; certificate, Stanford Television Institute W. R.ONALD Ross, Assistant Professor; MFA, University of Utah

168

College of Hmnanities and Arts

Th e Department of Speech offers a Maste r of Science degree an d t he Mas ter of Arts degree in th e fo llowing fields: Interpretation , Publi c Address , and Broadcasting. Graduate stud ents takin g speech cours es in th e 100 seri es , usually taken by upper di vision students, will be expected to present additional projects at the option of the instructor.

Speech Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 107. Speech Improvement in the Elementary C lassroo m . Des ig n ed to provide the teacher with techniques to improve t h e spea kin g s kills u f n o rmal childre n in the elementary g rad es. (3Su) Staff ** 109. Discussion and Conference Leadership . Applicatio n of var ious group discuss ion techniqu es to cu rrent problems. \V01·k sh op procedures off e r practice in preparation, use a nd evaluation of methods . (3W, Sp) Robinso n 110. Pla y Readin~:r. Attention given to c utti ng- and building f or public prog ram s. (3Sp ) Staff I ll . Psychology and Semantics of Speech . Prin c ipl es of p syc h ology whi ch under lie s p eec h. Personal adjustment throug h s p eech. An ins ig ht in to t h e process of sy mb ol use. (3F) S taff 123. Teaching of Speech. Methods and pro blems pec uli a r to teac hing of speec h both in seco ndar y sc hools and in s peech areas for Basic Commun icatio ns work in t h e Univers ity and in b asic s p eec h cou r ses at th e co llege le vel. O r ganization o f courses a nd lesson plans includ e d. Prerequ is ite : Instructor's co ns ont. ( 3Sn) Staff

individual events, the methods of prepa rring s tUdents for participation in them , and t h e d irection of f orensic tournaments. (3 Su ) Robim son 181. Television Production. The p1·odu clt ion and di rection of te lev is ion prog ram s: deveJi o pin g programs, casting and re h earsal pr(ocedures, and coord in at ion of techn ica l as p e"!cts. Prerequ is ite : Speec h 83 or in st r uctor's n>e rm ission. T o be taken concu rrently 'with Journalis m 184. (3 F) Hamsen 184. Educational Broadcasting. Projects in developing and prod uc in g education al rad io and television programs for in-sc h ool or broadcast us e. Meth ods i n ef fective uti li za ttion in t he classroom of televised materials. ( 3l W) Hamsen 185 . Advanced Radio -TV Production. Principles and projects in television directli ng. Methods f or meetin g spec ialized problems in prod uct io n of radio and television progra m s. Pre requi site : Speech 181. Credit arran g ed. (W ) Harnse n

186. Radio and Television Training. En rollment l im ited to stude n ts qua lified by training and ab ili ty for actual broadcasting ex perie nce in a station. An apprenticeship un de r di rection o f the statio n sta ff in executi ng duties expected of a r egu lar s ta ff employee. Students render three h ou rs' broadcasting serv ice per week, for e a c h h o ur o f c 1·edit. Ti me and c red it arranged. (Total limited to 6 credits ) (I to 5F, W. Sp) Hansen 190 . Problems in S p eec h . Selected work, in· dividually assigned, h andled and directed. Speech probl e m s of mutual interest to student and the instructor arc investigated and rep orted upon. Prerequis ite: I nstructor's co nse n t . Credit arranged . (F, W, Sp) Staff

GRAD UATE COURSES 20 1.

Thesis. (2-5 F, W, Sp)

Staff

224.

124. Advanced Inte rpretat ion . T h e maste rin g of s ig nifi ca nt selection s f rom great writers. lteading from manuscript and from memory. (fiF. W) Ross 125. Speech Co mpo s ition. A d va n ced t h eory and p ractice of public speaking. Bu ildin g a nd delive ring seve ral s h ort speec h es a nd reading selected mas t erpieces from the world's publ ic speak ing literature. Prerequis ites : Soph om ore s tanding and Speech 1, or E n glis h 1, 2, 3. (5W, S p) Robinson

133. Directing Forensic Programs. Considera ti on o f t h e philosophy underlying for e n sic activ iti es, the values of various team a nd

Se mina r in Oral lnte n>r etation. Study u( the history o f oral interpretat ion; ap])roaches of texts and leaders to t h eory in ora l interpretatio n. (2F) Ross 225. Seminar in cal backgrounds modif icatio ns of ( 2W )

Hhetorical Theory. Class iin rh etorica l th eory w ith more 1·ece nt rhetoric ians. Robinson

230. Semin · : :- in Hadio and Te le vis ion . The li te r ature and resea r ch on t h e uses o f radio and telev is ion as media of co mmunication and as in st r ume n ts of soc ial act ion . (2F, W, Sp) Hansen **Tau ght 1969-70

Theafrr Arts 100 . C ontinuing Graduate Advise m ent. Gradua te ::-;tu dents who have rece ived maxim um thes i s credit. hut w ho have not comp leted the lhf'!"i .is o1· di ssertation. m ust en ro ll f o r a. mini ~

769

mum of three credi ts, until the degree is completed. If t he student does not comply, his t· a nd idal'y m ay be suspen ded and his su perv i~;ory co mmittee di ssolved. (3F, 3W, 3S J), 3Su . )

Staff

Departm ent

Theatre Arts ACTING HEAD: TWAIN C. T!PPt:TTS. Professor and Coordin ator of Fine Arts; EdD, University of Ca liforni a at Los Angeles OFFICE : Fine Arts Center 232 FLOYD T. MORGAN, Professor; MA, State University of Iowa; doctoral work , State University of l o\\"a and Sta nfo rd Univers ity W. Vosco CA LL, Associate Professor; MA, University of Washington LEROY C. BRANDT, JR. , Assi stant Professor; MFA, Boston Uni versit y Th eatr e Arts offer s advanced work leadin g to the Master of A rts an d Master of Fine Ar ts degr ees. Th e g radua te prog ram in Theatr e Arts prepares the student fo r work in educational and nonprofess ion a l t heatres. It offers training and experi ence in playwriting, directi ng, ac ting, des igni n g an d advance d trc hn ica l practice. During the f irst quarter of r esidence, and before a dmi ssion to candidacy for e ith er t h e Maste r of Arts o1· th e Master of Fine Arts degr ee, the ca ndidate is r equired to take the Grad uate Record Examina t ion g ive n by the School of Gr aduate Studi es a nd two di agnostic a nd program planning examinations g iven by the Theatre Arts staff. Th e f irst of t hese is a co mprehens ive w ritten examination coverin g theatre history, li terature a nd cr iticism , acting, directi ng, scener y and costume design , lightin g, make-up, technica l practice, current drama and theatre. Th e seco nd examination is an oral skill s tes t in which t h e stud ent demonstJ·ates before a Departmental com -

mittee hi s co mpetency in voice and diction, extemporan eous speaking, and inte rpretativ e reading or acting. The r es ults of these exa minatio ns a r c used to a ss ist th e t ud ent and hi s facu lty adviser in planning a program of stud y and in se lectin g a thesis s ubj ect or creative project. Can didates fo1· the Master of Arts deg r ee are r eq uired to pr esent from the Depa r t m ent of La nguages a state ment of prof iciency in r eadin g one fo r eign language . Th e lang uage should be one taught regul a rly at USU. The ca ndidate for the Master of Arts deg r ee ma y, with t he app roval of hi s s upervi sor·y committee, presen t a thes is or a th esi s a lternate. Th e candidate for t he Master of Fin e Arts deg re e presents a creat ive proj ect in p laywriting, d irectin g, acting, scene, costume, li ght in g, design or advanced tec h n ica l practice. As part of the creative project and in li eu of a thes is this candidate s ubmi ts an original long play or its eq uiva len t, a production book or a project portfo li o.

170

College of

Huma11ifiPs and

Theatre Arts Courses GRADUATE AND UN DERGRAD UA TE C OURSES 100, 102 , 10 4. His tory of Theatre and Drama . A s ur vey co urse cor re latin g th eat rica l histo ry and drama fr om anc ient tim es t o t h e prese nt. Fa ll: C lass ic , Orie ntal, a nd M edi eva l; Winter: Early R e naissa n ce throu g h Eig htee n t h Centu r y; Spring: Nineteenth Ce ntury to t h e prese nt. (4F, 4W , 4Sp) Staff I 06 . C urrent Drama. R ead ing a nd discussion o f selected plays o f m odern day pla yw ri ghts: O'Neill, Shaw, A nd e r so n, M ill e r, William s, In g-e, l onesco, Becke tt, Albre, et a!. (3Sp) Morgan 120. Fundam e ntals of Des ign for the Theatre. Bas ic des ig n p rin c iples app1ied to d es igning fo r t h e th e at1·e. Projects in s k etc hin g, r e ndering, d1·afting, pe rs pec tiv e, m ode l making, scene p a in t in g tec hni q u es. Prerequ is ite to THART 150, 153, 154, 192, a nd t o advan ced prod uct io n and desig n projec t s . (2F) Morgan, Perkes

Arts 153 . Costu m e Des ign . Theory and practice in t h e d es ig n and selec ti on o f costu m es for no nrealistic, histo ri ca l a nd modern p lays. R elation s hip o f costu m e to c h a r acter and pro.d uctio n . Prerequ isite: THART 120 o1· co n sen t o f instructo r . (3Sp) Perkes

154. Stage Lighting. Study a nd app licat io n o f th e prin c ipl es of sta ge lig h ti n g. Li g h t in g desig n, m ou ntin g of instruments and operation o f co ntro l boards. P re requisi tes: THART 50 a nd 120 o r consent of in s tru c t o r . (2 W) Brandt 156. Theatre Orga nization and Management. Study o f t h e man ager ial a s pec t s (orga nization, promot io n, finan c in g) of t h e e ducational and com munity t h eatres. (2Sp) Call

158. C reativ e Dramatics . Guidance o f c hildre n in the c reation of scenes and plays w ith improv ised di a logue and action. App lication o f c rea tiv e dramat ics to t h e class r oom s i tua tio n . Recom m e nd ed f or prospective e leme ntar y sc h ool teachers. (2 S p) Call 160. Playwriting. Analys is o f d r ama ti c s tructure. (3 W ) Morgan

124 . Theatre Practice. Applicatio n of bas ic t h eatre p1·oduct ion practices. S upe rvi s ed reh ea r sals , pe rfo rm ances , r r e w an d s taff wo rk. (I F, W, Sp, Su) Staff

190. Problems in Drama. Selected research p roble m s of m e rit. and o f mutual interest to s tud e n ts a nd i n s tructo r s are in ves tigated. C red it a•..-anged . (F, W, S p, Su) Staff

144 . Advanced Acting. Emp h a s is on the c reative approach to acting, analys is a nd creation o f t h e role and ensembl e pl ay in g (3Sp) Call

192. Projects in Theatre. Adva n ced work in playwrit in g, acting , directing, scene d esign, costume des ign , mak eup, cos t ume co n s tru ct io n , li g h t ing, tec h n ica l practice, an d t h eat re management. Projects m ay be do n e in co nn ection w it h Uta h Sta te Th eat re prod ucti o n s o r t h ey ma y be i ndepend e nt e n deavors. A tota l o f !) c red its may be ear ned in t hi s cou rse. Reg is trat ion by conse n t o f inst r ucto r. Credit ananged . (F. W, Sp, Su) Staff

146. Directing. Theo ry an d practice of t h e nrinciples o f s tage direc ting. (3Sp) Can 14 8 . Private Ins tru c tion. ln dividua l tutori n g to de velop co m pete n ce in vo ice, act ing, directin g , sce ni c and costu m e d('s ign . Spec ial f ee. Credit anangetl. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff

150. Scene Design. Appli ca ti on o f bas ic prin c iples o f d es ig n to t h e stage setti ng. Deve lo pment of scen ic des ig n s t hroug h color s k etc h es , plans an d m ode ls . Pract ice in scene painting techniqu es . Stn·vey or the h isto r y of stage deco r atio n . Pre requ is ite: THA RT 120 or ('o n se n t of in st r ucto r. (3 W ) Morgan 15 1. Historic Cos tume f o r th e S ta ge. Hi sLoJ· ica l SU I'VCy of the development of costume fl'o m t he Egypt ians to t h e 1900's, w it h a practical app ro a c h to the r ep rodu ct io n fo1· stage usc of eac h period, as we ll as a s tudy o f t he manners o f the period. (3 F ) Perkes

19'L Problems of Dram a Directo r s. P la y select ion, o rgan ir.at iun o f t h e produ c tion, drama club ac ti v it ies, s im plifi c ation of settings , li g htin g, costumes, finan c ing , aud itu l'i u m and stage fadlities, centra l stag ing, audio-visua l a ids , a nd hibliog r aphy a re stu died. R ecommen ded for directo1·s and prospective directors o f high sc hool. c h u r ch, and com m un i ty t h eat r es. (3Sp) Morgan 19 6. Advanced Directing. Practice in stage (li rcct io n. The stu dent se lects . casb;, d irec ts, and prese nl., s hort plays and scenes. Prerequisite : THART 14G. (~W) Call

GRADUATE 152. S tage Cos tuming. Fund a m entals o f p a ttc nl dra fting, co nst r uc ti on o f s ta ge costumes and accessor ies, orga ni zat ion and ca re o f cos-

t um e wardrobes.

(3 W )

Perkes

COU RSES

200 . Semina r in Drama . In tens ive study o f s pecial Jnoblc m s in drnm a and t h eatre. C red i t a n ·anged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Sta ff

Th eatrr Arts 201 . Dramatic Theo ry and C riticism . llc~ g-inning with Aris totle's Poetics, t h e co urse explores the trad itiona l works o f c riti cal t h eo r y t h at relate to t h e t h eatrical arts. Prerequ isites: THART 100. 102, 104 . (3Sp) S taff 202 . Re sea rch Studi es. Advanced resea 1·ch in el ram a and t h eatre. Dy permiss io n of in st r uctot·s . C t·ed it a r ranged. ( F', W, Sp, Su) Staff

204 .

Thesis. C redit arra n ged . (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff

177

292. Adva n ced Projects in Theatre. Graduate projects in any branch o f t h eatre art. Credit ana n ged. (F, W , Sp, S u ) Staff

400. Continuing Graduate A dvi se m ent. Graduate stude nts who h ave received maximum t h es is c 1·edit. but wh o h ave n o t compl e t ed t h e t h es is or di sse rt atio n , m ust e nroll fo r a minimum of t hree cred its, unti l the degree is co mpl eted . If th e student does n ot co mply, h is candidac y may be s us pe nd ed and his supe rv iso t·y comm ittee dissolved. (3 F, 3W , 3Sp , 3Su.) Staff

172

College of

Natural Resources DEAN: J. \\"mT J\"EY FLOYD, MSF, University o( California; ~radu ate w cork, University of Michigan OFFICE: ForPstry and Zoology 15!i

Department of

Forest Science HEAD: Ross S. WHALEY , Associate Professor; MS , Colorado State Univ ersity; doctoral work, Uni,·ersity of Michigan OFFICE: Forestry-Zoology 155 J. "·mT:-<Jo:Y FLOYD, Professor and Dean , College of Natura l Hesources; M SF, Uni\·er sity of California; graduate \\"Ork, Uni\·ersity of Michigan T. \V. DANIEL, Professor; PhD, University of California; Fulbright He search Scholar in Austria RAYMOND R. MOORE, Professor; PhD , UniYersity of \\·a shi ngton JoHN D. H uN r, Associate Professor and Extension Forest Recr eation Specialist; MS, University of Idaho; doctoral ,,·ork, Uni,·ersity of Idaho J. ALAN WAGAR, Associate Hesearch Professor and Leader, Coo perative Recreation Research Unit; PhD, Univer s ity of Michigan WENDELL BEARDSLJ:.:Y, Ass istant Research Professor and Ass ista nt Leader, Cooperative Recreation Research Unit; MS, Uni,·e rsity o( Minnesota RICHARD A. OGLE, Ass istant Professor; PhD, Syracuse UniYersity GEORGE E. HART, Assistant Professor; PhD , Un i,·ersi t y of Mi c hi~an CARL M. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah Sta te Uni,·c r si t y RONALD LANNE!(, Ass istant Professor; PhD , UniYers ity or Minnesota JOliN D. SCH ULTZ, Assi stant Professor; doctoral \\"Ork , Uni,·ersity or Michigan Collaborato1·s: NORBERT V. DEBYLE, PhD; HICIIAIW G. 1\.llEBILL. PhD; ROBERT s. JoJrNsoN, MS; RoBERT n. DoTY, MS The Department offers the Ma ste r of Science and Doctor of Philosophy d egr ees as profess ional degrees. The Master of Forestry degree is offered for those students who lack prior academic training in forestry. Th e Master's degree is granted in the following eight s ubject areas: forest management, si lviculture, forest ecology, forest

recreation, fore s t h y drology, forest economics, forest protection, and wood science a nd technology. A thesis is required for the MS and PhD degrees, but t he l\'IF may be granted without a thesis. The degree of Master of Science in Fo r est Science may be ea rned by a studen t who has an und e rgraduate degree in Forestry, with ac-

For('sf Sci('// C(' ceptab le scholarship, upon compl etion of a prescribed co urse of stud y an d fulfillm ent of othe r r equirements li st ed by the School of Grad uate Studies. Th e Master of Forestr y deg r ee program is available to stud ents possessing a nonforestry Bachelor's degr ee w ith acceptab le scholarship. Th e minimum r eq uirements inc lude the compl et ion of 45 cr edits in the bas ic sc iences of chemi st r y, phys ics, ma t hemati cs, bota ny and soils; 42 cred its in s pec ifi ed f orestr y courses ; a nd 10 cr edi ts of g raduate ( 200 se ries) co urse work. Part of th ese r equirements may have been sati sfi ed during the student's und ergraduate co urse work. A program of instruction and research leading to t he degree of Doctor of Philosophy is offered to a selected numb er of students. An applicant for g raduate wo rk should s ubmi t an official t ranscri pt of college courses an d an official applicat ion for admittance t o t he Dean of the Schoo l of Graduate SVJdies. Application fonm may be obtained at his office. Graduate assistantships are avai lab le to g r a du ate students in Forest Science. Appli cation for assistants hips shou ld be made to t he head of the Forest Science Department.

Forest Science Courses

173

t 07. Fo rest Measurements II . V ol u me a nd y ie ld table co mpilatio n; growth o f even -aged, a ll-aged and res id ua l cutover stands. Prerequ is ite : Fores try 106. (3S p ) Moore t I 0. Principles of Co n se rvation . An intro(l uctio n to conservation p roblems designed to acquaint o n e w it h the nature a nd exte nt o f t h e 1·enewab le resources o f t h e United States and t h e m eth od3 of conservatively u s ing t h e m . Ope n to all sttHlents exce pt t h ose regis tered in t h e Co lle}!e of Na tu r a l R esources . (3F , VV, Sp . Su) C . .Johnson

11 2. Dendrology 1. Hardwoods. Id e nt ification, d is t ri bution a nd s ilvics of th e m o r e impo rt a n t fo rest trees in t h e Un ited States . (3 F) C. Johnso n, Schultz

11:1. Dendrology II. Co nifers. Ind e ntif ication, d is t ri bution, and s ilv ics of th e more importa nt fo rest t1·ees o f t h e Un ited States. (2 W) C. Johnson, Schultz 114. Silvicultu r e I. Ch a r a c teris t ics of th e tree species wh ich influence s ilvicultural pract ice in the United States. Pre requ is ites: Sum m er Ca mp. Range 126 , F o r est ry 112, Botany 120 . (3W) Daniel

115. S ilviculture II. S il v icultund syste ms used in secu ring na tu r al reprodu ctio n o f forests an d thei1· applicat io n s to the important spec ies and fo r est ty p es in th e United States. P rc 1·equ is ite : Forestry 114 . (3S p ) Daniel 11 G. Seeding a nd Planting. Seed c·oll ection , ext ra ct io n an d cleani n g m eth od s ; ger mi nat ion tc~ti ng: sto ra ge of forest tree seeds; prnct i ~ cal experien ce in field plant ing and n u r se r y work. 'Prcre(lubite: Forest r y 115 . (2Sp) Daniel 11 8. Fores t Protection 1. Preventi on, presuppress ion and s u pp r ess ion of forest and range fires, includin g economic a nd phys ical e ff ec t; fire behavior, Field tr ips. (3 W ) Hart

GRADUATE AND UN DERGRADU ATE C OURSES

119 . Fores t Protection II. Problems of ad mi nistl·ation and eco n o mi cs in protecting fcn·ests frum bi olog ical enem ies. Prerequ is ites : Fm·es tr;• llo, 121. (3 F) Lanner

10 3. Silviculture and Dendrology. Ba s ic S i lv ics : S il v icu ltural ::;ystcm s; w este rn con ifers and wes t e rn r eg io n <1l s il v icultu re : eleme n ts of e a slH n h a rd wood::> and typ es. Not o pen to Forest Sc ience majors. P1·e rcqu is ite : Ecology and T ax on omy . ( 5W) C. Johnson

120. S ilvi culture III. Reg ion a l s ilviculture o f the U ni ted States. Pre r eq uis ite : Forestry Daniel 115. i3 W)

106 . rorest Meas ur e ments I. l\.1easurements of Lim ber in log , tJ·ee, a nd s tand; log rules and :ticaling: s tat is tical m eth ods u s eful in analyzing f u·es t da ta: t imbe r c rut s tn g practices. Prere<p is ite : Sum mer Camp. ( 4\V ) Moore

121. Forest Management. P hys ical fa cto rs influ e n cing t h e regulatio n o f a forest f o r sustain ed y iel d: s ite, grow ing s tock an d r otation; com pilat io n o f dat a for management plan s . Prerequisite : Forest ry 107, 11 5. ( 4F) Moore

174

College of N atmal R esources

122. Forest Valuation. D etermination of m on e tary values in fo r est g r ow ing stock and land . Analysis of alter nate management m eth ods b y use of standa rd va l uation techni ques. P re re quis ite: Fo rest r y 121. ( 4W) Moore 123. Fo r est Eco nomi cs. Econom ic proble m s in vol ved in th e utili zation o f f orest land and t im b e r, di s tribution of forest produ ct s, and t h e manage m ent f or mul t iple uses. (5S p) Whaley 12 5. Logging. Principles and m e th ods o f harvesti n g woo d p roducts, with e mphas is on cost, values, and th e appli catio n o f f or estry to the h arvest ing process. Prerequ is ite : F orestry ~ . (~) Moore 126. \V ood Technolo gy. Structure and ide n t ifi cation of t he econom ic woods of th e Un ited States. Pre re(Ju is ite: Fores tr y 1 12 , 113. (3 W) Staff 129 . Mechanical Properties. Factor s ing the s trength of wood. (2 W )

affectStaff

130. Milling a nd Products . Manufactu rin g , grad ing, seaso nin g and prese r v ing l umber, including stud y o f t h e wood- us ing ind ustr ies and t h e i r produc ts . (3Sp) Staff 131. Fo r est Products Marketing. Pr incip les of marke ting applied t o lumber and oth er Staff for est products . (3Sp ) 132 . Fores t Administration and Policy. A s t udy o f f or es t a dministration, o r ga ni zation, p oli cy fo rmati o n a nd personnel m a n agem e n t. The development o f f orest and co n servation p olic y and its effects on c urre n t fore s t r y Ogle p ract ices. (3F ) 134 . Aerial Photo Interpretat ion . El e m e n ts of photogrammet r y ; use o f ae rial photog r ap h s in mapping vegetation types and estimating t imbe r vo lumes, constr uc tion o f planimetric maps f rom aeria l p h otographs. (3F, W) Ogl e

R ec reationa l Use of Wildland. Co n s ideration of t h e fac to rs respo n s ible for recreat ion a l use, leg is la ti ve prog ra ms , p hil oso p h ical <.'o ncep ts , a nd d esc r ipt io n s o f r ecreat ion agenc ies involved in wildland r ecreati o n mana gem ent. (3F ) Hunt, Ogle 137 .

138. Regional Recreation P l a nning, L and class ification a nd eco n omics o f va ri ous f o rm s Whaley of f o rest r ec r eatio n a l u se. (2Sp )

140. Forest Re c reation Ma n age m ent. Fan;t o rs influe n cin g t h e man age m e n t o f forest rec;reat io n s ites. Co n sidera t io n of la nd managennent ob j ectives , alter nati ve m eth od s of develo prment, r egu lations, and u ser satis faction . (3Sp) F loyd, Hunt 14 5. Forest Problems. I n dividual st ud y and researc h upon a selected f orestry pro ble m app•·oved by th e instru cto r. (l -3F, W, Sp ) S taff

146 . Junior Field Problems . Study o f f o rest operati ons. J u ni or year. F ee $5 0 (1S p ) S taff Watershed Instrument a tion. Applicmtion d ata collection devi ces and sys tems t o m easu r emen ts of w ild land watersh ed paramet e rs. I ncl ud es expe ri e nce in i n stallation and operation of h ydro-m eteorolog ic eq u ipmen t and d iscussion of t ech niques f or interpretatio n and a nal ys is o f data . Pre r equis ites : Range S ci(e nce 180 o r pennission of instructor. Two lectt:.lres, one l ab . (3S ) Hart, Schtultz 190.

191. Forest & R a n ge H ydro logy. The r ol.e of forest a nd ra nge vegetatio n in determin in g t he h ydro logic f u n c ti on of a wate rs h ed ; nat· u r al sto r age p he n o m e na o f the f orest land su rfa ce and meth ods o f m od ifying t his. Prerequis ites : Range 126 , 180, F or. 115. (4Sp) Hart GRAD UA TE COU RSES 20 1. Fores t Management Semin ar. R ev iew and d iscuss ion of cu r r ent li te ra t ure and developments in Forest Manageme nt. ( lF)

Whaley 202. l;' o rest Watershed Seminar. R eview and di sc uss ion o f cur re n t li terature a nd developm e nts in F or est W a t e 1-s h ed Manage ment. ( 1 W) Schultz 203 . Fo rest R ec r ea tion Se minar. R ev iew and d isc uss ion of cu rre nt li te ratu r e and d evelopments in Forest R ec reati on . ( lSp ) Hunt

204. Fores t Ecology. S tud y of past a nd prese nt d istribution o f fo rest species an d f orest types a nd t h e ph ys ical -b iolog ical basis of distribut ion and growth p e rformance. (3 W) Staff 205 . S ilvic ul tu r e. TntensivP. study or a partic ula r r eg ion by ind iv idua l s tudents. Gr oup work co n s is t s o f adva n ced treatment of s ilv ics and s ilvicu lture, with e mphas is on ph ys iologica l as pects o f both s ubj ects. (3F, W, Sp )

Daniel 139. Interpretiv e Planning . T he ana lys is and dev e lop m ent o f inte r p r e ti ve program s for recreational areas . Techniques o f natural history interpretatio n. Evaluatio n and p lanning of v is ito r informatio n prog r a m s. (3W) Hunt

206 . F ores t Management. In d iv idual stud y projects w ith in the field s o f fo r est m eas urem e n ts , va l uat ion , r egu lation, orga ni zat ion, and develo pme n t o f forest p ropert ies. (2 F , W , Sp)

Moore

Ra·n ge Science Forest Protection. Advanced study in specialized fields of forest protection. (2W) Hart, Lanner

207.

Forest Watershed Management. Individual study projects within the field of forest

775

breeding and t he testing techniques and problems o f applying the principles of genetics to forest trees. PrereQu is ite: Permiss ion of Lanner in st•·uctor. (3S)

208.

watershed management. (2F, W. Sp) Schultz Forest Economics. Advanced work in the economics of forestry . Particular attention is given to the application of economic theot·y to solving present~day problems in the multi ple use of f o rest lands and in the production and distribution of forest products. 209 .

1ZF, W, Sp)

Whaley

Forest Recreation. Individual study projects with in t h e field o f fo res t recreation .

210.

(2F, W, Sp)

Floyd, Hunt, Ogle

211. Thesis. Original research on a problem in Forest Management, to be concluded by

preparation of a thesis. (10-15F, W, Sp) Staff 212.

ects

Forest Utilization . lndividual stu dy projwithin the f ie ld of forest utilization.

(2F, W, Sp)

Staff

Forest Ecology Problems. lndividual problem work in special ized aspects of fo rest

213.

ecology. (2F, W, Sp)

Staff

215. Tree Improvement and Forest Genetics. Fores t tree improvement through selective

220. Advanced Forest Autecology. Advanced t 1·eatment of the effects o f va1·iou s env iro nmental factors on tree development, and cons ideration of t h e consequent reverse act ion of t h e tree itself on the environment. (3W)

Schultz Advanced Forest Synecology. Advanced treatment of the community relations of forest stands, t heir internal structure, and t h eir effect on the su rrounding env ironment. 221.

(3 W)

Daniel

222. Forest Ecosystem Analysis. Detailed investigation of t he autecology and syneco]ogy o f selected fores t ecosystems; inte rpretation o f the dynamics of the ecosystem. (3Sp)

Staff Continuing Graduate Advisement. Graduate students who have received maximum thes is credit, but who have not co mpleted the thesis or di ssertation, must enroll for a minimum of three c1·edits, until the degree is co mpleted. If thP student does not comply, his candida cy may be suspended and his supervi400.

so•·y committee dissolved. (3F, 3W, 3Sp, 3Su.) Staff

Department of

Range Science HEAD: L. A. STODDARD, Professor; P hD, University of Nebraska OFFICE: Forestry and Zoology 161 ARTHUR D. SMITH, Professor; PhD, University of Michigan J. B. GRUMBLES, Associate Professor ; PhD , Texas A and M University MARTY N M. CALDWELL, Assistant Professor; PhD, Duke University GEORGE B. COLTHARP, Assistant Profe sso r; PhD, Michigan State University GERALD FREDERIC GIFFORD, Assistant Professor; MS, Utah State University JACK F. H OOPER, A ssistant Professor ; PhD, University of California NEIL E. WEST, A ssistant Professor; PhD, Oregon State University Colla. bomto?·.~: P. E. PACKER, MS; WILLIAM A. LAYLOCK, PhD Th e Master of Science degr ee and the Doctor of Philos ophy degree are offered in Range Science and re la ted fi e lds such as plant ecology, water sh e d managem e nt, rang e economics , and game-range management. The program of instruction

a nd research leading to these de grees is available only to students meeting high scholastic standards and who are accepted by the department sta ff. Students desiring entrance to these grad uate programs shou ld contact the depart-

176

College of Natural R esomccs

ment head fo r informat ion concemin g eli g ibility. Coope ration wi t h other departments and research centers of t he U ni ver isty and with govem mcnt co llaborators permits strong g radua te programs m all phases of ran ge-r elated sc iences. Particular ment ion should be made of the Univer s ity 's Ecology Center , in w hi ch the ra nge depa rtment is very active, the Utah Agricultural Experiment Station whi ch has a f ull program in both applied and ba sic r a n ge r esear ch, t h e Center for Water Resources R esea rch spon sorin g range watersh ed r esearch , the cooperative Utah Fi sh and Game Department program in Bi g Game-Rang e Resea r ch , and the Forest and Ran ge Experiment Station which mainta in s a r esearch center on th e campus for range and water sh ed r esearch. Th er e are ava ilable to graduate stud ents a number of ass istantships and fe llowships which will defray most of t he costs of attending school , including exemption f rom nonres id en t tui tion fees. Th e department qualifies under the Nat ional Defen se Education Act, Unive rs ity F ellowships, and National Sc ience Foundation programs. T eaching ass istantships and r esea rch ass istantships, which are attach ed to ex isting facu lty r esea rch prog rams, in vol ve pa r t-time work fo r t he Department. St ud ents interest ed in fin ancial aid for g r adu ate training should write to the department head for detai ls earl y in th e school yea r preceding initi at ion of grad uate work.

Range Science Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 126. Plant Ecology. R ole of heredity and env ironment in p lant behavior; plant s ucces s ion, competitio n and indi cators ; ana l ysis o f

habitat f actors influ e n c ing plant g :-owth and distribution. P rerequisites: P lan t tax o n1omy and ge neral soils . Lab fee Sl. (5F, Sp) Stodldart

130. Grassland Co mmuniti es. Compos itt.ion, d istr ibution , success io nal patterns, and nnanagement of grassl a nd ranges . Prereq uishtes : Plant taxono my and Range 131 . Two lec tu res, o ne lab . (3 W ) Grum1bles 131. Forest Range Communi ties . Com lP OSition, d is tributi o n, success io nal patte rns, and management of forested ranges . Prerequ is ite: Plant taxonomy, Two lectures, two labs. (4F ) West 132. Desert Plant Communities. Compos i-t ion , d is tribution, success ional pallerns and management of dese rt ranges. Prerequ is ite: P lant tax onomy and Rang e 13 1. Lab fee $10. Two lectures, on e lab. Satu rd ay field trips ma y be sc h ed uled . (3Sp) West

160. Applied Range Science. An introduc tory cou 1路se in range sc ie n ce. Range 161 mus t be taken conc urren t ly. (5F) Cook 161. H.ange Analysis Techniques. Theory, app li catio n and li mi tatio ns o f vegetat ion analysis methods and techniques. Field p ract ice in vegetat ion samp ling and ran~e analys is . Cred it not all owed those w ith c 1路ed it in Ra n ge 98 . Lab fee $3. Field trips to be arra ng ed . ( 2F ) Grumbles 162. Range Management. A terminal co urse fo1路 n o n-ran ge maj o r ~ dealing w ith managem e n t of na t ive ran ge lands; mai n tena n ce of production; ut ili za ti o n o f range forag e ; and range li vestot k rnan agcment. Prerequ is ite: su mmer camp or pe rm iss ion from in s tru cto r. (~p)

G rumhl ~

163 . Rang e lmproYement. Methods and problems in volved in seedi ng range lands , removing brus h, im p rovi n g st.ock watering faciliti es, and fenci ng ranges. T e rra c ing, -water s pread in g and usc o f d a m ~ on range land s . Prerel]uisite: Rang e 160 o r 162. (3 W) Grumbles 164. Technical Probl ems in Range Management. Speciali zed proble m s in ran ge administ ratio n and sc ie n ce encounte re d by the technician. Prerequ is ite: Range 160 o r 162 . (3 W) Stoddart 170. Range Land Appraisal. Principles o f appra is in g la nd , w ith specia l reference to ranges . Prerequis ite: Range e conomics or equi valent. (3 S) Hooper

Wild/if('

R('S()If YC ('S

777

JSO. Watershed Management. P 1·in c ip lc:-; a nd meth o d:-:; in vo lved in manag-ing- 1·an ge and fo ,·cst lands f r o ptim u m productio n and 1·eg-u la t ion of wate 1· y ields and fo 1· main ta inin g so il stabilit p. Th1·ce lectures , on e l ab. Lab fcc S4. ~aturday fi e ld trips may be sc h edul ed. l) re•·equ i, it e : Range 126. ( 4 W ) Coltharp

*205 . Semin ar in Range Nutrition. Proble m s in res earch in th e field of p l ant and an imal nu t riti o n on r angeland. Pre r equis ite : Cook Animal Nutritio n . (3W)

181. R ange Economics . Developm e n t of the 1·ange indu s t r y, cost o f productio n, ran~ e land ut ili z.ation, organization o f cattle and s h ee p ind ustry, and valu e o f range f orage. Prel"f'f!Ui s ite : Range 1 GO OJ' 162. (3F) Hooper

207. Gr a duat e Seminar. Rev iew of current. researc h in range sc ie n ce by graduate s tu de nts and faculty. (lSp) Gifford

193. anrl

Range J'C\' i e w

Seminar. Su p e r v ised d isc ussion nf nlnR" e animal l iterature. (2W ) Hoop er

194. Range Sem in ar. Supe t·vised di scuss ion and 1·ev iew of range plant litera tu r e. (2Sp ) Coltharp 195 . R ange Probl e ms. Indi vidual study and r ese:nch upon s elected pt·oblem s in ran ge sc ie n ce and related s ubjec ts . Prerequis ite : Faculty appmval. (1-~ F, W, S p, Su) Staff

196, 197 . Range F ield Problems. Fiel d s tudy of rang e managem e nt operations a nd r esea r ch . Co ut·ses 196 and 197 ar c giv e n alternate years. LaU fe e $50 . Prerequis ite: Plant Ecology and P lnnt f'nmmunitics . (~F) Hooprr

**206. Research Methods. A st udy of resear ch m eth ods in r ange s c ience and related s ubjects. Prerequisite : Statis t ics. (3 W) Coo k

*210. Plant Autecology. Advanced study of effects of facto rs o f t h e env ironmenta l comp lex upo n native plan ts. Prerequis ites : P lant. E co log y and Plant P h ysiology. T wo lectures. On e lab. (~ W ) Ca ldwell :!:* 2 11 . P l a nt Syn ecolo gy. Development, structu re anrl c lass ifi cat ion of native vegetatio n. Prerectuis ite : Plant Ecology, Statis t ics s ugges ted. (~W) W es t

P la n t Geograph y . The di s tl'ibution of nati ve vege tati on of th e wo rl d in relati on to env iro nm e nt. Offe red a lt e rnate years. Prerequi s ites : RS 126 and 211 . (3W) W es t

·=· 215.

*221. Plant Ecop hys iology. Advanced st udy of t he integ rat io n of plant ecology a nd p h ys iology in analyz i ng r es pon se o f native plant s pecies to the ir environ m e nts . Offered a lte rnate years . Pre1·equisites : RS 12G and Bot 120. (3Sp) Caldwell

GRADUATE COURSES 200 . Hange Thesis. Or iginal r es c ~H c h nnd s tudy o n a problem in 1·ange scien<'C'. (l- 15F, W , Sp, Su) Staff 202. Readings and Co nference. Se lected r eadin g::; in range sc icnc(• an d related ~ubjec t !'>. 11-:lF , W, Sp, Su ) Staff

204 . Land Us e Se m inar. Cu rre n t proble m s and 1Jl·acti ce!'> in land J·eso ut·ce a ll ocat io n and admi n istration wit h s pec ial emphas is on the wes te t· n range. (2F) Hooper

*280. Watershed Analysis. Ad va nced stu dy of prin c ip les , technical problem s, and procedurc e n counte r ed in mana g in g waters h eds. Gifford P1·ere~uisite : Range 180. (2Sp)

*28 1. Advanced H.ange Economics . Advanced s tud y o f econ omi c factors aff ec t ing land mana~cment prac ti ces wi th s p ec ia l consideration to range lands a nd ran ge ope rati ons. PrereQu is ite: Rang-f' E co n omi cs . (2S p ) Hooper *Taught 1969-70 *" Taught 196 8-69

Wildlife Resources HEAD: WILLIAM F. SIGLF.H, Professor; PhD, Iowa State Un iversity OFFICE: Fores try a nd Zoology 163 GEORGE H. KELKER, Professo r; Sc U, Univer s ity of Michigan; postdoctoral -,vork, Uni versity of British Columbia J. B. Low, Professor; PhD, Iowa State University JOH N M. NEUllOLD, Professor; PhD, Utah State Uni versity.

17 8

College of N atnral R esources

ALLE N \V . STOKES, Professor; PhD, University of Wisconsin; postdo<Ct.oral wo rk, Cambridge Uni vers ity FREDERI C H . WAGNER, Professor; PhD, Univer sity of Wisconsin WILLIAM T. HELM, A ssociate Professor; PhD, Univer si t y of Wi sco nsin; postdo ctoral work, University of Wi sco nsin ROBERT H. KRAMER, A ssociate Professor; PhD, University of Minnesota; postdoctoral work, Universit y of Minn esota DAVID F. BALPH, A ssoc iate Professo r; PhD, Utah State University JAMES J UAN SPILLETT, A ssista nt Professor, SeD, J ohn s Hopkin s Un iversity CLAIR B. STAL NAKER, A ssis t a nt Professor; PhD, North Ca rolina State U n iver sity GAR W. WORKMAN, Assistant Professor; PhD, Utah State University

Th e department offers research oppor t unit ies in many areas of terres tria l and aq uatic eco logy and anima l behav ior in addi t ion to problems dealing more direct ly with wild life co nservat ion. Th ese lead to MS and P hD degrees. The department oper ates or has access to t he fo llowing research fac iliti es: a la r ge new aquarium facility operated as an aquatic toxicology and physiology laboratory, the Bear Lake Biologica l Laboratory, a new experimenta l f ish hatchery, a r iver stud ies laboratory area, and a radi oecology and behavior laboratory.

A ssistan tships. Th e Utah Coopera t ive Wild life Resea rch Unit a nd the Utah Cooperative Fi sher y Unit provide r esear ch ass ista ntships for g raduate stud ents in t he depa r t ment. Th e Depattment has two teachin g assistantships and numerou s r esearch ass istan tships supported by research g ra nts from state, federa l, and pr ivate agencies. for ass ista ntshi Ds App lications shou ld be directed to the head of t he department. Wildlife Extens ion. The department has a program in wild life ex tension in cooperation with t he Extens ion Serv ice and t he Utah State Department of Fi sh and Game.

Wildlife Resou rces Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERG RADUATE COURSES 13 1. Ma n age men t of Wildlife Habitat. Hab ita t requ irements of game an d meth ods of prov iding them. P rerequisite: W ildl if e 145. Two lectu1路es, one lab . (3 F) Stokes 132. Ma n age men t o f Wild life Po pul a t ion s. Study of popu la l ion chara cte ristics o f big ga m e,

water fowl,

e J路s and the exp lo itat ion, p1路opagation, le ms . Th ree c ise indoo i'S

upland game,

an d

f u rbear-

implication s o f these to h uman contro l o f pest s pec ies, art ific ial and othe r management p roblectures and one labora tory exero r in th e field week ly. ( 4W ) W agn er

133. Ma n age men t Aspects of Wildli fe Behav io r. Management. o f m ajo r gam e spec ies with rega rd to their be havior. Pre requ is ite : Wildlife 14!5. Two lectures, one Jab. (3Sp) Balph 14 5 . Principl es of Wild li f e Manageme n t. Cha1路actcr is t.i cs o f an ima ls and t heir hab itat in re lation to genera l management practices. ( 3W) Stokes , Helm

14 8. An i mal Behavior. Ma in te na nce and soc ial activity of a va riety of a nimal s st ressing beha viora l adaptation a nd be ha vio ral regulat io n of an ima l numbers . Three lectures, one lab. (4F) S tok es

Ichth yolog-y ( Zoo logy 155 ). E co logy, c lassificat io n and life histor ies o f native a nd in trodu ced fi s hes . T wo lectures , two labs . (5W) S ig ler 155. Econ omi c W il dl ife. General imp o rta nce o f w ildlife reso urces: natural hi story , econom ic values a nd co n trol m ethods f or roden ts and predators ; identif icat ion o f s kulls and s kin s ; brief eva lua t io n o f hawks a nd re ptiles. Two lec t u res, one lab. (3 W ) Kelke r

Wildlife

R cso llr ccs

779

** 156. Radiation Ecology. Distribu tion and e f fects of natural and a1·tif ic ially produced rad ionucl id es in the environment. Ecolo)Xical technique~ utiliz in g radi oisotopes. Three leelure, . ( 3Sp) Martin

169. Fis hery Techniques. Techni ques of life h is tory ~t udy, f is h s ampling, h ab itat managem e nt, and f ish s tocking. P r erequisite: WLR IG5. Three lectures and one lab. (4S) H e lm , Neuhold, S igle r, Workman

158. Wildlife Se min ar. Discuss ions of conse rva t ion program s, em ployment opportun ities , and ne w develop m e nts i n research and managcrncn t. ( I W) Low

P roblem Orientation . A di scuss ion o f the n eeds o f an a pproac h t o wildlife in vestiJ,;at ion s , prese n t ing da ta, ana lyz in g the problem, and d r aw ing co n clus io n s relat ive t o r esearc h in w ildlife manage m e n t. T hree lectu•·es . (3 W) Kelker

159. Diseases o f Fis h. The co mmon di sea ses of both cold and warm water fi sh. Methods of di agnos is a nd t r eatm ent. T wo lectures . (2 W)

Goede 160. Ani mal Ecology . Dist ri b u t ion and beh av io r o f animals a s af fected by various e nviro nmen ta l factors . Spec ial attention to biotic comm unit ies. interrelatio n s hips of Four lectures , one lab, in cl ud ing fi eld probWagner, Balph !e m s. (SF, Su )

172.

175. Wildlife Law Enforce m ent. Review of state a n d fed e r a l r egu lat ion s o f fish a nd game; di sc uss ion of appre h e n s ion o f viol ators, col lection of ev ide n ce a nd its use in co urt. Th•·ee lectu res. (~W ) Sigler

GRADUATE COURSES

161. L imnolog y. A stu dy of lhe phys ical, c h e mi ca l an d bio log ical i nte r actions in lakes and other fr es h wate 1·s. Three lectu r es , one lab. ( 4F) Neuhold

210 . Advan ced F ield Proble m s. Fie ld t r aining in techniques n ot cove red in undergrad u ate courses. ( I t o 5F, W, Sp) Staff

162 . Fishery Biology. Anatom y, develop m e nt, respirat ion, a nd exc re t io n o f fr es h water tPleos ts. Two lectures, two labs. (4W) Ne uhold

248. Analys is of Animal Behavior. Ca u se, functio n, an d d evelopment of behav io r am on g an im a ls. Prerequ is ite: Wildlife 148. Three lectu r es, one Ja b. ( 4W) Balph

• J.63. Instru mental Ecology. Theo r y of instr umenta l m eth ods used to study e nvironmental fa c tors and t h e il· e ffects on wi ldlife. Three lectures. (3Sp) Martin 164. Fish Populations . Ge n e ral popu l ation c h aracteris tics, m eth od s of enume1·ation, a n d d eterminati o n of m o r tal ities . Prerequ is ite : P Prmiss ion of instructo r. Two lectures . ( 2\.Y) Staff

165. F ishery Princi ples. Principles of fish management in lakes and streams. Fis h population structure and fi s h life histo r y param eters . Pre r equis ite: Zool 155. Th ree lec tt11·es , o n e la b . (4W) Kramer , Neu h old , S t a ln aker 166. Aquati c Ecology. Relati o n ships betwee n water and var ious a nimals , particularly fi s hes. Specia l attent io n to e ff ects of top ography, ~eography, rainfall, water quality, and various a spects of civil i'l.atio n o n aquati c reHelm sources . T hree lectu res. (3Sp) 167. Prin ciples of F is h Culture. The princi · pies of fi sh cu lture. f is h h atc h ery management, diseases and nutrition o f h atc h ery- r eared fish . T hree lec tures. (3F J W ork man

* 168. World Fi s h ery Resources. D evelopment, eco n omi c s ign if icance, pro bl e m s , and app lication o f research to m anage ment o f selected co m me rcial fi s h e ri es o f t h e world. T hree leeKram e r tures. (3Sp)

253. Advanced Big Game Management. Population dynamics, census meth ods, h untin g regulali o ns, and manageme nt plans. Prerequi s ite: Wildlife 153 o r equ ivalent. Two l ec~u :·eo , on~ ~ab. (3 W) WRgne' 257. Graduate Seminar. Discuss ion of current inv es tigation and manage m e nt programs by class an d s taff members and by repres entat ives o f s tate and fede ral Rgc n c ics. (IF, W, Sp ) Helm, Low, Ne uh old 260 . Ecol og·y o f A n i mal Populations. Growth , fluctuati on , ba la n ce, a n d co ntrol o f animal pop ul at ions. Prerequisite : 'Vild life 160 o r equ iva le n t. Fou r lec t u r es. (4W) Wngn~r

Adva n ced Limnology. Advanced study o f facto1·s affect ing product iv ity of fr es h watcl'. Prerequi s ite : Wild life 101 or eq uiv a Sig ler lent. Two lectu res, two Jabs. (4F)

26 1.

**2 62. Fish Population Theory. Study and dis c u ss io n o f t h e m ath e m a ti cal m odel s which are in use in the fie ld o f fis h e ri es. Four lectures, Kramer o n e disc uss ion per iod . (5 W) 270 . Research and Thesis. Credit f or field or laborato r y 1·esearch, libra ry wo rk, and t h es is wr it in g. ( I lo 15F, W, Sp, Su) Staff • Ta ug h t 1968-G9 ••Taugh t 1969-70

180

College of Na tural Resources

280. Se min ar in Animal Pop ul at ion . Adva n ced 1路c adings , di sc u ss ion, and critica l analyses o f popu lati o n d y nam ic::;, limi t in g m ec h ani s m s, and th eo ri es o f population reg-u la t io n in anima) i;. On e c lass weekl y. ( lF, W) Wagner

281. Aq u at ic E n v iron m ental Interactio n s . Advan ced readings analyses, and di sc u ss io n on t he e ff ects o f inte ract ing phys ica l, ch e mi ca l, and bio log ica l fa ctm"S o f th e aquatic envi1路on -

m ent on

aquati c animals . One class wee kly. ( IF, W, o1路 Sp) Neu hold

282.

Semin ar in Animal Behavior. Advanced t路eadin gs, disc uss ion, and c ri tical analyses of c urre nt r esearch in anima l behavi or a nd beh avioral ecology. On e class weekly. (IF, W) Balph

*Ta ug h t 1968-69 ** Ta uo; h t l%9-70

18 7

College of

Science DEAN: RALP II M. JOHNSON, PhD , Un ivers it y of W isconsin OFF I CE : Fores try a nd Zoology 101

Department of

Applied Statistics, Computer Science HEAD: REX L. H URST, Professor; PhD, Corne ll University DIRECTOR OF GRADUATE PROGRAM: DONALD B. SISSON, A ssociate Professo r; PhD, Iowa State Univers ity OFFICE: Main 2 BARTELL C. JENSEN, Associate Professor; PhD, Pu rdu e University DAVID R. HARRIS, Ass istant Professor; PhD, University of Colorado H.ONALD V. CAN FIELIJ, Assistant Professor; PhD, University o[ Cali fornia, Davis E UGE NE KARTCHNER, Assistant Professor; PhD, University of 1'1/ashington WENDELL L. PoPE, Ass istant Professo r; MS, Stanford Universi ty DAVID WHITE, Assistant Professor; PhD, Ok lahoma State Un iversity

Th e Department offers t he Maste r of Science Degree in Statist ics. Slatistics is that branch of science wh ich dea ls w ith deve loping tools of s tati stit:al inference; statistical infe r ence is the inductive process of ge nerali zin g from the particu lar to the genera l on t he basis of sample evidence. The fo undation of statistica l inference li es in the theory of probab ili ty whi ch provid es a meas ure of uncertai nty of conclu s ions drawn fro m experimental data. The experi menta l sc ienti sts of many fields of en deavo r use statist ics extensively as a too l of r esear ch becau se it provides m eans fo r summarizing large masses of data , estimating parameters, testin g hy-

potheses, and formulatin g mathemati ca l mod els to simulate physica l biologica l situat ions . Dr. Do nald V. S isson is in ch ar ge of the graduate program in t he depa r tment. Either Dr. S isson or Dr. Hurst, Department H ead, w ill be happy to prov ide f ur ther information . Graduate M inm 路. A graduate minor in Statistics mu st fi ll Un iversity requ irements as to total number of credit hours a nd must include one of the fo llowi n g: Appli ed Statistics 176, 177, 178, or 261, 262 , 263 , or Mathematics 161, 162, 163; and any two of t h e foll owing: Applied Statistics 221, 233, 241, 281, 291, 29 2, or Computer Science 245, 246.

182

College of Science

Applied Statistics Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 121. Statistical Methods for the Social Sciences. A computer oriented course in el e ~ mentary statisti cs, designed f or students whose majors are in sociology, education, and the family living areas. Data a nd examples are from the social sc iences. Random sampling. Population parameters and their sample estimates. Frequency distributions. Use of data processing equipment. Analysis of variance. Contingency tables. Data processing for analysis of variance and continge ncy tables. Practice in the design, execution, a nd interpretation of results for statistically oriented research projects. Prerequisite : high school a lgebra. ( 4F) Staff 122. Statistical Methods for the Social Sciences. A continuation of Applied Statistics 121. Elementary Probability. Two-way contingency tables. Double and triple summation. Analysis of variance tables. Fixed and random models in Analysis of Variance. Cluster sampling and its relationship to analysis of variance. Data p r ocessing for analys is of variance with cluster sampling. Prerequisite: Applied Statistics 121. (4W) White

••

123. Statistical Methods for the Social Sciences • A con tinuation of Applied Statistics 122. Three stage cluster sampling; components of variance. Stratified sampling ; randomized block designs; in teraction in randomized block designs; data processing. Graphing eq uations; regression analysis. Analysis of co-variance. Data processing for regression anal ysis and analysis of covariance. Bivariate frequency distributions ; correlation coefficients( 4Sp) White 131. Statistical Methods. Sample-based infere nces about populations. Individual and group co mparisons. Tests of significance. Linear regression and correlation. Prerequisite: Math 35 or equivalent. (4F, W) Staff

132. Statistical Methods. Analysis of variance and covariance. Individual degrees of freedom. Multiple regression. Prerequisite: Applied Statistics 131 or equivalent. (4W, S) Staff 133. Statistical Methods. Multiple regression, curv ilinear regression, multiple and curvilin ~ ear covariance, least squares analys is of basic designs. Prerequisite: Applied Statistics 132. (4Sp) Hurst 134. Design of Experiments. Fundamental principles of experimental design ; comp letely randomized ; rand omized blocks, latin squares, components of variance; factorial arrangements; confounding; split plot; incomplete

block designs; and fractional r eplication. Prerequisite: Applied Statistics 132 or equivalent. ( 4Sp) Sisson 141. Sampling Methods. The methods and theory of obtain ing sample estimates of population characteristics. Reliability of sample estimates . Types of sampling procedures. Analysis and interpretation of samples. Prerequisites: Applied Statistics 51, 131, or equi· valent. (3W) Staff in Statistics. 150. Computer Applications Editing a nd reworking data prior to analysis; using Monte-Carlo methods to design experiments; the a nalys is of experim ental design data; the a nalysis of questionnaire data; covariance analysis of bas ic designs; pooled analyses. Prerequisites: Ap. St. 133, 134 ; C. S. 167. (3W) Staff 171. Statistical Theory for Research Workers. An introduction to the theory of statistical inference; probability ; discrete and continuous probability density functions and t heir properties; expected values; variances, moments, cumulants and their generating functions; orthogonal linear functions; sampling distributions; central limit theorem. Prerequisite: Calculus. (3W) (Taught on demand) Sisson 172. Statistical Theory for Research Workers. Optimum properties of estimators: theory of point estimation; princip le of maximum likelihood; theory of confidence interval estimation and test of hypothesis; likelihood ratio tes t; goodness-of-fit test; theory of least squares; general linear hypotheses and their application to regression and experimental design. Prerequisite: 171. (3Sp) (Taught on demand.) Sisson 176. Introductory Theory of Statistics. Set operations, combinatorial methods, probability, discrete frequency dis tributions, expectations, moments and moment generating functions. Prerequisite : Calculus and a knowledge of statistical methods. (3F) Sisson 177. Introductory Theory of Statistics. Con· tinuous frequency distributions, expectations, moments and moment generating functions, linear combinations of variables, sampling and sampling distributions, point and interval esti~ mation. Prerequisite: 176. (3W) Sisson 178. Introductory Theory of Statistics. The testing of hypotheses, Type I and Type II errors, power of the test, application of theory to the testing of means and to testing of relationships among variables. Prerequisite: 177. (3Sp) Sisson 198. Special Problems. Conferences. reading. and labol"atory investigations. (Arranged F, W, Sp) Staff

AjJjJlird Statistics 199. Seminar. R ev iew o f current literature and d e velopme nts in the field o r stati s ti cs . Staff 11-:l. F'. W , Sp)

GRADUATE COURSES 221. Industrial Statistics: tlon. Contro l of Quality

Sampling Inspecor manufactured p roducts; attribute and variable inspection; s ingl e. double and seq uential plans; sampling plans for co ntinu o us production; cost func· 1 io ns and elementary dec is io n functio ns. Pre· requ is ite : 172, 263. ( 3 Su) (Taugh t on demnnd.) Staff 233. Biological Statistics. Biological a ssays ; quantitative and quanta} responses; dosageresponse relationships; parallel line and sloperation assays : relat ive p otency and LD 50; biological J)Opu lations and trans fo rmations. Prerequ is ite: Appli ed Statistics 132. (3Sp) Sisson (Taug h t on demand ) 241. Stochastic Processes. An introduction to stochastic processes and their properties. The probability law o f a s t oc hastic process. Condit ional probability and co nditio nal expectation. Fundamental prop erti es of specific stochastic processes; the Normal process, the Wiener process, the Poisson pr·ocess and i ~ g·eneralizat ions. Cou ntin g and r e newal counting processe:i. Markov chain s. Specific applications t o physics , communi catio n theory, biology, eco· n omics , etc. PrereQu is ite: Probability Theory . (:l} (Taught on demand.) Staff Computer Ap~lications in Statistics. Monte-Carlo methods to ge nerate data accord ing to m ath em atical models, exper iment al des ign data, regress ion data; the a nalys is o f r egress ion dat a, multiple regression, ge nf'l·al ized curve fitting ; the genera li zed a n a lysis of covar ian ce; multivariate analysis of va ri ance a nd covari ance ; factor analysis ; Can o nDisc riminan t Functions. ice! Co rrela tion ; Staff PJ'CJ'l'<Jlli s itcs: Ap . St. 150, 291. (3Sp)

183

262 . Intermediate Theory of Statistics. Important continuous dis tributi on, uniform, n o rmal, gam ma, beta distribut ion and o thers, inductiv e inference; populations and sa mples , Chebyshev's inequality; Ja w o f large numbers: t h e central limit theorem ; po int estimation; optimum properties o f estimato r s: principle o f maximum likelihood; multivariate n ormal d is tribut ion; bivariate n orma l, multivariate normal margina l and conditional distributions; t he m oment generating f unctions ; derived d is tributi o ns; dist rib u t ions o f functi ons o f rand om variables , chi-square, student's F distributions; large sample theory; asymptotic distributions of maximum likelihood estimators. Prerequi s ite: 261. (5 W) White 263 . Intermediate Theory of Statistics. Interval est ima tion. confidence limits, judicial lim its, co nfid ence interval and regi on s for parameters o f well known distributions, test o f h ypotheses ; regress ion and linear hypothe· ses; analysis of variance; seQuential tests of hypotheses and distribution-free m e th ods. Pre· requisite: 262. (3Sp) White

281. Sam plinK" Desil'n. P rin ciple s teps in sample surveys ; simple !·andom sampling; properties of the estimators ; s ampling for pro· portions and percentages; estimation of snmple s i·t.e; tw o s tage sampling; strati fi ed random sampling for percentages. Prerequisite: 172 o r Sisson 263. (3F) (Taught on demand)

250.

U~;inl:

261. Intermediate Theory of Statistics. ProbabilitY' th eo ry; basi c n o tion of s ets, sample tlescription s pace, events, algebra of events, probab ili ty o f an event, p robability theorems, comb inat ional ana lys is, co nditional proba bility, Bayes' Theorem, ind ependent events, independence I) [ several events, random var iable, probability fun ctions, distributi on function s , discrete tlistr butions; Bernoulli trials , Binomial, ~ful ti n omial, Hypergeometric, Poisso n, n egative binorr.ial distributio n s, limiting theorems, co nt illUO:Js distributions, pro babili ty funct ions for con ti nuo us variate, mu lti variate distributions, t rans:'o rmati on s, expectat ion of a random varia ble, expectation, moment, moment generntirg f unctions , m oments of multivariate distri1uli ons. Prerequisite or corequisite: Math•matic• 99, 160. (5\V) White

291. Applied ExperimentaJ Design I. A co urse d ealing with analys is o f variance techniques commonly en co un te red in many f ields of research. Variance components; nested a nd c rossed relati ons hips between factoJ-s ; generali zed methods of obtai ning expected mean-squares in analysis o f variance; analysis o f covariance; da ta with uneQual number s o f observation s in s ubclassificationg; util ization of a ppropriate computer programs. Prerequis ite: 134 and 173 or 178. (3F) White 292. Applied Experimental Design II. Genel·al leas t.squa res th eo ry for ex perimental des igns : co nfound ing for s ymmetr ical factorial designs. number of levels a prime power; fractio nal r eplications; doubl e confounding; latin squa res; partial confounding; balanced inco mplete black designs. Prereq uis ite: Applied Statis tics 29 1, Math 160. (3 W) White 293. Applied Experimental Design III. General formulas for pn factorials; co nfounding plans for prime-power factorials; confounding plans and fractional replications for mixed fac to rial s; s equentia l analysis. Prere(lu;sit e : Applied Sta.tisti cs 292. (3Sp) White

184

College of Science

297. Thesis and Research. Outlining and con du ctin g research in statisti cs . Thesis preparat io n . Cl'ed it al'l'anged. (F, W, Sp , Su) Staff

298. S pecial Problems. Individ ual st udy and J·epo r l preparat io n in a r eas o f spec ial in te r ests. Training in profess ional co n su lt in g. (F, W, S p) Staff '100. Co ntinuing Graduate Advisement. Graduate stu den ts who have 1·eceived maximu m t hes is cred it, but w ho h ave not completed the thesis or disserta ti on, mu st enroll f or a minimum of three credits, unt il the degree is completed. If t h e student does not com ply, h is cand idacy may be suspended and his su pervicomm ittee dissolved. (3F, 3W, 3Sp, 3Su . ) Staff

""':V

Computer Science Courses GRADUATE AND UN DERGRADUATE COURSES 14 5. Co mputer Programming. The characteristics and instruction reperto i re of a modern di gital com11ute r; the orga ni zation of problems for soluti on using a co mpu ter; the u se of m ach in e language programming in problem solving. T wo lectures, one lab. Prerequ is ite : C. S . 11 o r permi ssion of ins tructor. (3W) Staff 14.6 . Co mputer Programming. Co ntinuatio n of C. S . 145. Asse m bly level languages for p rogramming digital computers. Students are expected to gain programming p r ofi c ie n c y !-;U (fi c ic nt to be able to sol ve proble m s fro m t h e ir own fi e ld s using a co mp uter. Two lectu res , I la b . P r erequi~ite : C .S. 14 5. (3Sp) S taff

157. P r ogra mming Business Problems (FORTRAN). D isc uss ion of problem-oriented programming language; cont •·astin g t h e more co mmon languages with regard to thei r most effective areas nf applicat ion. T h is course wi ll define the c ha•·a cteristics and application s of t he FORTRAN prog •·amming language a s it re lates to business problems. Students are expected to learn t he fundamental s of the FOH.TitAN lan guage and to ga in experie n ce in applying the compute r to t h e so luti on of typical pro b lem s ari s ing in the bu s in ess world us ing th is language. Prerequisite: C .S . 11 o r permiss io n o f in st ru ctor. (3F, VV) Staff 158. Programming Business Problems (COBOL). Dt scuss ion of problem-oriented prot{Tamm in g l:lnguag-es. This course will de fine the c haract e ri st ics and application of the CO JJOL (Commo n Oriented Bu siness Language) pr·ogramming langu age. Students are ('xpecte ci to learn t h e fun dam entals of C OBOL and to gain ex pe rience in writi ng COBOL prog•·ams for the purpose of solving prob-

lems in t h eir own areas o f inte rest tlhroug h t h e use of a computer. COllOL is des igned pr imarily for problems dealing with updating, analyzing, a nd rep or t in g data contained in fil e fol'm whil e FORTRAN is parti c ularly appl icable t o Operations Research Type problems . Prerequisite: C.S. J 1 o r per miss ion of instructor. (3W, S p) Staff 167. Programming S cientifi c P rob lems. Discuss ion of pt·o blem-oriented prog r amm ing languages (comp ilers) ; t h e use of a com piler lan guage to write prog r ams for a computer. Students are expected to learn a prog r amm in g language suc h a s FORTRAN and t o solve JHob le m s in their own field s u s in g a computer. Two lectures , on e lab. Prere(Juisite : C.S. 11 or perm iss ion of in st ructoL n F, W, Sp ) Staff 16 8. Advanced Programmin g. Discu ssion of the p r oblem s involved in implementin g higher level languages ; the algorithmic Ian·

g ua ge ALGOL f or describing a lgorithms ; spec ial prog ramming prob lems. Prerequisite : C.S. 146 and C.S . 16 7. (3 F) Staff 175. Operations Resear ch: Methods and Problems. A study of t h e proble m s a nd methods in operation s resea r ch. Problem areas to be included f or a n a lys is are : inventory, replacemen t, waiting lin es , competitive strategies, a llocatio n , sequenc in g and dynami c programm in g. Prerequisite: Econom ics 52 a nd Math e mati cs 99 . (5F) J msen 18 1. Compiler Languages. The cons~ ru c~ tio n o f sym bo lic language processors , prob lem or iented language processors, procfdure oriented language processors, and their supporting librar ies. PrereQuis ite: C.S . 168. f3W) Pope

182 . Monitors and Sys tem ~ D es ign. The o rganizati on and construc ti o n of a mon it o r t h e organizati on of s upporting sys tem s , inch.ding utili ty programs, in put~output prog rams report generators, simu lator systems and sort systems . Prerequis ite: C.S. 18 1. (3Sp) Pope

196 . Spec ial Problems. This cou rse is desi!ned to give the stude nt an OIJ])Ortun i ty to ap ply t he knowl edge that h e has gained i n the pre~ ceding courses in computet· sc ien ce t o t h e iO lut ion of pro bl em s that are of particu la1 interest e ithe1· for the staff membe r or fOJ th e student in volved. Staff

197. Seminar. Hev iew of cutTe nt liten.ture a nd dev elop m e nts in t h e field of com ]uter sc ience. ( 1Sp) ftaff GRADUATE COURS ES 245. Techniques in Operations Rese1rch. A study o f the meth ods and tech niq es usel in operations research and s ystems eng ineerirg to

Bacteriology e ffic i ent ly urg-aniz.e complex systems. The study w ill in clude lin ea r programm ing, ass ig nment and allocat ion of resou rces, inventory control, leas t.; cost esti mating a nd schedul ing. Prerequis ite :: G rad uate sta nding o 1· permission o f th e Jensen ins tlr ucto r. P~W) 2'&6 . Techniques in Operations Research. Con t inuati on of Co m puter Science 245. S tud y will include qu e in g theory, re placeme n t mode ls, dyn a mic programming, game theory and Monte

78 5

Carlo methods. Prerequis ite: G1·aduate standing or permiss ion of instructo r. (3Sp) Jensen 400. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Graduate s tude n ts w ho have received maximum thes is c1·edit, but wh o have not completed the t hes is o 1· disse rtation, must e nro ll for a minimum o f three c redits , until the degree is co mpleted. Tf the s tud e n t does not comply, his ('a ndida cy may Ue suspen ded and his supervi ~ so1·y co mmittee di sso lved. (~ F. 3W, 3Sp, 3Su.)

Staff

D eparhnent of

Bacteriology and Public Health HEAD: Rr.x S. SPENDLOVE, Professor ; PhD , Ohio State University OFFICE: Plant Indu stry 309 LEWIS W. JONES, Professor; PhD, Stanford University; postdoctoral work, University of California GARY H. RICHARDSON, Professor ; PhD , University of Wisconsin W. WmTNEY SM ITH , Professor; PhD, Uni versity of Wisconsin KEN NETH R. STEVENS, Emeritu s Professor; PhD, Rutgers University; postdoctoral work, Univer sity of Illinoi s PAUL B. CARTER, Associate Professor; PhD, University of Utah FREDERIC K J. PosT, Assoc iate Professor; PhD, Michigan State University CARL A. WESTRY, Assistant Professor; PhD, University of California Th e Department of Bacteriology a nd P ubli c Health has good facilities for research and ad va nced studies. Th e department occupies the third a nd one-ha lf of the fourth floors of the Plant Indu stry building which hou se the usua l technical in stru me nts. Ground will be broken fo r a new and enlarged Bacteriology Building in 1967. The Department a lso has access to an electron mi croscope, ultra centrifuge, electrophoresis apparatus, spectograph , fl a me spectrophotometer, and other major r esea r ch in struments.

MCiSte1· of Science in BCicteriology. The Ma ster's degr ee in bacte riology combin es a substanti a l resea rch effo rt with a rounding out of the course work in bacteriology and related s ubjects . At the

conclusion of the Master's degree th e student is expected to h ave completed t he bacteriology courses offered in t he departm en t, ch emis try t hrough some advanced biochemi stry, mycology and protozoology .

Doc to1· of Philo sophy in Bactm·i .. olo.cJY. Th e docto rate in bacterioology is primarily a r esearch deg r ee . A doc to ral thesis comprising a n intens ive and definitive contribution to knowledge is th e most basic r equirement. In previou s training or in the doctoral program th e student is expected to have completed course work in bacterial physiology, immunology, systematic bacteriology, an d in the mi crobiology of di sease, soil, water, dairy, other food s, and in other

186

College of Science

app li ed mi crobiology s ubjects. Furthermore the student should be versed in mycology, virology, protozoology, and if possible algology. As minors bacteriologi sts commonly take graduate courses in biochemistry, genetics, and/or many oth er specialities. Moreover, t he candidate mu st present evi dence of a satisfactory command of: app li ed statistics plu s a r eading knowledge of German , French, or Russian ; or a r ead ing knowledge of two for eign languages of scientific significance. The stati stics and language requirements should be comp leted one year before the t hesis is presented .

Bacteriology Courses GRADUATE AND UNDE R GRAD UATE COURSES 104. Dairy Bacteriology. M icro-organis m s of milk and its products. Prerequis ite: Bacte ri o logy 70. (3F) Jones I 05 .

Dairy Bacteriology Laboratory. Two 3-hou r Jabs . Prere qui s ite: Ba ct 70, and previous or co ncurrent regis tration in Bacteriol ogy 104. (2 F) Jones

** 110 .

So il M icro biology. Relation s hip s of mi cro-orga ni s m s to s oil fert ili ty. Pre r equ is ite : Bacteri ology 70. (2Sp) Jones 120. Food Microbiology. Relationships of micro-01·ganis m s to f ood prese 1·vatio n, s p o il age, and p oisoning. Pre requ is ite : Bac t e ri ology 70 . ( 2F) Post 121. Food Microbiology Labo ra t o r y. Prerequ is ite: Bacte riol og y 70 and previou s or co n cu rrent r e gist 1·ation in Bacteriology 120. (2F) Post 1 60. Path oge ni c Bacteriology. Pro pe rti es o f path oge n s and re lat ions hips to infectious di seases. P1·erequ i:s ite: Bact. 70 Ol' equ ivalent nnd Organ ic Chem istry. Three lectu r es, two labs . (SF) Ca rter

*161. Adva n ced Pathogenic Microbiolog y. Co mm o n pathogenic molds, yeasts , and viruses . Pre r equi s ite: 13acteri o logy 16 0. F ou r lectures, o n e lab. (SSp) S t a ff 16 8. Immunology. and Bioc hem is try. (5 W)

Prerenui s ites : Bact 160 Three lectures , two labs . Ca rter

170 . Virol ogy. An introdu cti on to v iru ses includi n g con s ide1·at ion o f ch e mi ca l, phys ica l, and h e r e d itary c hara cte ris ti cs; pat hog enes is; immuni ty; vi ru s -host r e lation s h ips . Prereq uis ite : Immunology OJ' co n se nt o f In st ru cto r. T h r ee lec tures, two labs . (5 W ) Spendlov e * 172 , (2W,

17 3. Bacteriology 2Sp)

Laboratory

Method s. Staff

180 . Bacterial Physiology. M icr osco py, cellula r ph ys iology, cytology and dyna mi cs . Prer eq u is ites : Bact. 70, Orga nic Ch e mis try. (4W) Westby 192. Aq u at ic Microbiology. Princip les of mi c r o biology ( limited to t he Kin g dom Protista) rel eva nt to the aquatic e n v iro nment. Emphas is placed on fr es h wate1· and wastewater, w ith so me di sc u ss ion o f est ua1·i ne and ma1· ine mi c r obio logy. Prerequ is ites: llncterio logy 70; ot· C E 194 and WLR 161. T hree Post lec tures, I lab. ( 4Sp) 198. U nd erg r a dua te Problems Co urse. Spec ial directed s tudies on CUJTe n t proble m s and reseaJ·ch in microbi o logy utili z in g t h e literature, :seminar, a nd lnbo rato r y inves tigati on as i t s uits the s tudent. May be t· ep ea t e d f o r c redit. ( 1· 3F, W , Sp , Su) Staff

GRADIJ ATE CO U RSES **20 1. Syste mati c Bacteriology. Classificati on re lation s hips. Prerequ is ite: Ba cte riology 70. Smith (2 Sp) 291.

Sem inar.

( IF. W, Sp)

Staff

294. Spec ia l Proble m s in Bacteriology. Spec ia l a ss ig nm ents, r eports, and di s cussions. P r epa ration of a co mpre he n s ive and critical rev ie w. Credit a rran ged . Pre requ is ite: co:Jsen t of in s tru cto r. (F, W, S p ) Staff 299. Thesis W. Sp)

Re search.

C r edit

a JTanged . (F, 3taff

·100. Co ntinuing Grad u ate Advisement. Gradua te st ud e nts w ho h ave received max im um t he:; is c re d it, but w h o ha ve n ot co mpl e teJ t h e t hes is o 1· di sse l'ta l ion, mu s l e nro ll fo r a 1l inimum o f t hree c re dits , until th e degree is co mpl eted . lf t h e s tudent does n o t compl s, hi s ca ndida cy may be sus p e nd ed and his s u r·erv iw r y committee di sso lved. (3F , 3W, 3Sp, ISu.) 3taff

Public Health Courses GRADUATE AND UN DERGRADIJA? E COURSES 140 . Work S h op in N urs in g Home Adninis· tration. L ectures, di sc uss ion group ~. ,tsual *Ta ug ht 1968- 69 **Tau g ht 1969-70

BotaJt)'

787

aids a n d qu iz:t.es in s m a ll g rou ps o n problem s i n t h e a d m ini st ratio n o f n u rs in c h om es. (Vis iti n g spec ia lists w ill lectur e in t he ir area s. Afte r lect ures t h e s mal1 groups led b y s ta ff f ro m New Y o rk, D e n ve r, and Sal t L a ke will m ee t. ) :19 clock houl's , 5 days. Bl'i gh to n, U t a h. A s arranged f o r s pec ial groups. (IF, W,

154 . School Health Program . The program fo r health in elemen tary a nd seconda ry sch ools . A hea l t hf u l e nviro nm e n t , h ealthful li ving, and

Sp. Su)

muni cabl e di sea ses of the

Smith

health in stru ctions. ( 4F, W, Sp, Home study) Smith 155.

Health Education

Health.

Class room

for

Teachers. S ch ool

health

problems. class room.

hea llh laws. (3 , W, Sp, Su) 149. C urrent Problems in Com munity Health. The cur re nt em e rging pro blem s : air and wate r p o llu tion, e ffec ts o f u rb a nizat io n and th e popu la ti o n e xplos io n, pro liferati o n and agri cu ltu r a l poiso n s , low in cide n ce o f co mmuni cabl e di-

sease. radi ation haza l'ds, et c. (2Su)

Smith

150. Environmental Sanitation. Con s ide rati o n of r egular p u blic h ealth sanitation program s s uch a s was te di sposal, wate r trea t men t, r e fuse d isposal, in sect and r od ent control, f ood and milk, industri a l hygiene and radi ological

sani t ation. (4Sp )

Post

*151. Public and School Health Administration. Organization, adminis trat ion and fun ct ion s of health a v.encies . P rerequis ite : PH nO. (oF ) Staff 152. Family Health. A bl'oad co ul'se on the f unda men ta ls of hea lthful living. Open to all

uppe r di v is ion stud en ts ; es pec ia lly for j uni o r s wh o a r e r eq u ired for s tate of Utah ce rtifi ca tion to tak e n cou r se in family h eal t h . Does not m eet th e sch ool h ealth req uirem en t f o r s tate o f Utah certifi cation. (3 W) Daines

ComSchool Smith

** 156. School Health Methods. Object ives, meth ods , cu ni cu la, and materials . Prerequ is ite : P H 155. (3Sp ) Staff 159. Public Health Laboratory Methods. Experie n ce in th e p r a ctice o f th e Public H ealth Lab01路a t o1路y. (3 to 5 F, W , Sp ) Fraser

GRADUATE COURSES 254. Special Problems in Public Health. Ass ig nm ents , r e po r ts , di sc uss io ns . Preparation of a co mpreh e ns ive and critical re view . Credit

arranged.

(F,

W, Sp)

Staff

400. Continuing Grad uate Advisement. Graduate s tudents who have received maximum

thes is credit, but who have not completed the t hes is o r dissertati o n, mus t e nroll f o r a minim u m of three c redits , until th e deg ree is co m p leted . If the student d ocs n c.. t comply, his candid acy may be s us pend ed and his s uperviso ry commi t tee di ssnlverl . !3F'. 3W. 3Sp, 3Su.)

Staff *Ta ugh t 1968-69 **Ta ugh t 1969-70

Department of

Botany (Cytogenetics, Plant Pathology, Plant Physiology, Taxonomy, Virology) HEAD: ORSON S. CANNO N , Professor ; PhD, Corn e ll University; postdoctoral work, Ore gon State Univ e rsity OFFICE : Plant Indu s try 204 W.

BoYLE, Professor; PhD, Unive rsity of California; postdoctoral work,

Unive r s ity of Wisconsin GEORGE W. COCHRAN, Professor; PhD, Corn e ll University ARTHUR H . HOLMGREN, Professor; MS, Utah S tate Unive rsity; doctoral work, Unive rsity of C alifornia GENE W. MILLER, Professor; PhD, N o rth C arolina State University; doctoral work, University of Mun ster, W e st G e rmany RICHARD J. SHAW, Professor; PhD, Clare mont Graduate School

post-

1 8 8 College of Sciencr HERMAN H. WIEBE, Professor; PhD, Duke University; postdoctora l work, Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies and Agricultural University, StuttgartHohenheim, West Germany GEORGE W. WELKIE, Associate Professor; PhD, University of Wisconsin; postdoctoral work, Rothamsted Experimental Station, England GERALD M. BAKER, Assistant Professor; MA, Indian a Univ ersity; doctoral work, Oregon State University IVAN G. PALMBLAD, Assistant Professor; PhD, University of Washington Co llabom to1·s: EuGENE H. CRON IN, PhD; GERALD D. GRIFFIN, PhD; LYNN L. HOEFERT, PhD; EDSEL C. JORGENSON, MS; \V ALTER McDONOUGH, PhD; DAVID MUMFORD, PhD; BRYCE N. WAI1LF:Y, Ph]): M CORlJRN WILLIAMS, PhD; DAVID E. ZIMMRR, PhD

Maste1· of Science Deg1·ee. The Department of Botany offers the Master of Science degree in the following specialized fields: Cytogenetics, Plant Ecology, Plant Patholo gy, Plant Physiology, Taxonomy, Virology. Graduate studi es are also offered in the Interd epartm ental Curriculum in Plant Nutrition and Biochemistry. Th e opportunities and fac iliti es for research in these f ieldR are greatly augumented through the cooperation of the USU Agricu ltural Experiment Station, United States Department of Agriculture, and the Intermountain Herbarium. In most cases a candidate must submit a thesi s on a topic w ithin the field of his major subject; however, with the approval of th e major professor, the thesis altemate, Plan B, may be substituted for the thesis if the candidate's primary aim is preparation for teaching with the Master's degree. Doctm- of Philosophy Deg1·ee. The Department of Botany, in cooperation with related departments, offers the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in the speciali zed fields of Plant Ecology, Plant Pathology, Plant Physiology, Taxonomy, Virology, and the Interdepartmental Curriculum in Plant Nutrition and Biochemistry. Detailed information may be obtained from the Department.

Herbarium Graduate study in plant taxonomy offered in the Department of Botany utilizes the extensive facilities of the Intermounta in Herbarium . Most plant spec ies that grow in Utah and the Intermountain region are represented in the herbarium.

Botany Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 102. Taxonomy of Vas cular Plants. The kind s , relationships, and classifications of vascular plants , chiefly of this region. A ssu mes a knowledge of fundam ental principles of botany. Three lectures. two labs. (5Sp, Su) Holmgren, Shaw *I 04. Evolution of Cultivated Plants. Origin, evolut ion and distribution o f ce rtain selel: ted plants which are of economic importance to man. P1·ereC]uisites: Botany 25, ~0. Zoo1og y 112 o r equivalent. Lectu1·es, readings and student reports. (3F) Shaw 108. Agrostology. A taxonomic study of nntive and imp orted grasses of western ran5es. Spec ial attenti on is given to species impor tant in RTaz.ing and so il binding. Assu mes a kn Cl wledge of fundamental principles of bobny. Two lectu res, two Jabs. (4F) Holmgren 112 . Aquatic and Marsh Plants. A taxoncm ic and ecological study o f aquatic and m~rsh plants. Emphasizes important f ood and ccver plants for wildlife. Assumes n kn owledge of the fundamental princ iples o f botany. ":'-.vo lectures, two labs. ( 4 F) Holmgren

*Taught 1968-69

I ~

Botany 116. Microtechnique. Principles and methods in preparation of plant materials for micro路 scopic study; efficient use of the microscope. Assumes a knowledge of fundamental principles of botany. ( 4F) Boyle 117. Anatomy. Structure and development of major cell types and tissues; comparative anatomy of the stem, root, and leaf of seedbearing plants. Assumes a knowledge of fundamental principles of botany. Two lectures, two labs. (4W) Boyle 118. Cytogenetics. The structure, functions and modifications of chromosomes and t h eir relationships to genetic phenomena. The laboratory emphasizes p lant materials. Prerequisite: Zoology 112. Three lectures, two labs. (5Sp) Boyle 120. Elementary Plant Physiology. The principal physiological processes of plants, including water relations, synthes is and use of foods, and growth phenomena. Prerequisites: Botany 24 a nd Chemistry 12. (Chemistry 12 may be taken concurrently.) Four lectures, one lab. Wiebe (5W, Sp) **121. Water Relations of Plants. Factors affecting the availability of water, its absorpt ion and use in plants, and the effects of water deficits on plant processes. Prerequisite: Rotany 120. (3W) Wiebe *125. Morphology of Vascular Plants. Structure, development, reproduction, and evolut ion of the classes and orders of vascular plants. Prerequisites: Botany 24, 25, and 30. Three lectures, two labs. (5F) Shaw 130. Principles of Plant Pathology. Fundamental principles underlying disease in plants. The types of disease and methods of study give the student a comprehensive view of plant pathology. Assu mes a knowledge of botany fundamentals. Three lectures, two Jabs. (5F) Cannon *140. Forest Pathology. Nature, cau se and con trol of disease affecting forest trees. Factors inducing loss in forest products are emphasized. Prerequisites: Botany 24 and 25. Three lectures, one lab. (4W) Cannon 150. Mycology, Comparative Morophology and Nuclear Behavior of the Fungi. A summary of the field with special attention g iven form s important to agriculture, medicine, and indus try. Prerequisite: Botany 25. Three lectures, two Jabs. (5F) Baker 160. Fresh-Water Algae. The morphology and identification of th e fres h-water algae, with special emphasis to be given to the identifition of local materials. Two lectures, two labs. Baker (4Sp)

189

GRADUATE COURSES 200. Evolutionary Ecology. Synthesis of evolutionary and ecological theory with emphas is on the action of selection on natural populations. Prerequisites: Plant Ecology or Animal Ecology, or consent. Genetics and Mechanics of Evolution suggested. Two lectures, one conference. (3F) Palmblad 212. Advanced Plant Taxonomy. A course designed to consider traditional and recent techniques of collecting and synthesizing taxonomic data. Emphasis will be placed o n evolution of taxa. Prerequisite: Botany 102. (4Sp) Holmgren, Shaw *224. Plant Growth and Development. Growth processes, with emphasis on hormones, photoperiod, dormancy. Prerequisite: Botany 120. (3W) Wiebe 225. Mineral Nutrition of Plants. Physiological and biochemical processes involved in the mineral nutrition of hig her plants. Consideration will be given to specific roles of each nutrient in plant growth and metabolism. Prerequisites: Botany 24, 120 and Chemistry 12. Three lectures, one Jab. ( 4F) Miller *226. Plant Virology. Physical and chemical properties of viruses and their biological relationships. Prerequisite: Botany 120. Three lectures, two labs. (5W) Welkie *227. Plant Respiration and Metabolism. A study of the oxidative breakdown of certain or ganic substances normally present in plant cells and the mechanisms by which s ugars are respired to CO, a nd H,O and the interrelationships between this process and various others going on at the same time in plant cells. Prerequisite: Plant Physiology 120, 3 lectures and 1 lab. ( 4Sp) Miller *228. Photosynthesis in Higher Plants. Elucidation of the chloroplast structure and t he various mechanism s of photosynthesis: photolys is, electron transfer, chlorophyll excitation, photosynthetic phosphorylation, carbon dioxide fixation and the influence or environmental factors on photosynthesis. Prerequisite: see Instructor, three lectures, one Jab. ( 4Sp) Miller 230. Field Plant Pathology. A s urvey of plant diseases as they occur in Utah. The course includes the identification of diseases, conditions leading to their development, and the formulation of practices leading to their control. Field trips and laboratories. Prerequis ite: Botany 120. (3Su) Cannon *Taught 1968-69 **Taught 1969-70

190

College of Science

234. Special Problems. Individual instruction. Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff 240.

Botany Seminar. (lF, W)

Staff

241.

Plant Physiology Seminar. ( lSp)

Staff

250. Research. Conduct special research in plant cytogenetics, pathology, physiology, or taxonomy. Individual instruction. Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff

400. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Graduate students who have received maximum thesis credit, but w ho have not completed the thesis or dissertation, must enroll for a minimum of three cred its, until the degree is completed. If the student does not comply, his candidacy may be suspended a nd his supervisory committee dissolved. (3F, 3W, 3Sp, 3Su.) Staff

Department of

Chemistry HEAD: MELVIN C. CANNON, Professor; PhD, Boston University OFFICE: Widtsoe Hall 112 DELBERT A. GREENWOOD, Professor; PhD, University of Chicago GARTH L. LEE, Professor; PhD, University of Toronto GRANT GILL SMITH, Professor; PhD, University of Minnesota JACK T. SPENCE, Professor; PhD, University of Utah HARRIS 0. VAN ORDEN, Professor; PhD, Massachusetts Institute of Technology RICHARD C. ANDERSON , Associate Professor; PhD, Brigham Young University BRUCE F. BURNHAM, Associate Professor; PhD, University of California at Berkeley WILLIAM M. MoORE, Associate Professor; PhD, Iowa State University TERRY G. ALGER, Assistant Professor; PhD, University of Utah THOMAS M. FARLEY, Assistant Professor; PhD, University of Wisconsin RICHARD K. OLSEN, Assistant Professor; PhD, University of Illinois JAMES WILLIAM SINCLAIR, Assistant Professor; PhD, University of California at Los Angeles

Entmnce Examinations. All new graduate students must take entrance examinations in inorganic, organic, physical and analytical chemistry. These will be administered before registration day in the fall quarter and by special arrangement at other times . Doctm路 of Philosophy Degree. The Chemistry department offers advanced study and research leading to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Chemistry. Before admission to candidacy the student must fulfill the following requirements : (1) Pass the entrance examinations, (2) Demonstrate a reading comprehension of German and of Russian or French; (3) Pass a compre-

hensive examination in a field of specialization, and in two minor fields of chemistry, not later than one academic year before the final examination on the thesis; ( 4) Present an acceptable statement of a thesis problem. The student should consult the Head of the Department concerning other requirements. Master of Science Degree. The Chemistry Department offers the Master of Science degree with research in any of the following fields: Analytical, Biological, Inorganic, Organic, and Physical Chemistry. Fou1路 gmduate progmms leadin g to a Master of Science or a Doctor of Philosophy degree are

Chenzistry avai lab le in coo peration with oth er depa r t m ents . (See Interd epartmental Curri culum in Nutri tion and Bioche mi stry, In terdepa rtm en ta l in Food Science Cur r icu lum a nd T echnolo gy, Interd epartm ental Curri cu lum in P lant N u t rition and Biochemi s try and I nterdepartmental Curr iculum in T ox icology.)

C hemistry Courses GHADUATE AND UNDEHGHADUATE COUHSES 116 . Inorgan ic P repa ration s. A labo rato r y cou r se in p 1·actica l m eth od s o f s ynth e ti c ino rg an ic ch e mis try. Pre r eq u is ites : Chern 20, 111. (C r edit a rranged) Staff 134 . Qu al itath·e Orga ni c Analysis . T h e c lassi fication, reactions and lab01·atory work involved in the ident ifica t io n o f unkn ow n o rgani c co mpo und s . Pre req uis ites: C h e rn 12 3, 106. (4Sp) Olsen, Smith , Anderson

ISO, I 5 1. In organic Che m ist ry. Study o f the eleme n ts, co mpound s and bonding th eories based upo n t h e atom ic st ructure. Prerequis ite: Ch e m 104 . Two lectu res. (2 F, 2W) S t aff 153. In st ru m ental A nal ys is. Theo ry and a pp lica t ion o f physico-ch e mi cal met h od s o f a nalys is . S e!ected ~lect~·oc h cm i c nl and op t ica l m ethod s . P 1·ereq uis ites : C hem I 06, 115. Two lectu r es , on e lab. (3 W ) Spen ce 180. El em en tary Bioch e mist ry. A b rie f s urvey o f the che mis try o f biologically impo rtant compounds suc h as carboh ydrates, Ji pids, prote in s , nuc le ic ac ids and enz ym es in cluding thei r ro le in an im al and plant m e tabolis m . Qua li tat ive a nd se m i-quanti t a t iv e expe rim e n ts w it h im po l·tant com p ou nd s arc perfo rm ed. This is a te r mi na l course n o rmall y not intended to mee t requ irem ents fo r more advanced work in bioch e m ist r y. Prerequ is ites : C h e rn 5, 121. Four lectu r es, one lab. (SSp) Burnham, Farl ey 190. P rinciples of Bioch e mis try. A s tudy of t h e c hemica l and p hys ica l be havior o f bio log ica ll y impo rt ant compounds inc luding th e c h e mist r y o f carboh ydrates , lipids, pro te in s and h 9rmunes w it h an in troduction to e nzym atic processes, bioe n e r getics and m eta boli s m. Prerequ isites : C h e rn 101 Ol' 106 and 122. Four lectures, one lab. (SF ) B urnh am, Farley 191, 1 ~ 2. Prin ciples of Bioch e mistry. C h e mis t ry of life prucesses including ac id-base phen om e na, e n zy rn ~ cata ly zed r eactions, b ioenergetics , ox ida ti o n ·r ed uc ti o n, bios ynt h e ti c phenome n a a nd t h e rn ~ t abo li s m o f b iolog icall y important co m -

79 7

pound s. Pre r eq uis ites : Ch e rn 190. Students complet in g C h ern 180 may r egis ter with s pecial permiss ion . Three lectures . {3 W, 3Sp) Burnham. Farl ey 193. 194. Biochemistry Laboratory. Laboratory e xperim e n ts illu s trating ge n e ra l prin c ip les in s tudyi n g b iolog ical materials . T o accompany Ch e m I 91 a nd 192. Pre requis ites : C hern 190 (o r special permiss ion). Two la b s . (2 W , 2Sp) Burnham , Farley 195. Ge neral Pharmacology . L ectu 1·es a nd L a bo rator y work d ealing w ith prin ciples, clinical application a nd r esea r ch m eth od s . Prerequ is it es; Ch ern 190, i 22. Three lec tu res, two labs. Greenwood 15W )

GRAD UATE COU RSES 201. Quantu m Chemistry. Quantum c h e mistry with emph as is on va le n ce bo n d and m olec u lar orbital ca lcu latio n s . Pre r equ is ites : Ch ern 106, Math 110. Three lectures. (3 F) A l ger, Sinclair

202 . Mol ec ular Spect roscopy and Structure . Theo ry and app li cation s . P r e requis ite: Ch e rn 20 1. Three lectures. (3 W ) Alger, Moore, Sinclair 203. Che mi cal Kin etics. Theo ry o f r e a ction 1·ates wit h ap plicatio n t o cu rre nt re searc h problem s . Pre r eq u is ite: Che rn 201. Three lec Al ger, Moore, Sinclai r t ures . (3Sp)

*204. Chemi cal Thermodynamics and Statisti~ ca l Mech a ni cs. Advan ced ch e mical ther m odynam ics f r om t h e s tandpoint o f Gibbs . P r e r equis ite: Ch e rn I 06 , Math 110. Three lec tu•·es. (3 F) Staff *20 5. Ch e mi ca l Therm od ynami cs and Statistical Mecha ni cs. ln t rodu ctio n to ~ta ti s t i c al mech anics. PrereQuisites : Chern 20 1, 204. T h ree lectures. (3 F) Staff *206. Ch e mi cal Thermodyn a mi cs a nd Statistical M ec hani cs. App lications of t h e nnod yna mi cs and statist ica l m ec h a ni cs to ch emical prob lems . Pre •·equ is ite : Chem 20S. (3Sp) S taff 209. S pecial Topi cs in Ph ys ical C hemistry. PrHequ is ites : Ch e rn 203, Mat h 110. (3) Staff

22S , 22 6, 227. Advanced O r ganic Che mistry . Mec h an is m, st r ucture a nd sy n t h es is in orga ni c c h e mis try . P re requ is ites : Ch ern 106, 123. T h r ee lectu r es. (3F, W Sp) Anderson, S m ith, Olsen 228. Ph ys ical Organic Che mi s try. Quantita t ive a s p ec ts o f o rganic th eo ry in cluding kineti cs and equilibrium s tud ies. Pre requisites : Ch ern 226, 201. Three lectures. (3 W) A nd erson, Olsen *Tau g ht 1968-6 9

College of Science

192

229. Theoretical Organic C hemistry. Application of kin e tics , thermodynam ics and s imple quantum m ec hani cs to problems of organic chemistry. Pre requ is ite: Chern 228 . Three lee-

lures .

( 3Sp)

Smith

*287. Nucleic Acids a nd Proteins. Physical chem is try o f macro m olecules. Struc t u r es of nucleic aids , protein s , and vi ru sts . The relation o f bio log ical activity to stru .:ture. Prerequisites : Chem 106, 192. Three le<tures. (3Sp)

·~ 233.

Special Topics in Organic Chemistry. Cu rrent topi cs in organic ch em istry. Prerequisite: Chem 227. Three lectures. (3F) Anderson

'' *234. Chemistry of Natural Products. Alkaloids , s teroids anQ terpenes with emphas is on bios ynthes is . P r ereq uis ite: Ch e rn 227. Three lectures . (3F) Olsen 250 . Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. Moden1 topics and t h eories in ino rganic c h emistry. Prerequi s ites: Ch ern 106, 150. Three lectures.

(3 W)

Staff

*' 251. Coordination Chemistry. Theory of the coo rdinated bond and in organ ic reaction mec hanism. Prerequisite: Chern 250. Three lectures. (3Sp) Staff

260.

Graduate Seminar. (1F, 1W, 1Sp) Staff

272. Advanced Analytical Chemistry. Modern developments in analytical c he mistry. Prerequis ites: Chem 106, 152, 153. Three lectures. i3Sp) Spence 274. Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry. Prerequi • iles : Chem 106, 152, 153. (3) Staff 280. Toxicology. E ffect o f selected ch e mical co mpoun ds on living on:;an is m s . Prerequis ites: Chem 190, I 95, 122. Three lectures, two labs. (5Sp) Greenwood 286. Biochemi ca l Resea r ch Techniques. Mod e1·n expe rim e ntal techn iques o f biochemical 1·es earch. P1·erequisites: Chern 194. Two labs . ( Arr) Staff

288. Special lectures. (3)

Topics

Biochemistry.

Staff Three Staff

289. Animal Metabolis m . Feed ing expe r i ments in volving de ve lopment o f amin o ac id, vitam in, mineral, and other nu t ri t io n a l d eficiencies in blood, urine and othe r sec retions and excret io ns w hen indicated. Credit arra nged. ( F, W, Sp) Greenwood *295. Enzymes. Enzymes and th eir functions in pla n ts and a nim als. Prerequ is ites: C hern 106, 192. Three lectures . (3W) Burnham, Farley

*296. Enzyme Chemistry Laboratory. The experimental m eth ods of enzyme che mi stry inc l ud ing t h e purification, a ss ay, and iso lation of enzymes followed by a st udy of the ir kin etics, acti vity and other properti es. Prerequis ites: Chcm 106, 194. Two labs. (2Sp) Farley, Burnham 298. Grad uate Research. Cred it arranged. (F, W, Sp) Staff Nu trition and Biochemistry Animal H usband 1·y 270)

Seminar.

(See

400. Co ntinuing Graduate Advisement. Graduate st udents who have received maximum thes is c1·edit, but who have not comp leted the th es is Ol' di sse J· tatio n, mu st enroll fol' a minim um of thl'ee c r ed its, unti l the d egree is completed. If th e st udent d oe~ not co mply, his candidacy may be :-:; u ~ pended and his s upervi· SO I'Y committee di sso lved. (3F, 3W, 3Sp, 3Su. ) Staff

*Taught I 968-69 ** Tau g ht I 969-70

Department of

Geology HEAD : CLYDE OFFICE: Main

T. HAHUY , 258

Professor: Ph]) , Oh io State Un ive rsity

STEWART WILLIAMS, Em e ritus Professor; PhD, George Washington University; postdoctoral work , Yale Uni vers ity

DONALD

R. OLSEN, A ssociate Profe ssor; PhD, Univer s ity of Utah L. KERNS, JR. , Assistant Professor; PhD, University of Q. OAKS, JR., A ss i s tant Professor; PhD, Yale University

RAYMOND ROBERT

Oklahoma

Geology Geol ogy Courses Mas t e1· of S cien ce Dem ·ce. Th e Depart ment of Geolo gy offer s a dvanc e d s tud y and research lead ing to t h e Master of Sci ence degree. Graduate stud ents of other depa rtment s may tak e an y course in t h e 100 se ri es for credi t . GRADUATE AND UNDERGRAD U ATE COURSES 101. Mineralogy. Ide ntifi cati on of min e ral s by ph ys ical and c h e mi cal tes t s. Elem en ta ry Geo logy 3, Prerequis ites : c r ys t a ll og r a ph y. Olsen C h e mi s~ r y 10 , 11. (5 W ) 102. Optical Mineralogy and Petrography. D e t e rminati on o f min e r a ls by us ing t h e p etr og ra p hic mi c r osco p e. C lass ifica t ion of igneous r oc ks. P rereq uis ites : Geolog y 101 , Ph ys ics 19. Olsen (3 W } 103 . Engineering Geology. Ap p lica t ion o f ICeo log y to e ngin ee ring proble ms. (3 Sp } Hardy

10 5. S edimentary Geochemistry. Origin of sedim e n ta ry rocks with emphas is on ch emi ca] e n v iron m e n t. (3Sp ) Kern s 106. Inve rtebrate P aleontology. I n t roduction to t h e stu dy of in ve r tebrat e foss ils . M eth ods o f preparation . Pre r eq uis ites : Geology 4, Zool Williams ogy 16. ( 6S p } 107. Minerals and Rocks. Identifi cati on of roc ks a nd roc k- for m in g m inerals. P r e requ isite: Geo log y 3. (3F) Olse n 108. Stratigraph y and Sedimentation. Prere· quis ite: Geo log y 3. (5 W } Hardy I 09. Sedimentary Petrology. Class ifica tion an d o rigin of sedim e nta ry rock s with emphas is u n min E!ral co mp os ition . Pre r equisite : Geolog y Ke rns 101. (3 F}

110. Structural Geology, P 1·e r equis ite : Geology 3. (5F } Hardy 111. Petroleum Geology. Acc umul a ti on a nd origin of petroleu m. Subsurfa ce m e th ods u tilized in expl o rati o n. Pre r eq uis ites : Geo logy 108, 110. (3W } Oaks

113. Economic Geology. Theo ri es of min e r a l depos it ion. Ge n et ic classification of mi n eral de p os its. Geologic and geographic occurre nce of metallic and non -m e tallic mineral depos its . Prerequ isites : Geo iogy 101 , 110. (5Sp} Olsen

114. Geologic Field Methods. Preparatio n o f geologic and topographic maps utilizi n g the

193

plane tabl e . Mea s ure m e nt o f s tratigraphic sec ti o n s . Prereq uis ites: Geology 3, Civil Engin eer ing 8 1. (3Sp } Hardy 11 5. Surficial Geology. P r ocesses a c tive on su rfa ce o f ea rth , u n co n solida ted dep os its, and g eo m o1·phology. Rec e n t g eo logic e vents . For maj o rs in F or est Sc ien ce, Rang e Scie nce, Engin ee ring , and So il Science. P r e r equis ite: Geolog y 3. (5F } Williams

116. Special Problems. Direc t ed s tudy o f s elected to pics . Wri tten re p ort r eq uired. (1-6F, W, Sp} Staff 117. Ground-Water Geology. Geologic condit ions tha t co nt rol th e occ urre n ce and purity o f g ro und wa t er w i t h s p ec ial reference to weste rn U ni ted States. Prereq uis ite : Geolog y 3. Williams (4W } 118.

Staff

Geologic Field Course. (8Su )

130. Photogeology. In te rpre tati o n o f aerial p h otog r a phs in geolo gic mappin g . PrerequiOaks s ites: Geo logy 11 0, 11 5. (3 F } 131. X-Ray Mineralogy. Princ iples and methods of min eral ide n t if ication by X-Ray dif. fract ion. Prer eq uis ite: Geolog y 101. ( 4F} Kerns 132. Cla y Mineralogy. Str uc t u r e a nd en v ironm e n ta ) s ig nifi cance of clay min e rals. Prerequ isi te: Geology 131. (4W } Kerns

133 . Exploration Geophysics. Prin ciples of explo ration geoph ys ics with em phas is on seism ic, g r a vi ty, a nd m a g neti c meth ods . Prerequis ites: Geol og- y lll, Ph ys ics 17. (3Sp} Oaks 134 . Geomorphology . Qu a nti t a t ive a nd e xperime n tal a pproa ch to th e s tudy of land forms and assoc iate sed ime n t a r y d e posits . E:nphas is on processes. P r erequ is ite: Geology 115. (3 W) Oaks GRADUATE COURSES Sedimentary Petrography. Classification a nd descr iptio n o! n o n carbona t e sedimentary r oc ks u tili zing petrographic microscope. Pre· requis ite: Geology 102. (2W} Kerns 200.

Sedimentary Petrography. Classification and desc ription of carbonate s edimentary rocks utilizing p e trographi c microscope. Prerequis ite : Geology 102. (2Sp) Kerns

201.

210.

Graduate Seminar. (2-5F, W, Sp}

Staff

212.

Paleoecology and Biostratigraphy.

(3F} Oaks

213.

Paleozoic Stratigraphy. (3W}

214. Mesozoic (3W}

and

Cenozoic

William•

Stratigraphy. Hardy

194 215.

College of Science Regional Tectonics. (3F)

Hardy

Igneous and Metamorphic Petrography. Classification and description of igneous and 216.

metamorphic rocks utilizing petrographic microscope. Prerequisite: Geology 102. (3Sp)

Olsen 217. Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology. Origin of igneous and metamorphic rocks with emphasis on physical-chemical conditions and process es. Prerequisites: Geology 101, 107.

(3F) 219.

Olsen Invertebrate

Paleontology.

Taxonomic

invertebrate paleontology exclusive of micro106. (3Sp)

fossils. Prerequisite: Geology 220.

Thesis.

(5-15,

F, W, Sp)

Williams Staff

400. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Graduate students who have received maximum

thesis credit, but who have not completed the thesis or dissertation, must enroll for a minimum of three credits, until the degree is completed. If the student does not comply, his candidacy may be suspended and his supervi-

sory committee dissolved. (3F, 3W, 3Sp, 3Su.) Staff

Department of

Mathematics HEAD : NEVILLE C. HUNSAKER, Professor; PhD, Rice University; postdoctoral work, University of Illinois OFFICE: Engineering C-327 JOE ELICH, Professor; MA, University of California; doctoral work, University of California at Los Angeles JOHN E. KIMBER, Associate Professor; PhD, Massachusetts Institute of Technology KONRAD SUPRUNOWICZ, Associate Professor; PhD, University of Nebraska L. 0. CANNON, Assistant Professor; PhD, University of Utah ROBERT GUNDERSON, Assistant Professor; PhD, University of Alabama L. DUANE LOVELAND, Assistant Professor; PhD, University of Utah R. G. NATH, Assistant Professor; PhD, University of Utah E. E. UNDERWOOD, Assistant Professor; MA, University of Illinois JAMES D. WATSON, Assistant Professor; PhD, Iowa State University STANLEY G. WAYMENT, Assi stant Professor; PhD, University of Utah The Department of Mathematics offers a Master of Science degree for superior students. Normally two years of residence are needed to complete the degree unless a transfer of credits has been approved. In addition to departmental approval, minimum requirements include: (a) 18 credits in courses numbered 200 or above, (b) completion of a satisfactory thesis, and (c) satisfactory performance on a comprehensive examination on course work.

Mathematics Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 116. Modern Alirebra. Prerequisite: 99. (3F) Staff 117. Modem Algebra. Prerequisite: 116. (3W) Staff 118. Modern Ahrebra. Prerequisite : 117. (3Sp) Staff 120. Modern Geometry. Prerequisite: 98. (3) Staff 122. Ordinary Differential Equations. Prerequisite: 110. (3) Staff

Mathematics 123.

Number Theory.

126. N u merical (3F)

(3) S taff

227 . Numerical ( 3W)

Analysia.

Prerequisite

226. Staff

PrerequiStarr

228. Numerical (3S)

Analysis .

Prerequisit e

227. Staff

Prerequis ite : 99.

124. Fo u ndation!t o f Mathematics. site: 98. ( 3) Methods .

Pt·erequisite:

11 0. Staff

127. In t: roduction to Numerical Analysis. Prerequi s ite: 126. (3 W ) Staff 128. Introduction to Numerical Analys is. Prerequisite 127. (3S) Staff 130. Advanced t3F)

Calculus.

Prerequ is ite:

110. Staff

131. Advanced (3W)

Calculus.

Prerequisite:

130. Staff

132. Advan ced (3Sp)

Calculus.

Mathematical

160. Determinant requisite: 99. (S)

and

Matrix

Topology.

Prerequisite: 132 (3F)

Prerequisite : 234 . (3W) Staff

23 5.

Topology.

236.

Topology. Prerequisite: 235 . (3Sp) Staff

246.

Tensor Analysis.

• 247. Differential 246. (3 W)

Prerequisite: 145 .

Geometry.

•248. Differential 247. (3S)

Geometry.

(3) Staff

Prerequisite: Staff Prerequisite: Staff

Graduate S eminar. ( I F , IW, JSp )

Staff

131. Staff

251.

Real Variables.

(SF) Staff

P r e r e quiStaff

252 .

Real Variables. Prerequisite: 251.

(3W) Staff

Prerequisite: Staff

253.

Real Variables. Prerequisite: 252.

(SSp) Staff

Prerequisite:

Readings.

Staff

234.

250.

134. Elementary Metric Topology . site: 99. (3) 153. 99.

195

Theory.

PreStaff

Prerequisite: 132.

254 . Theory of Functions. (3F)

P r erequ isite: 132. Staff

255. Theory of Functions. (3W)

Prerequ is ite : 254. Staff Prerequisite: 255 . Staff

Probability.

Prerequisite : Staff

162. Mathematics of Statistics. 99 an d 161. (5W)

Prerequ isite: Staff

256. Theory of Functions . (3Sp)

163. 162.

F r erequisi te : Staff

257. A dvan ced Applied r equ is ite: 132. (3)

Mathematics.

PreStaff

258 . Advanced Applied requ is ite: 257. (3)

Mathematics.

PreStaff

259. A dvanced Applied requ is ite: 258. (3)

Mathematics .

PreStaff

161. Calculus 99 . (5F)

Alathematics 6f Statistic•. (5Sp)

GRADUATE COU RSES **216 . Topics in Abstract Algebra. Prerequi site: liS . (3F) Staff ** 2 17 . Topics in Abst ract A l gebra . si te: 216. (3W)

Prereq uiStaH

"' *218. Topics in Abstract Algebra. Prerequis ite: 217. pSp) Staff *220. Advanced Topics in Algebra. Prereq ui Staff site 218. (3 F) *221. Advanced Topics in Algebra. Prerectu i:;i te 220. (3 W ) Staff *222. Advanced Topics in Algebra. Prerequis ite 2!1 . (3S) Staff 226. Numerical (3F)

Analysis.

Prerequisite 128. Staff

260. Graduate W. Sp)

Thesis.

Credit

ar ranged

(F, S t aff

400 . Co ntinuing Graduate Advisement. Graduate stude nts wh o hav e r eceived maximum t hes is c 1·edi t , but w ho h ave not com pleted the t h esis or d isse vtat ion, mus t e nro ll fo r a minimum o f t h ree c r edits , u n til th e d egree is comp leted. If t he st ud ent does not co m ply , his ca ndid acy ma y be sus p e nd ed and his s uper v iso•·y committee dissolved. (3F, 3W . 3Sp, 3Su.) Starr

•Taught 1968-69 • •Taught 1969-7 0

196

College of Science

Department of

Physics HEAD: W. FARRELL EDWARDS, Associate Professor; PhD, California Institute of T echnology OFFICE: Engineering 154 JOHN K. WOOD, Professor; PhD, Pennsylvania State University JACK E. CHATELAIN, Associate Professor; PhD, Lehigh University JOHN J. MERRILL, Associate Professor; PhD, California Institute of Technology AKELEY MILLER, Associate Professor; PhD, University of Missouri JAY 0. JENSEN, Assistant Professor; BS, Utah State University; graduate work, Utah State University and University of Oregon V. GORDON LIND, Assistant Professor; PhD, University of Wisconsin ROBERT E. McADAMS, Assistant Professor; PhD, Iowa State University 0. HARRY OTTESON, Assistant Professor; PhD, Utah State University WILLIAM R. PENDLETON, Assistant Professor; PhD, University of Arkansas

Master of Science Degree. A candidate for the degree of Master of Science in Physics must take an entrance examination administered by t he Department prior to registration. A student may be required to register for one or more undergraduate courses in order to correct any deficiencies which appear upon ana ly sis of the stud ent's work on t hi s exami nation. The candidate is also required to take a compr ehensive examination, administered by the Department, during t he Spring quarter of the student's first year of res idence. This examination covers undergraduate and first-year graduate phys ics with an emphasis upon mechanics, electromagnetic theory and quantum mechanics, especially in its coverage of first-year graduate physics. A candidate is also required to complete at least two of the first-year graduate courses in th ese three subjects. In addition, the student will submit either a thesis or a research report at the discretion of the student's s upervisory committee. A total of up to 15 credit hours may be ac-

cu mulated toward the Master of Science degree credit requirements for t he r esearch work leadi ng to the thesis or research report. Doctor of Philosophy Degree. The Physics Department in cooperation with related departments offers the Doctor of Philosophy degree. A brief summary of the Philosophy Degree program in Physics includes th e following: An entrance exam prior to registration; at least one year in residence at the Logan campus; a qualifying exam over undergraduate and first year graduate phys ics during sp ring quarter of the first year; a compreh ensive exam with emphasi s on Quantum Mechanics, Electricity and Magnetism and Classical Mechan ics usually at the completion of the second year; an examination conducted by the Language Department in German, French, or Russian; a thesis and a thesis defense, credit requirements are 135 hours and may include (in addition to recommended courses ) up to 45 hours for the thesi s, transfer credit (determined on an individual ba-

Physics s is), and credit for preliminary thesis r esearch. Biophysics. Advanced work in biophys ics is offered in the Physics Departm ent in cooperation with the bio log ica l sc ience departments. Students interested in thi s program should write to the Phys ics Department or Zoolo gy Department for information. Cer tai n undergraduate co urses 111 math ematics, physics, chemistry, and b iology a r e prer eq uisite t o this program and students are expected to make up deficiencies.

P hys ics Courses GRAD UATE AND UN DERGRAD UATE COURSES 122 . Modern P h ysics . Fo r e n gineering, science, and teach ing majors. (3F) Jensen 125, 126, 127. Modern Physics. Application cf spec ial relativity and quantum mechanics to atomic structu re , molecular physics , solid stale physics , X-1·ays and nuclear phys ics. Pl'erequis ite : P h ysics 155 or 177. Three lectures, one recitat ion . (4F, W, Sp) Staff 130. Nuclear P hysics. A surve y of methods a nd results of recent investigations o f nu c lea r processes. To fo ll ow P hys ics 122. (3Sp) Staff

131. Nudenr Detection Methods. Designed to familiarize the student with the in s truments, t ec h niques of meas urement, an d clements o f heal th s afeguards used in nuclear physics. 121", W , Sp) Staff 143 . Radiobiology. Designed to acquaint students in Medical Technology, Botany, Zoology, Pre- rnedicine, Pre-veterinary and Agriculture with a foundation of tec h niques in health phys .cR, radiation mo nitoring a nd measuring and isotope ha ndling. Prer equis ite: One quarter of general phys ics . (3) Jensen

153, 154, 155. Ana l ytica l Mechanics . Pre1·equ:site: Differential Equations. (3F, 3\V, 3Sp) Staff 156 , 157, 158. Introduct ion to t h e T he ory of Hela tiv ity. An in tro duc tio n to the foundations, formtJialions and predi ctions o f t h e special t h eory of Relat ivity and applications to Modern Phys ics. Advanced courses in Mechanics and Electricity considered h e lpf u l but not nece>Sa ry. (2F, 2W, 2Sp) Staff

797

* 160 , 161, 16 2. The rmal Physics . A stud y o f t h eore tical m odels dev ised to correspo nd with t he observed b eh avior o f m atter in bulk in teJ·ms o f h eat and e n ergy. (3F, ~W. 3Sp) Staff ** 166 , 16 7, 168. Wave Theory and Optics. Three-quarter sequen ce cove ring opt ics a nd r elated top ics. E mphasis o n wave m otion and diffracti on phenomena: also geometrical opt ics , abert·ations. interfe r ence, polarizat ion , X-ray optics , a nd atom ic s pec tra. Three lectu r es. (3F, 3\V, 3Sp) Staff 175, 176, 177. Electricity a nd Magnetism. E lectrosta t ics , m agnetostatics , DC and AC ci rcu its, electromagn etis m , a nd e lectr omagnet ic t heo r y. U se o f t h e calcu lu s and diffe r e ntial equation s. (3 F, 3W , 3Sp) Miller 181. Mechanics Laboratory. A o n e quarter course including experime n ts on linear and non-l in ear oscillato ry mot ion w ith and with ou t cou pling and experiments on elastic b eh avior of bod ies. Makes use of calcu lu s and some diffe rential equation s. Prerequisite: concurr ent or previous registration in P hysi cs 153 . ( IF) Staff 182. Electricity and Magnetis m L aboratory. A one quarter course includ i ng experiments with direct and al te rnating current bridges, experim ents to examine th e m echani cal and elcctt·ica l details of galvanometer and oth er meter behav ior, a nd ex periments con cerning feedback and filter and ot h er t r ansfer propert ies . Makes use of ca lc ulu::; a n d som e differentia l equations . Prerequisite: co n c urrent o r previous reg istra t ion in P hys ics 175. (1 W) Staff 183. Atomic Phys ics Laboratory. A o n e qu arte r cou rse including experiments in Aton1 ic P h ysi cs suc h a s measurement of e lectroni c charge by th e Milli ka n o il drop experiment and t h e F r anck and Hert z ex p erime nt. Makes use of calculus a n d some differe n t ial equations. Prerequ is ite: concurrent o r previous regis trat ion in Physics 15 3. (JSp) Staff 184. Optics Laboratory. A on e Quarter course including advanced ex perime ntal work i n op ti cs such a s refraction in inhomogeneous med ia, d iffracti on, p olarization, photometry, spect t·a, info rma tion ret rieval. Pre r eq uis ite: concur re nt or pre vious r egis trati on in P h ysics !66. (IW) Staff 188. S pecial Problem s in Experimental P h y sics. A laboratory co urse to g ive the advanced student experience with precision instrum e nts and the ir use in physics. 1 to 3 per qu ar ter. (F. W, Sp) S taff **Taugh t 1968-69 **Tau g h t 1969-70

198

College of Science

196, 197, 198. Selected Reading in Physics. ( IF, 1W, lSp) Staff

270, 271, 272. 3W, 3Sp)

Quantum Field Theory. (3F, Chatelain

200, 201, 202. Study of the Structure and Properties of Solids. These include elastic, thermal, electric and magnetic properties. Con siderable time is devoted to the s tudy of conductors and semiconductors ( especialiy ger~ manium and s ilicon). Prerequisites: Physics 127, 177, and 162 or permission of the instructor. Concurrent registration in Physics 260 is recommended. (3F, W, S-offered every oth er year.) McAdams

275, 276, 277. 3W, 3S)

Relativity and Cosmology (3F, Staff

204, 205, 206. Invited Lectures. A series of invited lectures on specialized topics in physics and related subjects. (IF, W, S) Staff 210, 211. X-Ray Diffraction and X-Ray Crystallography. (3F, 3Sp) Wood, Miller 214.

Soil Physics.

250. Research (F, W, Sp)

Nuclear Physics. (3 F, 3W, 3Sp) Staff in

288. Introductory tinuat ion of 287. 290, 291, 3W, 3Sp) 293, 294, top ics in s pecially research.

(See Plant Science 214.)

220, 221, 222. Atomic Spectra, Molecular Spectra, and Spectographic Measurements. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) Staff 230, 231, 232.

285, 286, 287. Introductory Quantum Meehan路 ics. Prerequisite: Advanced Calculus. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) Staff

Physics.

Credit arranged. Staff

260, 261, 262. Thermodynamics, Kinetic Theory, Statistical Thermodynamics. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) Staff

292.

Quantum (3F)

Mechanics.

Con路 Staff

Theoretical

Mechanics.

(3F, Staff

295. Graduate Seminar. Advanced physics on specialized subjects to train the student in his graduate Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp, Su) Staff

296, 297, 298. Theoretical Magnetism. (3F, 3W, 3Sp)

Electricity

and Staff

400. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Graduate students w h o have received maximum thesis credit, but who have n ot completed the thesis o r dissertation, must enroll for a minimum of three credits, until the degree is completed. If t he student does not comply, his cand idacy may be suspended and his supervisory committee dissolved. (3F, 3W, 3Sp, 3Su.) Staff

Department of

Zoology (Zoology, Entomology, Physiology) HEAD:

DATUS

HAMMOND,

Professor;

PhD,

University

California;

postdoctoral work, University of Munich and University of Bonn OFFICE: Forestry and Zoology THOMAS

117

L. BAHLER, Professor; PhD, University of Wisconsin; National

Science Foundation postdoctoral fellowship at University of Miami and University of Mi c hi gan DONALD W. DAVIS,

Professor;

PhD,

University of

California;

postdoctoral

work, Ohio State University KEITH L. DIXON, Professor; PhD, University of California ELDON

GARDNER, Professor; Dean, School of Graduate Studies; PhD, Uni-

versity of California; postdoctoral work, University of California

B. AUSTIN HAWS, Professor and Coordinator of Latin American Affairs ; PhD, Iowa State University

Zoology

199

GEORGE F . KNOWLTOK, Em eri t us Prof essor and Extension Specialist; PhD, Ohio State University ; p ostdoct or a l work, University of Minnesota WIJ,L!AM F . SIGLER, Professor and Head, Department of Wildlife Resources; PhD, Iowa State University LE GRANDE C. ELLIS, Associate Professor; P hD, Oklahoma State University; postdoctoral work, University of Utah WARREN C. FOOTE, Associate Professor; P hD , University of Wisconsin MERRILL H . GuNNELL, Associate Professor; MS, Utah State University; doctoral work, College of Pacific, Uni versity of Wyoming, and Oregon State University GP.)IE H. LINFORD, Associate Professor; MS, University of Utah; doctoral work, University of California and University of Utah RAYMOND T. SANDERS, Associate Professor; PhD, Stanford University; postdoctoral work, Uppsala University, Sweden JOHN R. SIMM ONS, Associate Professor; PhD, California Institute of Technology; postdoctoral work, Stanford University JAMES T. BOWMAN, Assistant Professor; P hD, University of California WILLIAM A. BRINDLEY, Assistant Professor; PhD, Iowa State University WILFORD J . HANSON, Assi stant Professor; MS, University of Kansas; doctoral work, University of Kansa s and Gorgas Memorial Institute, Panama TING H. HsiAO, Assistant Professor; PhD, University of Illinois REED S. ROBERTS, Assistant Professor and Extension Entomologist; MS, Utah State Uni versity; doctoral work, University of Utah and University of K a nsas HUGII P. STANLEY, Assistant Professor; PhD, Oregon State University; postdoctoral work, Naples Zool ogical Station, Cornell University and University of Washington Collabo?路ato?路s : GEORGE E. BOHART, PhD; GERALD D. GRIFFIN, PhD; EDSEL C. JORGEN SON, MS; WILLIAM P. NYE, MS; HEBER F. THORNLEY, MS

Ma ster of S cience Degr ee : Th e Zoology Department offers a Maste r of Science degree in variou s phases of Agri cultural Entomology, Geneti cs, Medical Entomology, Systematic Entomology, Physiology, Parasitology, Mammalogy, Ornithology, a nd Herpetology. Doctm路 of Philosophy Degree . Cooperatively with related depar tments, advanced stud y and r esearch is offer ed for the attainm ent of th e degree of Doctor of Philosophy in s peci alized field s of Zoology, Entomology and Ph ysiology. Furth er information may be obtain ed from the Department or from t he Dean of the School of Graduate Studies.

A training pro g ram in Gen etics sponsored by a gra nt from the Nat ional Institutes of Health is now being conducted; research f ellowships are offered in connection with thi s program .

Zoology Courses GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 1Ol. Invertebrate Zoology. The m ore impo1路~ ta n t phyla o f invertebrates , with some cons id eratio n o f the local fauna. Prerequis ites: Zoo logy 16 or equivalent. Three lec tures, two labs. (5Sp ) Staff 107. History and Literature of Biology. The mo re important men and ideas in t he histo ric al devel o pment o f biology. (4F) Gardner

200

College of Science

J J 2. Principles of Genetics. A beginning cou rse d ea ling with the bas ic principles of g-enetics. I II uslnttive materials is taken from animals. plants and man. Pr·erequis ite: Zoology 16 or eq uivalent or Botany 26. Four lectu•·es, one lab. (5F, W, Sp) Staff

I 16.

Parasitology. Protozoa and worms para~ iiic in man, domestic animals and wild anirnals, and r e latio ns hips between ])aras ites and t h e ir hos t s . PreJ·e(Ju is ite: Zoology 16 or equivalent. Three lectures, two labs. (5Sp) Bahler, Hammond

I 18. Vertebrate Embryology, An introduction to the principles of development o f the vertebrates . Prerequis ite: Zoology 16 or equivalent. Three lectures, two labs. (5Sp) Stanley 119. Co mparative Anatomy. Fundamentals of l:>t ructure of the main types of vertebrates are studied com parative ly. P1·crequisite: Zoology 16 or equivalent. Three lect ures, two labs. (OW) Dixon 121 . Ornithology. Structure, class ification, rlist ribution and annual cycles of birds. with emp has is on study of th e local fauna in the field. Prerequisite: Zoology 16 or equivalent. Two lectures, two labs. ( 4Sp) Dixon 122. Mammalogy. Structure, classification, life histo ries and di st ribution of mammals: introduction to methods o f field investigation. Prerequisite: Zoology 16 or equ ivalent. Two Jectu res. two labs. ( 4F) Dixon

123. Field Zoology. Study of the most common Utah animals, including identification , natural hi s tory , distribution, ecology, etc. Also m e thods of study in th e field~ and collection and preparation of spec imens for study, di s play and s tor·agc are considered. Some labor·atory time is spent in m a king observat ions and collections in the fi e ld. Prerequitiites : Zoology 16 or equivalent. Two lectures. two labs. ( 4F) Linford 127. Cytology. Study of cells, both plant and animal, inc luding techniques of st udy and subcellular organization. Prerequ is ite : Organic Chem istl·y. Three lectures, two labs. (5F) Stanley, Sanders J 28 . Elements of Histology. Study o f t issues, including chara.cteristics of different kinds of tissues and the main organs. Four lectures, one lab. (5F) Bahler

129. Histological Technique. Techniques employed in making preparation s of an im al tissues for micr·o:-;copic study. Three labs. (3Sp) Staff 132. Mechanics of Evolution. Critical study of the facts and theories pe1·taining to the biological principles of evolution, with empha-

s is on how it occurs in clud ing some co n s ide ~ ru tion of population genetics . Prereq uisit.es: Zoo logy 112 and Zoology 16 or equiYale nt, or Botany 2G. Three lectures. (5S p) Bownnan 150. Herpetology. C lass ification, di stributhon, life habits , and id e n t ifi cation of amphibi:ans and re ptiles, with emp has is on t he loca l f o rims. Prerequisite: Zoology 16 or equivalent. T' wo lectures, two labs . ( 4F) Gunme ll

155. Ichthyology. Ecology, class ification, mnd life histories of native and introduced fishes. Th•·ee lectures, two labs. (5W) Sig;ler

GRADUATE COURSES 201. Special Problems. Individual study of a problem under the guidance o f a sta f f member. Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp) St.aff 205. Orientation for Graduate Students. Int r oduction to procedu r es in gradua te study: qualifying examina tions , scientific methlod, selec ti on of proble m, becoming acquainted with literature. organ izatio n and writing of thesis a nd final examination. Required of all graduate students in Zoology, Entomology, Physiology. (I F) St.aff

207. Theoretical Biology. A of modern biol og ica l t hought.

critical study (3W) Sanders

*211. Genetics of Lower Organisms. Conce-pts o f genetic st1·ucture, fun ction, and recombination in lower organisms with emp hasis on cu rrent literature. Prerequisite: Zoology 112. Three lectures . (3Sp) Simmons **212. Biochemical Genetics. Concepts of genet ic functi on at the c hem ic al and molecular leve l, w it h emph asis on current literature. Prerequisites: Zoology 112 ; Chemistry 123; recommended, C h em istry 190. Three lect ures . (3S p) Sim mons *214. Current Topics in Genetics. Intensive s tudy of heredity and variation with empha~ is o n current 1·esearc h. Prerequisite: Zoology 112 . May be repeated for credit w ith co n sent of the instructor. (3 W) Bowman **215 . Genetics of Drosophila and Maize. Concepts of genetic st ru cture, functi on and recomb ination in high e r organ is m s , with emphas is on current literature. Prerequ is ite: Zoology 112. Three lectu re,; . (3W) Bowman 224. Biological Electron Microscopy. Theory and practice of techniques for th e preparat ion of biological mater ia ls for study with the e lect ron microscop e. One lecture, two labs. (3F) Stanley

*Taught 1968-69 **Taught 1969-70

Zoology 225. Advanced Topics in Morphogenesis. A considEr a ti on o f selected problem s in m orph ogenes is and oth e t· aspects of developmental biolog y. P•·erequ is ile: Zoology 11 8. (3W) Stanley 233. Zoogeography. Pt·inciples governing the di stri bution of a n im als, with e mph asis on t errest l"i al vertebrates, a nd t h e histo r y of t h e biota of western N o rth A m e rica fr om the beginn in g of t h e Cen ozo ic era. (3W) Dixon 235. Protozoology. The pro toz oa, w ith emphasis i n parasitic forms, and o n t h e m ethods of studying the protozoa. Consideration is also g iven to free- living protozoa and to class ifica t ion , m o rph ology, ph ys iology, and reproductio n of t h e protozoa in general. Two lec tures, two labs. (4W ) Hammond 236. Advanced Parasitology. D etailed study of certa in paras itic protozoa and h e l minths, w it h emp hasis on current research . Prer equ is ite: Zoolog y 11 6. (ZSp) Hammond

Re sea rch and Thesis. Research connected w it h proble m undertaken f or partial fulfillment o f r eQui re m e nt for Master of Science or P hD degree. Credit arranged. (F, W, Sp) Staff 240.

261, 262 . Seminar in Ver tebrat e Zoology. Required o f all graduate students in Vertebrate Zoology each fall and win ter quarter while in res idence. Seniors and others interested may participate wit h the permission of the instructor. (IF, lW) Dixon

271, 272, :l73. Semina r 1n Genetics. Required of all graduate s tudents in Gene ti cs each fall, wi nte r and s pring quarter while i n residence. Seniors and ot h e r s interested may p a rticipate with the permission o( the ins tructor. (lF, l W, lSp) Gardner, Simmons, Bowman 281, 282, 283. Seminar in Parasitology. Requ~red of all graduate students in Parasitology eac h fa ll , winter and spring quarter whi le in resid e n ce. Seniors and oth ers interested may particivate w it h permiss ion of instructor. (lF, IW, lSp) Hammond

291 . 292, 293. Seminar in Developmental Biology. Required of all graduate s tudents in Developmental Biology eac h fa l1. wi nter, and sp ring qu arter w hil e in residence. Seniors and others interested ma y participate with permiss ion of i nstr u c t or. (lF, lW, ISp ) Stanley Continuing Graduate Advisement. GJ·aduate stu dents who h ave received m aximum thesis credi t, but who h ave not completed t h e th esis or dissertation, must en roll for a minimum of three cred its, until the deg r ee is completed. If the student does n ot comply, his candidacy may be suspended and his supervism·y committee di ssolved . (3F, 3W, 3Sp, 3Su.) Staff

400.

201

Entomology GRADUATE AND UN DERGRADUATE COURSES 100. Systematic Ento mol ogy. C lass ification of in sec ts. In sect collection required. Prerequis ite: Ento m ology 13. One lecture, one lab and fi eld collecting. (3 F) Hanson I 01 . Principles of Ani mal Taxonomy. A s tudy o f the princ iples of class ifica ti o n of animals and t h e rules of zoo log ical n omen clature. Prerequis ite : Entomology 100 or Zoo logy 16, o r equiva lents. Two lectures . ( 2W ) Hanson 102 . Adva n ced Systematic Entomology Laboratory. Advanced stu dy of the classi fi cation of insects . in cluding practice in the preparat ion of keys, descr iption o f s pecies, a nd sci· e ntific illustration. Prerequisi te: Entom ology 100. This course mu st be tak en co n cur r e ntly with Entomology 101. One lab. (l W ) Hanson

.. 105. Forest Entomology , Ecology, life history, identification and economic importance of major f orest insect s p ecies. Benefic ial and harmfu l insects, a nd general problems of forest insect control are discussed. Two lectures, two labs. ( 4F) Davis I 08 . Agric ultura l Entomology. Insect pests of major economic importance to agriculture, including their recognition, type of damage done, distr ibution, li fe history, and methods of control. Three lec tures, two labs. (SF) DaviR Insect Morphology. S t ructure o f insects, in cluding ex ternal and internal anatomy. Prerequisite: Entomology 13. Three lectures. Two labs. (5F) Staff

111.

112. Insect P hys iology. Function of the organ s ys t e ms of insec t s . Prel"e<J.Uisite : Entomology Ill . T h ree lectures , two labs. (5W) Brindley

115. Medical and Veterinary Entomology. A study of Arthropods t h at annoy and transmit a gents of disease to man a nd dom esticated and wild ani mals. Vectors of plague, spot ted fever, tularemia, malaria and oth er Arthropods carrying di sP.ase receive ma jor attention. Prereq uis ite: Zoology 16 or equival e nt. Two lectures, two l abs. (4 W) Hanson *120. In s ec t Pollination in Relation to Agriculture. Pollin ating insects in agriculture, inclu ding beekeeping a s related to crop polli n at ion , utilization of native pollinating insects, a nd special problem s in th e pollination of many co mmercial crops. (2 W ) Bohart *Tau g ht 1968-69 ••Taught 1969-70

202

College of Science

** 130. Ne matology. Recognition, dis tribution, h os t and env ironm ental relations, a n d control of n em atodes w ith emph as is on plant paras iti c fo rms. Prerequis ite: Zoology 16 or equ iva len t. (3 W) Staff 138. Aquatic Entomology. Ide ntifi cat io n, d ist ribu t ion, life hi s tories a nd adaptatio ns of aquatic in sects, with particular reference to local streams and lakes. Two lectures, o n e lab. (3Sp) Hanson

Continuing Gradu a t e A d v isement. Graduate s tudents who h ave received maximum t hes is cr edit, but w h o have n o t co mpleted the t h es is or di sse 1·tation. mu st e nroll for a minimum of t hree cr edi ts, until t he degree is com pleted. If t he s tud ent d oes not compl y, his cand idacy may be s us pended and his s uperv i· so t·y co mmittee di sso lved. (3F, 3W, 3Sp, 3Su. ) Staff

400 .

Physiology GRADUATE CO U RSES 20 6. Insect Ecology. Ecologica l principles as app lied to insects, in cludin g f undamental concepts of ecology, ecological r ela tio n ships , a nrl meas urement of ecological f actors of impo rtance in Entomology. The im pact of ch a n ges in environmenta l cond it ion s on insect popu la t io ns also are co n s idered. P r erequis ites: Zoology 16 or eq ui va lent, Entomolog y 13, and Wildlife Resources 160. (3 W) Hsiao 210. Special Problems. Individual study u nder sta ff guidance. Prerequisite: En tomo log y 13, I 00, 108. C r edit a rranged. (F, W, Sp) S taff **212. Advanced Insect Phys iology. A detailed s tudy of t he bioc hemica l and biop h ysica l a s pec ts of t h e o rgan s ys tem s o f insects . Prerequis ites : Entom ology 11 2 and Chemis try 180 or equ iva lent. (3Sp) Brindley *213.

Insec t Toxicology.

introdu ction

t h e prin c ip le!'> o f t o x ico log y as ap p lied to t h e

co nt rol o f in sec ts , in cluding m olecular stJ·ucture of in secti cides as related to t ox icity mod e of a cti on of in sec tic id es, r es ista n ce of insec l 'i to in secticides, a nd pro ble m s of r esidu es . Prerequ is ites: Ent 11 2 or Ph ys io l 15 1, a nd organ ic ch emis try or b ioc h e mi s try, or eq ui va le n ts. T hree lectu r es, two la bs. (5Sp) Brindley • • 23 1. Biological Co ntrol of In sect Pests. Study o f in ve rte brate parasites and predato rs o f in sects. Cons ideration is a lso g iven to diseases o f in sec ts, ve r te brate p reda tors, and d estruct io n o f und es irable p lants b y insec ts. Pre requ is ite : Entom o logy 13 o r 10 8. Two lectures , on e lab. (3W ) DaYis 250 . Resenrc h and Thesis. For r esPa r ch co nn ected with probl em und ertaken for pa rti a l fulf illm en t o f r eq uireme nts for Mas ter o f Science o r P hD degree. Credit arrang ed. (F, W , Sp) Sta ff

261, 262, 263. Se minar in Entomology. R equ ired o f all graduate stu den ts in Entomology each f all, winter a nd s p rin g quarter while i n 1·esidence. Seni ors in Entomolog y and others inter ested may participate with the permiss ion o f th e ins tructor. ( IF, 1W, 1Sp) Staff

GRADUATE AND UNDERG RADUATE COU RSES 104. Advanced Human Physiology. A su rvey of t h e sys tems o f man w ith em p has is on the funct ions o f t he circu latory, nervous and musc ula r system s. Des ign ed p rim a rily fo r s tudents w it h teac hin g majors in th e biolog ical s ciences. P r e r equ is ites: Phys iology 4, Zoology 16 or equ iva lent, Ch em istry 12 . Three lectures, t wo labs. (5Sp) Staff

121, 12 2. Mammalian Physiol ogy. An intens ive and deta iled two -quarter course in phys io logy in w hi ch t he f u n ctio n s o f ea ch of t he o rgan s ys tem s o f man and anim als is s tudied. Students m a y n ot reg is ter for 122 w it hout h av ing had 121. A s pre pa ra tion, Zoology 16 or equivalent, C h emist ry 3, 4, 5, 121, 122, 123A or equivalent an d a co u rse in phys ics a r e required. Three lec tures, two labs. (5F, 5W) Ellis 130. Cellular Physiology. A study o f physiolog ical fun ctions at th e cellular level. Prerequis ites: P h ys iology 4 o r its equ h·alent, Chemis try 121 and 122. and P h ys ics 17, 18 a nd 19 or equ iva le nt. T hree lectures, tw o labs. (5 W ) S anders 141. Endocrinology. A stu d y o f the d uctless glands and t h e ir sec r etio ns. Emp has is is ;>laced o n t h P. action of t h ese horm o nes on g:-owth, metabolism, a nd adapation o f a nim als to cha nges in the ir internal and extern:;,l en. vi r onments. P r e requ isites : Zoolo gy 16 or equ iva lent, P h ys io log}• 4, an d a co u rse in o rgani c ch em istry. T h ree lect ures, on f' lab . ( 4Sp) Ellis

142 . Phys iology of Reproduction. A stLdY of t h e phys io log y o f reprodu c t ion i n ma mmals. Prerequ is ite; : Zoo logy 16 or equhalent, Phys io log y 4 or Vete rin a r y Sc ie n ce 2 0, ..1nd a course in o r gan ic ch em istry; P hys iology 141 recommended. Two lec tures, o n e lab. (3 W) Foote

*Taught 1968-69 ** Taught 1969-70

Zoology 151. Comparative Physiology . A co mparati ve study o f orga n f unct ion in the animal kingdom. Prereq uis ite: Physiology 121, 122 o r 130. Three lectures, tw o labs. (5S p) Sanders GRADUATE COURSES 261. Physiology of Respon se. Nerve-muscle. A deta il ed phys iological s tudy of neuro-muscular mechanisms o f r es ponse in the animal kin g dom. T rerequis ites: Physiology 122 or 130, Ch emistry 190, Physics 19 o r equivalents. Two lect ures, one Jab. (3F) Sanders 271, 272, 273. Readings in Physiology. Reading and reporting of classical and curre nt literature in Phys iol ogy. Req uired of all Physiology graduate sturlents each q uarte r while in r es iden ce. Seniors in Physiology and others may enroll with the permiss ion of the instructor . ( IF, lW, !Sp) Start

203

281. 282, 283. Seminar in Physiology. Required o f nil Physiology students each fall , w inte r and s pring quarter while in res idence. Sen iors in Physiology and oth e rs may en r oll w ith th e p e rmiss ion o f the instructor. ( lF. 1 W, ! Sp) Staff 291. Research and Thesis. Research connected w ith problem undertaken for partial fulfillm e nt o f r equ irements for Mas ter o f Science or P hD degree. Credit arranged. (F. W, Sp) Start 400. Conti nuing Graduate Advisement. Graduate stu dents who h ave received maximum thes is cr edit, but wh o h ave not com pleted the thesis o r di sse rtat ion, mus t e nroll for a mini路 mum of three credits, until the degree is completed. Jf the studen t does n ot comply, his ca ndidacy may be suspended and his supervisory co mmittee dissolved. (3F, 3W . 3Sp, 3Su.) Staff

204

Summer Quarter DIRECTOR: ELLVERT

H. HIMES,

PhD, University of Utah

OFFICE: Main 130 Dates: June 17-August 23, 1968 First Session-June 17 -July 19 Second Session---July 21-August 23

The Summer Quarter at Utah State University is more than just the fourth quarter of the University's program of academic and cultural offerings. It is unique in that special programs are devised for early admission to the University, continuing undergraduate ed ucation, and significant professional advancement in spec ializ ed fields of endeavor. The Summer Quarter is divided into two sessions of five weeks each . It also provides for numerous short workshops, seminars, clinics, and institutes. Conferences are held for which credit is offered. The graduate student may complete requirements for a Master's degree in three summers; the doctoral candidate will find rich selection to supplement a high-level program. Numerous chall enges and cultural advantages a r e offered during the Summer Quarter. Recital s, concer ts, dramas, and special lectures encourage individuals of all ages in creative work and developm ent of individual ta lents. The highly qualified resident faculty of Utah State University is

augmented in the summer by disting ui shed visiting professors of national and international reputation. A distin guishin g feature of the Summer Quarter is the carefully planned and carried out program of recreational enrichment. The Director of Recreation supplies all students opportunities in their various interest fields for out-of-class activities on a regular, yet informally schedu led, ba s is. Univers ity-w ide programs are planned that provide activities both on the campus and in the coolness and conven ience of the nearby canyons. Contests and tournaments are conducted both on the campu s and in the Utah State Union . The new Student Union s upplies numerous outlets for recreation and relaxation. The location of Utah State University, with its climate an d scenic ca nyons, nearby national parks and monuments, provides special inducements for comfortable and enjoyable study for collegiate education at all levels.

205

Research Programs VICE PRESIDENT FOR RESEARCH: D. WYNNE THORNE, PhD, Iowa State University OFFICE: Main 127 K. W. HILL, Director, Agricultural Experiment Station; PhD, University of Nebraska CLAYTON CLARK, Director, Engineering Experiment Station; PhD, Stanford University JAY M. BAGLEY, Director, Utah Water Research Laboratory; PhD, Stanford University ELDON J. GARDNER, Dean, School of Graduate Studies; PhD, University of California JAMES P. SHAVER, Chairman, Bureau of Educational Research; EdD, Harvard University D. WYNNE THORNE, Chairman of Board, Utah State University Foundation C. WAYNE COOK, Assistant Dean in Charge of Research, Coll ege of Natural Resources; PhD, The Agricultural-Mechanical College of Texas JESSOP B. Low, Leader, Utah Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit; PhD, Iowa State University ROBERT KRAMER, Leader, Utah Cooperative Fi shery Unit; PhD, University of Minnesota N . KEITH ROBERTS, Director, Economics Research Institute; PhD, University of Kentucky JOHN NEUHOLD, Acting Director, Ecology Center; PhD, Utah State University DEAN F. PETERSON, Director, Utah Cent er for Water Resources Research; DCE, Rensselaer Polytechnical Institute JOHN HUNT, Chairman, In sti tu te for Research on Outdoor Tourism; MSF, University of Idaho ELDON J. GARDNER, Acting Chairman, Cent er for Pollution Research; PhD, Universit y of California J. ALAN WAGAR, Leader, Utah Cooperative Forest Recreation Research Unit; PhD, University of Michigan DORAN J. BAKER, Director, Electro-dynamics Laboratories; PhD, University of Utah WADE H . ANDREWS, Chairman , Institute for Social Science Research; PhD, Michigan State University

Utah State University was among the first of the colleges and universities in the Intermountain area to have a research program. Originally the research was principally in agriculture . Now research projects are in every college and almost every department of the Un iversity. Research is closely associated with teaching and student activi-

ties. Most of it is conducted by staff members who are also employed to teach part of their time. Many graduate students are employed to assist in r esearch. The experi ence thus gained by students is an important part of their education. Research affiliated with the University is under the general administration of the Vice Presi-

206

Extension Services

dent for Research. Actual research oper ations a r e in several or ganizations. A more detailed discussion of t he principal organizations and areas of research can be found in the University General Catalog.

Policies on r-esear-ch and 1路equests joT supp01路t a r e r eviewed by t he Univers ity Research Council. Present members of the Counci l an d t he a r ea each r epr esents are: Wynne Thorne, Chairman ; M. R.

Merrill , E ld on J . Gardner, Ex-Officio Members; Vearl R. Smith , Agricu lt ure; Bartell C. Jensen, Bus iness an d Social Sciences; James P. Sh aver, Education; Doran J. Baker, Engineering; Norma H. Compton , Family Life; Austin Fife, Humaniti es an d Ar ts; C. Wayne Cook, Natural Resou rces; Grant Gill Sm ith, Science; Kenneth W. Hill, Agricult ura l Experiment Station; and Jay M. Bagley, Utah Water Research Labo r atory.

Extension Services DIRECTOR: W. H. BENNETT, PhD, University of Wisconsin OFFI CE: Agricultural Science 221 LLOYD A. DRURY, Associate Director; EdD, University of Wyoming LLOYD R. HUNSAKER, Associate Director; PhD, University of Minnesota MARDEN BROADBENT, District Dir ector (Provo); PhD, University of Wisconsin WILLIAM F. FAR NSWORTH , District Director (Logan); PhD, University of Wisconsin Utah State Univer sity' s Extens ion Services include fo ur divi sions - Cooperative Extension Serv ice, Extens ion Classes, Conferences and In sti tutes, and Corr espondence Stud y. Through its Extension Class Divis ion , Utah State University Extens ion Services offers numerous grad uate courses in selected ce nters over the state. These permit students to progress in adva nced deg ree progra ms preparatory to

co mpletin g r eq uirements in residence on the Logan campus. These serv ices are full y acc r edi ted by the National Uni versity Extension Association. Di stri ct offices at Logan and Provo, area offices at Salt Lake City and Richfield and county off ices in all of the counti es with the exception of Daggett an d Gr and are centers of service. Here ~tu颅 dents may obtain cata logs, class sched ul es, graduate f orms and other information .

207

International Programs DIRECTOR, INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS (Effective September 1968): J. CLARK BALLARD; PhD, Cornell University OFFICE: Library 202 DARYL CHASE, Emeritus President, Chairman of Board of Governors, Center for the Study of the Causes of War a nd Conditions for P eace ; PhD, University of Chicago BRUCE H. ANDERSON, Director, Inter-American Center for the Integral Development of Water and Land Resources, Merida, Venezuela; DEngr, University of California B. AUSTIN HAWS, Chief of Party, USU-USAID Team in Bolivia (Effective September 1968) ; PhD, Iowa State University GEORGE J . SEELEY, Acting Chief of Party, USU-USAID Project at Natal, Rio Grande do Norte, Brazil; MBA, Utah State University R. WELLING RoSKELLEY, Analyist for Southeast Asia, CIC-AID, Rural Development Research Project; PhD, University of Wisconsin LEROY A. BLASER, Chairman, East-West Institute; EdD, University of California

Utah State University has a cosmopolitan campus with more than 500 stud ents from 50 foreign countries in attendance. More than half of these international students are working on advanced degrees. USU is directing its major international programs toward Latin America, although assignments are being pursued in other parts of t h e world by USU faculty members. Other educational progra ms designed to further international understand ing include: the Center fo r the Study of the Causes of War and the Conditions for Peace, the East-West Institute, an Analytical Study of USAID University Projects, and Peace Corps Training projects. The Center for the Study of the Causes of War and Conditions for Peace was established to focus the attention of the academic community on the issues and ideas conta ined in man's ageless search for peace. This Center serves to stimulate research studies, to assemble

a comprehensive library of books and periodicals relating to the causes of war and conditions for peace, to provide a meaningful dialogue between scholars and leaders in the various areas of international relations, to publish papers rela ting to th e purposes of the Center, and to utilize the processes of ed ucat ion to promote the peaceful ordering of human affairs. The Center sponsors an annual convocation, graduate and und ergraduate classes, and periodic seminars and in stitutes. Graduate students from USU have participated in several of the USU projects in Brazil, Bolivia, Venezuela and Mexico. For example, one master's candidate completed course work on the Logan campus lea rning techniques which he later applied to a lla ma study in Bolivia. Hi s thesis research in South America was aided by a Bolivian who had completed requirements for a PhD in Animal Science at USU.

208

I-nternational Programs

The Rural Industrial Technical Assistance (RITA) project in Brazil provides for a two-way exchange of graduate students. USU faculty members and students have spent two summers in Brazil working with Brazilian counterparts at the University of Rio Grande do Norte and with local Brazilian businessmen on the development of new small businesses. Also two groups of Brazilians have come to USU for academic and practical studies of the businesses selected for establishment in Brazil. Three levels of planners and implementers, including top government officials, are trained at the Inter-American Center for the Integral Development of Water and Land Resources. This Center (commonly known in Latin America as CIDIAT) is operated for the Organization of the American States by USU in cooperation with the University of the Andes. In addition to conducting courses at Merida, Venezuela, for leaders from the 23 member nations of the OAS, the CIDIAT faculty teaches a series of national training courses in various member countries on re-

quest. Graduate students from USU have also been associated with the CIDIAT program in conducting community development studies for master's theses. Seven NDEA Spanish Language Institutes have been conducted by USU faculty to give high school Spanish teachers advanced training in the Spanish language and techniques in teaching it. In the summer of 1968, an eighth Institute is scheduled; it will be conducted in Mexico, as were the previous two institutes. USU also has cultural exchange programs such as Spring Q~w1 路 ter in Mexico conducted in conjunction with the University of the Americas in Mexico City, and a traveling workshop for graduate and undergraduate art students known as Utah-Spring-Mexico. A high percentage of the approximately 450 Peace Corpsmen who have been trained at USU held Bachelor's degrees before entering the Peace Corps. Three of the eight groups were trained for South American countries and four for Iran, where USU maintained formal contracts for 13 years.

209

Index Abt·ams. M ilton C., 5, 7, 78, 95 A ccount in g, 50

Adkin s, Bryce E ., DO Admi ss ion, 18 Admission Procedu res, 23 Admiss ion s Test for Graduate Study in Business, 1~ Advisers, 20

Aet·ospace Eng ineering, 136 A g ricultural and liTigation Engineer ing, D e partment of, 117 Ag-r icu l tural Eco no m ic s, Depanme nt of. 45 AgT icultural Education, Depa rtment of, 47 Agricultu re, College of, 4!) Agronomy, 51 Ahlstrom, C. Blyth e, 74 A lder, Douglas D. , 74 A lge r , Terry G., 190 Al len, Ross R. , 105 Allred, Keit h R., 40, 51 A llred , Ma lcom, 6, 90 Anderso n, Bruce H., 117, 207 Anderso n, J , LaMar, 52 Andet·son, Jay C., 36, 46 Anderson, J ay 0 ., 38, 48 And erso n, Jon, 148, 162 And e 1·so n, Me lvin J ., 50 Andet·son, Richard C., 190 Anderson, Hoice H., 35, 45 Anderson, Wendell B., 78 Andra, Theodore, 158 Andre, Richard J ., 158 Andrews , Wade H., 81 , 205 Animal Sc ience, Department of, 48 Anth ropology, 81 Application, 18, in s ide bac k cove1· Application f o 1· Admission, 20, in s ide back cover Application for Candidacy, 18, 2:1 Application f or Graduation, 23 Applied Statistics and Computer Scienc·e, Department of, 181 Arave, Clive VV ., 50 Arrington, Leonard J., 35, 7 1 Art, D epartment of, 14 8 Ashcroft, Gaylen L. , 54 Ass is tants hips, 16 Audiology-Speech Pathology, D epa rtment of, L5:$ Bacter iology and Publ ic H ealth, D epartm ent of, 185 Bagley, Jay M ., 5, 43, 116, 117, 120, 205 Bahler, Thomas L., 41, IDS Bake•·. Doran J. , 116, 127, 205 Baket·, Gerald M., 188 Ballam. Oral L., 4, 86 lla llard, J . Clark, 5 , 207 13a]J, h , David F., !78 Danlwell, F lon,, 14:3

Barkct·, Duane A., 59 Darnard, J ohn J., 50 13atty, J. Cla i t·, 136 Beall, But·tc h , 163 Deanbley, Wende ll , 172 Belnap, Gm·don, 107 Bennett, James A., G, 48 Bennett, W. H., 4, 206 r1en son , Serge N., 62, 74 Berg, FrederickS., 107, 153 B eutler, G. Leon, 95 R inn s , Way ne , 42, 58 Bishop, A. Alvi n , 6, 43, 117, 120 Bishop, Malcol m , 163 Black, There! R., 6, 7, 81 131ake, J ose ph T., 41, 58 Blanch, George T., 35 , 45 Blaser, LeHoy A., 207 Board of Trustees, 3 l!ohart, George E. , 109 Bondurant , J a m es A., 117 Booth, Thornton Y., 6, 157 Botany, Department of, 187 Bowden, Joan C., DO Bowman, James T .. 199 Boyden, Orpha S., Board of Tn1stees, 3 Boyle, W . S., !87 Brandt, LeRoy C., Jr., !69 Brindley, William A., 41, 199 Brite, J. Duncan, 74 Broadbent, Dee A ., 4 Broadbent., Marden, 206 Brower, Stephen L., 81 Brown, Fon R., 127 Budge, Pearl S ., 105 Budge, Vern J., 163 Buehler, Ve rnon 111., 61 Bullen, Phillip A., Boanl of Trustees, 3 Burnham, Druce F ., 190 Burnham, Owen, 163 Burtenshnw, Clau de J. , 5, 78 Burton, Warren, 165 Bu.'jiness Adm inistration, D e partment of, 61 llusiness and Social Sciences, Co ll ege of, 59 Business Education and Office Adm inistration, Depa1·tment o f, 67 Butchet·, John E., 38 , 48 13ylund, Bruce H., 37, 81 Caldwell, Martyn M., 175 Ca lcndat·, l%8-69, 10 C>tll, Jay W., 58 Call, W. Vosco, 169 Campbell, \:Villiam F., 52 Campus Map, 9 Canf ield , Ronald V., 181 Ca nn on , L . 0., 194 Cannon, Melvin C., 6, 190 Cannon, Not·ma n S., G, 59 Cannon, Orson S ., 6, 40, 41, 187

210

Index

Carigan , \Villiam E., 158 Ca rlis le, Howard M., 6, 61 Ca rli s le, J o hn C., 86, 105 Carr els, Graduate Study, 25

Carter, Da v id L .. 54 Carter, Don C., 6, 141 Carter , Paul B. , 185 Carte1·, Winfred 0. , 120 Cary, J ohn W., 54 Casto, Glendon, D9 Cazie1·, Stanford 0. , 74 Center of Ecology, 34 Chadwick, Duane G., 127 Chappell, D. LaMont, 95 Chase, Da1·y l, 4, 74, 207 Chatelain , Jack E., 196 Checketts, Keith, 99 Chemistry, Departm e nt of, 190 Child, Rawson D. , 134 Child Deve lopm e n t, 141 Christen se n , Paul D. , 54 Christensen, R ond o A., 35, 46 C hristian sen, DeiRae, 158 C hri stiansen, Jerald E., 117, 120 Ch rist ia nsen, Vance T., 121 Civ il En g in ee 1·, 13, 30 Civil Engineering, De partment of, 120 C lark, C. Elme1·, 41, 48 C lm·k, Clayto n, 5, 116, 127, 20;; Cla rk , Ralph T., 14 8 Cla1·k , Thomas C., 153 C lement, Lloyd A., 46 C lothing and T ext il es, DeparlmPn t. of, 139 Clyd e, Ca lvin G., 117, 120 Coc hran , George W ., 40, 187 Cole, L any S., 6, 116 , 12 7 Col li e r, Robert P ., •1, 35 , 61, 71 Coltharp, George B., 175 Commencemcn t, 24

Comprehens ive Doctoral Exam i nations, Co mputer Science, 18 1 Condie, F nmk A., 59

Continuing graduate <H1v ic::.p mf'nt. ?.1.

!l~

Coo k, C. Wayne, 205 Col'Cion , William A., 120 Costs, 14 Counseling, 99 Courses, 3:1 Cragun, J ohn n. , GJ, 99

C r a ig, C liffOJ·d, 7•1 C1·edit load, 21

Crockett, Ze nna Beth, 15 8 C1·onin, Euge ne H. , 188 C1·op Sc ie nce, 51 Cu lm see, Carl to n F., 4, 148, 157 C ytoge n etics , 187 Dain es, Da vid R., 62 Daines, Spencer H ., 37, 11 7, 120 Dairy Science, Department of, 50 Dalby, Max F., 6, 164 Daley, Marvin, 99 Daniel, T. W., 172

Davis, Do nald W., 198 Dav is, Lynn H ., 35, 45 Deadlin es, 23 DeByt e, Norbert V., 172 Degree requirements , 26 Deg rees offered , 12 DeHa 1·t, William A., 8 1 De itrick, Allen , 117 Desc rip to rs, IBM, 25 Despa in, Alv in , 127 Dewey , Do uglas H. , 52 Dewey, '..Vade G., 51 Dickey , Myron L. , 62 Dissertat ion requirement, 31 Dittm e 1·, A . L., 164 Dixo n, Keith L., 7, 33, 198 Dobson, Donald C., 48 Doctor of Edu cation , 12, 32 Docto r of Philosop h y, 12, ~0 Doty, Robert D., 172 Downs, Lois , 92 Drake, Eldon M., 95, 105 Drape 1·, C. I., 37, 48 Drury, Ll oyd M., 86 , 206 Dunmire, Ir v in D. , 127 Dunn, 1 rv in g, 120 Durtsc hi, R eed R., 6, 35 , 61, 70 Eckbo, Garret, 163 Ecology, Inte rde partm e n ta l Cur ri cu lum in , 33 Economics, Depart ment of, 70 Economics, 1ntenlepartmental Curriculum in , 35 Education, College of, 86 Educational Adm inistration, Departm e nt of, 8G Educational Psychology, 101 Educationa l Test in g Set·vice, 19 Edwa rd s, W. Fane!!, 6, 196 Eisenstein , lz.ydor, 136 Electrical Engin ee rin g, Department of , 127 E le mentat·y Education, Depar t me nt of. 90 Elich, J oe, 194 El lis, L eG ra nd e C., 41, 190 Ells worth, S. Geot·ge, G, 7<'1 Els n e 1·, Lany E., 148 Embry, Be1·tis L., 127 Emenhise1·, JeD on A., 78 Engineering, Col lege of, l lG En g li s h, D epartme nt o f, 157 Entomo logy, 198 Environmental P lann in g, 162 Erickson, Sylvan, 5 Em strom , C. A., 37, 38 E ss ig, Lester C., 6, 95 Evans, J o h n 0., 52 Examinations, ~1. 32 Extens io n course credit, 22 Exten s ion Services, 206 Family and Child Development, D epartment o f , 141 Family Life, Co ll ege of, 138 Farley, Thomas lVI. , 41, 43, 190

Index Fa1·nswo1·th , William F., 206 Fa rret·, Ke nneth Charl es, 6, IO!"i Fee::; , 14 Fe ll ows hips, 1G Fife, Au s tin E., 6 Fina l Examination, 23, 27 Financ ia l Ass is tanc e , 16 Finchum , W. Arn o ld , 127 Flamme~ · , C o •·do n H ., 120 Fl etc h e •·. J oel, 117, 120 Floyd, J. Whitn e y, 4, 172 Food and Nutriti on, Department of , 14~ Food Sc ie nce a nd Tec hn ology , Interdepattmenta l Curr icu l um in, :n Foote , Wa tTen C., 48, 19fl Fo rem an , W . Ja c k , 153 Fot·es t Sc ie nce, De partment of. 172 F1·an ce , Edwarrl L ., 131 Frandsen , Arden, 99 Freestone, Harry T., 127 F1·ehn e r, Leon, 16 3 Fmst, Dona Fay, 68 Fu ll er, Paulin e , 92 Furlong, William L . , 7R

Gardner, B . D e1wo rth , 35, 45 Gardner, Eldon J., 1, 4, 7, 41, 198, 20fi Ga1·dner Ks.t hryn C., 95 Geddes, Jos ep h A., 8 1 Geo logy, Department o f, 192 Gi ffo rd, Gerald Frededc, 17fi Grades, 21 <:raduate Counci l, 7, 8 (;raduat e Faculty, 7 Graduate News and Com m e nt, 24 C raduate Re cord Examination, 18 Graduate Study Carre ls , 25 Gr ee nw ood, De lbert A., 38, 41, 190 Griff in, Gerald D ., 188 , 199 Gdffin , Richard E., 11 7 (;rimshaw, Paul R ., 46 Groutage , Harriso n 1'. , 6, 14 R r.rover, Be n L., 54 Gn1mbl es , J. 13., 175 Guida nce , 99 Gunde t·son, Robe rt, 194 C:unn e ll, Mer rill H ., 19fl 1-l aas , J ohn , 105 Haddock, Jay L. , 54 Hailes, Ch arles W., 131 Ha lstro rn, Frances J., 107 H amm o nd, Datus M. , 6, 41, 198 Ham so n, Alvin R. , 51 Ha ndbook fo r Prepari n g Dissertations. Reports and Theses , 2:3 , 27, 31 Hansen , Bas il C., 86 Ha nse n, Bunell F. , 167 Ha nse n , Gary B., 35, 71 H ansen. Karsten, 163 Han se n, Klau s J ., 74 Hans en , R. Gau rt h , 4 Ha nsen, Roger B., Board of Trus tees , 3

217

ll a nso n, Ga 1·th A., 68 H an son . Wi lf01·d J., 199 Harder. Virg inia H. , G, 145 H ardy, C lyde T., 6, 192 Harmon, M. Judd, 6, 78 l-lani s, Dav id R., 18 1 I-I a nis . Lo r in E., 38, 48 l!ards, Hobert D., 13G Hanis, Ranney D., 127 Hart, George E., 17 2 Ha tc h, T e rrance E., 86 Haws , B. Aus tin, 198, 207 Haws , Frank , 117 Ha wt ho rne, Ruth E., 139 He alt h , P h ys ical Ed ucat io n ancl Recreation, Depa1·tment of , 92 H egge n , James R. , 13 1 H e lm, William T ., 4 1, 43, 178 He ndri c ks , David W ., 41, 43, 117, 120 He ndri ck s , D elay G., 38, 143 Hendricks , K in g, 157 He yborne, Robert L., 127 H i ibn er, Calv i n W. , 78 Hill , K en neth W., 4, 205 Him es, Ellvert H., 5 , 86, 204 History, De partment of, 74 H oefe r t, Lynn L., 188 H oggan, Da ni el H., 121 H o ldred g e, Ru ssell M ., 37, 136 H o lm, F loyd S., 4 H o lmgren , Arthu r H. , 187 Homemak ing Education, De pa rtment o f , 145 H oope r , Ja ck F . , 35 , 175 H ath, La De ll, 95 Household Economics and Managem ent, D e partme nt of, 146 H o us in g, 26 H owell, Barbara B., 90 H s iao , Ting H., 41. 199 H ull, A . C., 52 H um anit ies and A1·t s , College of, 148 Humphe •·ys, Allen S ., 117 Hun sa k e r, H. n. , G, 92 Hunsake r, Ke nneth, 157 Hun saker, Lloyd R., 50, 206 Hunsak e r. Neville C ., 6, 194 Hun t, J ohn D ., 172, 205 H u •·st, He x L ., 6, 18 1 H uxford, Gary L. , 74 Indus trial a nd Techn ical Education, Departm e nt of, 131 [ns truct io na l Media, Departm e nt of, 96 lnte rlibra1·y loans, 24 Inte rnati onal Programs, 207 Irrigat ion Engineer, 13, 30 Irri gat io n Enginee ring, 117 ls melse n, Earl, 117 ls rae lsen, Ve rn on L ., 35 , 71 lvarie, Theodore W., 6, 67, 105

Jac kso n, Arthur D ., 86 , 90 Ja cobs, Marnell, 107

212

Index Libra!')', 24 Lind, V. Gordon, 196 Lindstrom, Gaell, 148 Linford, Gene H., 199 Littledike, L, Jaclyn, 15:1 Long. Ralph E . , 131 Loveland, L . Duane, 194 Loveless, A us tin G., 131 Low, J. B., 37, 42, 177, 205 Lundstrom, H elen, 5, 68 Lyon, Kenneth, 35, 71 Lyon, Thomas J ., 158

Jaco bso n , J ames A., 8fi

James, Lynn F., 42 Janiak , Betty, 107 Jarrett, Von H., 6, 47 J e nsen , Bartell C., 35, 70, 18 1 Jen sen, Ida -Marie Logan, 95 Jensen, J ay 0., 196 Jensen, J ay R., 6, 7, 153 Jensen, Marvin E., 54, 117

Jeppson, Roland, 117, 121 Johnson, Cad M., 172 Johnson, Cra il!, 163 J ohnson , Gail, 90 John son, Homer M., 6, 7, 86 Johnso n, Ra lp h M., 4, 18 1 J ohnson, Robert S., 172 Johnson, Theta, 139 J ones, Lewis W., 185 Jones, No1man B., 43, 121 Jones, William L., 127 Jorgenson , Edsel C., 188, 199 Jul'inak, Jerome J ., 54

Karren, M. Ted, Board of Trustees, 3 Ka1tchner, Allen, 62 Kartchner, Eugene C., 62, 181 Keeler, Richa1·d F., 42 Keetch, Ru ssell R., 48 Ke ith, Roger, 163 Ke lker, George H ., 177 Keller, Gordon N., 81 Keller, Jack, 117, 121 Kernalcguen, Anne, 6, 139

Kerns, Raymond L., Jl'., 192 Kessler, Gerald, 163 Kiefer, Fred W., 117 . 121 Kim, Yun, 37, 8 1 Kimber, John E., 194 Knowlton, George F., 199

Kotter, David, 163 Kramer, Robe1t H., 33, 42, 178, 20fi K1·ebill, Richa1·d G. , 172 Kulkarni, H. B., 158 Kumpfer, Oevel'iy D., Board of Trustees,

Lamb, Robert C., 50 Lambert, Carroll C., 141 Lamborn, Ellis W., 35, 37, 46 Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning, Depattment of, 162 Language deadlines, 23 Language r e(Ju irement, 26, ~ I

Lanner, R onald, 172

Larson, J essie, 148 Lauritzen, C. W ., 11 7 Laylock, William A., 175 LeBaron, Allen D., 35, 46 Lee, Garth L., 190 Leggett, C le n E., 54 Letters of recommendation, 18 Lewis, Dorothy 13 . , 141 Lewis, Evelyn Hodges, 81

Madsen, Milton A., 48 Mannion, Edmund J., 131 Manufacturing Engineering, Department of, 134 Ma:·kovic , Rad Milo, 121 Marston, Glenn F., 35, 62, 71 Maste1· of Arts, 13, 26 Master of Business Administration, 13, 28 Master of Education, 13, 28 Master of Engineering Science, 13 Master of Fine A1ts , 13, 28, 149, 169 Master of Forestry, 13, 29 Master of Industrial Education, 13, 29 Master of Landscape Architecture, 13, 29 Master of Music, 13, 29 Master of Science, 12, 26 Malesky, Ralph, 165 Mathematics, Department of, 194 Matriculated graduate students, 18 Matthews, Darrell H., 48 Matthews, Doyle J., 37 , 45, 48 Maughan, Richard J., Board of Trustees, 3 Mauss, Armand L., 81 Mayland, Henry F ., 54 McAdams, Robert E. , 196 McAllister, DeVere R., 51 McClellan, Lincoln H., 92 McDermott, Elroy C., 37, 62 McDonough, Walter, 188 McEvoy, Samuel P ., 105 McKay, A. Ronald, 13 6 Mecham, Jane, 141 Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering, Depa1tment of, 136 Mendini, A1·thu1· H . , 92 Merkley, Ma1·garet B., 143 Merrill, John J., 196 Merrill, Joseph S., o9 Merril l, M. R., 78 Merrill, Samuel W., 131 Mesel'VY, Nile D., 81 Meteorology, 54, 5G Michaelson, Leon C., 45 Mickelsen, Charles H., 50 Millar. Ha1'Vey C., 42 Miller, Akeley, 196 Miller. Clyde L., Board of Trustees, 3 Miller, Gene W., 40, 187 Miller, Raymond W., 54

Index Mil l igan, Cleve H., 117, 120 Miner, Mert hyr L., 6, 41,

Molla , Robe1-l W., 78 Monsun _ Jay A., 90 Moore-, Haymond R .. 172 Moor , William M., 190 Mu1·gan . Dean, 158

Morgan . D eeR., 37 Mu•·gan. Floyd T., 169 Morgan . Kenneth, 107 MotTis, Laval S., 162 Morrison, Earnest M., 35, 45 Mortensen, J. Lynn, 157 Mortimer, William E., 131 Mose1·, Al ma P. , 136

Mowel', Morris, 90 Mumford, D av id , 188 Mu1·phy. Albert M., 52 Mu1Tay, Evan B., 36, 71 Music, Department of, 164 Mustonen, Karl 0 .. 95

Nath, H. G., 1U4 Natural Resources, College of. 172 Nellermoe, Donald A., 68 Nelson , Dale 0., 92 Nelson, Mark J., 62 Nelson, Ma 1·lan D., 148, 1GH Neubeq<er, L. Mark, 3, 5, 61, fi8 Neuho!d, John M., 7, 33, 41, 43, 177, 20G Nielsen, Danvin B . , 36, 46 Nielsen, Veneta L., 157 Nie lson, Rex F., 52 Nonmatt·icu latcd graduate student, 19 Nut1·ition and Biochemistry, Tntel·departmental Curriculum in, 38 Nutrition, Food and, De partment of, 14:i Nye, William P., 199 Nyman, Edith, 6, 14() Oab. Hobe •t Q., J1·.. 192 Office Administration. () 7 Ogle, R ichard A., 172 Olsen, Donald R .. 192 Oben, Flo•·is S., 68 Olsen, Richard K., 190 Olsen, Snell, Board of Trustees, Olson, L. E., :l7 Ornamental H orticulture, 51 Otteson, 0. HatTy, 196 0 we ns, Kaye Don, 6, 107 Owens, Owen W., () Packet·, P. E., 175 Pa inter, Reed, 95

Pnlmblad, Ivan G., 188 Palmer, I3yron C. , 12l Pa lm er, Loren L., 1~1 Patrick, John M., 157 Pearce, Janice, 92 Pedersen, Ivan, 90 Pedersen, Ma1·ion W., 52 Peel, Lou ise J., 146

213

1-'cndleton, William R., J9G

Pe nn ock, John A., 81 Peterson, Dean F., Jl'., 4, 116, 117, 120, 205 Peterson, Edw in L., 74 Peterson, Howard B., 41, 43, 117 Peterson, Max, 95 Peterson, Ronald S., 99 Phys ical Educa tion, 92 Phys ics, DepaJ'tment of, 19G Phys iology, 198 Pierce, Ronald L., 59 Plan B Repo•·ls, 27 Plant Nutrition and Biochem is try, fntenlepartmental Cun·icu lum in, 40 Plant Pathology, 187 Plant Physiolog-y, 187 Plant Science, Department of, 51 Political Science. Depattment of, 7R Pullan!, Leonard H., 51 Pomology, 51 Pope, Wendell L., 181 Post, F1·ederick J., 37, 43, 185 Potter, H. J., Board of Tt·us tees, 3 Pralt, Lucile, 74 Prestwich, James S., Doard of Tt·ustees, :l Psycholo<ry, Department of, 99 Public Health, 185 Publicover, Phyllis, 107 Publicover, Robert, 107 Pugmit·e, Do rothy Jean, 90 Qunlifying examinat ions, 18 Hamsey, William H. , 165 Range Science, Department of, 175 Rasmussen, H. Dale, 92, 105 Recommendation, letters of, 1 X Hecrcation, 92 Hegistralion, 20 Research Programs, 205 Residence H.equit·ements, 22 Heynolds, George W .. 54 Rice, Moy le Q., 157 Rich, Elli ot , 6. 120 Richardson, E . Arlo , 5-1 Richanlson, Gary , 185 Hichardson, Stan ley, 47 Richards, Susan , 139 Hickert, Devoe, 107 Ricks, Don M., 158 Ringer, Wayne B., 117 Roberts, N. Keith, G, 36, 45, 205 Roberts, Reed S., 199 Robins, W. B., Board of Tn1slees, 3 Rob inson, A. n.. 117 Robin so n, Rex E .• 6, 167 Hos kelley, R. Welling, 8 1, 207 Ross, W. Honald, 167 Ryan, Charles 0., 86

Salisbury, Frank B., 6, 33, 40, 51 Salisbury, N. D .• Board of Trustees. 3 Salunk he. D. K., 37, 40, 41

214

Index

Sa nd e rs , Haymond T .. 199

Saundet·s . \Valter L., 105 Schult z, John D., 172 Sch vaneveldt, Ja y D. 7, 141 Science, College o f. 18 1 Secondary Educatio n, Depat·tment o f , Sedjo, Roger A., 36, 71 Seeley, George J., 207 S h arp, Heber C., 6, 99 Shaver, James P., 205 S ha w, Alan W., 127 S ha w, Ed ith Sm ith, 90 Shaw, C. Menill, 134 S ha w, Richard J., 187 Sherratt, Gerald R., 4 Shetty, Krishna Y., 62 Shiozand, K enj ii , 163 Shupe, James L., 42, 58 S h upe, Owen K., 134, 136 Sigler, William F., 6, 42, 43, 177, l !l~ Sikorshi, Kathryn A., 8 1 Simmonds , A. J . , 95 Simmons , John R., 199 Sinclair, James \Villiam, 190 Sisson, Do nald V., 42, 18 1 Skabelund, Dea n, 15 8 Sk idmore, C. Jay, 141 Skogerboe, Gaylo rd, 117, 12 1 S lack, Neill C., 6, 13 1 S laugh, Owen, 131 Smart, Ross A., 58 Smellie, Don C., 95 Smerage, G len H . , 127 Sm ith , Albert B., 136 Smith, Alice Colton, 81

10~

Smith, Anhur D., 175 Smith , Gary Richard, GR

S mith, S mith, Smith, Sm ith,

Grant G ill, 190 Hubert W., 157 J. H., 54 Kat h1·yn S .. ~()

Smith, LatTY, 165

Smith, R. L., 6, 40, 54 Sm ith, Vead R . , 4, 45 , 50 Smith, W. Whitn ey, 185 Snow, Alva C.. Board of Trustees , 3 Snow, Phyllis , 4, 138, 14 ~ Socia l Sciences, 59 Soc ial W or k, 8 1 Socio logy, Social \V ork , and Ant.h t·opol ogy,

Department of, 81 So il s and Met.e ro logy , D epa rtm ent of, 54 Somers, W. Ka rl , 134 Sonne, Alma, B oard of Tt·u s tees . ~ Soren sen, J. Mark, 95 Southa•·d, A lv in R .. 54 Spear, Carl D., 6, 134, 136 Special Education, Department of, 107 Specialist Programs in Educat ion, ~W Speec h, Department of, 167

Speec h Pathology, 153 Spence, Jack T., 190 Spencer, Berk ley A .. 81

Spendlove, Rex S., 6, 185 Sp illett, J ames Juan, 17 R Spl it reg ist ra t ion, 18 Spoen y, Phi lip S., 78 Sta lnaker, C lair B., 17 8 Stan ley, H ugh P., 199 Statement o f Thes is Prob le m, 1fl Steffen, Hy1·um, 48 Stevens, Ke nneth R., 185 Stewa rt, Clyde E., 36 , 4f> Stewart, John J, 157 Stock, R eed C., 157 Stoddard, George E., 6, 39, 50 Stoddal'Cl, Ted D., 62, 67 Stodda •·t, L . A., 6, 175 Stokes, Allen W. , 178 Stone, David R., 99 Stout, Myron, 52 Street, Joseph C ., 7, 37, 39, 42, 48 Stri ngham , Glen , JI G, 117, 121 Student responsibility, 23 Summary o f deadlines, 2:l Summet· Quarter, 204 Summers , Lowell P., 1 ~ 1 Supe rv iso ry Com mittee, 20, 30

Suprunowic1., K onrad, 194

Taggart, C le n L., 4 Tanner, H e le n J ., 90 Taxonomy, P lant, 187 Taylor, Burton , 6, 162 Taylo r, Lawrence C., 62 Taylor, Morris H., 45 Tayl or, Richard D. , 15 ~ Tayl or, R o land H. , 6 Taylor, Thomas , 90 T ez ak, William V., 59 T heatre Art s , Departme nt of, 169 Thesis abs tract, 27 Th esis alte rnate, 27 Thes is credit in absentia, 2:~ Thes is deadlin es , 23 Thes is re quire m e nt, 27 Thcuret·, J. C la i l', 52

Th omas , D o n W., 48, 5R Thomas, H. Pres ton, 78 Th oma s, Jam es Alan, 58 Thorne, Ali son, 8 1, 141

Thorne, D. \Vynn e, 4, 54, 205 Tho ml ey. H e ber F., 199 Thorpe, Derle, 121, 163 Th o rpe, Eve rett C., 14X T ime limit, 21, 23 Tingey, Delmar C., 51 Tippetts , Twain C.. 6, 14 8, 169 T o th, Ri c hal'CI, 16 :1 Tox icolog y, Jnterde parlmenta l Curricu l um in, 41 Transc ripts, 18 Trans fe 1· c re dit, 22 Tran sit ion from Bac he lo r' s prog ram, l R Trustees, Board of, :~ Tuition, 14

Index Tuitiuo waiven;, 17 Turnez·, H. Eyre, 90

Waym e nt, S ta nl e y G., 194 Welki e , Geo rge W., 40, 188

Undez·wood, E. E., l!H

Wesenbe r·g, Bernard J., 163 Wes t, N e il E. , 3, 175 Westby, Carl A., 185 Whaley, Ross S., 6, 36 , 172 Wheel e t·, Huth, I 43 White, David, 18 1 Wi ebe , H e tman , 40, 188 Wiggin s , Evelyn L., 90 Wil co x, Ethelwyn B., 6, 37, 38 , 143 Wildlife Res ources, De partm ent of. 177 Willardson, Lyman S., 11 7 Willey, L yn n R., 13 1 Williams , Fz·ank, 5 Williams , J. Stewart , 192 Williams , John R .. 90 Williams , M. Coburn, ! 88 \-Vil son, LeMoy ne, 54 Wood, J e rry Lee, 68 Wood, John K., 196 W ood, R. Kent, 95 Workman , Gar W., 178 Worstell , R. V. , 117 Wright, E. Wayne, 99 Wright, James L., 54 Wyatt, Clair L., 12 7

\-V ennergren, E. Boyd, 36, 4G

Van Kampen, Kent H., 42, 58 Van Orden, Harris 0., 37, 39, 40, 190 Van Suchtelen, Adrian, 148 Vegetable CI'Ops , 51 Vend ell, Edwat·d W., !36 Veterinary Science, Department of, 5R V ieweg, Steven H. , 153 Virology, 187 Vis i ting scholar program, 25 Wadley, Ut·yce N., 188 Wagar, J. Alan , 172, 205 Wagner, Fr·ederic H., 33, 178 Waivet·s , Tuition, 17 Walker, David H., 40, 5 1 Wal k et·, Dona ld, 163 Wa llis , Cat·! H., 131 Wardle, Alvi n , 165 . Wassel'man, Irving, 164 Water Quality, Interdepartmental Curriculum in, 43

Watkins , Bt·uce 0., 7, 127, 134 Watkin s , Heynold K., 6 , 134 , 136 Wats o n, James D ., 194 Walle t-s, Gary Z., 121

Zimmer, David E., 188 Zoology, Department of , 198

215

UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY Logan, Utah 84321 Date

Middle City

N.F.R.

State Yr. Birth

Sex

City Single

Citizenship -~-...,---------,::-:-:---Country State

How long have you lived in the state listed above Have you attended Utah State before

yes

continuously since - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1

D no

Adm. Status

State or Country

If so give last quarter and y e a r - - - - - - - - - - - - - High School

Have you enrolled under any other name? If so give name used Have you ever enrolled in USU Home Study or Extension Classes?

D yes

When _______________

no Have .vou selected a subject in which to major (See list of majors on page 3 ) Yes No If so list major _____________________________________________________

Previous College

CHECK COLLEGE IN WHICH YOU PLAN TO REGISTER : Agriculture _ _ , Business & Soc. Sciences _ _ , Education _ _ , Engineering _ _ , Family Life _ _ , Humanities & Arts _ _ , Natural Resources _ _ 路 , Science _ _ , Graduate School--, Undecided

Ctass Rank

Name of Parent or Legal Guardian - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Relationship----------------------Address of Person named above --------,--------------------------------,--.,.---------1 Street Number City County State Name of High Schools Attended

Name of School

County

City and State

Date of Attendance

Year of Graduation

Degree

Names of all Colleges and Universities Attended

Failure to list all institutions attended may result in loss of credit or dismissal. CODED _ _ _ CHECKED _ _ _ ENTERED _ _ _ CHECKED _ _ _ KEYPUNCH _ _ _ VERIFIED - - - - - - GRADUATE STUDENTS SHOULD SEND THIS FORM TO THE DEAN OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOL FOR HIS ACCEPTANCE AND SIGNATURE.

Send AR 102 - - - + - - - f Application - - - - f - - - - 4 Supplement ----+----1 High. Sch. Tr.---+---f Col. Tr. ------+-----1 Health Form - - - - + - - - - t Test Scores----I----t Other Rfr to Dean - - - - - - - - 1 Rfr to Committee Remarks

Accepted by: Dean of College - - - - 1 1 Admissions Committee Graduate Dean - - - - - 1 1 1

Signature

DEPARTMENTAL COPY

UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY

FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY

Logan, Utah 84321

Overall GPA

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION

GPA for last two years

0 Fall 0 Winter 0 Spring 0 Summer

GP A for Masters Degree

School Year 19..........

for doctorate work.)

(If applying

Date of Application Soc. Sec. No ...................................

1. Name in full (print)

Last

Middle

First

2. If you have used a different name while attending school, give name formerly used 3. Mailing address Number and street or RFD

City

Zip

State

4. Permanent address (if different) 5. Place of birth ........................................ Date of birth ................. Please check: 0 male 0 female 0 married 0 single 6. Citizenship (Check one): 0 U.S. Citizen O Immigrant O Student Visa 0 Other 7. List in chronological order all colleges attended. (Attach separate sheet if needed) Dates of attendance ( Month and Year) To

[--Location --------

Name of Institution

J I ]

I From

[

I-

Date Graduated and

Degre~

8. List undergraduate major and degree obtained

Undergraduate minor

9. In what subject do you plan to major as a graduate student? 10. Toward what degree or certificate do you plan to work? 11. If you plan to teach, indicate: 0 Elementary 0 Secondary 0 College D Other 12. List names of national graduate admissions tests that you have taken: most recent date taken: most recent date taken: most recent date taken: 13. List three persons whom you will ask to mail a confidential report on your qualifications to pursue graduate work, directly to the School of Graduate Studies. This list should include at least one character reference, and the major professor of your baccalaureate program, and if you are a teacher, your principal or supervisor. Complete and correct addresses are necessary. (Not required for non-degree seeking applicants.) Name

Position

L J - --

(1)

(2) (3)

Address

14. If you are married, please enter your husband's or wife's name

No. of children .......... .

15. Parent's name .................................................................................... Address 16. If parents are deceased, give name and address of nearest relative 17. Have you served in the U.S. Armed Forces? ............ Date enlisted .......... ................ Date discharged 18. List your occupation for all periods since high school graduation not accounted for by school attendance or service in Armed Forces. (Use additional sheet if necessary.) Dates ( Month and Year)

Occupation

Employer

City and State

r-------- l '- -----------------r---------------------I

19. On a separate sheet write a personal letter expressing your specific interests and objectives as a graduate student. Signature of Applicant

SCHOOL OF GRADUATE STUDIES

INSTRUCTIONS:

UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY

1. Fill out completely and send to School of Graduate Studies, Utah State University, Logan, Utah 84321. 2. Arrange immediately with each college attended to send required official transcripts (2, if degree-seeking; 1, if certifying or non-degree-seeking). 3. Arrange to have the persons listed in item 13 send letters of recommendation immediately.

Logan, Utah 84321

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION 0 Fall 0 Winter 0 Spring 0 Summer School Year 19......... . Date of Application .................................. ............. .. 1. Name in full

Soc. Sec. No .................................. . (print)

Last

Middle

First

2. If you have used a different name while attending school, give name formerly used 3. Mailing address Number and street or RFD

City

Zip

State

4. Permanent address (if different) 5. Place of birth

Please check: 0 male 0 female 0 married 0 single

Date of birth

6. Citizenship (Check one): O U.S. Citizen 0 Immigrant 0 Student Visa 0 Other 7. List in chronological order all colleges attended. (Attach separate sheet if needed) Name of Institution

Dates of attendance ( Month and Year) From To

Location

Date Graduated and Degree&

j -

8. List undergraduate major and degree obtained

Undergraduate minor

9. In what subject do you plan to major as a graduate student? 10. Toward what degree or certificate do you plan to work?

11. If you plan to teach, indicate: 0 Elementary O Secondary 0 College 0 Other 12. List names of national graduate admissions tests that you have taken: most recent date taken: most recent date taken: most recent date taken: 13. List three persons whom you will ask to mail a confidential report on your qualifications to pursue graduate work, directly to the School of Graduate Studies. This list should include at least one character reference, and the major professor of your baccalaureate program, and if you are a teacher, your principal or supervisor. Complete and correct addresses are necessary. (Not required for non-degree seeking applicants.)

~(3)

Name

Position

_ _ _A:..:d:::d:.:.re::::s:....s- - - - - - - -

_ __:....__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-I·- - ' - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

-·

14. If you are married, please enter your husband's or wife's name

No. of children ...........

15. Parent"s name ....... ....... ..... ........... ............ ......... ....................... ... ....... Address 16. If parents are deceased, give name and address of nearest relative

17. Have you served in the U.S. Armed Forces? ...... ...... Date enlisted ............ ............. . Date discharged 18. List your occupation for all periods since high school graduation not accounted for by school attendance or service in Armed Forces. (Use additional sheet if necessary.) Dates (Month and Year)

Occupation

Employer

· -··- jI ----------

City and State

-~I

19. On a separate sheet \vrite a personal letter expressing your specific interests and objectives as a graduate student. Signature of Applicant